Document:

Exhibit 10.65

 Exhibit 10.65 
 Execution Copy 
 Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information has been omitted in places marked
“[***]” and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed with the Commission. 
 Master Services Agreement 
 Between 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 and 
 Bechtel Communications, Inc. 
 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 
  

 Execution Copy 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 1.
	  	DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION	  	1
			
	 Section 1.1.
	  	 Definitions
	  	1
	 Section 1.2.
	  	 Interpretation
	  	4
			
	 SECTION 2.
	  	SERVICES; DESCRIPTION OF WORK	  	6
			
	 Section 2.1.
	  	 Markets and Deployment
	  	6
	 Section 2.2.
	  	 Limited Exclusive Rights
	  	6
	 Section 2.3.
	  	 Exhibits and POs
	  	8
	 Section 2.4.
	  	 Standards of Performance
	  	9
	 Section 2.5.
	  	 Provision of Resources
	  	9
	 Section 2.6.
	  	 Procurement of Materials
	  	9
	 Section 2.7.
	  	 Network Equipment Contract.
	  	10
	 Section 2.8.
	  	 Company Responsibilities.
	  	11
			
	 SECTION 3.
	  	PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND DEPLOYMENT	  	11
			
	 Section 3.1.
	  	 Program Management Office
	  	11
	 Section 3.2.
	  	 Site Deployment Services; Network Deployment
	  	12
	 Section 3.3.
	  	 Staffing; Key Positions
	  	13
	 Section 3.4.
	  	 Project Quality Plan
	  	14
			
	 SECTION 4.
	  	USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS	  	15
			
	 Section 4.1.
	  	 Use of Subcontractors
	  	15
	 Section 4.2.
	  	 Other Subcontractor Selection
	  	15
	 Section 4.3.
	  	 Contractor Parties
	  	16
	 Section 4.4.
	  	 Step-In Rights
	  	16
			
	 SECTION 5.
	  	PRICING	  	17
			
	 Section 5.1.
	  	 Pricing
	  	17
			
	 SECTION 6.
	  	TERM	  	17
			
	 Section 6.1.
	  	 Term
	  	17
			
	 SECTION 7.
	  	CONTRACTOR TECHNOLOGY; REPORTS	  	17
			
	 Section 7.1.
	  	 Required Technology
	  	17
	 Section 7.2.
	  	 Continuity of Technology
	  	18

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 i 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 Section 7.3.
	  	 Technology Costs
	  	18
	 Section 7.4.
	  	 Data and Reports
	  	18
			
	 SECTION 8.
	  	DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME; LIMITATIONS	  	19
			
	 Section 8.1.
	  	 Contractor Delays
	  	19
	 Section 8.2.
	  	 Excusable Delays
	  	19
			
	 SECTION 9.
	  	INSPECTION, CORRECTIONS AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK	  	20
			
	 Section 9.1.
	  	 Inspection
	  	20
	 Section 9.2.
	  	 Company Correction Cost
	  	21
	 Section 9.3.
	  	 Acceptance
	  	21
			
	 SECTION 10.
	  	TERMINATION	  	21
			
	 Section 10.1.
	  	 Termination by Contractor
	  	21
	 Section 10.2.
	  	 Termination by Company for Cause
	  	22
	 Section 10.3.
	  	 Termination by Company for Good Cause
	  	23
	 Section 10.4.
	  	 Termination by Company for Convenience
	  	23
	 Section 10.5.
	  	 Scope of Termination
	  	24
	 Section 10.6.
	  	 Transition
	  	25
			
	 SECTION 11.
	  	HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS	  	26
			
	 Section 11.1.
	  	 Hazardous Condition Defined
	  	26
	 Section 11.2.
	  	 Precautions
	  	26
	 Section 11.3.
	  	 Contractor Responsibility
	  	26
	 Section 11.4.
	  	 Company Responsibility
	  	27
			
	 SECTION 12.
	  	INVOICING AND PAYMENT	  	27
			
	 Section 12.1.
	  	 Invoice and Payment Process
	  	27
	 Section 12.2.
	  	 Payment Instructions
	  	30
	 Section 12.3.
	  	 Late Payment
	  	32
	 Section 12.4.
	  	 Cash Flow Projection
	  	32
	 Section 12.5.
	  	 Suspension
	  	33
	 Section 12.6.
	  	 Material Breach
	  	33
	 Section 12.7.
	  	 Set-Off
	  	34
	 Section 12.8.
	  	 Disputes
	  	34

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 ii 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
			
	 SECTION 13.
	  	TAXES	  	34
			
	 Section 13.1.
	  	 Compliance with Tax Laws; Cooperation
	  	34
	 Section 13.2.
	  	 Payment of Taxes
	  	34
	 Section 13.3.
	  	 Certification and Registration; Invoicing
	  	35
	 Section 13.4.
	  	 Delays in Tax Compliance
	  	36
	 Section 13.5.
	  	 Audit Right
	  	36
	 Section 13.6.
	  	 Classification of Work
	  	36
			
	 SECTION 14.
	  	RECORDS; AUDIT RIGHTS	  	36
			
	 Section 14.1.
	  	 Maintenance of Records
	  	36
	 Section 14.2.
	  	 Audit Right
	  	37
			
	 SECTION 15.
	  	LIENS	  	37
			
	 Section 15.1.
	  	 Lien-Free Completion of Work
	  	37
	 Section 15.2.
	  	 Evidence of Payment; Hold Harmless
	  	37
			
	 SECTION 16.
	  	PERFORMANCE BOND	  	38
			
	 Section 16.1.
	  	 Subcontractor Bonds
	  	38
			
	 SECTION 17.
	  	 MATERIALS AND OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT
	  	38
			
	 Section 17.1.
	  	 Ownership of Work Product
	  	38
	 Section 17.2.
	  	 Transfer of Contractor Rights
	  	38
	 Section 17.3.
	  	 Right of Use
	  	38
	 Section 17.4.
	  	 No Infringement
	  	39
	 Section 17.5.
	  	 Ownership of Company Provided Materials
	  	39
	 Section 17.6.
	  	 Restriction on Certain Use
	  	39
	 Section 17.7.
	  	 Remedies for Section 17 Breach
	  	40
			
	 SECTION 18.
	  	CONFIDENTIALITY	  	40
			
	 Section 18.1.
	  	 Protection of Confidential Information
	  	40
			
	 SECTION 19.
	  	REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS	  	40
			
	 Section 19.1.
	  	 General
	  	40
	 Section 19.2.
	  	 No Defects in Work; Conformity with Applicable Requirements and Specifications
	  	40
	 Section 19.3.
	  	 Accuracy of Reports and Other Deliverables
	  	41

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 iii 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 Section 19.4.
	  	 Duty to Correct Work; Warranties
	  	41
	 Section 19.5.
	  	 Exclusions
	  	41
	 Section 19.6.
	  	 Certain Remedies
	  	42
	 Section 19.7.
	  	 Exclusive Warranties
	  	42
			
	 SECTION 20.
	  	INDEMNITY	  	42
			
	 Section 20.1.
	  	 Scope of Indemnity
	  	42
	 Section 20.2.
	  	 No Limitation on Employment Claims
	  	43
	 Section 20.3.
	  	 Indemnification Procedures
	  	43
			
	 SECTION 21.
	  	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY	  	43
			
	 Section 21.1.
	  	 Consequential Damages
	  	43
	 Section 21.2.
	  	 Confidentiality
	  	44
	 Section 21.3.
	  	 General Limitation
	  	44
	 Section 21.4.
	  	 Remedies
	  	44
	 Section 21.5.
	  	 Applicability
	  	45
			
	 SECTION 22.
	  	INSURANCE	  	45
			
	 Section 22.1.
	  	 Minimum Insurance Coverage
	  	45
	 Section 22.2.
	  	 Company Right to Insure
	  	45
	 Section 22.3.
	  	 Waiver of Insured Claims
	  	45
	 Section 22.4.
	  	 Risk of Loss
	  	45
			
	 SECTION 23.
	  	CHANGES	  	46
			
	 Section 23.1.
	  	 Changes
	  	46
	 Section 23.2.
	  	 Notice and Administration
	  	46
			
	 SECTION 24.
	  	ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER	  	47
			
	 Section 24.1.
	  	 Transfer Defined
	  	47
	 Section 24.2.
	  	 Transfers Require Company Consent
	  	47
	 Section 24.3.
	  	 No Discharge of Contractor
	  	47
	 Section 24.4.
	  	 Assignment by Company
	  	47
	 Section 24.5.
	  	 Assignee Obligations
	  	47
			
	 SECTION 25.
	  	RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT	  	48
			
	 Section 25.1.
	  	 Status Review Meetings
	  	48
			
	 SECTION 26.
	  	DISPUTE RESOLUTION	  	48
			
	 Section 26.1.
	  	 Management Committee
	  	48

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 iv 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 Section 26.2.
	  	 Notice of Dispute
	  	48
	 Section 26.3.
	  	 Negotiations to Resolve Dispute
	  	48
	 Section 26.4.
	  	 Mediation
	  	49
	 Section 26.5.
	  	 Arbitration
	  	49
	 Section 26.6.
	  	 No Suspension of Work
	  	50
	 Section 26.7.
	  	 Court Proceedings; Termination
	  	50
	 Section 26.8.
	  	 Jurisdiction Selection and Limitation
	  	50
			
	 SECTION 27.
	  	SAFETY	  	51
			
	 Section 27.1.
	  	 Safety Procedures
	  	51
	 Section 27.2.
	  	 Compliance
	  	52
	 Section 27.3.
	  	 Emergencies
	  	52
	 Section 27.4.
	  	 Notice of Accidents
	  	52
			
	 SECTION 28.
	  	COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS	  	52
			
	 Section 28.1.
	  	 Labor and Workplace Laws
	  	52
	 Section 28.2.
	  	 Export Control Law
	  	53
			
	 SECTION 29.
	  	MISCELLANEOUS TERMS	  	53
			
	 Section 29.1.
	  	 Notices
	  	53
	 Section 29.2.
	  	 Location of Services
	  	53
	 Section 29.3.
	  	 Publicity and Marks
	  	53
	 Section 29.4.
	  	 Governing Law
	  	54
	 Section 29.5.
	  	 Independent Contractor
	  	54
	 Section 29.6.
	  	 Acceptance Not a Waiver
	  	54
	 Section 29.7.
	  	 Waivers Limited
	  	54
	 Section 29.8.
	  	 Severability
	  	54
	 Section 29.9.
	  	 Counterparts
	  	54
	 Section 29.10.
	  	 Survival
	  	54
	 Section 29.11.
	  	 Entire Agreement; Order of Precedence
	  	55
	 Section 29.12.
	  	 Site Security
	  	55
	 Section 29.13.
	  	 Homeland Security
	  	55
	 Section 29.14.
	  	 Site Access
	  	56
	 Section 29.15.
	  	 No Company Employment Liability
	  	56
	 Section 29.16.
	  	 Non-Solicitation of Employees
	  	56
	 Section 29.17.
	  	 Good Faith Dealings
	  	56
			
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	 MARKETS
	  	
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	 PMO NATIONAL SCOPE OF WORK
	  	
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	 SITE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES SOW
	  	
	 EXHIBIT D
	  	 ORDERING AND INVOICING PROCESSES
	  	

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 v 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 EXHIBIT E
	  	 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
	  	
	 EXHIBIT F
	  	 PRICING
	  	
	 EXHIBIT G
	  	 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
	  	
	 EXHIBIT H
	  	 CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
	  	
	 EXHIBIT I
	  	 NETWORK VENDOR CHARGES
	  	
	 EXHIBIT J
	  	 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN
	  	
	 EXHIBIT K
	  	 CHANGE REQUEST FORM
	  	

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 vi 

 Execution Copy 
  

 MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 THIS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT is made this 18th day of October, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by and between TerreStar
Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices located at One Discovery Square, 12010 Sunset Hills Road, Sixth Floor, Reston, VA 20190 (“Company”), and Bechtel Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation with
offices located at 5275 Westview Drive, Fredrick, Maryland 21703 (“Contractor”); Company and Contractor are sometimes referred to herein each individually as a “Party” and collectively as the
“Parties”. 
 RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, Company is an operator of satellite and wireless communications systems and desires to retain the services of Contractor to provide certain site acquisition, development and program management services
required in connection with the deployment, expansion, construction and operation of the Company’s terrestrial wireless network; and 
 WHEREAS, Contractor represents that it has the necessary skill, training and experience required to perform the Work (as herein defined), and Contractor desires to provide the Work requested by Company from time to time, in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, Contractor and Company are entering into this Agreement to set forth the
terms and conditions under which Company would authorize, and Contractor would perform, the Work and related functions required to assist with Company’s deployment, expansion, construction and operation of Company’s terrestrial wireless
network. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, Company and Contractor agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION 
 Section 1.1. Definitions. 
 The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth
in this Section 1.1, or if not defined in this Section 1.1, the meanings set forth elsewhere in this Agreement. 
 “Adverse Party” shall mean a company that is a wireless telecommunications carrier other than Company, or a wireless communications tower or rooftop owner, or wireless communications tower or rooftop management
company, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by a Company Authorized Representative. 
 “Affiliate” shall mean with
respect to any Party, another company that is controlled by, that controls, or is under common control of such Party. For purposes of 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 1 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
this definition, “control” with respect to any Party shall mean the ability to effectively control, directly or indirectly, the operations and
business decisions of such Party whether by voting of securities or partnership interests or any other method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, that for purposes of this Agreement, an Affiliate of Contractor shall mean (i) any entity, whether its
parent company, or either directly or through a series of related companies each related to a company in the series and holding fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding equity or ownership interests or which can exercise fifty percent
(50%) or more of the votes exercisable at shareholder meetings and is thereby for purposes of this Agreement controlled by, controls or is under common control of such other entity and (ii) Bechtel Associates Professional Corporation,
Bechtel Associates Professional Corporation (North Carolina), Bechtel Associates Professional Corporation (D.C.) and Bechtel Associates Professional Corporation (Ohio). 
 “Authorized Representative” shall mean a Contractor or Company employee having a title with respect to Contractor of Program Director, or higher, or with respect to Company of Director
(e.g., Director of Network Operations), or higher, who has been delegated decision-making authority for purposes of this Agreement by written notice to the other Party including, but not limited to approvals of modifications and amendments to
the Agreement. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day from Monday through Friday, excluding the following nationally
recognized federal holidays (if they fall on a Monday through Friday): New Year’s Day (as observed by Company); Martin Luther King, Jr. Birthday; President’s Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day and the day
after Thanksgiving; and Christmas Day (as observed by Company). 
 “Change in Control” means with respect to Company
the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets or business to a third party including, without limitation, by way of a merger, a transfer of shares or equity, a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or as part of a
debt-financed purchase. 
 “Company Parties” shall mean Company and/or its Affiliates, and the officers, directors,
employees, agents, successors, and assigns of each. 
 “Law(s)” shall mean any federal, state, regional, local or
municipal statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, or administrative policy (including, but not limited to, applicable building codes, zoning laws and regulations, environmental laws and regulations, historic preservation rules, work safety
rules, development rules or moratoria and other laws affecting the Work) or any order, writ, injunction, decree, or award rendered by any governmental entity or any public or quasi-public entity or administrative agency asserting jurisdiction over
the Work, the Agreement, the subject matter of the Agreement, or any element or part thereof. 
 “Metropolitan Market(s)”
shall mean a Market, as defined by the Metropolitan Statistical Areas and Divisions set forth (and numbered) by the United States Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in its December 2006 OMB Bulletin No. 07-01 and updated May 2007.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the term Market shall mean the areas designated in Exhibit A with respect to the Markets included therein. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 2 

 Execution Copy 
  

 In addition to the foregoing definitions, the following terms have the meanings given to them in the
Sections or other parts of this Agreement indicated below: 
  

					
	“AAA”	  	Section 26.4	  	
	“Agreement”	  	Section 2.3(iii)	  	
	“Applicable Requirements”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“Change of Control”	  	Section 24.1	  	
	“Claim”	  	Section 20.3	  	
	“Company”	  	Preamble	  	
	“Company Designated Representative”	  	Section 2.7(iv)	  	
	“Company Event of Default”	  	Section 10.1	  	
	“Company Indemnitee”	  	Section 20.1	  	
	“Company Taxes”	  	Section 13.2	  	
	“Compensation Projection Meeting”	  	Section 12.1(iii)	  	
	“Confidentiality Agreement”	  	Section 18.1	  	
	“Contract Management System”	  	Section 7.1	  	
	“Contractor”	  	Preamble	  	
	“Contractor Indemnitee”	  	Section 20.1	  	
	“Contractor Parties”	  	Section 4.3	  	
	“Contractor Taxes”	  	Section 13.2	  	
	“Damages”	  	Section 20.1	  	
	“Deliverables”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“Deployment Schedule”	  	Section 2.7(i)	  	
	“Dispute”	  	Section 26.2	  	
	“Dispute Notice”	  	Section 26.2	  	
	“Effective Date”	  	Preamble	  	
	“Event of Default”	  	Section 10.2	  	
	“Event of Release from Exclusivity”	  	Exhibit D	  	
	“Exclusivity Obligations”	  	Section 2.2	  	
	“Excusable Delay”	  	Section 8.2	  	
	“Final Payment”	  	Section 12.2	  	
	“Force Majeure”	  	Section 8.2	  	
	“Hazardous Material”	  	Section 11.1	  	
	“Initiating Party”	  	Section 26.3	  	
	“Installations”	  	Section 3.2(i)	  	
	“Key Personnel”	  	Section 3.3	  	
	“Market Deployment Team”	  	Section 3.2(i)	  	
	“Markets”	  	Section 2.2(i)	  	
	“Marks”	  	Section 29.3	  	
	“Materials”	  	Section 2.6	  	
	“Maximum Amount”	  	Section 21.3	  	
	“Mediation Request”	  	Section 26.4	  	

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 3 

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	“Milestones”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“Months 1 - 18”	  	Section 12.1(iii)	  	
	“Network”	  	Section 2.1	  	
	“Network Deployment Issues”	  	Section 2.7(iii)	  	
	“Network Equipment”	  	Section 2.7(ii)	  	
	“Network Equipment Contract”	  	Section 2.7(i)	  	
	“Network Vendor”	  	Section 2.7(i)	  	
	“Notice to Proceed”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“Pass-Through Cost”	  	Exhibit F, Section 1.2.6	  	
	“Parties”	  	Preamble	  	
	“Party”	  	Preamble	  	
	“PMO”	  	Section 3.1	  	
	“PO”	  	Section 2.1	  	
	“Pre-Suspension Meeting”	  	Section 12.5(i)	  	
	“Program Director”	  	Section 2.7(iii)	  	
	“Program Management Office”	  	Section 3.1	  	
	“Project Property”	  	Section 22.4	  	
	“Project Quality Plan”	  	Section 3.4	  	
	“Purchase Order”	  	Section 2.1	  	
	“Management”	  	Section 3.2(i)	  	
	“Reconciliation Invoice”	  	Section 12.1(vi)	  	
	“Responding Party”	  	Section 26.3	  	
	“Rolling Cash Flow Projection”	  	Section 12.1(iii)	  	
	“Rules”	  	Section 26.5	  	
	“Service Level Agreements”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“Site”	  	Section 3.2(i)	  	
	“Site Management System”	  	Section 7.1	  	
	“Site Milestone Payment Schedule”	  	Section 12.1(ix)	  	
	“SLA”	  	Section 2.3(iv)	  	
	“SMS”	  	Section 7.1	  	
	“Term”	  	Section 6.1	  	
	“Throughput Model”	  	Section 3.2(ii)	  	
	“Transfer”	  	Section 24.1	  	
	“True-up”	  	Section 12.1(vi)	  	
	“Unknown Condition”	  	Section 11.1	  	
	“Warranty Period”	  	Section 19.4	  	
	“Work”	  	Section 2.3(i)	  	
	“Work Product”	  	Section 17.1	  	

 Section 1.2. Interpretation. This Agreement, and the POs, exhibits,
schedules, attachments and appendices associated with this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the following rules: 
 (i) The
exhibits to this Agreement shall be incorporated in and deemed part of this Agreement, and all references to this Agreement herein or therein 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 4 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
shall include reference to the exhibits (including any attachment thereto) to this Agreement. All attachments to the exhibits to this Agreement shall be
incorporated in and deemed part of each such exhibit and to this Agreement and all references to any exhibits to this Agreement shall include reference to the attachments to each respective exhibit to this Agreement. All appendices to the
attachments to this Agreement shall be incorporated in and deemed part of each such attachment and to this Agreement and all references to any attachments to this Agreement shall include reference to the appendices to each respective attachment to
this Agreement. 
 (ii) All POs executed contemporaneously with this Agreement or subsequent hereto shall be incorporated in, and deemed part
of, this Agreement, and all references to, and mentions of this Agreement shall include all such instruments executed contemporaneously with this Agreement or subsequent thereto. 
 (iii) References to any Law shall mean references to the Law as changed or supplemented or to a newly adopted Law, whether or not replacing a previous
Law or normative act. 
 (iv) Any reference to “day” or “days” which is not otherwise referenced by the term
“Business” or “calendar” day(s) shall, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, be construed to have the following meanings: (a) where the time listed for performance, passage of time, or otherwise listed is more than
ten (10) days, then such reference shall be construed to be “calendar” days; and (b) where the time listed for performance, passage of time, or otherwise listed is less than or equal to ten (10) days, then such reference
shall be construed to be “Business Days”. 
 (v) Any reference to “month” or “months” shall, unless otherwise
specified in this Agreement, be construed to be “calendar” month or months. 
 (vi) Article, section and paragraph numbers and
captions are provided for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. 
 (vii) All references to sections
and exhibits are to sections and exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any references to a particular section of this Agreement will be deemed to include reference to any and all subsections thereof. 
 (viii) Words in the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words imputing the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders where the
context so requires. 
 (ix) Despite the possibility that one Party or its representatives may have prepared the initial draft of this
Agreement or any provision, or may have played a greater role in the preparation of subsequent drafts, the parties agree that neither of them will be deemed to be the drafter of this Agreement and that, in construing this Agreement, no provision
hereof will be construed more favorably to one Party than the other Party on the ground that such provision was drafted by the other Party. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 5 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (x) All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”
unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement. 
 (xi) Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall
be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined. 
 SECTION 2. SERVICES; DESCRIPTION OF WORK 

 Section 2.1. Markets and Deployment. Contractor has been engaged to provide Company with certain coordination,
management, Site identification, analysis and acquisition, Site development services, engineering, procurement and construction and/or program management services in connection with the creation and expansion of Company’s terrestrial wireless
network (the “Network”). The foregoing services and Contractor’s responsibilities are described herein, including in Exhibit B and Exhibit C attached hereto. Contractor will provide such services
in Markets identified by Company from time to time pursuant to purchase orders (each a “Purchase Order” or “PO”). Contractor shall provide the goods and services under each PO, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. In order for a PO to be effective it must be accepted by Contractor. POs issued to Contractor shall be deemed accepted by Contractor unless Contractor otherwise notifies a Company Authorized Representative in writing
within three (3) Business Days after Contractor’s receipt thereof. Company may deliver POs electronically. 
 Section 2.2. Limited Exclusive Rights. 
 (i) Except as may be specifically provided otherwise herein, but
without limiting the effect of Section 10.2, Section 10.3 or Section 10.4 of this Agreement (to the extent applicable), Company’s engagement of Contractor is “at will”. Company shall provide Contractor the opportunity
to perform Site Deployment Services set forth in Exhibit C at no less than six hundred and fifty (650) Sites in one or more Metropolitan Markets selected by Company in its sole discretion. Company does not guarantee Contractor any
additional minimum level of Work or level of compensation hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, including those pertaining to the instruments and procedures for the issuance of Work, Company hereby engages
Contractor to perform the Site Deployment Services set forth in Exhibit C for such number of Sites as Company may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, in one or more of the market areas set forth in Exhibit A (the
“Markets”) as selected by Company. Provided that an Event of Default or an Event of Release from Exclusivity (as defined in Exhibit E) or a Change of Control has not occurred, Company agrees that it will not,
during the initial three-year term, engage any third party to perform such Site Deployment Services in the Markets or any Metropolitan 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 6 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Market prior to fulfilling Company’s obligation to provide Contractor the opportunity to perform Site Deployment Services at no less than six hundred
fifty (650) sites in one or more Metropolitan Markets selected by Company (collectively, the commitment in this sentence together with the commitment in the second sentence of this Section 2.2 are referred to as the “Exclusivity
Obligations”). If any of the events listed in the preceding sentence has occurred, Company will be fully released from its Exclusivity Obligations. Company shall be obligated to pay Contractor, in accordance with the applicable pricing
and invoicing procedures set forth in this Agreement, for Work actually authorized by Company and performed by Contractor or its approved subcontractors under this Agreement. Company may, from time to time, offer to award Contractor with the right
to perform Work for a specified number of Sites in one or more Metropolitan Markets outside of the Markets set forth in Exhibit A in order to fulfill the Exclusivity Obligations set forth herein; provided that pricing and the number of Sites are
agreed in advance. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the pricing that will apply for such additional Work. If the Parties cannot agree on such pricing through good faith negotiations within fifteen (15) days after
commencement thereof, Contractor shall have the option to either (i) decline the additional Work, in which case Company’s Exclusivity Obligations shall be reduced by the number of Sites that were included in Company’s offer;
(ii) offer to perform the Work at the pricing applicable to the Baltimore/Washington Market; or (iii) escalate the matter to the Management Committee for further discussion in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 26.1
– 26.3, provided that, in this case, all such discussions must be completed within fifteen (15) additional days. If Contractor elects option (ii), TerreStar may elect in its sole discretion to decline to proceed with the Work. In any case,
if the parties have been unable to reach agreement on the pricing that would apply for the Work within thirty (30) days from the date such pricing discussions initially commenced, Company shall thereafter be free to award the Work to a third
party, provided that Customer’s Exclusivity Obligations shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the preceding, if at the end of the initial three-year term of this Agreement, Company has failed to meet its Exclusivity
Obligations as a result of the parties’ failure to reach agreement on pricing for Work in Metropolitan Markets that was first offered to Contractor and that would have otherwise applied to satisfy Company’s Exclusivity Obligation,
Company’s Exclusivity Obligations shall be reduced by the number of Sites that were included in such offers, so long as Company has fully satisfied its obligation to first offer Contractor with the opportunity to perform Site Deployment
Services for Sites within Metropolitan Areas throughout such three-year period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Company shall have no liability to Contractor or any third party for any failure of Company to fulfill its
Exclusivity Obligations to the extent resulting from (a) Company’s election to build out less than six hundred and fifty (650) Sites in Metropolitan Markets during the initial three-year term of this Agreement, or (b) termination
of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 10.2, 10.3 or 10.4 prior to Company having fulfilled its Exclusivity Obligations. If Contractor is issued a PO for any Site which is then land banked or otherwise suspended by Company for any reason other than
Contractor’s breach, and which Company within twelve (12) months after land banking or suspending the Site determines to proceed with, provided that an Event of Release from Exclusivity has not occurred prior to or after Company’s
determination, Company will not engage any third party other than Contractor to perform that Work. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 7 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (ii) Contractor acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
this Agreement, Company reserves the right to perform any Work with Company’s employees, at Company’s expense, and without affecting any other Work assigned to Contractor. 
 Section 2.3. Exhibits and POs. 
 (i) For purposes of this Agreement, “Work” means the totality of the obligations imposed upon Contractor by this Agreement, including the supply and performance by Contractor, directly and
through approved subcontractors, of all supplies, tasks or services expressly listed in the Agreement, or in any applicable PO, or which are necessary and/or reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary or appropriate in accordance with
industry standards (whether or not expressly stated in this Agreement) to fully complete the tasks and improvements required in this Agreement, in accordance with the terms hereof and all Applicable Requirements, including all labor, services,
materials, equipment, tools, supplies, machinery, technology, fabrication and expenses incidental thereto, whether or not specifically described herein, therein or otherwise. Subject to Section 23, Company may make changes to the Work from time
to time to reflect then-current Laws, changes to Company’s business requirements, changes necessitated by state of the art technological changes and other changes that Company deems to be in its best interests. 
 (ii) The Work is to be performed in accordance with the Exhibits attached hereto, and any PO, including any amendments to any of the foregoing. A Change
Order shall be used to approve Contractor’s performance of work resulting from the change process in Section 23. 
 (iii) This
Master Services Agreement, each PO agreed to in connection herewith, all Exhibits, Attachments and Appendices hereto and thereto, and all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto or thereof, are sometimes referred to herein collectively as
this “Agreement” (and the Parties agree that, although for purposes of clarification, reference is sometimes made herein to “this Agreement” and, separately, to one or more POs or one or more Exhibits, Schedules,
Attachments or Appendices hereto or thereto, no such separate reference shall alter the express intention of the Parties that the term “Agreement” whenever used herein shall include all Exhibits, POs and all such Exhibits, Schedules,
Attachments or Appendices hereto or thereto). 
 (iv) Exhibit B and Exhibit C, set forth (a) a detailed
description of Contractor’s duties under the applicable PO with respect to the Market and type of service (i.e., PMO or Site Deployment) to which it relates; (b) where applicable, a description of all supplies, materials, reports,
analyses and other equipment, installations and other items to be delivered from time to time thereunder (“Deliverables”) under the PO (and the times at which such Deliverables shall be due); (c) a detailed list of

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 8 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
technical, performance and other specifications and requirements for the Work to be performed and/or the Materials and/or Installations to be provided under
the PO (the “Applicable Requirements”); (d) procedures for Company’s review and acceptance of Deliverables and the completion of Milestones, issuance of notices from Company to Contractor to proceed with certain
Work (the term “Notice to Proceed” when used in this Agreement shall mean any notice to proceed issued in conformance with the requirements of the applicable Exhibit); (e) a description of agreed performance and
Deliverables milestones (“Milestones”) that must be achieved as a condition to Contractor’s right to earn compensation for Base Cell Site Unit Price-based payments in accordance with this Agreement; and (f) such
other matters as the Parties may agree. Exhibit E sets forth the service levels that Contractor guarantees in the performance of the Work and the agreed upon consequences for failure to meet such service levels (“Service Level
Agreements” or “SLA”). 
 Section 2.4. Standards of Performance.
Contractor agrees to perform all Work in a timely professional and workmanlike manner in compliance with all Laws, using personnel possessing the requisite skill, training and expertise to perform the Work. Contractor shall establish appropriate
oversight and quality assurance procedures (which shall be described to Company in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof) to ensure that all Work is carried out in accordance with all Applicable Requirements. 
 Section 2.5. Provision of Resources. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, Contractor will be
responsible for providing all personnel, tools, supplies, equipment, software, systems, know-how and other resources of whatever kind or nature as are necessary to complete the Work on schedule, on budget, and in accordance with the Applicable
Requirements and SLAs. 
 Section 2.6. Procurement of Materials. As authorized by any PO, Contractor shall
procure material, equipment, supplies and other items necessary to complete the Work (“Materials”). At Company’s direction, Contractor shall procure such Materials using either of the following methods, at the sole
discretion of the Company: (a) Contractor’s commercially reasonable efforts to purchase such Materials at the lowest prices commercially available to Contractor (including any discounted pricing available to Contractor under
Contractor’s supply contracts or similar arrangements) or (b) as Company’s agent, using Company’s volume discounts under Company’s then existing vendor relationships. Contractor shall deliver to Company such bills of sale
and other documents as Company may reasonably request related to such purchases. Contractor shall charge Company for Materials as set forth in Exhibit F. All Materials will be of good quality, new, of current manufacture and fit for their
intended purpose. If required by Company, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of Materials. Where Materials carry a warranty, Contractor shall take all actions necessary for the effectiveness thereof and shall
deliver original warranty documentation to Company. Company may review bid tabulations, delivery schedules and any prices provided by Contractor under Contractor’s supply contracts or similar agreements but may not otherwise review or modify
the terms of such agreements. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 9 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 2.7. Network Equipment Contract. 
 (i) Contractor acknowledges that Company has entered into or will enter into contracts for terrestrial network design and equipment delivery (the
“Network Equipment Contract”), Site leases and telecommunications services agreements with one or more third-party vendors (each, a “Network Vendor”), whereby the applicable Network Vendor agrees to
provide certain equipment or certain design or other services as part of the development and operation of the Network, the lease of a Site or provision of communications services for a Site. Contractor shall coordinate with Company and the Network
Vendors to establish for each Market a schedule at the Site level (the “Deployment Schedule”) for the delivery, installation and connection by the Network Vendors of all goods, services, labor and equipment necessary for the
timely development of the Network in that Market and ensure the Work in each Market is performed in accordance with the Deployment Schedule and Throughput Model (defined in Section 3.2). The Deployment Schedule shall be subject to the approval
of Company. Company shall either approve the Deployment Schedule or provide comments within ten (10) days of receipt thereof and, once the comments are resolved and if the comments are to be incorporated into the Deployment Schedule, the
approval procedure shall be repeated. 
 (ii) Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with Network Vendors and Company to ensure
that all parties adhere to the Deployment Schedule and Throughput Model for each Market (and this responsibility shall for all purposes hereof be considered part of the Work). If any Network Vendor is ready and able to make a delivery of equipment
(“Network Equipment”) or other services required by the Deployment Schedule for a Market and, as a result of Contractor’s failure to complete applicable Work on time, completion of the applicable Site cannot safely and
properly accommodate the Network Equipment or connection of services, Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of any penalties or damages owed by Company to the applicable Network Vendor as set forth in Exhibit I.

 (iii) Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Network Vendors and their representatives in a manner that will ensure the
orderly deployment of Network Equipment to each Site being developed under this Agreement and connection of such Site to the services of Network Vendors. Contractor, Company and the applicable Network Vendors shall establish, within thirty
(30) days after the issuance of an applicable PO, an agreed Deployment Schedule for that Market. Contractor shall cooperate with all Network Vendors and other Company suppliers, service providers and contractors as appropriate to enable the
timely and efficient completion of the Site Services for each Site and the build-out of Company’s terrestrial wireless network. If Company requests Contractor to provide material additional cooperation beyond what is specified in this
Agreement, such cooperation shall be provided at Company’s expense. The Scope of Work in Exhibit B establishing the Program Management Office shall designate a director (the “Program Director”), who shall
have primary responsibility for working out any disputes, disagreements, discrepancies, performance conflicts or other issues that arise between Contractor and any Network Vendor (“Network Deployment 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 10 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Issues”). Resolution of all Network Deployment Issues shall be resolved by the Program Director in a prompt and efficient manner, in order
to maintain the Deployment Schedule. Company shall require that the Network Vendors interface with the Program Director. 
 (iv) If the
Program Director becomes aware of a Network Deployment Issue that the Program Director is unable to resolve in a manner that will avoid delays in the Deployment Schedule, the Program Director shall, in as timely a manner as possible to avoid such
delays in the Deployment Schedule, provide to the Company designated representative (the “Company Designated Representative”) a detailed description of the conflict and the positions of both Contractor and the Network Vendor
concerning such Network Deployment Issue. The Company Officer shall, within two (2) Business Days after receipt of the foregoing description make a decision concerning how the Network Deployment Issue is to be resolved, which the Company
Officer shall describe in a written or e-mailed notice to Contractor and the Network Vendor. Such decision may require Contractor or applicable Network Vendor to perform any work or provide any item needed for Company to resolve the Network
Deployment Issue. Subject to Section 23, Company shall have the right to require Contractor to perform such work or provide such item while the Parties further consider the matter of which entity was actually responsible to do so;
provided, further, in the event the work or the item would by its nature involve Materials or Pass-Through Costs, Company shall make payment to Contractor relating to the work or item (but excluding any associated management services
or Contractor fee) pending resolution of the issue. If the performance of such work or provision of item is a change to the work described under Exhibit C for which Contractor receives a Base Cell Site Unit Price-based payment, Company
will pay Contractor for the performance of such work or provision of item on a time and materials basis, using the applicable hourly rates set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 3 or such other mutually agreed basis. 
 Section 2.8. Company Responsibilities. 
 Company shall be responsible, either directly or through its Network Vendors or other third party contractors, for those activities or actions that are described in Exhibit C as being the responsibility of
Company, its Network Vendors or other third party contractors. 
 SECTION 3. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND DEPLOYMENT 
 Section 3.1. Program Management Office. Contractor shall assemble and maintain a team of qualified personnel (the
“Program Management Office” or “PMO”) to provide national oversight and coordination of all aspects of the Network design, Site acquisition, construction, and installation services (excluding
installation of the Network Equipment (but including installation of platforms for the attachment of Network Equipment)), and other design and installation tasks as assigned by Company to Contractor or to other vendors in connection with the Network
(regardless of whether Contractor is performing any other services in a given Market). 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 11 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
The Program Management Office shall be responsible for ensuring that Work is performed in accordance with the Throughput Model (as defined in
Section 3.2 below) and the Deployment Schedule and that all applicable Milestones and Applicable Requirements are met. The responsibilities of the Program Management Office, the Work that the Program Management Office is required to perform,
requirements concerning the qualifications of personnel, the number of authorized Program Management Office personnel for which Contractor may charge Company from time to time, requirements concerning Key Positions or Key Personnel and the manner in
which Contractor shall maintain the Program Management Office and provide the services thereof are described in the Scope of Work attached hereto as Exhibit B. 
 Section 3.2. Site Deployment Services; Network Deployment. 
 (i) In furtherance of its performance of the Site Deployment (also referred to herein as “Radio Access Network (RAN) Management”)
and RAN network and deployment Work described more fully in Exhibit C, Contractor shall assemble and maintain in each Market a team (each, a “Market Deployment Team”) to coordinate and manage (in coordination
with, and without duplication of services provided by, the Program Management Office) all Work awarded to Contractor in a designated Market. Each Market shall have its own dedicated Market Deployment Team, which shall operate under the supervision
and control of the Program Management Office to ensure the proper, timely and orderly completion of Work in the applicable Market. Subject to the terms set forth in Exhibit C, the Market Deployment Team shall be responsible for assisting
Company in the identification, acquisition and/or construction of appropriate towers, rooftops, ground leases, or other appropriate locations or facilities (each, a “Site”) for installation of all facilities, installations,
hardware and platforms (“Installations”) necessary for Company or the applicable Network Vendors to install the Network Equipment, including the supervision, coordination and management of all construction and installation
activities included in the Work, the completion of all punch-list work and all other activities necessary to cause each Site to become operational in accordance with the Deployment Schedule. Each Site shall be subject to Company’s approval in
Company’s sole discretion, and shall be identified, selected and approved in accordance with the procedures described in Exhibit C. The terms on which Contractor shall identify and acquire Sites and coordinate the installation of
the Installations (including, if mutually agreed by the Parties, the construction of new facilities) are set forth in Exhibit C. The linear progression of approval points, conditions precedent to proceeding to each step in the process of
Site Deployment, and the necessary Deliverables for the completion of the Work to the satisfaction of the Company are as described in the various Exhibits attached to this Agreement. Contractor shall not proceed beyond necessary approval points nor
take actions which might incur cost or liability to Company with regard to any Site without first obtaining such approval as outlined in the applicable Exhibit(s), including but not limited to a Notice to Proceed with Site Acquisition (the form of
which is set forth in Exhibit C, Attachment 4) and a Notice to Proceed with Construction (the form of which is set forth in Exhibit C, Attachment 10). 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 12 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (ii) Contractor shall perform the Site Deployment Services and deploy the RAN Network in accordance
with version number 1 of the throughput model (as such model may be revised by mutual agreement of the Parties from time to time, the “Throughput Model”). The Throughput Model shows the schedule for Contractor’s
completion of the Milestones set forth in Exhibit C, (and completion of tasks required for such Milestones) as required for RAN network deployment for each Market and for all Markets, by month and cumulatively. Any change to the
Throughput Model shall be subject to Company’s prior written approval. If Company approves any change, the revised Throughput Model will not take effect until the month immediately following Company’s written approval; provided,
however, the guaranteed volumes (i) in the prior version of the Throughput Model for the month(s) preceding the month in which Contractor has requested a change shall remain unaffected and (ii) the month in which Contractor has
requested the change, and the succeeding month(s) if Company is still reviewing the change, shall be adjusted, to the extent required by the change, for the purpose of not penalizing the Contractor in calculating Contractor’s Service Level
Agreement performance during such Measurement Period. 
 Section 3.3. Staffing; Key Positions. Contractor
agrees to provide the Program Director and other personnel as may be described as “Key Personnel” (“Key Personnel”) in Exhibit B and Exhibit C or otherwise relating to the Program Management
Office or the particular Market Deployment Teams in the numbers and at the times as further described herein. All Key Personnel shall be full-time professionals that have been pre-approved in writing by Company. Contractor shall employ such other
qualified professionals or other personnel as are necessary to properly perform Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement. All Key Personnel must be direct employees of Contractor. Prior to hiring or assigning any Key Personnel to the Work,
Contractor shall furnish Company with a resume of the proposed candidate for Company’s review and, if requested by Company, the opportunity to interview such candidate. Company shall have thirty (30) days after completion of such
activities to notify Contractor of any objections that Company has to such candidate’s assignment. If Company objects to such assignment, Contractor and Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve Company’s concerns. If
the Parties are unable to resolve such concerns within five (5) days of Company’s objection, Contractor shall propose another individual for Company’s approval in accordance with the foregoing procedure. No Key Personnel may be
assigned to the Work without Company’s express prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Unless Company waives this requirement in its sole discretion, all Key Personnel shall be identified before Contractor is authorized
to commence Work pursuant to a PO. Contractor agrees that it will not, without Company’s prior written consent (which Company shall be under no obligation to grant), voluntarily remove any Key Personnel during the performance of the Work for
which he or she is responsible. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain personnel in non-key positions, to assure consistent staffing. If Company objects to the continued assignment of any Contractor personnel (including, but
not limited to Key Personnel) to this Agreement, Contractor shall promptly remove such personnel and provide a replacement in a timely manner. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 13 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
efforts to minimize turnover of personnel assigned to the completion of Work. Contractor shall provide to Company written notice fifteen (15) days prior
to reassigning or replacing Key Personnel. Contractor shall ensure that no Contractor PMO Key Personnel involved in the Work are engaged in the provision of services by Contractor to any Adverse Party during the performance of the Services by such
personnel. Except for a replacement at the request of Company or a reassignment necessitated by circumstances beyond the control of Contractor, for example, death, disability or the employee’s family circumstances, Contractor shall not reassign
or replace any Key Personnel without Company’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Company’s sole discretion unless Contractor demonstrates to Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such reassignment or replacement will
not have an adverse effect on the Work. The Parties shall agree from time to time on the appropriate number of Key Personnel and other personnel of particular classifications necessary during specified periods for Contractor to deliver all services
required by the Program Management Office. Company and Contractor shall also review Program Management Office staffing requirements on a regular basis, but at least quarterly, and sufficiently in advance of any significant anticipated changes so as
to permit Contractor to plan and respond to PMO staffing needs (e.g., typically one (1) month in advance of each calendar quarter) and as further set forth in Section 1.1.3 of Exhibit F. Company will issue a PO or PO revision
reflecting any agreed PMO staffing changes in a timely manner such that approved staffing levels are adequately funded. Contractor shall update the list of Key Personnel as of the beginning of each calendar quarter. 
 Section 3.4. Project Quality Plan. Attached hereto as Exhibit J is Contractor’s quality assurance plan
outlining its proposed quality assurance procedures and protocols for acceptance by Company (the “Project Quality Plan”). Contractor shall make such amendments to such Quality Assurance Plan as Company may request from time
to time to ensure the proper and timely completion of the Work in accordance with the Deployment Schedule and all Applicable Requirements. Company shall review any proposed amendments to the Quality Assurance Plan and provide comments to the
Contractor within three (3) days of receipt of the plan from Contractor. Once the comments are resolved, and if the comments are to be incorporated into the Project Quality Plan, the approval process shall be repeated until the amended Project
Quality Plan is agreed between the Parties. Contractor shall satisfy all of the requirements, procedures and protocols of the Project Quality Plan at all times during the performance of any Work, and shall otherwise maintain quality assurance
controls that ensure all material, equipment, services and Deliverables conform to all Applicable Requirements, whether any such Work or any Deliverable is performed, manufactured, prepared, procured or delivered by Contractor or by any other
Contractor Party, and Contractor shall otherwise ensure that all Work is delivered on time and on budget. Without in any way limiting Company’s inspection or other rights, Contractor is responsible for performing all inspections, tests, and
calibrations necessary to substantiate that the Work, materials and equipment conform to all Applicable Requirements. Records of conformance shall be maintained on file at Contractor’s facilities and in the Contract Management System and shall
be available for review by Company at any reasonable time. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 14 

 Execution Copy 
  

 SECTION 4. USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS 
 Section 4.1. Use of Subcontractors. 
 (i) With regard to Work set forth under the Scope of Work attached hereto as Exhibit C, Contractor shall be free to enter into any subcontract awarded in accordance with Contractor’s established
practices and procedures and in accordance with all requirements set forth in Exhibit C; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement and prior to entering into any
subcontract, Contractor shall provide to Company written notice of its initial list of desired subcontractors, including the subcontractor’s name and nature of work being subcontracted. Thereafter, Contractor shall provide Company on a periodic
basis as mutually agreed, but at least on a quarterly basis, with a list of its desired additional subcontractors. Contractor agrees to provide to Company such other information as Company may reasonably request. If Company objects to any proposed
subcontractor, Company shall notify Contractor within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Contractor’s list and the Parties shall thereafter meet within five (5) days to resolve the objection. If after meeting, the Company acting
reasonably still objects to the subcontractor, Contractor will furnish an alternate subcontractor for Company’s approval. If the Company does not object to Contractor’s proposed list within ten (10) Business Days, the list shall be
deemed as accepted by Company. Contractor shall not subcontract any PMO services set forth in Exhibit B without the prior written approval of Company. For other subcontractors, Contractor shall obtain Company’s approval in accordance
with Section 4.2. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding Section 4.1(i) above, Contractor may subcontract portions of the Work to its’
Affiliates without the prior written approval of Company. Without limitation, Contractor shall have the right to subcontract to its related professional engineering companies that are Affiliates of Contractor any professional engineering services
required by each applicable state to be performed by a professional engineering firm registered in such state as required by its law. Contractor hereby guarantees to Company that such entities will comply with the responsibilities and obligations
herein assumed by Contractor and Company agrees that it shall hold only Contractor responsible for any failure to so comply. Contractor agrees that Company will incur no duplication of costs or increased taxes resulting from any such subcontract and
shall indemnify and hold Company harmless from any such costs or taxes. Company agrees that the limitations on Contractor’s liability set forth in this Agreement apply to Contractor and its Affiliates. 
 Section 4.2. Other Subcontractor Selection. Where services, such as Contractor acting as agent for Company for the
purchase of Materials or Company otherwise requests Contractor to solicit bids for and on behalf of Company, Contractor shall provide to Company, within three (3) days after receipt, true and complete copies of 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 15 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
all bids received by Contractor for the performance of the project. All bids shall be accompanied by (i) all information necessary for Company to
ascertain the nature and scope of the services to be provided thereunder and the cost thereof and to make a meaningful comparison of the scope of work and pricing in the various subcontracts and shall further be accompanied by
(ii) Contractor’s recommendation as to which of the bids it recommends that the Company select. If Contractor does not select the lowest bid as its recommended bid, the Contractor’s recommendation shall include a detailed description
of the reasons therefor. If Company rejects all bids and requests further services, Contractor shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Company’s notice, obtain at least two (2) additional bids for Company’s
consideration. 
 Section 4.3. Contractor Parties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Contractor
Parties” shall mean Contractor, its Affiliates, all subcontractors, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns of each of them and/or any other persons performing portions of the Work under a
contract with Contractor or any subcontractor, or otherwise performing Work with the consent of Contractor or any other Contractor Party, or for whose acts Contractor or any other Contractor Party may be liable. Contractor’s responsibility
shall extend to all Contractor Parties, whether or not engaged, appointed or selected in accordance with this Agreement, but this sentence shall not render valid any arrangement with a Contractor Party that is not entered into in compliance with
this Agreement. Contractor will not be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement by use of any Contractor Party to perform Work and will be responsible for any Contractor Party’s failure to satisfy the terms of this Agreement, as they
relate to the Work performed by the Contractor Party, to the same degree as if Contractor performed the Work directly. If Company determines that the performance or conduct of Contractor or any Contractor Party is unsatisfactory, Company may notify
Contractor of its determination in writing, indicating the reasons therefor, and Contractor will promptly take all actions necessary to remedy the performance or conduct of Contractor or such Contractor Party. At Company’s request, Contractor
shall, at no cost to Company, terminate any arrangement with any Contractor Party that was not entered into in accordance with this Agreement. 
 Section 4.4. Step-In Rights. Each subcontract entered into in furtherance of Site Deployment Services described in Exhibit C shall contain a provision by which the subcontractor or other counterparty
thereto agrees that, upon delivery of notice from Company that an Event of Default has occurred under this Agreement or that this Agreement has been terminated due to an Event of Default with respect to the Work to which the subcontract relates,
that the subcontract may be assigned to Company and thereafter Company may assert the rights and obligations of Contractor under such subcontract, to the extent arising after the date of such assignment. Contractor shall use all reasonable efforts
to provide that each subcontractor shall further provide that, if Contractor is in default of its payment obligations under any subcontract, the subcontractor shall not stop work or terminate the subcontract without first giving Company notice of
Contractor’s default and ten (10) days opportunity to cure the default and assume Contractor’s obligations under the subcontract. Contractor agrees that 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 16 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Company shall have that right upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or the termination of this Agreement due to an Event of Default with respect to such
Work, to assume the rights, obligations and responsibilities of the Contractor under the subcontract from and after such date. Contractor shall immediately notify Company of any Contracting Party’s breach of contract claims against Contractor
or any material dispute between Contractor and a Contracting Party. Contractor shall be liable for any sums expended by Company under such subcontract as provided in Section 10.2 hereof. Contractor agrees, and the subcontractor shall agree in
the subcontract, that Company shall have (a) no liability or obligation with respect to any default by Contractor under the subcontract and (b) no liability for any payments for Work under the subcontract that Company disbursed to
Contractor but that Contractor did not pay to subcontractor, except to the extent Company expressly assumes such obligations as contemplated by this Section. 
 SECTION 5. PRICING 
 Section 5.1. Pricing. In consideration for
the Work and other chargeable items provided by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, Company shall pay to Contractor the applicable fees and other charges payable therefore as set forth in Exhibit F. 
 SECTION 6. TERM 
 Section 6.1. Term. The initial term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue for a period of three (3) years, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement.
Thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless either Party gives notice of its intent not to renew at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the term. The initial term, together
with all renewal periods prior to any notice of non-renewal, is referred to as the “Term”. This subsection is subject to the early termination rights stated elsewhere in this Agreement. 
 SECTION 7. CONTRACTOR TECHNOLOGY; REPORTS 
 Section 7.1. Required Technology. Contractor shall maintain an electronic data base to which Company shall have remote access for multiple simultaneous users, which shall be
unrestricted except for Contractor’s normal password and security requirements, in which Contractor shall record full and complete information concerning bids and pricing related to the Work except for (i) subcontracts that make up the
Site Deployment Services set forth in Exhibit C and (ii) the make-up of unit rates or Fees set forth in Exhibit B (“Contract Management System”). Contractor shall devise, configure, and implement all
necessary information technology systems, software, processes, and procedures required to satisfy the information and data collection, handling and uploading requirements set forth in the Agreement. Contractor shall ensure that it creates and
maintains a reliable, effective, and accurate interface between its electronic data systems and Company’s Site management system, referred to as of the 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 17 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Effective Date as “Siterra” (as such reference may be revised by Company in its discretion and as the same system may be modified from time to time
upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior notice to Contractor, the “Site Management System” or “SMS”) for purposes of providing (a) seamless, “real time” data input into
Company’s Site Management System; (b) access for Company employees to Contractor’s Contract Management System; (c) adequate security protocols to ensure integrity of the database; and (d) adequate project management
procedures to ensure timely performance. Company’s Site Management System shall be the Company-designated system record for Site information, and will be used by Contractor for all reporting, monitoring, performance measurement and storage of
required Site information. In the event of an inconsistency between the data maintained by Company and the data maintained by Contractor, Company’s data will be controlling (except in the event of manifest error). Contractor shall assume all
expenses and costs associated with the creation of systems, software, interfaces, modification of its information technology systems, and training of Contractor’s personnel in the use of the electronic information technology processes and
procedures required to satisfy the information and data collection and uploading requirements required to support Company’s Site Management System or interface with [***]. Contractor shall provide appropriate training to Company personnel as
necessary for such Company personnel to fully access subcontractor pricing, bidding and other information in the Contract Management System. 
 Section 7.2. Continuity of Technology. In the event Contractor’s electronic systems become inoperable or otherwise unavailable to satisfy the information and data collection and uploading requirements
set forth in this Agreement, Contractor shall promptly notify Company of such inoperability or unavailability and shall promptly identify and implement substitute methods of accomplishing the same requirements on terms acceptable to Company at
Company’s reasonable discretion. This provision shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, those of Section 4 hereof. 
 Section 7.3. Technology Costs. Contractor shall bear all expenses and costs associated with the creation of systems,
software, interfaces, modification of its information technology systems, and training of Contractor’s personnel in the use of the electronic information technology processes and procedures required to satisfy the information and data
collection and uploading requirements set forth in and required by the Site Management System and, to the extent they do not differ from Contractor’s standard systems and applications, Company’s other reasonable requirements. 

Section 7.4. Data and Reports. In addition to any other reports that may be required in this Agreement, Contractor
agrees to provide any reports that may be reasonably required by Company, at no cost to Company. By submitting any report or other Deliverable, Contractor shall be deemed to have certified to Company that such report or other Deliverable is
accurate, current and complete in all material respects. The reports are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of Company. The reports shall not be used by Contractor Parties or disclosed, sold, assigned, leased, or otherwise provided to
third parties by Contractor Parties, except to the limited extent necessary to 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 18 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
complete the Work, nor shall any of the foregoing be commercially exploited by or on behalf of Contractor Parties. At Company’s request and sole
discretion, and as directed by Company, Contractor shall promptly correct any errors or inaccuracies in any reports delivered pursuant to this Agreement. Reports shall be delivered in such media and format as Company shall direct and shall include
pricing, cost and other data concerning all work that will permit Company to ascertain with “full visibility” the actual cost related to Materials, and Pass-Through Costs covered by any Contractor Invoice. Upon request by Company at any
time, Contractor shall, at Contractor’s expense, promptly turn over to Company or erase and destroy to Company’s satisfaction all reports in the possession or control of Contractor and any other Contractor Parties, except that Contractor
may retain, subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 18 hereof, copies of any reports containing information necessary for dispute resolution, including litigation, arising out of the Agreement, and Contractor may retain reports
containing information required for its internal financial reporting requirements or for archival purposes; provided that, all such reports will be returned or destroyed upon the resolution of any dispute, upon the expiration of any
applicable statute of limitations or, in accordance with Contractor’s records retention policies. Contractor’s archived data shall not be used for any purpose other than as a backup of data elsewhere in the Contractor’s system.

 SECTION 8. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME; LIMITATIONS 
 Section 8.1. Contractor Delays. Exhibit E sets forth the certain consequences for Contractor’s failure
to perform the Work and complete certain Milestones in accordance with the Throughput Model. Exhibit I sets forth the certain consequences for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work to support Company Network Vendors. Liquidated
damages and other amounts payable as set forth in Exhibit E and Exhibit I and Company’s remedies described in Section 10.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of Company for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in
accordance with the Throughput Model or to support the Network Vendors. 
 Section 8.2. Excusable Delays.
For purposes of this Agreement, “Force Majeure” shall mean any event or circumstance, or combination of events or circumstances, that arises after the date hereof, is beyond the reasonable control of the Party claiming Force
Majeure, or could not be prevented or overcome by the reasonable efforts and due diligence of the Party claiming Force Majeure and has an impact which will actually, demonstrably, and adversely affect such Party’s ability to perform its
obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, acts of God or of the public enemy, terrorist attacks or threats thereof, epidemics, unavoidable casualties, or unavoidable and unusual delay in obtaining
equipment or materials (which delays are outside Contractor’s reasonable ability to control), disruptions to transportation systems, strikes (except for those associated with employees of any Contractor Party). An “Excusable
Delay” is any delay in the completion of Work that is due to (i) Force Majeure or (ii) Company’s material failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement. If an Excusable Delay occurs, the schedule for completion
of any element of the Work that is affected thereby shall be extended to such date as shall reasonably account for the impact of the Excusable Delay. If Contractor 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 19 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
wishes to rely upon an Excusable Delay as a basis for seeking any extension of time under an agreed Work schedule, it shall notify Company in writing within
five (5) calendar days after the beginning of any Excusable Delay, stating with specificity the cause of the delay, the specific elements of the Work that are impacted, the specific areas involved, and the anticipated period of delay. If
Contractor fails to give Company such written notice within such five (5) day period, the period of Excusable Delay shall not commence until such notice is received by Company. Upon receipt of such notice, Company shall determine whether an
extension is justified and, if so, the Parties shall discuss an equitable extension, generally day for day, of the applicable date(s) of completion, taking into account not only the expected duration of the Excusable Delay, but also its reasonable
impact on Contractor’s ability to complete the Work for which Contractor is responsible; provided, however, that Company shall, subject to Section 26, make the determination of the extension reasonably required to reflect the
impact of any Excusable Delay on Contractor and the Work. Company shall have the option to deny any request for extension or for additional costs absent a showing that the event of Excusable Delay will cause an actual delay in the Work schedule or
result in additional costs. Contractor shall not have any right in connection with Force Majeure to a modification of the pricing or reimbursement provisions applicable to the Work or to any provisions relating to additional payments or fees except
to the extent Contractor demonstrates that the event is of a magnitude that affects a majority of Sites in one or more Markets. The Parties agree that except as otherwise excused under this Agreement (i) the unwillingness or inability of
Contractor or any Contractor Parties to perform any obligation under this Agreement, (ii) any labor actions affecting a Contractor Party and based on a Contractor Party’s own employment program (as compared to an industry-wide labor
action), (iii) unavailability of Materials that could have been avoided by proper project management procedures, (iv) bankruptcy or insolvency actions affecting a Contractor Party, (v) litigation or administrative actions affecting a
Contractor Party (except if initiated by the Company) or (vi) the unwillingness or financial inability of Contractor or any of its subcontractors, vendors, or suppliers to perform any obligation hereunder or under any applicable subcontract or
supply contract, shall not be grounds for an Excusable Delay. Further, the occurrence of an Excusable Delay due to Force Majeure shall not excuse Contractor’s obligation to pay to Company any amounts due to Company prior to or during the
Excusable Delay. 
 SECTION 9. INSPECTION, CORRECTIONS AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK 
 Section 9.1. Inspection. Company, or a third party consultant or other representative of Company, may inspect any
Deliverable, Site or other Work performed by Contractor prior to Company’s acceptance thereof in accordance with Exhibit C with respect to such Work. In furtherance of the foregoing, Contractor shall afford Company, or a third party
consultant or other representative of Company, access to any Site to the full extent and at such times as Contractor has access to the Site. Contractor shall be required, without regard to the state of completion to promptly correct any Deliverable,
Site or Work that is found to be defective, incorrect or non-conforming 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 20 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
in that it does not meet the warranty standards set forth in Section 19.2 or is not in compliance with the Applicable Requirements. For the avoidance of
doubt, any Work required to be corrected by Contractor under this Section that has not been completed prior to acceptance in accordance with Exhibit C shall not excuse Contractor from the obligation to correct such Work under
Section 19.4. 
 Section 9.2. Company Correction Cost. If Contractor does not repair any Deliverable,
Site or Work that is found to be defective, incorrect or non-conforming within five (5) Business Days after notice from Company or, to the extent such Work is not reasonably capable of being repaired within such five (5) Business Day
period, if Contractor fails to complete such repairs within thirty (30) days after such notice from the Company, Company may effect such repairs and may deduct from payments otherwise due or to become due to Contractor or otherwise recover
directly from Contractor, the full cost to repair the same, including, but not limited to, storage and removal costs, repair and installation costs, and material costs resulting from Contractor’s failure to make such repairs within the
timeframes described above. 
 Section 9.3. Acceptance. The inspection of the Deliverables, Sites and other
Work and the acceptance by Company thereof shall follow the procedures and requirements set forth in Exhibit C, in addition to those set forth in this Section 9. 
 SECTION 10. TERMINATION 
 Section 10.1. Termination by Contractor. Contractor may terminate this Agreement in full (but not in part), upon the occurrence of a Company Event of Default. A “Company Event of
Default” shall have occurred if: 
 (i) (a) Company has failed to make a payment due under this Agreement in connection with the
Work, (b) such payment is not subject to a good faith dispute, (c) no earlier than the payment’s due date Contractor gives written notice of its intent to terminate unless such payment is made within sixty (60) days after receipt
of such notice, and (d) Company fails to make such payment within the sixty (60) day period following receipt of such notice from Contractor; 
 (ii) any representation or warranty made by Company in this Agreement shall be substantially
untrue in any material respect as of the date such representation or warranty was made provided Company does not cure such breach to Contractor’s reasonable satisfaction within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of breach from
Contractor (which termination shall be effective on the sixty-first (61st) day after the breach notice is received by Company, unless the
breach is cured before such date); or 
 (iii) Company makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, liquidator or trustee
shall be appointed for Company, or Company shall be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, or any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 21 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
be filed by Company or shall be filed against Company and consented to, or acquiesced in by Company or any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of
Company shall be instituted (provided, however, that if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Company, it shall not be an Event of Default if the same is discharged, stayed or
dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing or commencement thereof), or Company shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due. 
 In the event this Agreement or any part hereof is terminated by Contractor pursuant to this Section, Contractor shall be entitled to the amounts as described in Sections 10.4 and 10.5(ii). Payment shall be
made within thirty (30) days of termination. 
 Section 10.2. Termination by Company for Cause. Company
may terminate this Agreement, any one or more POs or any portion of the Work upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. An “Event of Default” shall have occurred if: 
 (i) Contractor materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure such breach to Company’s
reasonable satisfaction within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of breach from Company (which termination shall be effective on the sixty-first (61st) day after the breach notice is received by Contractor, unless the breach is cured before such date); 
 (ii) any Transfer occurs without Company’s prior written consent; 
 (iii) Contractor fails, except in cases for which an extension of time is expressly provided for hereunder, to prosecute promptly and diligently the Work or to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials for the Work; or if
it fails to exercise the level of managerial skill, knowledge, judgment and practices which are commonly expected in connection with the management and performance of work of the type contemplated by this Agreement and does not cure such breach to
Company’s reasonable satisfaction within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of breach from Company (which termination shall be effective on the sixty-first (61st) day after the breach notice is received by Contractor, unless the breach is cured before such date); 
 (iv) if a mechanic’s or materialman’s lien or notice of lien is filed against any part
of the Work or any Site and such lien is not removed or replaced by an appropriate bond (if permitted by Law) or insured over by Contractor for the Company’s benefit and to Company’s reasonable satisfaction as soon as reasonably possible
but within thirty (30) days after Contractor receives notice of such lien and within a further ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of breach from Company (which termination shall be effective on the eleventh (11th) day after Contractor received such notice of breach from Company, unless the breach is cured before such date either by Contractor or Company pursuant
to Section 15.2 (and in the case of cure by Company, Company shall have been fully reimbursed by setoff or otherwise)); 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 22 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (v) any representation or warranty made by
Contractor in this Agreement or in any report, certificate, financial statement or Deliverable furnished by Contractor in connection with this Agreement shall be substantially untrue in any material respect as of the date such representation or
warranty was made provided Contractor does not cure such breach to Company’s reasonable satisfaction within sixty (60) days after receipt of written notice of breach from Company (which termination shall be effective on the sixty-first (61
st) day after the breach notice is received by Contractor, unless the breach is cured before such date); or 
 (vi) Contractor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Contractor, or Contractor
shall be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, or any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by Contractors or shall be filed against Contractor
and consented to, or acquiesced in by Contractor or any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Contractor shall be instituted (provided, however, that if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary
and not consented to by Contractor, it shall not be an Event of Default if the same is discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days after the filing or commencement thereof), or Contractor shall admit in writing its inability to pay
its debts generally as they become due. 
 In the event this Agreement or any part hereof is terminated by Company pursuant to this Section, Contractor
shall, subject to Section 21, be required to reimburse Company, promptly on demand, for any increased costs, except those associated with PMO Services as described in Exhibit B, incurred by Company in finding replacements to perform the
Work (or to supply Materials and equipment necessary to complete the Work), including, without limitation, any costs incurred in exercising rights under Section 4.4 hereof. Company’s right to terminate the Agreement pursuant to this
Section shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights or remedies existing under this Agreement. 
 Section 10.3. Termination by Company for Good Cause. Company may
terminate this Agreement in whole if Contractor has either (a) paid the maximum amount of liquidated damages or breached the other termination criteria set forth in Exhibit E or (b) paid the maximum amount set forth in
Exhibit I. In such event, Company shall only be obligated to pay Contractor for undisputed payment obligations hereunder for Work actually performed prior to the effective date of such termination including the pro-rated expenses associated
with partially completed Milestones. It is agreed by the Parties that such termination is not an Event of Default subject to termination arising under Section 10.2 or the remedies available to Company arising therefrom and that the amounts paid
by Contractor under Exhibit E and/or Exhibit I are Company’s sole and exclusive remedy for a termination arising pursuant to this Section 10.3. Termination shall be made by written notice to Contractor and shall be effective
on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after Company delivers the notice. 
 Section 10.4. Termination by Company for Convenience. Except as set forth herein, Company may terminate this Agreement
in its entirety at any time for 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 23 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
convenience upon written notice to Contractor. Company may also terminate Contractor’s Work in any Market in whole, but not in part, for convenience
upon written notice to Contractor that a Change in Control has occurred and Company directs such Work to be terminated. In addition, Company may terminate all POs (other than Baltimore/Washington as set forth in Exhibit A), for Work then
currently released by Company in whole, but not in part, in any Market, at any time for convenience upon written notice to Contractor; provided that such termination shall not reduce the remaining unfulfilled portion of Company’s Exclusivity
Obligations to provide Site Deployment Services to Contractor pursuant to Section 2.2. In such event, Company shall pay Contractor for: Work actually performed with respect to the terminated portion of the Agreement prior to the effective date
of such termination including pro rated expenses for partially completed Milestones; reasonable wind-down expenses directly incurred by Contractor in connection with the terminated portion of the Work including the termination fees under
subcontracts and storage costs, cancellation costs of Materials ordered and demobilization costs; and to the extent directed in writing by Company costs to preserve Work in progress. Termination shall be made by written notice to Contractor and
shall be effective on the thirtieth (30th) calendar day after Company delivers the notice. 
 Section 10.5. Scope of Termination. Company will specify in any termination notice given hereunder, whether it is
terminating the Agreement as a whole or any portion of the Work contemplated by this Agreement (or some combination of the foregoing). In the absence of any specification, Company’s termination notice will be deemed to cover the Agreement as a
whole. In the event that a termination covers less than all of the Agreement, the components not terminated will continue in full force and effect. For any portion of the Work which is in process at the time of termination but which is not the
subject of the termination, the terms of this Agreement will continue in effect until such portion of the Work is fulfilled or terminated. 
 (i) In the event that this Agreement or any portion of the Work is terminated, Contractor shall remove all of its machinery and supplies from every impacted Site, and in the event of Contractor’s failure to do so, Company may have the
equipment, machinery and supplies removed at Contractor’s expense. Notwithstanding any termination, Contractor shall, at Company’s request, instruct all subcontractors to continue work for the benefit of Company and, subject to
Section 4.4, Company shall thereupon become obligated to pay such subcontractors directly for Work performed or Materials supplied by them after the effective date of the termination. Contractor shall store all Materials owned by Company and
relating to such Work in a safe and secure facility, as directed by Company. If the termination is the result of an Event of Default, Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of storage for a period of up to sixty (60) days. In the event of
any termination under this Agreement or any portion hereof, Contractor shall comply with its obligations under Section 10.6. 
 (ii)
Contractor shall be entitled to payment for all Work satisfactorily performed by Contractor prior to the effective date of termination and accepted by Company and, if terminated pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.4, other costs as set forth in

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 24 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Section 10.4; and if terminated pursuant to Section 10.3 the costs provided for therein; provided, however, that any such payment
shall be subject to any provision for reimbursement, deduction, or withholding by Company as set forth in this Agreement. Such payment shall constitute full settlement of any and all Claims of Contractor of every description for payment relating to
such Work, including, but not limited to, any Claim for lost profit. 
 (iii) Upon termination of this Agreement or any portion of the Work,
Contractor shall, unless Company specifies otherwise (a) terminate all orders and subcontracts relating to the performance of the Work affected by the termination, to the extent the same may be terminated without cost; (b) terminate and
settle, subject to approval of Company, other orders and subcontracts where the cost of termination and settlement will be less than costs which would be incurred if such orders and subcontracts were to be completed and assign such other orders or
subcontracts to Company; and (c) transfer to Company, in accordance with Company’s directions, all materials, supplies, Work in progress, facilities, equipment, machinery or tools acquired by Contractor in connection with the performance
of such Work and for which Contractor has been paid hereunder (whether by transfer of funds or against Contractor’s liabilities to Company), together with all plans, drawings, working drawings, sketches, specifications and information for use
in connection therewith (including all copies thereof, as required elsewhere in this Agreement). If directed by Company, Contractor shall, to the extent stated in the notice of termination, take such actions to preserve the Work in progress and to
protect material, plans and equipment on the applicable Site or in transit thereto, and Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement from Company for the reasonable costs thereof; provided, however, that if such termination is
pursuant to Section 10.1 or Section 10.4, Company shall have provided adequate financial assurances, acceptable to Contractor, as a condition to Contractor’s taking such actions. 
 Section 10.6. Transition. In the event of any termination or expiration of this Agreement or any portion of the Work,
Contractor will cooperate reasonably in the orderly wind-down of the Work being terminated or the transfer of the responsibility for such Work to another service provider. Contractor shall provide Company access to all information, data and records
relating to the Work, subject only to reasonable security and confidentiality procedures required to protect Contractor’s lawful proprietary rights. Except if the termination is the result of an Event of Default, Company may, at its discretion,
require Contractor to provide a transition period for Work not to exceed three (3) months, unless the parties mutually agree to a longer period; provided, however, in the case of termination by Contractor under Section 10.1,
Company shall have provided adequate financial assurances, in a form acceptable to Contractor, as a condition to Contractor’s taking such actions. If Company initially designates a transition period of less then three (3) months, it may
subsequently extend the transition period up to the maximum period of three (3) months with five (5) days’ written notice to Contractor. Company may, in its discretion, terminate the transition period upon five (5) days’
prior written notice to Contractor. During the transition period, the Parties will continue to be bound by and perform in accordance with the terms 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 25 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
of this Agreement that apply to the services rendered during the transition period and Company shall compensate Contractor for its Work as set forth in a
transition plan to be mutually agreed upon. 
 SECTION 11. HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS 
 Section 11.1. Hazardous Condition Defined. “Hazardous Material” shall mean: (a) the presence
of any hazardous materials including, without limitation, asbestos, urea, formaldehyde, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum and petroleum based products, methane, radon, lead, any flammable substance or material, any explosive, any radioactive
substance or material and any hazardous, dangerous, toxic or regulated waste, substance, pollutant, contaminant or material, and further including, without limitation, any substances or materials defined as or included within the definition of
“hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials” or “toxic substances” under any Laws related thereto of all federal, state, regional or local governmental entities or agencies which regulate
or otherwise require permits or other approvals for or in connection with the construction, use or occupancy of land and improvements to land; and “Unknown Condition” shall mean (b) physical conditions above or below the
surface of the ground or concealed or unknown conditions of an unusual nature in an existing structure or below the surface of the ground, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in Work of the
character provided for in this Agreement. 
 Section 11.2. Precautions. To the extent provided in Exhibit
C, Contractor shall perform Phase I (ASME) and NEPA environmental analyses of each Site, including, without limitation, an analysis for the potential for lead-based paint, asbestos containing materials, or other Hazardous Materials set forth in
Section 11.1(a). Contractor will not bring any materials set forth in Section 11.1(a) onto any Site without Company’s prior written permission. In the event that Contractor or any of Contractor Parties encounters any Hazardous
Material, Contractor and its Contractor Party must determine if that has not been rendered harmless in strict accordance with applicable Law. If it has not been so rendered, Contractor and Contractor Parties will immediately stop Work in the area
affected and immediately notify Company in writing of the Hazardous Material, along with a detailed description of the Hazardous Material, its location(s) on the Site and the basis for its classification as a Hazardous Material. The Work in the
affected area shall not be resumed except by written agreement between Company and Contractor. 
 Section 11.3.
Contractor Responsibility. Contractor is expected to be diligent in its review of all Site documentation, including all environmental reports procured pursuant to this Agreement, or provided by Company or other entities which pertain
to recommended courses of action to address environmental and NEPA issues. With regard to any Hazardous Material set forth in Section 11.1(a), (i) that Contractor or a Contractor Party brings onto any Site and/or thereafter transports,
releases or disposes of whether on or off a Site, or (ii) of which Contractor has received notice through, without limitation, Company’s express notification, and Contractor’s or a Contractor 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 26 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Party’s actions result in the release of the Hazardous Material or otherwise resulting in a worsened condition of this Site, Contractor hereby releases
Company and Company Parties from, and agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company and Company Parties from and against any and all claims, damages or expenses (including reasonable legal costs) including those for failure to comply with
all Laws, including without limitation all environmental Laws. For clarity under (ii) above, in the event Contractor performs a Phase I (ASME) and NEPA environmental analysis for a Site and in the performance of the Work as set forth in
Exhibit C, Contractor ignores or otherwise fails to alert Company of information set forth in the Phase I (ASME) and NEPA environmental analysis alerting it to the presence of Hazardous Material at the Site, Contractor shall be responsible
for the cost incurred by Company to have the affected area of Site remediated to the extent necessary to support the Work and to permit use of the Site for Company’s network. 
 Section 11.4. Company Responsibility. Except in the case of the conditions described in Section 11.3, Company shall
be responsible for (i) removal, transportation and disposal of any Hazardous Material set forth in Section 11.1(a) discovered or released at any Site location; and (ii) further investigation, assessment, sampling and analysis, and any
required permitting, treatment, storage, transport, remediation or disposal with respect thereto. In the event Contractor discovers any Hazardous Material or Unknown Condition for which Company is responsible hereunder, Contractor shall promptly
stop work in the affected region, secure the area and shall promptly give notice to Company of such discovery. Except as provided in Section 11.3, Company hereby releases and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Contractor and
Contractor Parties from any and all claims, or damages or expenses (including reasonable legal costs) arising out of or related to any Hazardous Materials. 
 SECTION 12. INVOICING AND PAYMENT 
 Section 12.1. Invoice and Payment
Process. Contractor shall be paid for all Work, Materials, Pass-Through Costs, Fees, Company Taxes and Mark-ups rendered pursuant to this Agreement as follows. In no event shall Contractor commence Work on a Site in the absence of a PO
authorizing such Work; and in no event shall Contractor proceed with additional Work on a Site not covered by the original PO for the Site absent written authorization from Company. 
 (i) By the Effective Date, Contractor shall provide an initial draft of the Rolling Cash Flow Projection (defined below) and supporting assumptions used
to arrive at the amounts shown in such draft of the Rolling Cash Flow Projection. Within ten (10) Business Days after the Effective Date, Company will wire an initial payment to Contractor in an amount based on the forecast of compensation to
be earned as described below in Sections 12.1(viii) through (xiii) and the factors described in Section 12.4 for the then current month (Month 0) and an Advance Payment (defined below) for the ensuing two months (Months 1 and 2).

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 27 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (ii) Following the payment of the initial Advance Payment, the process for invoicing and payments
described in Sections 12.1 (iii) through (vii) shall be followed by both Parties for the remainder of the Term. 
 (iii) Commencing on the 15th day of the first calendar month after the Effective Date, and by the 15th day of each month thereafter, the Parties
shall hold a meeting (“Compensation Projection Meeting”) attended by Authorized Representatives of the Parties to review and agree upon the projected compensation to be earned by Contractor for each of the ensuing 18 months
(“Months 1 – 18”, with the month containing the Compensation Projection Meeting designated as Month 0 in each monthly revision). The projected compensation (“Rolling Cash Flow Projection”) will be
based on the then-current Throughput Model and forecast compensation to be earned as described below in Sections 12.1(viii) through (xiii) and the factors described in Section 12.4. If the Rolling Cash Flow Projection forecasts no
compensation for the Construction Start Payment Milestone (as defined in Exhibit F) occurring in Months 0 through 2, the amount of the Advance Payment payable by Company to Contractor by the end of Month 0 shall be equal to the projected
Contractor’s compensation for Month 2. If the Rolling Cash Flow Projection for the first time forecasts compensation for the Construction Start Payment Milestone (as defined in Exhibit F) occurring in Months 0 through 2, the amount of
the Advance Payment payable by Company to Contractor by the end of Month 0 shall be equal to the projected Contractor’s compensation for Months 2 and 3. All subsequent Advance Payment amounts shall be equal to the projected Contractor’s
compensation for Month 3 for the then-current Rolling Cash Flow Projection. The Parties’ agreement on the Rolling Cash Flow Projection will also represent agreement by the Parties on the Advance Payment amount. If the 15th day of a month falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Parties shall meet on a Business Day prior to the 15th. 
 (iv) At the Compensation Projection Meeting, Contractor shall provide to Company supporting assumptions used to arrive at the amounts shown in the Rolling Cash Flow Projection. Company may also elect at such meeting to delay the month
during which the first Construction Start Payment Milestone is scheduled to occur to a later month so long as such milestone is not then-currently projected to occur earlier than Month 2 at the time of such election. If these assumptions change as a
result of the Compensation Projection Meeting, Contractor shall provide a revised Rolling Cash Flow Projection by no later than the 20th day of
Month 0, as a prerequisite to the Advance Payment due by the end of Month 0; provided, however, that Contractor shall have no obligation to proceed with the applicable Work absent agreement on the Advance Payment. Should the Company fail to
meet with Contractor by the 15th day of any month, or fail to agree as to the amount of the Advance Payment, for any reason, the Advance Payment for
the prescribed period shall be based on the most recent agreed Rolling Cash Flow Projection provided by Contractor to Company. 
 (v) Except
for the initial Advance Payment to be made within the time period specified in Section 12.1(i), by no later than the last Business Day of Month 0, Company shall make a wire transfer of the Advance Payment. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 28 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (vi) By the 5th day of Month 1, Contractor shall issue a reconciliation invoice (“Reconciliation Invoice”) which includes detail of the actual
compensation earned by the Contractor (as described below in Sections 12.1(viii) through (xiii)) through the end of Month 0, in accordance with the requirements and in substantially the same form as the examples set forth in Exhibit D. Any
difference (“True-up”) between the amounts paid by Company through the end of Month 0 and the actual compensation earned by Contractor through the end of Month 0 due to Company may, at Company’s election, be set off from
any future Advance Payment or Reconciliation Invoice. If Company does not elect to set off all or any portion of such True-up amount against a future Advance Payment or Reconciliation Invoice, then upon written request from Company, Contractor shall
pay such True-up amount, or such portion thereof that has not been set off, to Company within thirty (30) days of such written request. Any True-up due to Contractor will be paid by Company by the last Business Day of Month 1 consistent with
Section 12.1(v). By way of example, on March 5th, a Reconciliation Invoice will be issued detailing actual compensation earned through
February. Any True-up due to Company will be set off from the Advance Payment made by March 31st. Any True-up due to Contractor will be paid by
the Company no later than March 31st consistent with Section 12.1(v). 
 (vii) Reconciliation Invoices shall meet the following requirements: 
 (a) Each line item on the Reconciliation Invoice shall be specific to one and only one PO, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties. 
 (b) Each separate item (e.g., Milestone, Pass Through Cost, Materials charge, Materials Mark-up fee, Company Taxes, Management Service Fee, charges for
Supplemental Unit Prices, PMO charges) shall be listed on a separate line on the Reconciliation Invoice. Line items shall not bundle charges together (e.g., Materials and services), except in the case of miscellaneous Materials with values under
$100 or unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties. 
 (c) Each Reconciliation Invoice will be substantially in the form of
Attachment 1 to Exhibit D. 
 (viii) Compensation for PMO Services Personnel Costs, business travel costs and Company Taxes directly
related to business travel costs as described in Exhibit F is earned on a monthly basis. 
 (ix) Compensation for Base Cell Site
Unit Prices, as described in Exhibit F in accordance with the amounts and percentages assigned to each Site Milestone as set forth in Exhibit F (“Site Milestone Payment Schedule”), is earned as each such
Milestone is achieved. The percentages shall be applied to the Base Cell Site Unit Prices for each Site, pursuant to a PO. Compensation for Changes is earned as provided in each agreed Change Order. If the Change Order applies to a task or
Deliverable included under the Base Cell Site Unit Price, then compensation for the 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 29 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Change shall be earned proportionally according to the same percentages assigned to each Site Milestone as set forth in Exhibit F, but will be
invoiced on a separate line item, as illustrated in Exhibit D. By way of example, if the construction of a Structural Modification is conducted concurrently with construction of the Site, and is included in the PO for Construction of that
Site, compensation for the construction will be earned as follows: [***]% at Construction Start Milestone, [***]% at Construction Complete Milestone, and [***]% at Site Acceptance Milestone. 
 (x) Compensation for Materials and Mark-Up as described in Exhibit F is earned as invoices are received from Contractor’s material
suppliers. 
 (xi) Compensation for Pass-Through Costs as described in Exhibit F is earned when such costs are invoiced to or paid by
the Contractor. 
 (xii) Compensation for Company Taxes as described in Section 13 of the Agreement and Exhibit F is earned when
the compensation for the respective line items to which the Company Taxes apply are due. 
 (xiii) Compensation for the Management Service
Fee is earned as described in Exhibit F. 
 All Reconciliation Invoices shall be submitted to: 
 TerreStar Networks 
 12010 Sunset Hills Road 
 Sixth Floor 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
 Attn: Accounts Payable (or such other location as Company may direct Contractor) 
 Upon request, Contractor shall also
provide any additional information that Company may require to confirm the accuracy of Contractor’s Reconciliation Invoice calculations. Contractor acknowledges that, for purposes of Company’s payment processing system, the amount invoiced
on each Reconciliation Invoice must not exceed the amount authorized by the corresponding PO(s) issued by Company for the Work to which the Reconciliation Invoice relates, as adjusted pursuant to Section 23. Contractor shall use all reasonable
efforts to obtain prior approval from an Authorized Representative of the Company for the submission of any Reconciliation Invoice that exceeds the corresponding PO(s), as such PO(s) may be adjusted pursuant to Section 23. In the event
Contractor fails to obtain such prior approval from an Authorized Representative of the Company and proceeds to submit a Reconciliation Invoice, Company shall, subject to Section 12.2, return such Reconciliation Invoice for correction by
Contractor. 
 Section 12.2. Payment Instructions. Company shall pay all undisputed amounts in accordance
with the terms herein. No payment shall constitute an acceptance of any Work that is not in accordance with this Agreement or any Applicable 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 30 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Requirements. All payments shall be made by Company to Contractor by electronic Federal Funds Wire Transfer by 2:00 pm Eastern Time on the due date (or by
2:00 pm Eastern Time on the Business Day immediately preceding a due date when the due date falls on a weekend or Federal Holiday) to: 
 The Bank of New York 
 New York, New York 
 Account # [***] 
 ABA # [***] 
 Credit: Bechtel Communications, Inc. 
 Job No. [***] 
 Invoice No.              
 Any disagreement concerning payment on a
Reconciliation Invoice shall be resolved in accordance with Section 26 hereof. Contractor shall not invoice Company for Milestones not achieved or Work not completed as a result of an Excusable Delay; provided, however, that the occurrence of
an Excusable Delay shall not excuse the payment of any Reconciliation Invoices which are due and owing for Work properly performed prior to or during the Excusable Delay or any Advance Payment due and owing in accordance with the Rolling Cash Flow
Projection, which shall be modified as necessary to take into account any projected adjustment of Work resulting from an Excusable Delay. The final payment due under any PO, shall be due and payable thirty (30) calendar days following the last
to occur of the following: (i) the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) Contractor has delivered a Reconciliation Invoice for Final Payment (including all details and supporting documentation as to
amounts invoiced) and (iii) Contractor has delivered to Company any required lien waivers of all relevant subcontractors confirming that they have been fully paid for the Work, together with any other Deliverables necessary to meet the
applicable PO. “Final Payment” means the last Reconciliation Invoice that Contractor is entitled to submit with respect to a PO. Acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment for Work covered by a PO shall be irrevocably deemed
to be Contractor’s acknowledgement that it has been paid in full under the PO and shall constitute a waiver of all claims for payment by Contractor in respect of such Work, except for (i) any claims made in writing prior to the delivery of
the Reconciliation Invoice for Final Payment and identified as unsettled and (ii) expenses for Materials or Pass-Through Costs that are either inadvertently omitted or not reasonably available to Contractor at the time of the Reconciliation
Invoice for Final Payment or additional Company Taxes which in any event must be submitted within twelve (12) months of the Reconciliation Invoice for Final Payment as to the applicable PO or such amount(s) shall be deemed waived by Contractor.

 If Contractor shall not have delivered any properly prepared Reconciliation Invoice as required hereunder within the time specified therefore, the
relevant payment due date shall be extended on a day for day basis after receipt of such properly submitted Reconciliation Invoice. If Company disputes any portion of a Reconciliation Invoice as failing to satisfy any of the foregoing requirements
or as incorrect, Company will make timely payment of the undisputed amounts. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 31 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Company reserves the right to raise payment disputes for up to twelve (12) months after the applicable payment
due date. After such period, Company may raise payment disputes solely through the audit process described in Section 14.2. 
 Section 12.3. Late Payment. Any amounts due either Party under this Agreement that are not subject to a dispute and remaining unpaid after the due date shall accrue interest, commencing on the day after the
due date and compounded for each day thereafter until the date paid, at the rate equal to [***] percent ([***]%) above the prime lending rate quoted to substantial and responsible commercial borrowers on ninety (90) day loans by the Morgan
Guarantee Trust Company, New York, on each day such interest accrues. 
 Section 12.4. Cash Flow Projection.
The Parties agree that the Rolling Cash Flow Projections are to be based on good faith estimates of compensation projected to be earned by Contractor as described herein. Calculations of projections to be presented, discussed, and agreed as
described above will be based upon the following factors: 
 (i) Number of Sites/Search Rings projected to reach each payment Milestone during
the relevant months, per the then current version of the Throughput Model. 
 (ii) Projected ratio of Site types by Milestone, by month. This
projection should be based on factors such as past experience, projected locations (i.e., predominately urban, rural, suburban), trends in availability of various Site types, and shall be adjusted in future projections to reflect additional
experience in the markets. 
 (iii) Projected amount of compensation for services that are not covered under the Base Cell Site Unit Price,
such as structural modification design and construction required to make any Company-approved modification, stealthing, landscaping, and services subject to Supplemental Unit Costs as set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 5. 

(iv) Projected amounts for Materials. This should be based on standard assumptions for Materials based on Site type, percentages of Sites requiring
stealthing and structural modifications, and other factors affecting the amount of materials required. These projections should be based on past experience and adjusted in future projections to reflect additional experience in the Markets.

 (v) Projected amounts for third party fees (e.g., landlord, jurisdictional). These projections should be based on past experience and
adjusted in future projections as appropriate to reflect additional experience in the Markets. 
 (vi) Projected amounts of MSF, which
amounts must be tied to paragraphs (i) and (iii) of this section. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 32 

 Execution Copy 
  

 (vii) Projected amounts of Materials mark-ups, which amount must be tied to paragraph (iv) of
this section. 
 (viii) Projected amounts of PMO compensation 
 (ix) Projected amount of Company Taxes. 
 All of the above projected amounts shall be tied to the then
current version of the Throughput Model and Site mix assumptions. 
 Section 12.5. Suspension. 

(i) If Company fails to make any undisputed payment when due, Company shall be considered in material breach of this Agreement and Contractor shall
have the right, following fifteen (15) days of written notice to Company, to suspend the Work in whole or in part and seek remedies in accordance with this Agreement. Within five (5) days of Contractor’s delivery of the foregoing
written notice, Company’s and Contractor’s respective Management Committee representative(s) and Chief Financial Officer(s) shall meet and discuss the underlying causes of the breach, alternatives to Contractor’s suspension of Work,
steps that may be taken by Company to remedy the non-payment to prevent suspension, and steps by Contractor to minimize any costs that Contractor may incur if the Work is suspended in whole or in part (such meeting is referred to herein as the
“Pre-Suspension Meeting”). If Company fails to meet with Contractor within five (5) days of Contractor’s notice or if the Parties cannot reach an agreement by the end of the fifteen (15) day notice period for
any reason, then Contractor may exercise the rights set forth in this Section 12.5. Further, upon Company’s written request at any time during the 15 day notice period, Contractor shall suspend the Work in whole or in part. In the event of
a suspension under this Section, the provisions of Section 10.4 shall apply as to any ongoing and reasonable costs actually incurred by Contractor. 
 (ii) In the event Company cures the breach (i.e., as to past due undisputed amounts due to Contractor) within the time provided in Section 10.1(i) of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately resume Work
unless otherwise directed by Company in writing. 
 Section 12.6. Material Breach. Company is not obligated
to make any payment under this Agreement for Work that is unauthorized via a mutually agreed PO, that fails to satisfy Applicable Requirements or that is otherwise completed in breach of this Agreement until such time as Contractor has cured the
breach to Company’s satisfaction. No payment shall constitute an acceptance of any Work that is not in accordance with this Agreement or any Applicable Requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if only a part of an Invoice is in dispute as
failing to satisfy any of the foregoing matters, Company will make timely payment of the undisputed amounts. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 33 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 12.7. Set-Off. Company may set off against any and all
amounts otherwise payable to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement or to any PO amounts claimed by Company in good faith to be owed by Contractor to Company pursuant to this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, and without limiting
Company’s right to make direct reimbursement or payment claims against Contractor, Company may set off against payment on Reconciliation Invoices (a) costs and expenses incurred by Company in remedying defective Work that Contractor has
not caused to be corrected within thirty (30) days after notice thereof, (b) amounts necessary to compensate third parties for damage or injury to person or property due to a breach of the indemnity obligations under Section 20.1,
(c) permitted costs incurred in moving or storing Contractor property on any Site following termination of Contractor’s right and authority to perform Work at such Site, (d) amounts previously paid on any Invoice that Company
subsequently determines, based on an inspection or review of the Invoice or of the Work to which it relates, not to have been due and (e) any other recoverable costs or damages as permitted under this Agreement suffered by, or asserted against,
Company resulting from Contractor’s failure to fulfill in any respect its obligations under this Agreement. Within twenty (20) days after any set-off, Company will provide Contractor with a written accounting of such set-off and a written
statement of the reasons therefor. Any dispute concerning such set-off shall be resolved in accordance with Section 26 hereof. 
 Section 12.8. Disputes. Any disagreement concerning payments or Invoices shall be resolved in accordance with Section 26 hereof. 
 SECTION 13. TAXES 
 Section 13.1. Compliance with Tax Laws; Cooperation. The Parties shall comply with all federal, state and local tax Laws applicable to transactions occurring under this Agreement. The Parties will cooperate
with one another regarding such taxes and any related issues arising from this Agreement, unless adversely impacted by such actions. Each Party shall consult and cooperate with the other to minimize the other’s tax liability to the extent
legally permissible. Each Party shall cooperate with the other in the settlement of any claim for taxes, arising from this Agreement, asserted by applicable taxing authorities. Company and Contractor shall provide and make available to the other any
resale certificates, information regarding out of state sales or use of equipment, materials or services, and other exemption certificates or information reasonably requested by the other Party. Contractor will provide Company with a completed
Form W-9, applicable Form W-8 series form, or Form 8233, as appropriate, for federal income tax reporting purposes. 
 Section 13.2. Payment of Taxes. Contractor will be responsible for: (i) all federal, state, local or foreign excise or payroll taxes including social insurances (e.g., FICA, FUI and SUI) on the
personnel of Contractor or its subcontractors; (ii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes on income or net worth, franchise taxes, gross receipts taxes (except for sales and use taxes imposed on a seller’s gross receipts from a sale
transaction), or property taxes on property owned by Contractor (and not 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 34 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
incorporated as part of the Work); or (iii) any taxes imposed on Contractor arising from Contractor’s purchase, rental or lease of construction
equipment, consumables, machinery or tools, office machinery, equipment or supplies and consumable supplies (excepting only those that become part of the property transferred to the Company and are not covered by Base Cell Site Unit Pricing) and
services that are not resold to the Company (“Contractor Taxes”). Company shall be responsible for all federal, state or local sales or use taxes (including sales and use taxes imposed on a seller’s gross receipts from a
sale transaction), import duties or excise taxes, to the extent such taxes and duties are incurred in connection with the Installations, Materials, services or supplies to be incorporated or utilized in the Work, and Company shall be responsible for
any building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution, completion and delivery of the Work (“Company Taxes”). Company Taxes constitute Pass-Through Costs and may
be included in Contractor’s invoices, but Contractor must provide Company written documentation showing the amount of such taxes and evidence the payment thereof when made. Contractor shall pay promptly when due all Contractor Taxes and Company
Taxes on a Pass-Through basis on behalf of Company which are due, including whether legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect, and shall secure and pay for
the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company from any Claims with respect to nonpayment
of Contractor Taxes for which it is responsible. Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Contractor from any Claims with respect to Company Taxes for which it is responsible. 
 Section 13.3. Certification and Registration; Invoicing Prior to commencing the Work in a particular state, to the
extent possible, the Company shall provide the Contractor with a properly completed sales tax exemption certificate for the state evidencing the Company’s intent to take advantage of such exemption. If Work has started in a state prior to the
Company providing the Contractor with said exemption certificate, the Contractor shall accept the exemption certificate as of the date issued. Contractor and Company will cooperate to apply for refunds of taxes paid prior to receipt of exemption
certificates. 
 Contractor shall provide Company with Contractor’s sales tax registration number from the states in which goods and/or
services provided under this Agreement are performed. If Contractor is currently not registered for sales tax purposes, Contractor will register with the pertinent states for sales tax purposes before Company makes any payments to Contractor.
Contractor will separately state all taxable and non-taxable charges on all Invoices presented to Company. With each Invoice, Contractor shall submit a summary report that shall (a) separately state all taxable and exempt charges for equipment,
materials, freight and other items, (b) separately state all taxable and exempt charges for services provided, and (c) separately state all sales and use taxes collected (and the sales tax registration number under which the Taxes are
remitted). Contractor shall invoice Company for taxes as soon as reasonably practical and if not on the original Invoice for goods and services provided under this Agreement then as soon as practical after Contractor becomes aware that such taxes
are due. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 35 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 13.4. Delays in Tax Compliance. Contractor shall pay, and
shall hold Company harmless from and against, any Contractor Taxes, penalties, interest, or other charges that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of Contractor for any reason to pay any Contractor Taxes or file any return
or information for which it is responsible under this Agreement and which is required by Law. Company shall pay, and shall hold Contractor harmless from and against, any Company Taxes, penalties, interest, or other charges that may be levied or
assessed as a result of Company’s failure to provide a valid exemption certificate or provide sufficient funds to Contractor to make payment of Company Taxes when due or where the failure to pay such Company Tax is due to Company’s
direction or failure to file any return or information for which it is responsible under this Agreement and which is required by Law. 
 Section 13.5. Audit Right. Company shall have the right, at its expense, at a Company-designated location, to have a mutually agreed-upon third-party independent auditor audit Contractor’s records
relating to the payment of Company Taxes. Contractor shall pay any Company Taxes for which Company has paid Contractor to the appropriate authority if due or reimburse Company such amounts paid to Contractor if Contractor has not paid such amount to
the appropriate authority as determined by the independent auditor as a result of such audit. 
 Section 13.6.
Classification of Work. In order to classify the provisions of the Work for sales and use tax purposes, if applicable, the Parties shall treat this Agreement as a contract for either (a) the installation of tangible personal
property; or (b) the installation of real property, in accordance with state Law. If the Work performed by Contractor is considered installation of tangible personal property, Contractor shall be responsible for collecting from Company and
remitting to the taxing jurisdiction(s) sales or use tax on all taxable charges for services, materials, and freight provided under this Agreement. 
 SECTION 14. RECORDS; AUDIT RIGHTS 
 Section 14.1. Maintenance of Records. Contractor
shall prepare and maintain complete, detailed and accurate books and records of accounts pertaining to the Work, which books and records of account shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, as applicable,
consistently applied, and otherwise in a manner and using a system, software, and data that are reasonably satisfactory to Company to provide for proper financial management under this Agreement. The system used by Contractor to maintain such books
and records shall be fully and remotely accessible to Company on a “real time” basis in an electronic format. Company and its designated representatives shall be afforded access at reasonable times and on reasonable notice to all of
Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and other information relating to 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 36 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
the Work, including all documentation (electronic or otherwise) relating to the sourcing and selection of third parties to perform any part of the Work.
Contractor shall preserve all such records for a period of not less than three (3) years after completion of all Work under the PO to which they relate, as set forth in the “Records Retention Plan”. 
 Section 14.2. Audit Right. Contractor shall maintain books and accounts in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and practices consistently applied. Company, at any time and from time to time during the Term and for a period of five (5) years after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, upon reasonable notice to Contractor, shall have
the right to audit or cause to be audited Contractor’s Invoices to Company and Contractor’s accounting and other records relating to this Agreement to the extent required to verify the accuracy thereof except for invoiced amounts performed
on a lump sum or fixed price basis or the make-up of Unit Rates, multipliers or Fee under Exhibit F. Company and its authorized agents and representatives shall be given unrestricted access to the data bases in which any such information is
maintained and shall have the right to make copies of all such books and records. Each such audit shall be at the Company’s sole expense; provided, however, that if such audit discloses an error of three percent (3%) or more
in the payments made under this Agreement (including Company Taxes) on Invoices issued at any time during the twelve (12) month period prior to the audit date, Contractor shall pay the cost of such audit. In the event that any audit discloses
an error in Company’s favor, Company shall provide Contractor with appropriate documentation thereof for Contractor’s review, and if the error is in Company’s favor Contractor shall immediately refund the full amount of the error to
Company. 
 SECTION 15. LIENS 
 Section 15.1. Lien-Free Completion of Work. Provided Company has made undisputed payments due Contractor under this Agreement, Contractor will not permit any mechanics’ or
materialman’s or other liens to be filed against a Site. If any such lien shall at any time be filed relating to the Work, Contractor shall have the right to contest the validity or the amount of any such lien provided that it posts a bond or
other security acceptable to Company in the amount and in the type required by applicable law, which bond or security acceptable to Company shall release the property from the lien and secure the payment of such obligation to the lien claimant. If
on final determination of such contest, payment is found to be owed to the party that filed the lien, Contractor shall immediately pay any adverse judgment rendered, together with all proper fees, costs and charges and shall have the lien released
at its own expense. 
 Section 15.2. Evidence of Payment; Hold Harmless. Contractor shall submit with each
Invoice, a release of lien from any first tier subcontractor who might claim a lien through Contractor with respect to Work covered thereby. In the event payment of amounts due under this Agreement from Company are made and liens are nonetheless
filed against the Work by any of Contractor’s subcontractors, of any tier, and which Contractor has not discharged as set forth herein, Contractor shall refund to Company all monies that Company may be compelled to pay in discharging such
liens, 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 37 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. In the event a lien is filed against the Work or a Site by any Contractor Party, and after ten
(10) Business Days’ notice and Contractor’s failure to remove or discharge the lien, Company shall remove such lien and be reimbursed by Contractor as provided in this Section 15.2. 
 SECTION 16. PERFORMANCE BOND 
 Section 16.1. Subcontractor Bonds. Contractor shall obtain from all subcontractors, and shall require its subcontractors to obtain from their subcontractors, such performance and/or payment bonds as are
commercially prudent, in Contractor’s determination, taking into account the risk of failure and financial resources of such subcontractors. 
 SECTION 17. MATERIALS AND OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT 
 Section 17.1. Ownership of Work
Product. Unless otherwise agreed to in a written amendment to this Agreement that is executed by a Company Authorized Representative and a Contractor Authorized Representative, all materials developed and produced by Contractor or any
Contractor Party hereunder including, but not limited to, all inventions, works of authorship, discoveries, processes, techniques, methods, technical data, specifications, policies, plans, maps, designs, coding, software, source code, object code,
program materials, programming aids, tools, reports, data, information, drawings, depictions, formulae, algorithms, ideas, designs, concepts, know-how, documentation and other written materials, as well as the patents, patent applications,
copyrights, copyright applications, trademarks, trade secrets, service marks and other proprietary or intellectual property rights attendant thereto, first conceived, reduced to practice, authored, developed or created in the performance of the
Work, including all Reports prepared, data, documentation and any and all deliverables provided pursuant to or related to this Agreement (“Work Product”) shall be deemed “works made for hire” and owned exclusively
by Company. 
 Section 17.2. Transfer of Contractor Rights. Contractor hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably transfers and assigns to Company all right, title and interest in and to any and all Work Product, including without limitation, all patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, service marks and other proprietary or intellectual
property rights, and Company shall be afforded all rights of ownership incident thereto. Contractor shall cause each Contractor Party to agree to terms equivalent to the foregoing in its subcontracts involving the development of any Work Product. At
no additional charge to Company, Contractor agrees to execute and deliver, and cause all Contractor Parties to execute and deliver, to Company any transfers, assignments, documents or other instruments that Company may deem necessary or appropriate
to establish and vest complete title and ownership of any and all Work Product, and all rights therein, exclusively in Company. 
 Section 17.3. Right of Use. To the extent that any pre-existing materials owned by Contractor are contained in the Deliverables or Work Product 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 38 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
delivered to Company pursuant to performance of the Work, Contractor hereby grants to Company an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to such
pre-existing materials to use, execute, reproduce, display, perform, sublicense, distribute (internally and externally) copies of, and prepare derivative works based upon, such pre-existing materials and derivative works thereof, without notice to
or accounting for the benefit of Contractor for the sole purpose of completing, operating or maintaining Company’s Network. Notwithstanding the foregoing but without derogation to Company’s rights above, nothing in this Agreement grants
Company any ownership rights in or to any of Contractor’s pre-existing computer programs, software or other any intellectual property not specifically developed and paid for by Company all of which shall remain the sole and exclusive property
of Contractor. 
 Section 17.4. No Infringement. Contractor warrants and represents that (a) the Work,
Work Product and Deliverables produced by Contractor pursuant to this Agreement and each PO shall be Contractor’s original work and will not infringe upon or violate any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, service mark or any other
proprietary or intellectual property right of others; (b) there are no rights, claims, causes of action or other legal rights or impediments to Contractor’s ability to perform the Work or transfer the Work Product or Deliverables; and
(c) Company’s rights in such Work, Work Product and Deliverables shall be free and clear of any encumbrances, liens, claims, judgments, causes of action or other legal rights or impediments. 
 Section 17.5. Ownership of Company Provided Materials. All documents furnished to Contractor, including, but not limited
to identification of Sites, Site specifications, technical data, and drawings, shall remain the property of Company, shall not be used for any purpose other than the performance of the Work and shall not be provided by Contractor to any party other
than Contractor Parties without Company’s prior written consent. Any property owned by Company and in Contractor’s possession or control shall be used only in the performance of the Work, unless authorized in writing by Company. Contractor
shall adequately protect such property and shall deliver or return it to Company or otherwise dispose of it as directed by Company. 
 Section 17.6. Restriction on Certain Use. Notwithstanding anything to contrary in this Agreement, any financial information (including system cost estimates) provided by Contractor under this Agreement is
intended for the exclusive use and benefit of Company. No other person is authorized to rely on such information for any purpose, and Contractor expressly disclaims any responsibility or liability to any person other than Company for any use of or
reliance on such information. For clarity, Company agrees that any financial information furnished by Contractor hereunder or Contractor’s name will not be used for the purpose of raising funding in any capital or public financial market. In
the event the Company desires to use any such information as part of an offering memorandum or in any other document supporting third party financing it shall obtain the prior written approval of an officer of Contractor which may be given or
withheld subject to such qualifications and assumptions as Contractor may make in its sole discretion. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 39 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 17.7. Remedies for Section 17 Breach. Each Party
acknowledges that a breach of this Section 17 by such Party will cause irreparable injury to the other Party and that, in the event of such a breach, money damages will not constitute adequate remedy to the other Party, and therefore the other
Party shall be entitled to injunctive relief and other provisional and/or equitable remedies, as well as all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement. 
 SECTION 18. CONFIDENTIALITY 
 Section 18.1. Protection of Confidential
Information. Each Party has executed that certain Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement of even date herewith, which is attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). Each Party acknowledges
and agrees that the Confidentiality Agreement applies to all information obtained from the other party to the extent such information meets the definition of “Confidential Information” contained therein. The Confidentiality Agreement is
hereby incorporated into this Agreement and into any PO by this reference. The Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in force and effect for the term of this Agreement notwithstanding any expiration or time limitation stated in the
Confidentiality Agreement. 
 SECTION 19. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 
 Section 19.1. General. Contractor represents and warrants that: (i) Contractor has all requisite corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) Contractor is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business makes
such license, authorization or qualification necessary; (iii) there is no controversy, litigation, hearing or other judicial or administrative hearing or proceedings pending or threatened against Contractor or any of its Affiliates that could
interfere with the ability of Contractor to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (iv) as of the Effective Date, Contractor is not a party to or bound by any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, contract, agreement,
instrument, arrangement or understanding, written or oral, which involves the acquisition of the business of Contractor, or a substantial portion of the assets or shares of capital stock of Contractor. Company represents and warrants that:
(i) Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) Company is duly licensed, authorized or qualified to do business and is in good standing in every
jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business makes such license, authorization or qualification necessary; and (iii) there is no controversy, litigation, hearing or other judicial or administrative hearing or proceeding pending or
threatened against Company or any of its Affiliates that could interfere with the ability of Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
 Section 19.2. No Defects in Work; Conformity with Applicable Requirements and Specifications. Contractor represents and warrants that the Work 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 40 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
will comply with the standard set forth in Section 2.4, that the Materials shall conform to the standard set forth in Section 2.6, that the
Deliverables will comply with the Applicable Requirements and that each Site will comply with all applicable Site specifications. Contractor further warrants that it will meet the production schedule in the Throughput Model and any time schedules
required by this Agreement or by any applicable PO, and will within two (2) Business Days notify Company in writing of any material actual or anticipated delays. 
 Section 19.3. Accuracy of Reports and Other Deliverables. By submitting any report or other Deliverable, Contractor shall be deemed to have certified to the Company that such report or other
Deliverable is accurate, current and complete in all material respects. 
 Section 19.4. Duty to Correct Work;
Warranties. If, at any time within eighteen (18) months after Site Acceptance with respect to the Site (“Warranty Period”) as determined in accordance with Exhibit C, such Work or Deliverable is found
not to comply with the warranty standards set forth in Section 19.2, then upon written notice from Company, Contractor shall promptly perform corrective services of a type similar to the Work originally undertaken, regardless of prior
inspections or acceptance to conform with the requirements of this Agreement. Company shall give such written notice within a reasonable period after the discovery of the deficiency or defective condition. All corrective work for which Contractor is
responsible shall be undertaken by Contractor at Contractor’s sole expense and the unexpired part of the Warranty Period shall remain in effect as to such corrected Work following Company’s acceptance of the required corrective work.
Company may accept defective or non-conforming work instead of requiring its removal and correction, upon the condition that Company shall deduct from payments to Contractor an appropriate amount for damages. Contractor shall be responsible for all
costs and expenses arising from repair, packaging, shipping, insurance, Taxes, and other matters associated with any corrective measure. In no event shall final payment, partial acceptance of total work, or partial or entire use or occupancy by
Company relieve Contractor of liability or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship or any breach of the Agreement. 
 Section 19.5. Exclusions. Contractor shall have no warranty or other obligation as to Network Equipment furnished by a Network Vendor. Contractor shall have no warranty obligation with respect to its Work to the
extent caused by: (i) third party services or Materials supplied by Company or Materials specified by Company and purchased directly by Contractor; or (ii) the efficacy of the Project’s network performance based on the technology of
Company or that of its third party services and materials and equipment suppliers. With regard to Materials purchased by Contractor as Company’s agent or Materials specified by Company but purchased directly by Contractor, Contractor shall use
all reasonable efforts to assist Company to enforce such warranties, including preparation of notice letters, assignment of warranties (as applicable), attending meetings and taking such other actions, as agreed by the Parties. Contractor agrees
that it shall not charge Company the cost of reasonable management services to assist Company in enforcing such warranties, short of litigation or arbitration. 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 41 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Contractor shall, however, be reimbursed any expenses incurred either in support of litigation or arbitration or to implement such repairs at Company’s
request (e.g., tower climbing and removal of equipment where the supplier has furnished replacement equipment only). 
 Section 19.6. Certain Remedies. If Contractor fails to cure any breach of warranty after two (2) attempts at correction, such attempts not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a
notice of defect from Company, and provided the Parties have not agreed in writing upon an alternative cure, Company may, by separate contract or otherwise, make the necessary cure and Contractor shall pay to Company all the costs of such cure or,
at Company’s election, Company may set-off such amounts against sums otherwise due Contractor. Company may return the Deliverables to Contractor, at Contractor’s expense and Company’s option, for correction, replacement or credit,
even if the period to perform those corrections extends beyond the Deliverables’ warranty period but in no event shall the Warranty Period itself be extended. 
 Section 19.7. Exclusive Warranties. The warranties set forth in this Section 19 are the sole and exclusive warranties of Contractor in connection with the Work and Materials and
equipment furnished under this Agreement and Contractor hereby disclaims and Company waives any other express, implied or statutory warranties, including WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 
 SECTION 20. INDEMNITY 
 Section 20.1. Scope of Indemnity. Contractor will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company, Company’s Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and customers (each, a
“Company Indemnitee”) from and against all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses and reasonable legal fees (collectively “Damages”) arising out of a claim by a third party against a
Company Indemnitee to the extent arising from the fault or negligence of Contractor or a Contractor Party in connection with: (i) any infringement of patent and/or other intellectual property right in connection with the Work; (ii) the
failure of Contractor or any of Contractor Parties to comply with applicable Laws, including, but not limited to Laws related to Hazardous Materials for which Contractor is responsible under Section 11.3; (iii) any act or omission by
Contractor or any of Contractor Parties that worsens, releases, or creates any Hazardous Material for which Contractor is responsible under Section 11.3; (iv) the transport or disposal of any materials which created or would create a
Hazardous Material on or off any Site covered by the Work for which Contractor is responsible under Section 11.3; or (v) for personal injury or property damage. Company will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Contractor’s
Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and customers (each, a “Contractor Indemnitee”) from and against all Damages arising out of a claim by a third party against a Contractor Indemnitee to
the extent arising from the fault or negligence of Company or a Company Party in connection with personal injury or 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 42 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
property damage. Each Party and each of the Company Indemnities and Contractor Indemnities shall have the right to defend its own interest in connection with
any such Claims, and such election to so defend its own interest shall in no way relieve Contractor or Company of its obligations under this Section 20.1. The duties described in this Section 20 shall survive the termination or expiration
of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years. 
 Section 20.2. No Limitation on Employment Claims.
In the event Claims are brought against any Company Indemnitee by an employee of Contractor or of any other Contractor Party, the indemnification obligations provided in Section 20.1 shall not be limited by any limitation on the amount or type
of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or such Contractor Party under any applicable worker’s or workmen’s compensation laws, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit Laws. 
 Section 20.3. Indemnification Procedures. Upon becoming aware of any circumstance or legal action subject to
indemnification under this Agreement (a “Claim”), the Party seeking indemnification shall give prompt written notice of the Claim to the Indemnitor. The notice must include a copy of any written documentation regarding the
Claim received by the Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice of a Claim, the following provisions shall apply: 
 (i) The Party Indemnitor shall,
at its option, settle or defend the Claim at its sole expense and with its own counsel. Each Indemnitee will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the Indemnitor and its attorneys in the investigation, trial, and defense of the Claim and any
appeal; provided, however, that any Indemnitee may, at its own expense, participate, through its attorneys or otherwise, in such investigation, trial, and defense of such claim and any appeal arising therefrom. No settlement of a claim
that involves a remedy other than the payment of money by Contractor will be entered into without the consent of each affected Company Indemnitee, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. 
 (ii) If the Indemnitor (a) fails to notify the applicable Indemnitee of the Indemnitor’s intent to take any action within thirty (30) days
after receipt of a notice of a Claim for which it is responsible under this Section or this Agreement or (b) fails to proceed with the resolution of the Claim for which it is responsible, the Indemnitee, with prior written notice to the
Indemnitor and without waiving any rights to indemnification, including reimbursement of reasonable legal fees and legal costs, may defend or settle the Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor. The Indemnitor will reimburse the
Indemnitee on demand for all damages, cost and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in defending or settling the Claim. 
 SECTION 21.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 
 Section 21.1. Consequential Damages. Neither Party will be liable hereunder
for consequential, indirect or punitive damages (including lost profits or 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 43 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
savings, loss of use or opportunity, interruption of service, loss of revenue, claims of customers, or like items of loss or damage) for any cause of action,
whether in contract, tort or otherwise, even if the Party was or should have been aware of the possibility of these damages. This Section will not limit any Party’s liability for damages for which it has an obligation of indemnity for third
party personal injury and property damage under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 21.1, any damages that may be awarded to a third party for personal injury or property damage against a Party to this Agreement, to the extent they
arise out of the fault or negligence of that Party, shall constitute “actual damages” of the Party against whom such damages are awarded even if such damages are awarded against such Party as consequential damages or punitive damages.

 Section 21.2. Confidentiality. If any member of the PMO Key Personnel set forth in Exhibit B or an
officer of Contractor intentionally breaches the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement set forth in Section 18 and such breach materially and adversely affects Company’s overall business plan, Contractor agrees to pay Company [***]
Dollars ($[***]) as liquidated damages. The Parties agree that such amount is the sole and exclusive remedy for such a breach of Section 18 except as provided in Section 21.3 and except for Company’s right to seek equitable relief as
provided in Section 8 of Exhibit H. 
 If Company intentionally breaches the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement set
forth in Section 18 and such breach materially and adversely affects Contractor’s overall business plan, Company agrees to pay Contractor [***] Dollars ($[***]) as liquidated damages. The Parties agree that such amount is the sole and
exclusive remedy for such a breach of Section 18 except as provided in Section 21.3 and except for Contractor’s right to seek equitable relief as provided in Section 8 of Exhibit H. 
 Section 21.3. General Limitation. Except for liability arising under Sections 18, 20.1(v) and 20.2, in no event shall
Contractor’s liability to Company under this Agreement, however caused, exceed in the cumulative aggregate (i) an amount equal to the aggregate amount paid by Company under this Agreement for the preceding twelve (12) month period or
(ii) [***] Dollars ($[***]), whichever is less (the “Maximum Amount”), and Company releases the Contractor and Contractor Parties from any liability in excess thereof. Except for Company’s obligation to make all
payments required under this Agreement for the Work and liability arising under Sections 11.4, 18 and 20.1, in no event shall Company’s liability to Contractor under this Agreement, however caused, exceed the Maximum Amount, and Contractor
releases the Company from any liability in excess thereof. 
 Section 21.4. Remedies. Notwithstanding any
action Company may bring at law, in equity or otherwise against Contractor or a Contractor Party, the waivers, releases, limitations and disclaimers of liability expressed throughout this Agreement apply to and limit the liabilities of Contractor
and each Contractor Party to Company arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. If any third party obtains any ownership interest in the Project, Company agrees that the total aggregate liability of Contractor to Company and 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 44 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
such party or parties, from any cause, shall not exceed the limits of liability set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding any action Contractor may bring
at law, in equity or otherwise against Company, the waivers, releases, limitations and disclaimers of liability expressed throughout this Agreement apply to and limit the liabilities of Company to Contractor arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement. If any third party obtains any ownership interest in the Project, Contractor agrees that the total aggregate liability of Company and such party or parties, from any cause, shall not exceed the limits of liability set forth in this
Agreement. 
 Section 21.5. Applicability. The waivers, releases, limitations and disclaimers of liability
and exclusive remedy provisions expressed throughout this Agreement shall apply even in the event of the fault, negligence (in whole or in part), strict liability, breach of contract, or otherwise of the Party released or whose liability is waived,
disclaimed, limited, apportioned or fixed, and shall extend to such Party’s Affiliated entities and its and their directors, officers, employees and agents. 
 SECTION 22. INSURANCE 
 Section 22.1. Minimum Insurance
Coverage. Contractor shall at times maintain in effect, and shall require all subcontractors to maintain in effect, the minimum insurance coverage required by Exhibit G hereto. Promptly upon Company’s request, Contractor
shall provide certificates of insurance or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Company that all required insurance is in effect. 
 Section 22.2. Company Right to Insure. In the event Contractor fails to maintain any insurance coverage required under this Agreement, Company may maintain such coverage and charge the expense to Contractor
(without limiting any other remedies for breach). 
 Section 22.3. Waiver of Insured Claims. Contractor
waives all rights against Company and Company Parties for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this section or any other property insurance applicable to any Work. Contractor shall
require similar waivers in favor of Company by any permitted subcontractors. 
 Section 22.4. Risk of Loss.
Where Contractor performs construction in conjunction with its Work under a PO, then until acceptance of the Site as set forth in Section 9.3, Contractor shall bear the risk of physical loss of or damage to: (i) Materials that it
incorporated or intends to incorporate into such Site as part of the Work (“Project Property”); and (ii) to the extent arising from the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Contractor Party Company’s other
property at such Site. Contractor shall have no liability for physical loss of or damage to the Project Property or other property of Company after Site acceptance of the Work and Company releases Contractor from any liability thereof, however
caused, and waives any rights of subrogation. In regard to circumstances where the Work at or in connection with a Site does not include at least construction (e.g., site acquisition, engineering, procurement and/or program 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 45 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
management only), it is the intent of the Parties to rely on the proceeds of insurance maintained either by Company or Company’s construction
contractors, and, in such circumstances, Contractor shall have no liability for physical loss or damage to Project Property or other property owned by Company and located at the Site however caused and Company releases Contractor from any liability
thereof, and waives any rights of subrogation. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, as to Materials purchased by Contractor (other than as agent for Company) prior to Construction Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall bear the risk of physical loss
of or damage to such Materials until cure, custody and control is transferred to Company. 
 SECTION 23. CHANGES 
 Section 23.1. Changes. Company may require or approve (solely by an Authorized Representative or any designee of an
Authorized Representative) (i) changes to the Work covered by a PO that has been previously executed by the Parties and (ii) as mutually agreed, extra work outside the scope of this Agreement. In addition, the following events or
circumstances shall constitute a change under the Agreement which may necessitate changes to the Work for which a PO has been previously issued and executed by the Parties (a) Excusable Delays, (b) Hazardous Materials which Contractor is
not responsible for or Unknown Conditions, (c) changes in Laws (including the interpretation thereof by any governmental organization having authority over the Work) or Applicable Requirements, (d) termination for convenience of part of
the Work pursuant to Section 10.4, and (e) design changes made or required by or delays’ caused by a Network Vendor or Company’s other suppliers or contractors which affect the Project or Contractor’s Work. Any such changes
to the Work or extra work shall be subject to a change order executed by the Parties. 
 Section 23.2. Notice and
Administration. If Company or Contractor requests a change or circumstances arise constituting a change, the Party requesting the Change shall provide written notice substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K to the
other Party within a reasonable time of discovery of the circumstances but in any event within fourteen (14) calendar days, except as provided in Section 8.2, of knowledge of the event requiring the change. If Contractor fails to give the
Company written notice within such fourteen (14) day period, any cost or schedule impact associated with the change shall not commence until such notice is received by Company. The recipient shall respond to any request for a change within ten
(10) days and the Parties shall thereafter meet as soon as reasonably possible to resolve any differences as to the impact of the change to the scope, cost, schedule or other affected terms of this Agreement. Except for Company requested
changes, Contractor shall bear the burden of demonstrating the impact of any Change on the Work or other affected terms of this Agreement. Contractor shall be under no obligation to perform any change in the Work, except for a change that affects
health or safety or a Company directed change within the general scope of the Work at a Site reasonably required to assure the operability of the Site, until the Parties have agreed upon the change, including any adjustment to the price, schedule or
other terms and conditions of the Agreement affected by the change. The occurrence of a change shall not excuse Contractor from continuing performance of any part of the Work unaffected by the change. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 46 

 Execution Copy 
  

 SECTION 24. ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER 
 Section 24.1. Transfer Defined. For purposes of this Agreement a “Transfer” means (i) any
conveyance, transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, security interest or lien on all of Contractor’s rights, obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement, whether by operation of law or otherwise (except as expressly permitted hereunder or
an assignment or pledge by Contractor of amounts due and payable under this Agreement), (ii) an assignment by Contractor of this Agreement or any PO, (iii) any assignment or delegation of all of Contractors rights, obligations or
responsibilities hereunder or thereunder (other than pursuant to a subcontract that is authorized by, and entered into in accordance with, this Agreement), or (iv) any direct or indirect transfer of ownership interests in Contractor that would
cause the current owners of Contractor to own and control less than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interests in Contractor (a “Change of Control”). Contractor shall give Company not less than thirty
(30) days’ prior written notice of any event or series of events that would result in a Change of Control, except to the extent that such notice is prohibited by applicable law. 
 Section 24.2. Transfers Require Company Consent. No Transfer shall be effective against Company unless Company shall
have consented in advance and in writing to such Transfer. Any Transfer without Company’s consent shall be an Event of Default which, at Company’s election, will result in immediate termination of this Agreement. 
 Section 24.3. No Discharge of Contractor. In no event will Company’s consent to any Transfer be construed as
discharging or releasing Contractor in any way from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 
 Section 24.4. Assignment by Company. Notwithstanding the preceding, Company may assign this Agreement in whole or in part upon written notification to Contractor but without such consent to (i) an
Affiliate; (ii) a successor in interest arising through a merger, acquisition, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of Company’s assets or business or similar transaction; or (iii) to a non-Affiliated third party, so
long as the assignee is financially capable of fulfilling its obligations hereunder (based upon Contractor’s standard credit review). 
 Section 24.5. Assignee Obligations. An authorized assignee of either Party hereunder will be bound by the terms of this Agreement and will have all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Party set
forth in this Agreement, to the extent they have been assigned. If any assignee refuses to be bound by all of such terms and obligations of this Agreement or if any assignment is made in breach of the terms of this Agreement, then such assignment
will be null and void and of no force or effect. No merger of Company with, acquisition of Company by, acquisition by Company of, or other consolidation of Company with any one or more other companies shall affect this 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 47 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
Agreement, the enforceability thereof or the rights or obligations of the Parties hereunder (whether or not Contractor has any contractual arrangements or
other business dealings with any such company). 
 SECTION 25. RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT 
 Section 25.1. Status Review Meetings. The Program Director, together with such other PMO personnel as may be requested by
Company, will participate in periodic status review meetings as requested by Company. Such meetings will be held at Company’s facilities, or via telephone, as may be necessary at the sole discretion of Company. Contractor will provide Company
with the status of ongoing Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing during the first six (6) months of the Term, and for as long thereafter as Company may request, such status meetings shall be held no less frequently than once every week.

 SECTION 26. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 
 Section 26.1. Management Committee. Within fifteen (15) days after the Effective Date, Company and Contractor shall form a Management Committee consisting of two
(2) executives of each Party, which shall be authorized and responsible for generally overseeing the performance of this Agreement and resolving Disputes. Each Party’s members of the Management Committee shall be designated in a written
notice to the other Party. Either Party may change its designated members of the Management Committee, with immediate effect, at any time by giving written notice to the other Party. 
 Section 26.2. Notice of Dispute. Each Party shall notify the other Party, in writing (a “Dispute
Notice”), of any claim or dispute between Company and Contractor arising in connection with the negotiation, construction, interpretation, validity, performance, enforcement, operation, exercise of rights under, breach of, payment
obligation under or termination of this Agreement(each, a “Dispute”). The Dispute Notice shall include a detailed description of the Dispute, shall specify that the Dispute is to be resolved in accordance with this
Section 26, and shall indicate the outcome that the Party desires and the reasons such Party believes the desired outcome is justified. A Party must deliver a Dispute Notice to the other Party’s designated Management Committee members
within thirty (30) days of the earlier of the following: (i) the date of the Party’s discovery of grounds for the Dispute, or (ii) the earliest date on which the Party should reasonably have discovered the grounds for the
Dispute. Failure to deliver a Dispute Notice within such period may result in a reduction to the relief sought to the extent the other Party is prejudiced as a result of a delay in submitting a Dispute Notice. 
 Section 26.3. Negotiations to Resolve Dispute. Within three (3) days after one Party (the “Initiating
Party”) has delivered a Dispute Notice to the other Party (the “Responding Party”), the Management Committee shall meet and attempt to resolve the Dispute. If the Dispute is not resolved within fifteen
(15) days after the Management Committee first meets, either Party may elect, by written notice to the other Party, to resolve the Dispute by utilizing the procedures set forth below. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 48 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 26.4. Mediation. If the Dispute is not resolved within the
fifteen (15) day period described in the last sentence of Section 26.3, either Party may at any time deliver a written notice (a “Mediation Request”) to the other Party that the Dispute be submitted to a mutually
agreeable advisor for mediation under the Commercial Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The Party requesting mediation shall suggest the names of three (3) independent and impartial
mediators having the experience, skills, and qualifications necessary to resolve the dispute. The other Party shall agree to, and select, one (1) of the mediators within three (3) calendar days after receipt of the Mediation Request. If
the Party to whom the Mediation Request was delivered believes the suggested mediators do not satisfy the requirements specified above, it shall so notify the other Party, whereupon the Parties shall jointly request the American Arbitration
Association, sitting in Washington, D.C., to appoint a mediator. Neither Party shall unreasonably withhold acceptance of a suitable mediator. The mediation shall last no longer than five (5) calendar days, and shall be attended by the
Authorized Representative of each Party. The Parties shall share the mediator’s fee equally. If the Dispute has not been resolved through mediation, then such mediation shall be terminated by a written declaration of the mediator. 

Section 26.5. Arbitration. If the Dispute has not been resolved through mediation, then upon the earlier to occur of
(a) delivery of the written declaration of the mediator that such Dispute has not been resolved and (b) fifteen (15) calendar days after delivery of the Mediation Request, either Party may submit the Dispute to arbitration according
to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA (the “Rules”) then currently in effect. The number of arbitrators shall be determined in accordance with the Rules; provided, however, that if the amount in Dispute is less than
One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the arbitration shall be held by a single arbitrator and the Party requesting arbitration shall provide to the other Party notice of the request for arbitration, and the names of three (3) independent
and impartial arbitrators, and the other Party shall agree to, and select, one (1) of the arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of a request for arbitration. Neither Party shall unreasonably withhold acceptance of a suitable
arbitrator. It is also agreed that for matters determined by a single arbitrator, except for the exchange of documents that will be used during the arbitration hearings, no discovery or depositions shall be permitted by either Party except as
required to verify the amount(s) being claimed. The Parties stipulate and agree not to seek to introduce into evidence, and not to compel the production of, documents prepared for, or statements made in the course of settlement discussions including
the confidential mediation process, in any arbitration or subsequent litigation or administrative proceeding; provided, however, that fully-initialed journal entries, and any written modifications and dispute settlement agreements
which have been fully signed by all necessary parties, may be introduced into evidence. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall not have
authority to award any consequential or punitive damages. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 49 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 26.6. No Suspension of Work. Notwithstanding the existence
of any Dispute, including without limitation any Dispute with respect to the Work or compensation, unless and until this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with the terms and conditions herein, Contractor shall not delay or suspend any
Work, and shall not be excused from any performance due under this Agreement. During any pending Dispute, Contractor shall perform and carry on all Work that is not in dispute at the Site or Sites affected by the Dispute and shall continue all Work
at Sites other than the Site or Sites affected by the Dispute in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement. 
 Section 26.7. Court Proceedings; Termination. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 26, and without waiving any other rights, remedies or courses of action available under this Agreement, at
law, in equity or otherwise: 
 (i) A Party which believes that it is entitled to indemnification or contribution under the terms of this
Agreement may, at the sole option of the Party entitled to indemnification or contribution, seek relief in a court having jurisdiction thereof through any allowable procedure. 
 (ii) Either Party may seek from any court of competent jurisdiction, interim or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the rights or property of
the Party, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, pending the arbitrator’s final decision or other resolution of the Dispute. 
 (iii) Either Party may cancel, suspend performance or terminate this Agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions without being required to follow the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 26. 
 (iv) If the Dispute involves a monetary claim equal to or greater than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), then either Party may elect not to
pursue the dispute resolution procedures set forth in this Section 26.2 through 26.5, and may instead pursue any other rights, remedies or course of action available under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 26.8 at law, in equity
or otherwise. 
 Section 26.8. Jurisdiction Selection and Limitation. ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING
AGAINST COMPANY OR CONTRACTOR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE WORK SHALL BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF VIRGINIA, AND EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING
OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION THAT THE JURISDICTION CONSTITUTES AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH OF COMPANY AND CONTRACTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR
PROCEEDING. CONTRACTOR DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT CT CORPORATION, 4701 COX ROAD, SUITE 310, GLEN ALLEN, VIRGINIA 23060 (AS SUCH 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 50 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
ADDRESS MAY CHANGE FROM TIME TO TIME), AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN
ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH FEDERAL OR STATE COURT OF VIRGINIA AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS (OR AT SUCH OTHER OFFICE AS MAY BE DESIGNATED BY CONTRACTOR FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
TERMS HEREOF) WITH A COPY TO CONTRACTOR AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICE SET FORTH IN SECTION 29.1 HEREOF, AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE OF CONTRACTOR MAILED OR DELIVERED TO CONTRACTOR IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY
RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON CONTRACTOR, IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. COMPANY DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT THE CORPORATION TRUST COMPANY, CORPORATION TRUST CENTER 1209 ORANGE STREET, WILMINGTON, DE, 19801 (AS SUCH
ADDRESS MAY CHANGE FROM TIME TO TIME), AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN VIRGINIA AND AGREES
THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS (OR AT SUCH OTHER OFFICE AS MAY BE DESIGNATED BY COMPANY FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF) WITH A COPY TO COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS FOR NOTICE SET FORTH IN SECTION 29.1
HEREOF, AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE OF COMPANY MAILED OR DELIVERED TO COMPANY IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON COMPANY IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY AGREES
THAT (1) IT SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO THE OTHER PARTY OF ANY CHANGED ADDRESS OF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT HEREUNDER, (2) ANY PARTY MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE AUTHORIZED AGENT (WHICH OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED
AS THE ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (3) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE SUCH A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR. EACH PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH REGARD TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 
 SECTION 27. SAFETY 
 Section 27.1. Safety Procedures. Contractor
shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work on any Project. Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide
reasonable protection to prevent damage, 

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 51 

 Execution Copy 
  

 
injury or loss to: (i) its workers on a Site and other persons who may be affected thereby; (ii) Work and materials and equipment to be
incorporated therein; and (iii) other property at the Project or adjacent thereto. Contractor will maintain strict work discipline and effect the Work in a manner that is protective of existing operations, facilities and assets at a Site.
Contractor shall maintain designated safety points of contact within its organization to track, analyze and rectify field-related safety issues. Company shall have the right to employ a third party safety assurance monitor to ensure
Contractor’s implementation of adequate safety procedures and such safety assurance monitor shall be granted access to each Site at all reasonable times. 
 Section 27.2. Compliance. Contractor represents that it will not disregard any applicable Laws and will not submit any document of any nature to Company that is knowingly false in any
material respect. 
 Section 27.3. Emergencies. If an emergency arises during the performance of the Work
under this Agreement where Contractor reasonably determines that there is a tangible and imminent threat to the environment or to the public health and safety of persons or property and where it is impossible for Contractor to obtain immediate
authorization from Company regarding corrective actions, Contractor shall take reasonable steps to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss to persons or property and shall notify Company immediately of such corrective action. Contractor shall
cease or terminate Work upon Company’s request until all such threats have been resolved to the Company’s satisfaction. 
 Section 27.4. Notice of Accidents. Contractor shall provide written notice to Company of any and all accidents whatsoever that (a) arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work,
regardless of whether such accidents occur on or adjacent to the Site and that (b) result in death or personal injury or property damage. The notice shall be furnished to Company not less twenty-four (24) hours after any occurrence of
death or personal injury and not less than three (3) calendar days after the occurrence of any property damage. 
 SECTION 28.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 
 Section 28.1. Labor and Workplace Laws. Contractor shall comply with and give
notices required by any Laws asserting jurisdiction over the Work, the Agreement, the subject matter of the Agreement, or any element or part thereof. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, it is the responsibility of Contractor to ensure that
all Work complies with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Contractor shall comply, at is own expense, with the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all other Laws applicable
to Contractor as an employer of labor. Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment on account of race, color, religion, sex, disability or national origin. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 52 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 28.2. Export Control Law. The Parties acknowledge that the
export of products, software, and technical information (including, but not limited to, services and training) under this Agreement may be subject to U.S. export laws and may require U.S. government authorization prior to export. Each Party agrees
that it will not use, distribute, transfer, or transmit such products, software, or technical information (even if incorporated into other products) except in compliance with U.S. export regulations. If requested by a Party, each Party also agrees
to sign written assurances and other export-related documents as may be required for the other Party to comply with U.S. export regulations. 
 SECTION 29. MISCELLANEOUS TERMS 
 Section 29.1. Notices. All notices which are required
or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sent postage prepaid, by certified mail, by courier such as Federal Express, or by facsimile, to the addresses set forth below. 
  

			
	 If to Company:
  
 TerreStar Networks Inc.
 12010 Sunset Hills Rd
 Sixth Floor
 Reston, Virginia 20190
 Attn: Director of Contracts
	 	 If to Contractor
  
 Bechtel Communications, Inc.
 5275 Westview Drive
 Fredrick, Maryland 21703
 Attention: General Manager
 Facsimile: 301-682-3983
  
 Copy to: Principal Counsel
 Facsimile: 301-695-4448

 The parties may, by written notice, designate other addresses and/or facsimile numbers for receipt of notices
under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 29.1, if Company’s address changes, Section 29.1 shall be deemed amended to reflect such address change. Notices shall be effective upon delivery or upon the
refusal of the addressee to accept delivery. 
 Section 29.2. Location of Services. Unless otherwise agreed
in writing in advance by Company, which agreement may be given or refused in Company’s sole discretion, Contractor will conduct all aspects of the Work hereunder within the United States of America. 
 Section 29.3. Publicity and Marks. Contractor will not, without Company’s written consent, (i) issue any news
release, announcement, denial or confirmation of this Agreement, its value, or its terms and conditions, or in any other manner advertise or publish this Agreement, its value, or its terms and conditions; or (ii) use the name, trademarks, trade
names or logos (“Marks”) of Company or any Company Affiliate, or any divisions or business units of any of them, or the name of any product or service of Company or any Company Affiliate, in any manner. Company may withhold
consent to the use of its Marks, and publicity, at its sole discretion. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 53 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 29.4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by,
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. 
 Section 29.5. Independent
Contractor. Contractor and Contractor Parties are independent contractors for all purposes and at all times. Contractor has the responsibility for, and control over, the methods and details of performing Work. Contractor will provide all
tools, materials, training, hiring, supervision, work policies and procedures, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in any SOW, will be solely responsible for the compensation, discipline and termination of Contractor Parties. Contractor is
responsible for the payment of all Contractor personnel and sub-contractors. Neither Contractor nor any Contractor Party has or shall have any authority to act on behalf of, or to bind Company to any obligation. 
 Section 29.6. Acceptance Not a Waiver. No quality assurance, acceptance test, or other similar procedure will be deemed
to constitute, legal “acceptance” of any Deliverable or any Work, and no such inspection, quality assurance review or other procedure will be deemed to waive any right or remedy hereunder. 
 Section 29.7. Waivers Limited. The waiver by either Party of a breach of or failure to perform any provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of the same or any other breach or failure by either of the Parties to this Agreement, whether prior or subsequent. 
 Section 29.8. Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity, or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not thereby be affected, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent necessary to delete
such provision. 
 Section 29.9. Counterparts; Facsimile Execution. This Agreement may be executed in
(i) in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but together they shall constitute one and the same instrument, and (ii) by facsimile or electronic transmission of signature pages executed by each party, which shall
be evidence of such party’s intention to be bound hereby, with duly signed originals to be exchanged by the parties in due course. 
 Section 29.10. Survival. The obligations and rights of the parties under the following sections will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Inspection, Corrections and Acceptance
of Work (Section 9), Hazardous Conditions (Section 11), Audit (Section 14), Liens (Section 15), Materials and Ownership of Work Product (Section 17), Confidentiality (Section 18), Representations, Warranties, and
Covenants (Section 19), Indemnity (Section 20), Limitation of Liability (Section 21), and Dispute Resolution (Section 26). 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 54 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 29.11. Entire Agreement; Order of Precedence. This
Agreement, together with all exhibits and all documents expressly referred to in this Agreement, constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
proposals, understandings, and agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, unless specifically mentioned herein. Contractor acknowledges that there were no representations or promises made by
Company on which Contractor has relied in entering into this Agreement that are not expressly stated herein. In case of conflict between any provisions of this Agreement, the order of precedence of the documents constituting this Agreement is as
follows, each listed document superseding in the event of any conflicting provision in a later listed document: (1) Agreement text, (2) the Exhibits; (3) the POs; and (4) any other document that makes specific reference to this
Agreement. If Contractor or Company submits Purchase Orders, Invoices or other similar documents for accounting or administrative purposes or otherwise, no pre-printed or similar terms and conditions contained in any such form will be deemed to
supersede or modify any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
 Section 29.12. Site Security.
Contractor shall, as applicable to the Work, maintain and enforce security standards and procedures at each Site and with all applicable work-safety and other Laws. In the event Company determines that additional procedures are required to ensure
adequate security protection for the Sites and the Work, Contractor shall cooperate with Company to develop and implement such additional procedures as Company deems necessary to ensure an effective security program for protection of the Sites and
the Work. Where the Work includes construction, Contractor shall secure, protect, and be responsible for, and shall provide all necessary or desirable measures for, security and protection of each Site, the Work, and all materials, supplies, tools,
and equipment and personal property at the Site, whether or not incorporated into the Work, including, but not limited to utilizing fences, gates, or cameras, as reasonably required. Contractor exclusively shall bear the cost of, and be liable for,
all loss and damage to any of its tools, equipment, and all other personal property at a Site, except to the extent that such loss or damage is directly caused by Company’s negligence or willful misconduct. Where the Work includes construction,
Contractor shall be responsible for managing all such security requirements regardless of any security arranged by any other person. Contractor shall comply with any underlying lease, license or other agreement applicable to the Site during all Work
performed. 
 Section 29.13. Homeland Security. In the event that any Law is instituted under The Homeland
Security Act of 2002 (H.R. 5005) or any successor Law, or any similar Homeland Security initiatives instituted under any Law or by any government agency, or in the event Company makes any changes to its current security policies reasonably
necessary to address Homeland Security concerns, Contractor agrees that, as part of the Work, it will meet or exceed within a reasonable timeframe such changes in Law or procedures, and that as part of that compliance it will adopt and implement any
specific recommendations that Company provides to Contractor. 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 55 

 Execution Copy 
  

 Section 29.14. Site Access. Contractor Parties shall be permitted
access to any Work areas subject to compliance with any reasonable safety and security provisions in effect at the time of such access. Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor Parties strictly comply with Company’s policies whenever
Contractor Parties are given access to such Sites. 
 Section 29.15. No Company Employment Liability.
Company shall have no responsibility for employment matters affecting any of the Contractor Parties, including, without limitation, compliance with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, medical, dental, and disability
insurance, social security, withholding, and other Laws governing such matters. No employee of any Contractor Party shall be entitled to any medical coverage, life insurance, or participation in Company’s savings plan, stock purchase plan, or
other benefits afforded to Company’s regular employees or those of Company’s affiliates. 
 Section 29.16.
Non-Solicitation of Employees. Neither Company nor Contractor shall, without the written consent of the other (it being understood that a Party’s consent may only be given by an Authorized Representative), directly or indirectly
at any time during the Term (a) recruit or solicit any employee of the other Party who has devoted any substantial effort to the Work or to the administration of this Agreement, for employment or for retention as a consultant or service
provider to such Party, within a period of six (6) months after such employee ceased to be engaged in the Work or the administration of this Agreement, or (b) hire, retain or participate (with another company or third party) in the process
of hiring any such employee of the other Party or provide names or other information about such employees to any person or business under circumstances which could lead to the use of that information for purposes of recruiting or hiring;
provided, however, that the general solicitation of employment by either Party without targeting any specific employees or groups thereof from the other Party shall not be deemed a breach of this commitment. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, either Party shall be entitled to employ or retain the services of any employee terminated or otherwise separated from employment by action of the other Party, subject to Company’s right to request removal of such employee from
performing work under this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof. 
 Section 29.17. Good Faith
Dealings. Each Party agrees to undertake to act fairly and in good faith in relation to its exercise, performance and compliance with its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation set
forth in this Section shall not override or qualify the term “for any reason” as applied in Sections 12.1(iv)or 12.5. 
 Signature Page Follows 
  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 
 56 

 Execution Copy 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Master Services Agreement to be executed and
delivered by their respective, duly authorized representatives. 
  

									
	TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC.	 		 	BECHTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
					
	By:	 	 /s/ Robert H. Brumley
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Lee Lushbaugh

	Title:	 	President & CEO	 		 	Title:	 	Principal Vice President
	Date:	 	October 18, 2007	 		 	Date:	 	October 18, 2007

  

 Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks Confidential and Proprietary Information 

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT A 
 MARKETS 

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT A 
 MARKETS 

The Exclusivity set forth in the Agreement shall apply to the Markets listed below. The geographical boundaries of such Markets are defined by the Metropolitan
Statistical Areas and Divisions set forth (and numbered) by the United States Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in its December 2006 OMB Bulletin No.07-01 and updated May 2007. 
 The Parties agree that Work may commence in any Market listed below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. 
 Metropolitan Statistical Areas are designated according to CBSA Code. 
 For the purposes of the Agreement, the Baltimore-Towson MSA and the
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria MSA are the same Market. 
  

	I.	Baltimore-Washington Market 

 Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV 
 Metropolitan Statistical Area #47900 
 Frederick County, MD 
 Montgomery County, MD

 District of Columbia, DC 
 Calvert County, MD 
 Charles County, MD 
 Prince George’s County, MD 
 Arlington County, VA 
 Clarke County, VA 
 Fairfax County, VA

 Fauquier County, VA 
 Loudoun
County, VA 
 Prince William County, VA 
 Spotsylvania County, VA 
 Stafford County, VA 
 Warren County, VA 
 Alexandria city, VA 
 Fairfax city, VA 
 Falls Church city, VA

 Fredericksburg city, VA 
 Manassas city, VA 
 Manassas Park city, VA 
 Jefferson County, WV 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit A Markets	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Baltimore-Towson 
 MD Metropolitan
Statistical Area #12580 
 Anne Arundel County, MD 
 Baltimore County, MD 
 Carroll County, MD 
 Harford County, MD 
 Howard County, MD

 Queen Anne’s County, MD 
 Baltimore city, MD 
  

	II.	Dallas Market 

 Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX

 Metropolitan Statistical Area #19100 
 Collin County, TX 
 Dallas County, TX 
 Delta County, TX 
 Denton County, TX

 Ellis County, TX 
 Hunt County,
TX 
 Kaufman County, TX 
 Rockwall County, TX 
 Johnson County, TX 
 Parker County, TX 
 Tarrant County, TX 
 Wise County, TX 
  

	III.	Salt Lake City Market 

 For the purposes of the Agreement,
the Salt Lake City, UT MSA, the Ogden-Clearfield, UT MSA and the Provo-Orem MSA are the same Market. 
 Salt Lake City, UT 

Metropolitan Statistical Area #41620 
 Salt Lake County, UT 
 Summit County, UT 
 Tooele County, UT 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit A Markets	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Ogden-Clearfield, UT 
 Metropolitan
Statistical Area #36260 
 Davis County, UT 
 Morgan County, UT 
 Weber County, UT 
 Provo-Orem, UT 
 Metropolitan
Statistical Area #39340 
 Juab County, UT 
 Utah County, UT 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit A Markets	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT B 
 NATIONAL PROGRAM 
 MANAGEMENT OFFICE 
 SCOPE OF WORK 

 Execution Copy 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 I.
	 		 	Overview	  	- 3 -
		 	 A.
	 	 Program Definition
	  	- 3 -
		 	 B.
	 	 PMO
	  	- 3 -
	 II.
	 		 	Program Management and Reporting	  	- 4 -
		 	 A.
	 	 Milestones
	  	- 4 -
		 	 B.
	 	 Program Management Tasks
	  	- 4 -
		 	 C.
	 	 Program Management and Reporting Deliverables
	  	- 5 -
	 III.
	 		 	Staffing	  	- 6 -
		 	 A.
	 	 Overview
	  	- 6 -
		 	 B.
	 	 Organization Structure and Approach
	  	- 6 -
		 	 C.
	 	 Deliverables
	  	- 8 -
	 IV.
	 		 	Communication Plan	  	- 8 -
	 V.
	 		 	Accounting	  	- 9 -
	 VI.
	 		 	Quality Assurance	  	- 9 -
		 	 A.
	 	 Required guidelines and quality plans.
	  	- 9 -
		 	 B.
	 	 Quality Assurance Deliverables
	  	- 10 -
	 VII.
	 		 	Milestone Specific Tasks	  	- 10 -
		 	 A.
	 	 Milestone Tasks and Reviews
	  	- 10 -
		 	 B.
	 	 Project Closeout
	  	- 10 -
		 	 C.
	 	 Deliverables
	  	- 10 -

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 SCOPE OF WORK 
 This Exhibit B, Program Management
Office (PMO) Scope of Work (SOW), details the scope of the Contractor’s responsibilities in the establishment and operation of a national Program Management Office (PMO). 
 Contractor will establish a national PMO to enable Company to develop, deploy and deliver its wireless Ancillary Terrestrial Component (ATC) network. The purpose of the PMO is to manage the execution of the overall
program. The primary services will include oversight and/or managing contracts with subcontractors whose scope of work includes activities and tasks covered in Exhibit C of this Agreement. The scope of the PMO does not include day-to-day management
of work being performed to accomplish the Milestones set forth in Exhibit C. This SOW is as set forth herein and in the Division of Responsibilities (“DOR”) as Exhibit B, Attachment 1, as such scope may be amended by the Parties
from time to time. For purposes of this Exhibit B, Site Development Contractors means the Contractor in its role as the deployment vendor in the Markets, as covered by Exhibit C, and such other Company contractors as may be established from time to
time to perform the work described in Exhibit C. 
 Nothing in this Exhibit B shall be construed as providing the Contractor with authority to conduct any
market management or Site Development task that is covered under the Base Unit Cell Prices in the Agreement, or in Exhibit C. 
  

	I.	Overview 

  

	 	A.	Program Definition 

 Company intends to build the
Ancillary Terrestrial Component of its network in 20 markets, beginning with approximately 700 Sites in Dallas, Salt Lake City and Washington DC. Based on the volume and desired build schedule, Company has elected to utilize Site Development
Contractors to develop these Sites. The acquisition and deployment of these Sites, as described in Exhibit C, is the Program. 
  

	 	B.	PMO 

 Company is engaging Contractor to establish
and execute a PMO to oversee and manage Program implementation. PMO’s primary responsibilities will be in the areas of Program management and reporting, corporate support, point of escalation, performance measurement and tracking, and quality
assurance. In its performance of these responsibilities, PMO will be responsible for overseeing Site Development Contractor’s performance of tasks outlined in Exhibit C and thereby ensuring that Site Development Contractor’s Market
Deployment Team completes all Milestones, as set forth in Exhibit C to the Agreement. PMO also will be responsible for managing the 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 
overall Deployment schedule, which will include services that relate to network design and implementation as provided by Network Vendors. PMO will be
responsible for the overall co-ordination of the Program implementation, including interfaces with vendors/contractors and Company as outlined in this Agreement. 
  

	II.	Program Management and Reporting 

  

	 	A.	Milestones 

 PMO will be responsible for performing
Program management services, as described in this Scope of Work and in accordance with Company’s requirements to meet the Milestone targets as established in the Throughput Model. PMO will manage and report to Company on all aspects of the
Project, including establishing schedules to meet the milestone targets as detailed in the Throughput Model, and establishing procedures to meet Company’s schedule, cost and quality requirements. As directed by Company, PMO will perform
internal Company procedures and will facilitate internal Company interfaces at the corporate level to support Company progress reporting and accounting policies. 
  

	 	B.	Program Management Tasks 

 PMO will: 
  

	 	1.	Monitor the fulfillment of each Site Development Contractor’s deliverable and other work requirements as set forth in Exhibit C. 

  

	 	2.	Monitor Site Development Contractor’s progress in meeting applicable Site and other milestones as defined by Company in the Site Development Contractor’s respective
agreements. 

  

	 	3.	Coordinate the development of market level Project plans to be created by Site Development Contractors. Collect and review such plans for quality purposes as well as for efficacy in
supporting the Throughput Model. Direct changes where needed to better support accomplishing Throughput Model targets. 

  

	 	4.	Coordinate between the Site Development Contractor, Company, and Network Vendors for forecasting and ordering Base Transceiver Station (BTS) and ancillary equipment and services,
such as installation. 

  

	 	5.	Facilitate coordination between groups within Company and the Site Development Contractors to assure the successful completion of any cross-functional tasks. This task will require
coordination with groups including, but not limited to, Company and other vendors, RF Design and Engineering vendors, Company Legal, outside legal counsel, Risk Management, Microwave and Backhaul vendors, Site landlords or any other
vendors/contractors that Company may retain. 

  

	 	6.	 Conduct weekly progress-review conference calls – or more frequent as needed—with the Site Development Contractor(s) to review market 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	 
deployments, the status of each individual market, clusters within each market, equipment deliveries and installations, and, as necessary, individual sites.
Assure that information from the progress reviews are uploaded by the Site Development Contractors into the Company designated Site Management System (Company’s tracking tool) and made available in detail and summary form to designated Company
personnel. Monitor the quality and timeliness of such documents for compliance with Company standards. 

  

	 	7.	Conduct weekly – or more frequent if needed—summary progress review conference calls with Company Project Manager. PMO will review market deployments, the status of each
individual market, equipment deliveries, and as necessary individual sites. 

  

	 	8.	Develop and implement any reasonable additional schedule management system, as required. An assessment form will be used to indicate possible schedule slips. PMO will ensure that
its schedule management system is linked to or otherwise interfaces with the Company-designated tracking system. The program will identify responsible task owners and their chain of command, potential schedule (Throughput Model) slips and reason for
the possible slips, a ‘Plan of Action’ and a list of escalations that have taken place to correct the issue. Assessments will be issued by the PMO to Company and the Site Development Contractors in advance of a suspected schedule slip or
immediately following the discovery of a Project slip. 

  

	 	9.	Conduct recovery calls for Markets, clusters or Sites that require special management attention, identified as Recovery Sites, Recovery Clusters or Recovery Markets. PMO, in
cooperation with the Site Development Contractor, will develop a specific Plan of Action and Milestones (POAM) for the specific Recovery area or Site to bring it back into acceptable limits. Special Recovery Conference Calls will be scheduled by the
PMO on an as needed basis to ensure that the POAM is being followed. 

  

	 	C.	Program Management and Reporting Deliverables 

  

	 	1.	Project Instruction and Execution Guidelines are to be established within sixty (60) days of the Parties’ execution of this Agreement, to include, but not be limited to
the following: 

  

	 	a.	PMO program plan 

  

	 	b.	Engineering execution plan 

  

	 	c.	Procurement and materials management execution plan 

  

	 	d.	Construction execution plan 

  

	 	e.	Project controls execution plan 

  

	 	f.	Contracts execution plan 

  

	 	g.	Environmental, Safety and Health execution plan 

  

	 	h.	Risk Management plan 

  

	 	i.	Project Organization Structure 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	j.	General Management Procedures as agreed upon with Company 

  

	 	k.	Project Checklists 

  

	 	l.	Project Execution Standards and Practices 

  

	 	2.	Monthly detailed reports, in a form acceptable to Company, to include: 

  

	 	a.	Cost Projections (market leasing costs, staffing plans, pass-throughs, change orders, etc.) 

  

	 	b.	Variance analysis (Schedule) 

  

	 	c.	Critical path milestones schedule 

  

	 	d.	Critical schedule activity reports 

  

	 	e.	Project milestone reports 

  

	 	3.	Weekly reports, in a form acceptable to Company, to include: 

  

	 	a.	One Week Look Ahead Activity Listing 

  

	 	b.	Near Term Opportunities and Threats 

  

	 	c.	Three month rolling look ahead activity listing 

  

	 	4.	Project Meeting Minutes 

  

	 	5.	Action Item Lists 

  

	 	6.	As required, risk assessments and/or presentations of progress data to Company’s management 

  

	 	7.	Schedule Management Plan 

  

	 	8.	Monthly rolling 12 month forecast for RAN equipment, RAN installation services and backhaul installation services (Initial forecast due thirty (30) days from execution of the
Agreement) 

  

	 	9.	Throughput Model (Updated monthly or more frequently as needed based on material changes in the overall build plan). 

  

	III.	Staffing 

  

	 	A.	Overview 

 PMO will provide sufficient numbers of
qualified staff with program management and subject matter expertise to oversee the Site Development Contractors throughout the site development process. While the exact mix of expertise and level of staffing will vary as sites move through the
process, expertise will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following disciplines: leasing, zoning, regulatory requirements, permitting, architecture and RF and civil engineering, construction, change management and Company’s
processes, procedures, specifications and policies. 
  

	 	B.	Organization Structure and Approach 

 The
organization structure of the PMO is as set forth in Exhibit B, Attachment 2. Overall staffing approach will be consistent with the volume of work provided by Company. PMO will provide a forecast of the level of effort forecast (“Level of
Effort Forecast”) at the Project outset for Company’s approval. Staffing changes are 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 
subject to the terms in Section 3.3 of the body of the Agreement. On a quarterly basis, PMO will provide Company with the staffing plan (to include any
needed adjustments both in number of and skill mix of resources) for the upcoming three months. This quarterly forecast will be due on the first day of the month preceding each new quarterly period. The first such forecast will be due for the three
month period beginning at the end of the third full month following contract execution. Contractor will not change the number of existing staff without written approval from Company. PMO will assign qualified and experienced personnel to provide the
deliverables defined in this Scope of Work. Company reserves the right to approve the Key Personnel assigned to this contract. Key Personnel for the PMO work are those individuals having senior level experience occupying the following positions:

  

	 	1.	Program Director (PD): The PD will manage the overall Project. PD is responsible for the execution of Company’s overall objectives for the Project. PD is responsible for the
complete coordination and development of resources within the PMO’s organization to staff the Project. PD is also responsible for providing overall guidance to program management personnel in the development of procedures and practices (e.g.,
document uploading into Company’s SMS, scheduling, communications), required for the performance of the Work, to be followed by the PMO, Site Development Contractors and Network Vendors. The PD must have a minimum of ten (10) years
experience in performing the foregoing tasks. 

  

	 	2.	Deployment Manager (DM)/Deputy PD: The DM will be responsible for national RAN deployment activities. The DM will be the PMO interface with each of the Market Teams and be
responsible for national execution and the escalation point for interfaces between vendors. In the absence of the PD, the DM will act as PD. The Deputy PD must have a minimum of eight (8) years experience in performing the foregoing tasks.

  

	 	3.	Business Manager: The Business Manager will oversee all ordering and invoicing coordinators and personnel to control and process Project related billings and payments. Among the
daily activities that the Business Manager will oversee are the collection and input of field data, processing of reports, assuring that invoices conform to the exact form and policies of Company, invoicing and placing equipment and connectivity
orders into Company’s logistical, financial and Project reporting databases. The Business Manager must have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in performing the foregoing tasks. 

  

	 	4.	 Records Manager Records Manager (RM) will establish, plan, control, and direct the full scope of records management and administrative activities for the PMO. The
RM will be responsible to assure all required records/documents are properly received from all RAN Deployment contractors. The RM provides records and administrative guidance and 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	 
coordination between the PMO, RAN Markets and RF Vendors as required. RM will be the PMO Lead Administrator for SMS. The RM must have a minimum of seven
(7) years experience in performing the foregoing tasks. 

  

	 	5.	Procurement & Logistics Manager The Procurement and Logistics Manager will provide national coordination between RAN Market teams and RF Vendors as it relates to the
delivery of equipment and materials. This will also include managing any service contracts such as Phase II testing, Environmental Remediation, or other. This manager must have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in performing the foregoing
tasks. 

  

	 	6.	The Site Development, Standards & Quality Manager will oversee the development and implementation of site standards, guidelines and specifications used for the leasing,
zoning, site design, permitting, and construction of the terrestrial base transmission sites. As the Quality Manager, this person will develop and oversee a quality management system to monitor and audit contractors and sub-tier contractors
performing work on terrestrial base transmission site deployment. This manager must have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in performing the foregoing tasks. 

  

	 	7.	ES&H Manager Environmental, Safety & Health Manager will be responsible to establish an ES&H program and administer such a program across all RAN Deployment
vendors. The ES&H Manager will be responsible for all Regulatory and OSHA reporting requirements. This manager must have a minimum of seven (7) years experience in performing the foregoing tasks. 

  

	 	C.	Deliverables 

  

	 	1.	Level of Effort Forecast (by month) 

  

	 	2.	Quarterly Staffing Forecast 

  

	 	3.	Updated Organization Charts 

  

	 	4.	Staff profiles or resumes, as required by Company 

  

	IV.	Communication Plan 

 Within sixty (60) days
after the Parties’ execution of this Agreement, PMO will develop in conjunction with Company a communication plan to be approved by Company. The Communication Plan will include, at a minimum: 
  

	 	A.	Escalation Procedures with turn-around time for both Site Development Contractors, RF Vendor, Equipment Vendors/Contractors and Company 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	B.	Project correspondence guidelines 

  

	 	C.	Project meeting scheduling and conduct 

  

	 	D.	Status reporting for all parties 

  

	 	E.	Identification of key interfaces 

  

	 	F.	Risk assessment 

  

	 	G.	Accident/Incident Reporting 

  

	V.	Accounting 

  

	 	A.	PMO will follow accounting procedures, including project accounting functions as necessary for the overall management of the project in accordance with standard accounting and
auditing principles and Company policy, and will maintain and make available to Company records and supporting documentation. 

  

	 	B.	PMO will process invoices for Company’s payment of all purchase orders as directed by the Company and consistent with the Agreement. 

  

	 	C.	PMO will utilize SMS project tracking in conformance with the Company requirements. 

  

	VI.	Quality Assurance 

  

	 	A.	Required guidelines and quality plans. 

 In order to
monitor the quality of work completed by the Site Development Contractors PMO will: 
  

	 	1.	Develop and implement a quality assurance plan to confirm the Site Development Contractors are performing all necessary tasks in accordance with general wireless cell site
acquisition and construction guidelines including those specific tasks as required by Company, consistent with any local, state or federal guidelines and in conformance with ISO 9001 and perform audits to verify compliance. Attached as Exhibit J is
Contractor’s Project Quality Plan which Contractor will amend as Company may request as set forth in Section 3.4 in the body of the Agreement 

  

	 	2.	Ensure all data and information uploaded into the Company’s Site Management System (SMS) by the Site Development Contractor is reviewed and approved consistent with the Company
requirements, industry standards, and the Division of Responsibility, and in accordance with Exhibit C. The PMO will be responsible for ensuring that this information is complete per Company requirements, accurate, and uploaded in a timely manner.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	9 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	3.	Develop and implement Project Execution Guidelines, to be reviewed and approved by Company. The Project Execution Guideline manuals, specifications, and checklists may include
Company’s existing forms and checklists and will address processes and standards not already anticipated by Company’s existing documentation. 

  

	 	B.	Quality Assurance Deliverables 

  

	 	1.	Regularly updated Company guidelines will be kept by PMO and will be updated and will be readily available for access by all Site Development Contractors. 

 

	 	2.	Regularly updated Project Execution Guidelines and all associated checklists and standard forms will be kept and updated by PMO and will be readily available for access by all Site
Development Contractors. 

  

	 	3.	Document approvals in Company SMS within timeframes identified herein. 

  

	VII.	Milestone Specific Tasks 

  

	 	A.	Milestone Tasks and Reviews 

 PMO will manage the
milestone tasks and reviews described in the Division of Responsibility. 
  

	 	B.	Project Closeout 

 The PMO will be responsible for
obtaining from Contractor’s Market Deployment Team all Waiver of Lien and Releases by Contractor and will request all other Waiver of Lien and Releases from other Site Development Contractors. The PMO will be responsible for processing
applications for final payment, ensuring all documents are uploaded and approved in the Company SMS database, providing original lease and lease related documents (unless otherwise specified) to Company, and assuring final Site Development
Contractor invoicing has been submitted. 
  

	 	C.	Deliverables 

  

	 	1.	Required documents uploaded and approved in Company SMS as defined by the Division of Responsibility. 

  

	 	2.	Original lease and related documents in hardcopy, including original letter of transmittal. 

  

	 	3.	Lien Waivers/Releases. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	10 (10)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B National Program Management Office Scope of Work	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	Network
Vendor(s)	  	Deployment
Contractor (s)
		  	General	  		  		  		  	
	 1
	  	• Manage the Site Development Contractors for and on behalf of the Company	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 2
	  	• Manage the coordination between the Site Development Contractors	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 3
	  	• Interface RAN Deployment with Satellite PMO	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 4
	  	• Define the Project Objectives / Expectations	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 5
	  	• Manage and expedite the PROGRAM WORK with the objective that it is progressed and completed in accordance with the PROJECT SCHEDULE/THROUGHPUT MODEL.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 6
	  	• Implement management procedures for the control, coordination and reporting of its activities and those of the Site Development Contractors and also coordinate the associated
interfaces with the OWNER.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 7
	  	• Establish and implement a management system (Communication Plan) for the identification and control of all the technical and execution interfaces and co-ordinate those activities
within its control with all relevant parties. Monitor the related activities and take any required corrective action in order to achieve the PROJECT objectives.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 8
	  	• Prepare and issue Program Execution Plans for the PMO SERVICES and the coordination of the PROGRAM WORK:	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 9
	  	 - PMO’s Program Plan
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 10
	  	 - RF Engineering and Backhaul Execution Plans
	  	A	  	I	  	R	  	
	 11
	  	 - Site Development Execution Plan (Site Acquisition and Engineering)
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 12
	  	 - Procurement & Materials Management Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 13
	  	 - Construction Execution Plan
	  	I, A	  	R	  	I	  	
	 14
	  	 - Project Controls Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 15
	  	 - Contracts Execution Plan
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 16
	  	 - Project Quality Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	 Network
Vendor(s)
	  	 Deployment
Contractor (s)

	 17
	  	 - ES&H Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 18
	  	 - Records Management Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  	C	  	
	 19
	  	 - IT Execution Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 20
	  	 - Risk Management Plan;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 21
	  	• Prepare and issue Program Procedures for the PMO Services and the coordination of the Program Work:	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 22
	  	 - Progress reporting and measuring procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 23
	  	 - Interface coordination procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 24
	  	 - Project consistency procedures (uniformity of codes, standards, symbols);
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 25
	  	 - Procedures on communication and reporting lines;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 26
	  	 - Cost control and cost reporting procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 27
	  	 - Procurement and materials management procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 28
	  	 - ES&H Procedures for the Contractors
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 29
	  	 - Procedures for completion, acceptance and handover of the Program Work to the Company;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 30
	  	 - Contracting procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 31
	  	 - Procedures for changes in the Program Work
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 32
	  	 - Quality control procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 33
	  	 - Authority approvals procedures;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 34
	  	 - Procedures for finance, contract controls and procedures for payments to the PMO and parties managed by the PMO;
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 35
	  	 - Risk Management Procedures
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 36
	  	• Develop and maintain Program Critical Action List	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 37
	  	• Flow down all requirements, procedures and policies to Site Development Contractors	  	I,A	  	R	  		  	
	 38
	  	• Assist the Company, as requested, with regard to community relations	  	R	  	C	  		  	
	 39
	  	Assist Company with contact with the media and inquiries from the public relating to the Project	  	R	  	C	  		  	
	 40
	  	• Interface with Satellite Deployment, as required (Activities to be Defined)	  	R	  	C	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	 Network
Vendor(s)
	  	 Deployment
Contractor (s)

		  	Business Management, Project Controls & Financial Services	  		  		  		  	
	 41
	  	• Development of Total Program Plan including interface points and independencies	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 42
	  	• Develop work breakdown structure and cost codes	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 43
	  	• Develop charging practices, budget definition for all organizations	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 44
	  	• Develop Plan of Record (for management by the Network Change Control Board)	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 45
	  	• Develop Baseline Budgets and Schedules	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 46
	  	• Develop Summary Milestone and Detail Schedules	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 47
	  	• Develop and maintain Equipment Delivery and Logistics Schedules	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 48
	  	• Develop Summary and Detailed Cost Reports and structure	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 49
	  	• Develop and maintain Program Cash flow targets on a monthly basis	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 50
	  	• Report progress of program activities	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 51
	  	• Prepare a forecast of PMO costs as required	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 52
	  	• Prepare a project forecast of Total Program Costs ( 3 per year )	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 53
	  	• Maintain PMO Staffing Plan	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 54
	  	• Develop and Maintain Change Management Program	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 55
	  	• Hold weekly meetings with the contractors for Progress and Status Review	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 56
	  	• Issue detailed Progress Report on a monthly basis	  	I	  	R	  		  	
		  	Accounting / Controller	  		  		  		  	
	 57
	  	• PMO will perform project accounting functions as necessary for the overall management of the project in accordance with standard accounting and auditing principles, and will maintain
records and supporting documentation as appropriate.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 58
	  	• Define asset tracking requirements	  	R	  	C	  		  	
	 59
	  	• Determine and develop Sales and Use Tax strategy	  	A,R	  	C	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	Network
Vendor(s)	  	Deployment
Contractor (s)
		  	Records Management & Retention	  		  		  		  	
	 60
	  	• Establish and maintain an electronic Site Management System (SMS) and confirm the efficient and effective utilization of the same or suitable systems with interfaces by all the Site
Development Contractors and Network Vendors.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 61
	  	• Develop a Records Mgmt and Retention Plan for both Hard and Soft Copy media	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 62
	  	• Develop unique identification number sequence system	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 63
	  	• Develop electronic interface procedure	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 64
	  	• Enter Records into System	  	A,R	  	R	  	R	  	R
	 65
	  	• Perform Audits	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 66
	  	• Deliverable Based Invoicing	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 67
	  	• Revision Control	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 68
	  	• Establish security and back-up procedures	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 69
	  	• E-Mail management and retention	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 70
	  	• Audits / Assessments	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
		  	Information Technology	  		  		  		  	
	 71
	  	• Prepare and implement a plan for managing documents and information in Company’s SMS	  	R	  	C	  	C	  	C
		  	Quality Assurance	  		  		  		  	
	 72
	  	• Establish and implement a quality plan and monitor integrity of the PROGRAM WORK by implementing and managing a quality management system in conformance with ISO 9001 and with
TerreStar requirements - and perform audits to verify the compliance of the Site Development Contractors.	  	I, A	  	R	  	C	  	C
		  	Procurement / Contracts	  		  		  		  	
	 73
	  	• Establish a Procurement & Contracting Plan which defines the policies, objectives, organizational responsibilities, requirements & standards, practices, processes and controls
which will be applied to manage the procurement of equipment and material. Additionally manage any and all contracts which exist under direct PMO responsibility.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) – Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	Network
Vendor(s)	  	Deployment
Contractor (s)
	 74
	  	• Develop overall Program MAS ( Material Assignment Schedule )	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 75
	  	• Award Network Equipment	  		  		  		  	
	 76
	  	 - Radios and Core Equipment
	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 77
	  	 - Antennas
	  	A	  	R	  		  	
	 78
	  	 - Other to be defined
	  	A	  	R	  		  	
	 79
	  	• Award Project Contractors	  		  		  		  	
	 80
	  	 - RF Engineering / Design
	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 81
	  	 - Other Deployment Contractors (as required)
	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 82
	  	• Administration of Project Contracts ( Project Coordination )	  		  	R	  		  	
	 83
	  	• Logistics for Equipment (Warehousing and Delivery)	  		  		  		  	
	 84
	  	 - Network Vendor Equipment
	  	R	  		  		  	
	 85
	  	 - Deployment Contractor Materials
	  	I	  	C	  		  	R
	 86
	  	 - Miscellaneous Contractor Materials / Consumables
	  	I	  	C	  		  	R
	 87
	  	• Ordering and scheduling provisioning of utilities	  		  		  		  	R
	 88
	  	• Coordinating with Deployment Contractor and Utility / Power providers to ensure necessary fees are paid and services are provisioned	  		  	R	  		  	
		  	Environmental, Safety & Health	  		  		  		  	
	 89
	  	• Establish and maintain an ES&H Plan which defines the policies, objectives, organizational responsibilities, requirements & standards, practices, processes and controls which
will be applied to manage Environmental, Safety and Health issues.	  	I, A	  	R	  		  	
	 90
	  	• ES&H Reporting Requirements	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 91
	  	• Monitor Environmental Compliance / Review	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 92
	  	• Monitor Environmental Assurance	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 93
	  	• Audits / Assessments / Investigation	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	 Network
Vendor(s)
	  	 Deployment
Contractor (s)

		  	RF Design & Core Network Design	  		  		  		  	
	 94
	  	• Specify Site RF Design Criteria	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 95
	  	• Equipment, Antenna and Material Specifications	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 96
	  	• Specify BTS equipment requirements and configuration	  	A	  	I	  	R	  	
	 97
	  	• Interface with Customer Team / Flow Down of Design Criteria / Specs	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 98
	  	• Adherence / Oversight of Contractors to Design Criteria / Specs	  	I	  	R	  		  	
	 99
	  	• RF Design and Backhaul Basis / Initial and Final Design	  	A	  	I	  	R	  	
	 100
	  	• Issues Search Ring (SARF and spreadsheet) to Company	  		  		  	R	  	
	 101
	  	Approve Search Rings	  	R	  		  		  	
	 102
	  	Initiate Search Ring Release in Siterra	  		  	R	  		  	
	 103
	  	• Provide Candidate Identification	  	A	  	I	  		  	R
	 104
	  	• Review and Approval of RF and Backhaul Data Sheets	  	A	  	I	  	R	  	C
	 105
	  	• Management of Design Revision Process Between RF, Backhaul and Deployment	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 106
	  	• Manage Regulatory Process (including FAA / FCC / MPE )	  	I	  	R	  	C	  	C
		  	RAN Deployment & Core Network Deployment	  		  		  		  	
	 107
	  	• Execute ES&H Program	  	I	  	A	  	R	  	R
	 108
	  	• Optimization, Integration	  	A	  	I	  	R	  	I
	 109
	  	• Drive Testing	  	A	  	C	  	R	  	I
	 110
	  	• Site Development Criteria	  		  		  		  	
	 111
	  	 • Site Leasing Parameters & Critical Decision Factors
	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 112
	  	 • Coordinate and assist in the development of standard leasing details / specs
	  	A	  	R	  		  	I
	 113
	  	 • Standard Primary Candidate Critical Decision Factors
	  	R	  	I	  		  	
	 114
	  	 • Candidate Scoring (Leasing, Zoning, Construction, RF)
	  		  		  	R	  	R
	 115
	  	 • Candidate Ranking (Overall Ranking 1st, 2nd, 3rd) and Primary Candidate Recommendation
	  		  		  	I	  	R
	 116
	  	 • Coordinate and serve as a point of escalation on communications issues related to cross-vendor ranking process
	  		  	R	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	 Network
Vendor(s)
	  	 Deployment
Contractor (s)

	 117
	  	 • Primary Candidate Approval
	  	R	  	I	  	I	  	I
	 118
	  	 • Coordinate with landlords for pre-lease access to Sites by Network Vendor, Site Development Contractor, Company personnel and
subcontractors
	  	C	  	C	  	I	  	R
	 119
	  	 • Manage lease negotiation and lease execution
	  	A	  	I	  		  	R
	 120
	  	 • Zoning / Permitting process management
	  	I/A	  	I	  		  	R
	 121
	  	 • Coordinate and obtain environmental, FAA/FCC Approvals
	  	A	  	I	  		  	R
	 122
	  	 • Facilities design criteria - critical decision factors
	  	R	  	I	  	C	  	C
	 123
	  	 • Prepare standard design details / specs: i.e. develop Design Criteria and Engineering Standards, Equipment and Technical Specifications (e.g. lease area
and site configurations, BTS interface (indoor & outdoor; power, telco, structural, etc.), RF components, coaxial cables, indoor site configurations, survey and other civil site criteria, electrical and grounding criteria, telco
requirements/components, ground testing, RF (sweep) testing, microwave backhaul, etc.)
	  	A	  	R	  	I	  	I
	 124
	  	 • Provide Technical Assistance and represent the POC for technical issues for RAN deployment firm(s)
	  	R	  	R	  		  	C
	 125
	  	 • Periodic review of facility designs.
	  	A	  	R	  		  	C
	 126
	  	 • Coordinate Constructability Guidelines / Issues (Structural, etc) and Approve deviations to standards
	  	A	  	R	  		  	C
	 127
	  	 • Provide POC for technical interface between BTS supplier, Backhaul managed service provider, and RAN deployment
	  		  	R	  	C	  	C
	 128
	  	• Critical Decision Factors for Backhaul	  	R	  	I	  	
	 129
	  	• Construction Installation	  		  	I	  		  	R
	 130
	  	 • Site Build (including Procurement of Materials, Access, Construct, Power, Final Walk-Down and Punchlist
	  	A	  	I	  		  	R
	 131
	  	 • Connect and test BTS and Backhaul equipment
	  		  	I	  	R	  	C
	 132
	  	• Provide quality support	  	I	  	A	  	R	  	R

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT B 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 PMO DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
  

											
		  	( A ) - Approval; ( R ) - Responsible ; ( I ) - Inform ; ( C ) - Consult	  		  		  		  	
	 Item #
	  	 Description
	  	 Company
	  	 PMO
	  	 Network
Vendor(s)
	  	 Deployment
Contractor (s)

	 133
	  	• Site Acceptance	  	A	  	R	  	C	  	C
	 134
	  	• Records management/final document turnover	  	I	  	A	  	R	  	R

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit B Attachment 1 PMO Division of Responsibilities	  		  	

 EXHIBIT C 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 
 SCOPE OF WORK 
  

  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

									
	 1.
	  	Scope of Work Overview	  	1
	 2.
	  	Marketing Deployment Team	  	1
		  	2.1	  	Staffing	  	1
		  	2.2	  	Organization	  	1
		  	2.3	  	Subcontractors	  	1
	 3.  
	  	Site Acquisition Service Descriptions and Process	  	1
		  	3.1	  	Receipt of Search Rings	  	1
		  	3.2	  	Preliminary Research of New Build Sites	  	2
		  	3.3	  	 Site Candidate Information Package (SCIP) Submission,
 Scoring and Ranking
	  	2
		  		  	3.3.1	  	SCIP Submission	  	2
		  		  	3.3.2	  	Scoring, Ranking and Guidelines	  	2
		  		  	3.3.3	  	SCIP Milestone Payment	  	3
		  	3.4	  	Primary Candidate Approval	  	3
		  	3.5	  	Leasing Process	  	4
		  		  	3.5.1	  	Personnel	  	4
		  		  	3.5.2	  	Due Diligence	  	4
		  		  	3.5.3	  	Pre-Leasing Activities	  	6
		  		  	3.5.4	  	Lease Negotiation	  	7
		  		  	3.5.5	  	Lease Execution	  	7
		  		  	3.5.6	  	Memorandum of Lease	  	8
		  		  	3.5.7	  	Consents	  	8
		  		  	3.5.8	  	Leased Signed Milestone Payment	  	8
		  	3.6  	  	Title	  	8
		  		  	3.6.1	  	Title Search	  	8
		  		  	3.6.2	  	Title Review	  	8
		  		  	3.6.3	  	Curing Title	  	9
		  	3.7	  	Zoning	  	9
		  		  	3.7.1	  	General	  	9
		  		  	3.7.2	  	Zoning Analysis	  	9
		  		  	3.7.3	  	Zoning Drawings	  	9
		  		  	3.7.4	  	Zoning Applications	  	10
		  		  	3.7.5	  	Visual Resource Assessment	  	10
		  		  	3.7.6	  	Balloon Test	  	10
		  		  	3.7.7	  	Viewshed Map	  	11
		  		  	3.7.8	  	Perspective Rendering	  	11
		  		  	3.7.9	  	Administrative Process Support	  	11
		  		  	3.7.10	  	Court Reporter; Experts	  	11
		  		  	3.7.11	  	Local Zoning Counsel	  	12
		  		  	3.7.12	  	Cooperation	  	12

  

 i 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

									
		  		  	3.7.13	  	Bonding Fee	  	12
		  		  	3.7.14	  	Other	  	12
		  		  	3.7.15	  	Deliverables	  	12
		  	3.8	  	AM De-Tuning/Intermodulation Studies	  	12
		  	3.9	  	Company Approval	  	12
	4.	  	Existing Tower Structure & Foundation Analysis	  	13
		  	4.1	  	Structural Analysis	  	13
		  	4.2	  	Company Approval	  	14
	5.	  	Existing Rooftops & Structural Analysis; Floor Systems; and Site Surveys	  	14
		  	5.1	  	Loading	  	14
		  	5.2	  	Roof Inspection and Testing	  	15
		  	5.3	  	Master Lease Agreement (MLA) Structures	  	15
		  	5.4	  	Site Survey	  	15
	6.	  	National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”) Screening	  	15
		  	6.1	  	Environmental Screening	  	16
		  	6.2	  	Company Approval	  	17
	7.	  	Environmental Site Assessment	  	17
	8.	  	Geotechnical Investigation	  	17
		  	8.1	  	Drilling, Testing and Geotechnical Requirements	  	18
		  	8.2	  	Borings and Samples	  	18
		  	8.3	  	Geotechnical Report	  	19
	9.	  	Soil Resistivity Testing (Raw Land Only)	  	19
	10.	  	Foundation Design (Purchased With Tower)	  	19
		  	10.1	  	Foundations	  	19
		  	10.2	  	Company Approval	  	20
	11.	  	Construction Drawings	  	20
		  	11.1	  	Design Information	  	21
		  	11.2	  	All Sites-Construction Drawings	  	22
		  	11.3	  	Company Approval	  	24
	12.	  	Construction Permits	  	24
	13.	  	Cost of Construction	  	24
	14.	  	Material and Utility Procurement Logistics	  	24
	15.	  	Construction Services	  	25
		  	15.1	  	Construction Services	  	25
		  	15.2	  	Company Approval	  	28
		  	15.3	  	Construction Complete	  	28
	16.	  	Construction Documentation and Closeout	  	28
	17.	  	Site Acceptance	  	29
	18.	  	Project Reporting	  	31
	19.	  	Quality Assurance & Control	  	31
	20.	  	Health & Safety Program	  	32
	21.	  	Costs and Division of Responsibility	  	32
	22.	  	Other Definitions	  	33

  

 ii 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	1	Scope of Work Overview 

 The Scope of Work
detailed in this document is for the performance of Site development activities for Company. 
  

	2	Market Deployment Team 

 Staffing 

 Without limiting the applicable terms in the body of the Agreement, including in Section 3.3 (“Staffing; Key Positions”)
Contractor agrees that the personnel providing the services set forth in this Scope of Work will at all times be professionals with the skills and qualifications necessary to properly perform the Work under this Agreement. Contractor agrees that it
will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain consistent staffing of personnel in each Market, throughout the Term. Contractor will replace any of its personnel that Company reasonably requests to have replaced. Any replacement personnel,
whether replaced upon request of Company or otherwise, will possess comparable or greater experience, qualifications and credentials as the person being replaced. In the case of any permitted replacements of personnel, Contractor will use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide overlapping service time with replaced personnel. The Market Manager will be deemed a Key Personnel. 
 Organization 
 Contractor’s Market teams will be organized functionally as illustrated in the chart below. The number of
personnel assigned to a Market team, and the location of any member will be determined by the Contractor based on the work load. 
 

 
 Subcontractors 
 Contractor’s use of any subcontractor(s) to perform the Work under this Scope of Work will be subject to the terms set forth in the body of the Agreement. 
  

	3	Site Acquisition Service Descriptions and Process 

 Receipt of Search Rings 
 Company’s Network Vendor will provide Search Rings through Company’s Site
Management System. Company will then approve the Search Rings and release the Rings to Contractor via the SMS, thus beginning the Site candidate search process. Such Rings will be released through site acquisition request forms, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit C, Attachment 1, or such other form as the RF Network Vendor desires. 
  

  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 A “Search Ring” is a specified geographic area within a Market comprising a part
of the radio access network (or “RAN”) and is designed to contain a single Company Site used in connection with the operation of the RAN. Each Search Ring will clearly define latitude and longitude of the Ring center, the
radius of the search area around the Ring, and the height (including +/- tolerance) of RAD center with respect to the applicable Site level measurement point. Contractor will utilize standard Site configuration unless noted differently in the Search
Ring information. Each Market will contain multiple Search Rings. Contractor’s Market Managers will coordinate with Contractor’s Program Management Office as necessary to ensure receipt of the Search Rings. A Search Ring is also sometimes
referred to in this Agreement as a “Ring”. 
 Preliminary research of new build Sites 
 For all Search Rings, Contractor will perform preliminary research to identify potential candidates, suitable buildings or other structures, and existing
towers/facilities for the pre-determined coverage areas. Contractor will first search for opportunities on existing towers (i.e., Collocation Sites), Rooftops or other structures such as Water Towers. If none of the foregoing is available,
Contractor will so advise Company and search for available space for a new build (i.e., Raw Land) Site. Contractor will analyze the pre-determined coverage area to understand the zoning laws, permitting and zoning history, and processes required to
successfully obtain permits for the Sites. 
 Site Candidate Information Package (SCIP) Submission, Scoring and Ranking

 SCIP Submission. For each Search Ring released, Contractor will identify up to three (3) Site candidates and will
provide its analysis of each candidate, in the form of a completed Site candidate information package (each a “SCIP”), attached hereto as Exhibit C, Attachment 2, per candidate. In the event that three
(3) feasible candidates are not available, the Market Manager will notify Company in advance of submitting the SCIP(s) and include in the submission a detailed written explanation outlining why three (3) candidates were not available.
Company will notify Contractor within two (2) Business Days of receipt of notification if it desires further explanation as to the number of candidates, absent which the number will be deemed accepted. If Company requests, Contractor will
provide more than three SCIPs per Ring and Contractor may charge Company for each additional SCIP submitted in accordance with the terms herein at the unit price set forth in Exhibit F. Additionally, if Company determines that the search area
in which a Ring was previously released requires redesign and such redesign results in the release of new Search Ring(s), the old Search Ring will be cancelled, and the Company will issue the new Search Ring(s) as previously described. Contractor
will upload electronic versions of all completed SCIPs in Company’s SMS. 
 Scoring, Ranking, and Guidelines. Contractor will
score the SCIPs according to leasibility, zonability, constructability, and order of magnitude (i.e., cost) on a 1-5 scale using the criteria set forth in Exhibit C, Attachment 3 hereto. Contractor will obtain scores from the backhaul and RF
design Network Vendors according to the Site’s backhaul and RF characteristics, respectively. The backhaul and RF design Network Vendors will provide such data to Contractor within five (5) Business Days of Contractor’s input into
Company’s SMS of the final SCIP for a given Search Ring. Contractor will then 

  

 2 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 
consolidate the scores into a consolidated score for each Site. Then Contractor will rank the candidates by first, second, and third choice, depending on the
number of SCIPs. The Site ranked first will be Contractor’s primary candidate recommendation. The recommended primary candidate need not be the highest scoring candidate. However, Contractor should explain in writing why the Site was chosen as
the primary candidate in all cases. Such scoring and recommendation will be provided in the form of Exhibit C, Attachment 3 hereto. Contractor will provide a detailed explanation of its recommendation. 
 SCIP Milestone Payment. Contractor agrees that the SCIP Submission Milestone payment is conditioned upon Contractor’s submittal into
Company’s SMS of such number of complete SCIPs per Ring as provided in accordance with Section 3.3.1. 
 Primary Candidate
Approval 
 After Contractor has uploaded the completed scoring and ranking forms and the primary candidate recommendation into
Company’s SMS, Company will have seven (7) Business Days to approve the primary candidate in writing, upload the approval and a Site Acquisition Notice to Proceed (also referred to as the “SA NTP”) (attached hereto
as Exhibit C, Attachment 4), and ensure that the completed RF Site configuration sheet (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, Attachment 8) and backhaul Site Configuration sheet (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C,
Attachment 9) are submitted from the responsible Network Vendors and uploaded into the SMS. Upon Company’s uploading of these documents in the SMS, Contractor will have met all requirements for the Primary Candidate Approval Milestone
payment. 
 If Company does not notify Contractor of any deficiency or fails to upload the approval and/or the other referenced documents for
which it is responsible for uploading within the foregoing seven (7) Business Day period, the Primary Candidate Approval Milestone will be deemed complete and accepted by Company for payment purposes. With respect to any portion of the Work
that Company deems incomplete, Contractor will complete such activity and the above acceptance procedure will be repeated. 
 At such time
when the Site Acquisition NTP and the completed RF Site configuration sheet and backhaul Site configuration sheet are uploaded into the SMS, Contractor will commence all other acquisition activities for such Site as set forth in this Agreement,
including the activities in Section 3.5 through Section 13 of this SOW. Contractor will notify Company in writing when it has completed all Site acquisition Work and submitted all Deliverables required to achieve the Site Acquisition
Complete Milestone (such notice is referred to herein as “Site Acquisition Complete Notice To Company”). 
 Contractor
agrees that the Site Acquisition Complete Milestone payment is conditioned upon (1) Contractor’s provision of all completed Deliverables and completion of all tasks applicable to Site acquisition as set forth in this Section 3 through
Section 13 of this Exhibit C; (2) Company’s acknowledgement of the completion of all and acceptance of all Deliverables and tasks as evidenced by a Site Acquisition acceptance letter signed by an authorized Company representative; and
(3) Contractor’s completion of all Leasing Milestone tasks and deliverables to Company’s approval. 
  

 3 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 Contractor will submit all Site acquisition documentation for Company for review, approval and sign-off.
Contractor will submit such documentation to Company via the SMS. If, within seven (7) Business Days after Company’s receipt of the Site Acquisition Complete Notice To Company, Company does not notify Contractor of any deficiency in the
Work or Deliverables, or fails to acknowledge its approval, then the Site Acquisition Complete Milestone will be deemed complete and accepted by Company for payment purposes. With respect to any data listed by Company as incomplete or Work or
Deliverable requiring correction or resubmission, Contractor will complete such activity, and the above acceptance procedure will be repeated. 
 Leasing Process 
 3.5.1 Personnel. Contractor will provide appropriate levels of qualified personnel to perform the Services
set forth in this Section 3. If Company determines that Contractor is not staffed appropriately to perform the Leasing portion of the Work in a timely manner, Contractor will increase staffing levels. If, Company determines that
Contractor’s personnel are not qualified to perform the Leasing portion of the Work, Contractor will replace the personnel with personnel satisfactory to Company. Each Party’s roles and responsibilities in the Leasing process will be as
set forth herein. The following Contractor personnel will be engaged in the performance the Leasing portion of the Work: 
 (a) Site
Acquisition Coordinator. Contractor’s Site Acquisition Coordinator will be responsible for performing and/or managing due diligence, zoning, title and other pre-leasing activities as described herein. Site Acquisition Coordinator will be
responsible for reviewing Leases, including Site Lease Agreements. Site Acquisition Coordinator will be supervised by the Site Acquisition Lead. 
 (b) Site Acquisition Lead. Contractor’s Site Acquisition Leads will be responsible for the negotiation of Site Leases. Site Acquisition Lead will be responsible for managing Site Acquisition Coordinator’s performance and
for ensuring accuracy of Site Acquisition Coordinator’s work product. 
 (c) Market Manager. Contractor’s Market
Manager will be responsible for managing the Market Team’s performance and for ensuring accuracy of their work product. Company will direct all escalations and problem reports to the Market Manager for resolution. The Market Manager will ensure
that leasing process is performed in a timely, efficient, diligent and thorough manner. Contractor will provide Company with a monthly report, detailing the current status of each site that is in the leasing process. The Market Manager and
Company’s leasing manager will meet and discuss the status of each Site as described in the report, any outstanding issues, and proposed remediation plans for those issues. 
 (d) Company Operations Personnel. The personnel within Company’s operations department will be responsible for Site selection and for review
and approval of due diligence items, and Lease business and financial terms. Company’s operations group will escalate issues through Company’s legal group for resolution with Contractor’s Market Manager. 
 (e) Company Legal Personnel. Company’s legal department will be responsible for overall Lease approval and execution and for the
business, financial and legal term compliance of each Lease. Company’s legal department will be responsible for managing the escalation and 

  

 4 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 
resolution of Lease-related issues. Company may use outside counsel to perform legal functions, including zoning counsel, under this Agreement. Company will
be responsible for the performance of any Company-retained outside counsel. 
 3.5.2 Due Diligence. Contractor will perform the required due diligence
on each Site prior to Company’s approval and execution of the Lease depending on the specific leasing requirements for each Site. In furtherance thereof Contractor will: 
 (a) Ground/Prime Lease. Determine whether a ground or prime lease is attached to the proposed Site. If Contractor confirms that a ground lease
exists, Contractor will: 
 (i) confirm that the underlying ground lease boundaries encompass the proposed equipment and shelter
requirements; 
 (ii) confirm underlying unexpired ground lease term is greater than or equal to ten (10) years; 
 (iii) confirm underlying ground lease does not allow for landlord’s termination without cause; 
 (iv) confirm whether or not landlord consent or landlord right of first refusal exists; 
 (v) confirm that the underlying ground lease lessor is consistent with the title report; and 
 (vi) note any other landlord rights that may impact Company. 
 (b) Encumbrances. Determine if there are mortgages on the Site, any tax liens, mechanics liens, unpaid taxes or other encumbrances on the Site. 
 (c) Easements. Determine if there is any easement on the Site which could obstruct Company’s use of the Site. Determine if any easements need
to be obtained by Company, in order to use the Site. 
 (d) NEPA Checklist. Contractor will investigate and ensure that all proposed
Sites are in compliance with NEPA requirements, as set forth in Section 6, below. 
 (e) Environmental Assessments.
Contractor will perform a Phase I environmental site assessment (“ESA”), for each Raw Land Site, as set forth in Section 7, below. If the Site is a Collocation Site with existing telecommunications tenants on the
Site, Contractor will perform a Phase I ESA, if one has not been performed in the six (6) months prior to Site selection. If a Phase II is required for a Site, Contractor will inform Company, and Company will determine whether to proceed with
the Site. If Company determines to proceed with the Site, Company is responsible for hiring an environmental contractor to perform remediation and the Site, and Contractor is responsible for managing the environmental contractor. 
 (f) Structural Analysis. If there is a Master Lease Agreement (defined below) in place for a proposed Collocation Site, which requires Company to
have a structural analysis performed by landlord, or by a landlord designated party, Contractor will coordinate the performance of the structural analysis with the landlord. If this is not the case, Contractor will perform a structural analysis to
determine if the tower and foundation are sufficient for the proposed loading, as set forth in Section 4.1, below. 
  

 5 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 (g) FAA 1A/2c Certifications. Contractor will provide Company with a 2C Certification letter for
each Site and a 1A on each Site where a 1A is required by law and as set forth in Section 5.4, below. All final 2C certification letters and surveys will be signed and stamped (sealed) by a surveyor fully authorized and licensed to
perform subject work in that state. 
 (h) AM De-Tuning and Inter-modulation Studies. Contractor will search for and identify all
directional AM stations within two miles and non-directional AM stations within 0.6 mile of each Site, and when authorized by the Company, will perform such AM de-tuning Work as required by applicable laws to identify and address interferences
between towers on Sites and standard broadcast (AM) radio antenna systems. As part of any Company approved AM De-Tuning, Contractor will measure the possible distortion of the AM station signal and provide Company with a recommendation for any
required detuning. Contractor will pass through to Company the costs of such AM de-tuning and inter-modulation studies without markup. Contractor will, if required by Company, perform inter-modulation studies to assess RF characteristics for
antennas located in the vicinity of the proposed Company antennas. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company with a cost quote for the study, which will be subject to Company’s approval. Company will endeavor to respond
with its approval or rejection of the submitted quote within five (5) days of its submission. 
 (i) Land Boundary Survey. If a
Site is Raw Land, Contractor will perform a land survey to determine the boundary and Site perimeter, as set forth in Section 5.4, below. If a Site is a Collocation installation, Contractor will request a land survey from the Site
landlord. If the landlord does not provide one, Contractor will, at Company’s request, perform a land survey for a Collocation Site. 
 (j) Geotechnical Investigations. Contractor will conduct a geotechnical investigation for Raw Land Sites and Sites as required by the engineer of record, as set forth in Section 8, below. 
 (k) Soil Resistivity Testing. Contractor will perform soil resistivity testing in accordance with industry standard practice, as set forth in
Section 9, below. 
 (l) Due Diligence Checklist. As part of the due diligence process Contractor will complete and submit
a due diligence checklist (the “Due Diligence Checklist”), the form of which is attached hereto as Appendix 2 to Attachment 5 to this Exhibit C, to Company as part of the Lease Execution Package (defined below).
Company will review the Due Diligence Checklist submitted by Contractor with each Lease Execution Package. If in Company’s determination, Contractor failed to perform due diligence required for a Site, or improperly performed the due diligence,
Company will provide Contractor with a summary of the deficiencies in performance. 
 3.5.3 Pre-Leasing Activities. Contractor will perform all
actions necessary to gain access to each Site candidate prior to Lease execution, in order to perform any necessary testing evaluations or other on Site activities. Contractor will pay such fees or otherwise provide such incentives as may be
appropriate in connection with securing a Site entry and testing agreement with the landlord. Such fees will be passed through to Company without markup. These pre-leasing activities include, but are not limited to: 
 (a) Applications. If an approved Site candidate requires a Site lease application, Contractor will submit any required Site lease application to
the Site owner/management company. 
  

 6 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 (b) Entry and Testing Agreements. If an approved Site candidate requires an entry and testing
agreement, Contractor will negotiate such agreement, in compliance with the Site Acquisition Leasing Guidelines described in Section 3.5.4 below and attached hereto as Attachment 5. 
 (c) Certificates of Insurance. Contractor will obtain and provide to landlord any insurance certificates required by landlord for entry or testing
on a Site, prior to Lease execution. 
 (d) Surety Company for Requesting Required Bonds. Contractor will inform Company if the
landlord of a Site requires bond in order to do testing, entry or construction. Company will inform Contractor of its approval or rejection of this requirement. Contractor, will, prior to informing Company of this requirement make reasonable efforts
to negotiate away this requirement. 
 (e) Miscellaneous. Contractor will prepare and submit any other paperwork as required by
landlords or that is customary in the industry as part of the scope of the Work, for no additional cost. 
 3.5.4 Lease Negotiation. Contractor will be
responsible for negotiating each Lease on behalf of the Company and for securing proper execution by the Site owner(s) of the negotiated Lease with respect to each Site. Contractor is responsible for negotiating all Leases in compliance with
Company’s Site acquisition Leasing guidelines (the “Site Acquisition Leasing Guidelines”) as set forth in Attachment 5 to this Exhibit C (also referred to as “Site Leasing Guidelines”).
Contractor should utilize Company’s language library, contained in Appendix 5 to the Site Leasing Guidelines, as a source for approved alternate language. The current Site Leasing Guidelines are attached hereto as Attachment 5, and
updated versions of the Site Leasing Guidelines will be available in Company’s SMS, from time to time. If a Lease contains terms which are not covered in Company’s Site Leasing Guidelines, or Contractor is unsure if landlord’s changes
to Lease language are acceptable, Contractor will submit the Lease to Company’s identified outside counsel for review. Contractor will make reasonable efforts to negotiate the financial terms of a Site into compliance with the approved
financial terms, prior to bringing these terms to Company for approval. Company’s outside counsel will track the issues brought to it for negotiation, and provide monthly reports to Company. If, in Company’s determination, Contractor
personnel are not properly negotiating Lease terms, or are requesting outside counsel review of terms contained in the Site Leasing Guidelines, Company may request the removal of Contractor’s personnel. 
 3.5.5 Lease Execution. Upon completion of negotiations, Contractor will complete and submit a request for Company’s signing of the Lease using the form
attached as Appendix 1 to the Site Leasing Guidelines (such form is referred to herein as the “Document Execution Request Form”), describing Lease terms and conditions to the Company. In addition, Contractor will submit a
version of the proposed Lease, which shows the changes negotiated to each agreement. Company will provide notice of approval or rejection, with required changes, of the submitted execution request within three (3) business days of receipt. If
Company requires any changes or rejects any negotiated term, Contractor will continue negotiations with the landlord and will 

  

 7 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 
resubmit negotiated terms for Company’s approval. Once Company’s approval is obtained, the Contractor will prepare and submit a Lease execution
package (the “Lease Execution Package”) which will, as applicable, include: 
 (i) Three (3) Site owner executed
original Site Lease Agreements, any access agreements and/or utility easement agreements with all applicable exhibits; 
 (ii) One
(1) Site owner executed Memorandum of Lease (described in Section 3.5.6) with all applicable exhibits, agreed to by landlord; 
 (iii) Lease review summary with Due Diligence Checklist per the Site Leasing Guidelines; 
 (iv) Title Commitment, NEPA Compliance
Checklist, and, if available at the time of Company request, Zoning drawings and any other documents as may be reasonably required by Company; and 
 (v) Executed W-9(s) from Site owner(s). 
 Company will review all Site owner executed Leases. If Company determines that any Site owner-executed
Lease differs from the Site Lease Company approved, Contractor will renegotiate the Lease such that it is the same as the Site Lease Company approved. In the foregoing case, the Lease Signed Milestone will not be considered complete until the Lease
is amended to be compliant with the Company-approved Lease. Contractor will record the Lease Signed Milestone in Company’s SMS upon receipt of all signatures required for each Lease. 
 3.5.6 Memorandum of Lease. For each Site, Contractor will procure, as requested by the Company, any necessary memorandum of Lease (excluding Sites governed by any
Master Lease Agreement) (each a “Memorandum of Lease”) prepared by Company’s legal counsel for signature by the Site owner(s) and Company; and record such document in the appropriate real estate records of the County in
which the Site is located. Any fees associated with the filing of any Memorandum of Lease will be a Pass-Through Cost to the Company without mark-up. 
 3.5.7 Consents. Contractor will obtain resolutions or other appropriate authorization or consents pertaining to the execution and delivery of the Lease in question by the Site owner(s) prior to submission of the Lease Execution
Package. 
 3.5.8 Leased Signed Milestone Payment. Contractor agrees that its right to the Lease Signed Milestone payment is conditioned upon
Contractor’s provision of all Deliverables required hereunder for Lease signature by Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 Title 
 Title Search. Contractor will perform a title search for every Site. If a Site is a Collocation installation,
Contractor will perform a title search for that property for the current owner. For a Raw Land Site, Contractor will perform a title search back 50 years. For each Site, Contractor shall cause to be ordered a property title abstract report (the
“Title Report”) from a nationally recognized American Land Title Association ( “ALTA”) title company in good standing, which Title Report shall include the following information and shall be sufficient
to allow Company to acquire a Leasehold Title Insurance Policy: 
  

	 	•	 	 The names of the current site owner(s) of fee simple title, which owners must be the same persons or entities which execute the Lease; 

 

 8 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 The legal description (to be included as an attachment to Site Lease Agreement); 

  

	 	•	 	 List all leases, easements, covenants and restrictions of record affecting the Site; 

  

	 	•	 	 List all liens of record, including, without limitation, mortgages and deeds of trust, mechanics and material man’s liens, judgment liens and federal tax
liens; 

  

	 	•	 	 The status of the payment of taxes and assessments, general and special; and 

  

	 	•	 	 Bankruptcies. 

 3.6.2 Contractor will provide to
Company copies of any leases, easements, covenants and restrictions of record, liens of record, including, without limitation, mortgages and deeds of trust, mechanics and material man’s liens, judgment liens and federal tax liens, affecting the
Site, unless Customer agrees in writing that copies are not needed. The cost of the copies of these documents will be passed through to Company, without mark-up of any kind. Contractor will deliver all copies to Company within five (5) business
days of receipt of request for such. 
 3.6.3. Title Review. Contractor shall provide the Title Report to Company, upon its receipt of Title Report
from the ATLA, as soon as practicable, but no later than at Lease signature package submission. Prior to providing the Title Report to Company, Contractor shall review the Title Report, and provide comments and instructions to Company on the Title
Review Memorandum, attached hereto as Appendix 3 to this Attachment 4 to Exhibit C. Review, approval, and issue resolution instructions for title issues shall be in Company’s sole discretion. 
 Contractor must inform all of its employees, agents, subcontractors, the Network Vendor and all other necessary personnel performing services at a Site of any
instructional issues provided by Company on the Title Review Memorandum. 
 3.6.4 Curing Title. Company will review the Title Report, copies of the
encumbrances and the Title Review Memorandum provided by Contractor and assess title deficiencies pointed out in the Title Review Memorandum. Company will decide if the title should be cured, if it is acceptable as is, or if the site is not a
suitable candidate. If Company elects to cure title deficiencies for a Site, Company may request Contractor to perform title curative work. Contractor will provide a cost quote to perform curative work, which will be subject to Company’s
approval. 
 3.7 Zoning 
 3.7.1. General.
Contractor will confirm that the Site is properly zoned for Company’s intended use or whether a zoning change or variance will be necessary. Contractor will identify and obtain all applicable land use approvals. 
 3.7.2. Zoning analysis. Within each SCIP, Contractor will provide a summary report on each Site addressing each of the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Identification of required permits and approvals; 

  

	 	•	 	 Identification of key zoning thresholds, including area and bulk requirements; 

  

	 	•	 	 Identification of review agency meeting dates, submission deadlines and procedures; 

  

	 	•	 	 Identification of required submission elements; and 

  

 9 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Interview city officials to obtain feedback on zoning process and pending applications within Search Ring. 

 3.7.3. Zoning Drawings. Contractor will prepare zoning drawings in accordance with local review agency (the “Local Review Entity”)
requirements and all applicable federal, state, and Contractor codes, standards and requirements, as applicable, to a particular Site. Contractor will provide the necessary number of zoning drawings, required by the Local Review Entity. 

3.7.3.1. Zoning drawings for Raw Land and existing antenna structure Sites. Zoning drawings will consist of the following elements as required by jurisdiction:

 (i) Survey base map as a separate sheet entitled “existing conditions plan” 
 (ii) Site plan with location of tower, equipment enclosure, and Site access relative to parcel boundaries and public roadways 
 (iii) Details of Site access, tower compound, equipment and equipment enclosure foundation 
 (iv) Schematic elevation view of tower and antennas 
 (v) Grading, drainage, and erosion control plans and details 
 (vi) Plans and details for Site fencing and gates 
 (vii) Contractor will address review comments by appropriate zoning agencies; and will prepare a color rendered plan (minimum size 24” x 34”)
and mount on foam board for presentation purposes 
 3.7.3.2. Zoning drawings for Rooftop Sites. When required for Rooftop Sites, the tasks outlined
above will be performed, except the drawings will consist of the following elements as required by jurisdiction: 
  

	 	•	 	 Existing conditions plan, including Site location map and location of work area and existing building relative to property boundaries and public roadways;

  

	 	•	 	 Location of proposed antennas and equipment in plan view; 

  

	 	•	 	 Elevation views showing antennas and equipment, as applicable, from each antenna face. The level of detail should be sufficient to visually convey existing
conditions, but need not convey all engineering details. Alternately, schematic elevation sketches superimposed on to-scale digital photographs of building elevations, provided that entire drawing is contained within the AutoCAD format are
acceptable; 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will address review comments by appropriate zoning agencies; and 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will prepare a color rendered plan (minimum size 24” x 34”) and mount on foam board for presentation purposes as required by jurisdiction.

 3.7.4. Zoning applications. Contractor will prepare and submit all zoning applications, together with all required drawings and
other related materials and participate and support the administrative review process. The associated tasks include: 
  

	 	•	 	 Obtain zoning application forms and other documents required for the application 

  

	 	•	 	 Prepare all required zoning application documents for review agencies, including project narrative, application forms, and transmittal letter;

  

	 	•	 	 Compile all required drawings, reports, studies and other information required by review agencies for inclusion in zoning application documents;

  

	 	•	 	 Transmit zoning application documents to review agencies and track status of application through process until approvals are obtained; 

 

 10 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Attend and participate in the presentation of the project to review agencies. This task includes preparation and distribution of meeting minutes;

  

	 	•	 	 Attend all necessary informal and formal meetings with review agencies and their staff, and attend zoning strategy sessions with project team as required in
preparation for meetings and review agencies; 

  

	 	•	 	 Obtain and distribute documentation from review agencies confirming decisions/approvals and conditions of approval; and 

  

	 	•	 	 Attend and participate in up to three (3) hearings with review agencies in support of the above stated activities. Contractor will provide a cost quote to
attend additional hearings, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

 3.7.5. Visual resource assessment. If required by
jurisdiction Contractor will prepare a visual resource assessment. The purpose of a visual resource assessment is to define the limits from which the proposed tower or antenna structure will be visible. 
 3.7.6. Balloon test. If required by jurisdiction, Contractor will perform balloon tests. This task will include use of helium weather balloons flown at the tower
location to the height of the proposed structure to simulate future visual conditions. Balloons must be flown when weather conditions allow adequate visibility and maintenance of the balloons at the required height. Contractor must comply with FAA
notification requirements for balloon tests in close proximity to active airports. Further: 
  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will meet with the appropriate municipal officials as required in advance of the balloon test to determine the location of key views;

  

	 	•	 	 Using appropriate digital photography equipment and techniques, Contractor will photograph all key views and other locations within a three mile radius of the
balloon location to document the entire viewshed as seen by the human eye (approximately 50mm lens). Contractor must employ an experienced photographer to ensure that quality images are obtained; 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will prepare a report summarizing the visual resource assessment which includes a description of the methodology used, quality 8” x 10” color
photographs, and a United States Geological Survey (or “USGS”) map showing the location of the proposed tower and each photographic image. In lieu of original prints, color copies of the photographs may be used in the report;

  

	 	•	 	 In addition to the report, Contractor will provide one exhibit board (minimum size 24” x 34”) suitable for presentation at a public meeting which includes
8” x 10” original prints of the photographs, and a photograph location map; 

  

	 	•	 	 Computer photo simulation – Contractor will utilize a M.I.S. graphic specialist that will provide the Contractor necessary associate equipment to prepare photo
simulations; 

  

	 	•	 	 Using the key view(s) defined by the local review agency, Contractor will prepare a photographically accurate computer simulation of the proposed structure.
Computer simulations must utilize generally accepted industry standards to insure that they adequately reflect proposed conditions. The simulation(s) will be prepared on an 8” x 10” format; and 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will provide the necessary copies of each view required by the Local Review Entity. 

  

 11 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 3.7.7. Viewshed map. If required by jurisdiction, Contractor will prepare a viewshed map illustrating locations
within a three mile radius where the proposed structure will be visible. Areas where views will be obstructed by topography and vegetation will be delineated and keyed with contrasting shading and/or symbols and shown on a USGS map. Obstructed views
will be verified through the development of a cross section analysis as well as field investigations. 
  

	 	•	 	 Cross sections will be developed radially through the proposed structure location at 15 degree intervals. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will provide blue line or black line copies of the map and cross sections as required, and/or incorporate them into the visual resource assessment report
described above. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will color render one copy of the viewshed map and mount on exhibit board (minimum size 24” x 34”) suitable for presentation at a public
meeting. 

 3.7.8. Perspective rendering. If required by jurisdiction, Contractor will provide a photograph of existing conditions
from the desired vantage point, or Contractor will select a photograph from photos taken during the balloon test. Contractor will prepare a hand-drawn perspective rendering of the project site, showing the proposed antennas mounted on a tower,
Monopole, or building. The drawing will be approximately 24” x 34”, color rendered and mounted for presentation at a public meeting. The original drawing must be made available, if required by jurisdiction, for photo reduction to 11”
x 17” or 81/2” x 11” (for incorporation into a zoning application submission). 
 3.7.9. Administrative Process Support. Contractor
will support the administrative review process as contemplated by this SOW. Additionally, Contractor will prepare, distribute, and post all notices, including, public hearing announcements, in accordance with the applicable jurisdiction’s
zoning rules and regulations. 
 3.7.10. Court Reporter; Experts. If Company requests, Contractor will request a court reporter and will engage
persons on Company’s behalf to provide expert testimony in connection with, without limitation, any hearings or studies. Contractor will pay the associated third party fees, which will then be passed through to Company without mark up.

 3.7.11. Local Zoning Counsel. Contractor will identify qualified local counsel to address requirements of the local jurisdiction, provided, however
that Contractor will not retain local counsel for Company. Contractor will cooperate with local counsel retained by Company. 
 3.7.12. Cooperation.
Contractor will provide all necessary backup documentation and otherwise cooperate with Company’s in-house or outside legal counsel for purposes of Company’s responding to a zoning hearing or otherwise appealing any zoning denial.
Contractor will provide a cost quote for services related to appealing any zoning denial, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 
 3.7.13.
Bonding Fee. To the extent permissible, Contractor will pay, or request Company to pay, all bonding fees required as part of the zoning process, which if paid by Contractor will then be passed through to Company without mark-up. 

 

 12 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 3.7.14. Other. It is Contractor’s responsibility during the zoning process to make reasonable efforts to
prevent or dissuade the jurisdiction from imposing requirements that will increase costs for Company (e.g., excessive landscaping, iron fencing, stealthing). 
 3.7.15. Deliverables. Contractor will provide the following zoning-related Deliverables: 
  

	 	•	 	 Copy of applicable zoning ordinance(s) submitted with SCIP 

  

	 	•	 	 Signed and sealed zoning drawings forwarded to local review agency and uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Zoning application and all backup documentation, reports and maps delivered to local review agency 

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of zoning application and all backup documentation, reports and maps uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of zoning approval or denial uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Other documents as may be reasonably required by Company 

 3.8 AM De-Tuning/Intermodulation Studies. Contractor will perform such AM De-Tuning Work as required by applicable laws to identify and address interferences between towers on Sites and standard broadcast (AM) radio antenna
systems. Contractor will pass through to Company the costs of such service without markup. Contractor will, if required by Company, perform intermodulation studies to assess RF characteristics for antennas located in the vicinity of the proposed
Company antennas. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company with a cost quote for the study, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 
 Further, Contractor will conduct airport glide globe studies (“TOWAIR”). Contractor will be responsible for posting antenna structure registration numbers (“ASRN”) at the Site. 
 3.9 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will endeavor to approve or deny
Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving Contractor’s request. 
  

	4	Existing Tower Structure & Foundation Analysis 

 This scope of services is applicable where Company is collocating antennas, associated mounting hardware and coaxial cable on an existing communications tower structure. 
 Structural Analysis 
  

	 	¡	 	 Existing loading – Contractor will determine the existing loading conditions through the use of record information. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Proposed loading – Company and/or RF Engineering company will determine the proposed loading requirements and supply them to Contractor. Based on the proposed
loading requirements, Contractor will perform the following analysis: 

  

	 	•	 	 Design criteria – tower structure. The analysis will include wind speeds, ice loading and other parameters, as calculated and applied per the applicable
sections of EIA/TIA-222-F or G (as required by municipality); and/or the local building/zoning codes 

  

 13 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Design criteria – tower foundation. The analysis will include the following design criteria as defined by the type of foundation: 

 

	 	¡	 	 Ground line reactions 

  

	 	¡	 	 Overload factors 

  

	 	¡	 	 Overtuning moments 

  

	 	¡	 	 Uplift and compression 

  

	 	•	 	 Analysis findings and conclusions – Contractor will provide the findings in a report that will include the following: 

  

	 	¡	 	 Confirmation that the existing tower can support the addition of the proposed Company loading 

  

	 	¡	 	 Confirmation that the existing tower foundation can support the addition of the proposed Company loading 

  

	 	¡	 	 A summary of structural deficiencies (if any) that are required to be remedied on the tower structure and/or tower foundation in order to support the addition of
the proposed Company loading. 

  

	 	•	 	 Modifications: If requested by Company, Contractor will perform tower modification design work. Prior to performing any such work, Contractor will provide a cost
quote to Company, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	•	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	¡	 	 Copy of signed and sealed structure certification letter from structural engineering firm certifying that existing tower can support proposed loading without
modification, or if existing tower cannot support proposed loading, a copy of signed and sealed engineering report including calculations, findings, conclusion, signed and sealed drawings and recommendations uploaded into Company’s SMS.

  

	 	¡	 	 Other documents as Company may reasonably require. 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural analysis performed on MLA partner Collocation Sites in which the structural analysis is mandated to be performed by the MLA partner or its designated
contractor will be performed at Company’s expense as a Pass-Through Cost from Contractor. Contactor deliverables in such cases are: 

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of engineering report including signed and sealed calculations, findings, conclusion, and recommendations uploaded into Company’s SMS

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of signed and sealed drawings, details and calculations of structural modifications (if required by Company) uploaded into Company’s SMS.

 4.2 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will
endeavor to approve or deny Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving Contractor’s request. 
  

	5	Existing Rooftops & Structural Analysis; Floor Systems; and Site Surveys 

 This scope of services is applicable when Company is locating antennas, associated mounting hardware, coaxial cable, base transceiver station (“BTS”) racks, and power protection rack in an
enclosure on an existing Rooftop, or any floor system of a structure. 
  

 14 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 Loading 
  

	 	¡	 	 Existing loading – Contractor will determine existing loading conditions through the use of existing record information. If field verification is required,
Contractor will provide a cost quote to Company, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Proposed loading – Company and/or RF Engineering will supply the proposed equipment loading requirements to Contractor and based on the proposed loading
requirements, Contractor will perform the following analysis 

  

	 	¡	 	 Design criteria – existing structure. The analysis will include the following design criteria: 

  

	 	•	 	 All dead loads and live loads including, but not limited to wind, snow, and ice loading per applicable local, state, and national building codes

  

	 	•	 	 Seismic loading per local and national codes 

  

	 	•	 	 Locate the column lines and column spacing for the support of the equipment platform(s) 

  

	 	•	 	 Analysis findings and conclusions – Contractor will provide the findings and conclusions in a report that will include, but not be limited to, the following:

  

	 	¡	 	 Confirmation that the existing structure can support the addition of the proposed Company loading or confirmation that the existing structure cannot support the
addition of the proposed Company loading. 

  

	 	¡	 	 A summary of structural deficiencies (if any) that are required to be remedied on the structure in order to support the addition of the proposed Company loading. If
requested by Company, Contractor will perform structural modification design. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide to Company a cost quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Indicate whether or not the columns will be the proper structural support system in lieu of the roof deck system. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Design of standard modular equipment platforms. –Where modular equipment platforms cannot be utilized, equipment platforms that require unique design or
equipment platforms that require attachment to the roof, will be utilized and such platforms will be considered a structural modification. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide to Company a cost quote, which will be subject to
Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Structural calculations and drawings which support equipment mounting and support options. 

 Roof inspection and testing. Contractor will perform a visual inspection and prepare a photographic log of the roof and interior conditions
to document and determine the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Roof system construction 

  

	 	•	 	 Examination of membrane seams, penetrations, interior ceilings, etc., for leakage and drainage system 

  

	 	•	 	 Pre-construction and post-construction investigation 

  

 15 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 Master Lease Agreement (MLA) structures 
 Structural analysis performed on MLA partner Collocation Sites in which the structural analysis is mandated to be performed by the MLA partner or its
designated contractor will be performed at Company’s expense as a Pass-Through Cost from Contractor. Contactor deliverables in such cases are: 
  

	 	•	 	 Copy of engineering report including signed and sealed calculations, findings, conclusion, and recommendations uploaded into Company’s SMS

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of signed and sealed drawings, details and calculations of structural modifications (if required by Company) uploaded into Company’s SMS

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of pre-construction and post-construction roof condition analysis report 

 Site Survey 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will obtain a 2C, or 1A, certification letter for all Sites in conformance with applicable local, state and federal regulations and standard professional
practices. Boundary and Property surveys will be performed for Raw Land Sites in accordance with Company’s Technical Specifications for Site Surveys, referenced in Attachment 7 to this Exhibit C and available in Company’s SMS.
Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 2C certification letter, and if applicable 1A certification letters, uploaded into Company’s SMS. 

  

	 	•	 	 For Raw Land Sites, final signed and sealed survey forwarded to company and uploaded into Company’s SMS in .pdf and .dwg format for legal review

  

	6	National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”) Screening 

 Contractor agrees that within its scope of services will be a comprehensive investigation for actual or potential local, state, federal, or other jurisdictional environmental requirements, including, but not limited
to, the SARA Title III and Federal Communications Commission regulations regarding Environmental Assessments (e.g., FCC Rules on Environmental Impact, 47 CFR 1.1307, as amended) referred to as “Environmental Screening.” The
purpose of the NEPA screening process is to ensure all Sites are compliant with the NEPA rules. NEPA rules are written to determine if a proposed development has the potential for a significant environmental effect and are found in 47 CFR 1.1307.
Environmental compliance at local, state and federal levels is required prior to construction of any BTS facility. 
 Environmental
Screening. Contractor will coordinate closely all Site acquisition Work necessary to complete the environmental screening. 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will screen each identified Site for NEPA compliance, performing investigation and research by accessing local, state and federal information, electronic
and paper sources to successfully identify the presence/absence of NEPA environmental issues. Contractor will complete the NEPA compliance checklist (the “NEPA Compliance Checklist”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
C, Attachment 6, and supply such Checklist, together with all supporting documentation obtained during the investigation and research activities to Company. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will conduct the NEPA screening process by thoroughly evaluating each Site for the following criteria as outlined in the FCC NEPA regulations:

  

	 	•	 	 Is the proposed facility located in an officially designated wilderness area? 

  

	 	•	 	 Is the proposed facility located in a designated wildlife preserve? 

  

 16 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Will the proposed facility likely affect threatened or endangered species or designated critical inhabitates? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the proposed facility likely jeopardize the continued existence of any proposed endangered or threatened species? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the proposed facility likely result in the destruction or adverse modification of proposed critical habitats (as determined by the Endangered Species Act of
1973)? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the facility affect districts, Sites, buildings, structures or objects, significant in American history, archeology, engineering or culture, that are listed
(or eligible for listing) in the National Register of Historic Places? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the facility affect the Indian religious Sites? 

  

	 	•	 	 Is the facility located in a flood plain? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the construction of the proposed facility involve significant change in surface features (e.g., wetland fill, deforestation or water diversion)?

  

	 	•	 	 Is the proposed facility located in a residential neighborhood and required to be equipped with High Intensity lighting as defined by local zoning law?

  

	 	•	 	 Will the facility be located within one mile of a National Scenic or Historic Trail? 

  

	 	•	 	 Will the facility affect National Wild and Scenic Rivers? 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will provide information to answer the following NEPA screening question: 

 Will the facility result in human exposure to radiation in excess of applicable safety standards? 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will attend all meetings required by any state review agency as required and will prepare and send such notices, letters and communications to the
appropriate local, state and federal authorities as are necessary to support the review process. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will utilize and implement all aspects of Tribal notification, including the use of the FCC tower construction notification system.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will complete the documentation required for Site Historical Preservation Officer (“SHPO”)) and Tribal Historical Preservation
Officer (“THPO”) approvals from the applicable authorizing entity or otherwise self-certify in accordance with the Marine Preservation Act (“MPA”). If an analysis is required to obtain SHPO and THPO
questionnaires, Contractor will pay any third party fees incurred in the performance of the analysis, which will then be passed through to Company without mark up. Contractor will perform mitigation activities required for obtaining SHPO and THPO
approvals and the third party fees incurred in such effort will be passed through to Company without mark up. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will perform such “extraordinary” testing and studies Company requests. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company with a
cost quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will pay such governmental or third party fees as are necessary to perform the environmental services set forth in this SOW and such fees will be passed
through to Company without mark up. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 NEPA land use compliance report (in form of the completed NEPA Compliance Checklist) and all backup documentation uploaded into Company’s SMS

  

 17 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 NEPA land use compliance screening checklist uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 SHPO /THPO letters and approvals or MPA self-certification, if applicable, uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Other documents as Company may reasonably require 

 6.2 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will endeavor to approve or deny Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving
Contractor’s request. 
  

	7	Environmental Site Assessment 

 Contractor
will perform Phase I environmental site assessments identifying environmental concerns of a Site. Phase I services will be performed in accordance with the American Society of Testing and Materials (“ASTM”) Standard E
1527-05. For Collocation Sites, a copy of the Site owner’s clean environmental Site assessment is acceptable as long as such assessment has not been made more than six (6) months prior to Company’s and the Site landlord’s
execution of the applicable Lease. Phase II services (i.e., testing), asbestos testing, lead-based paint surveys and any environmental remediation or mitigation will be performed either directly by Company or through third party contractors on
behalf of the Company. If Company requests, Contractor will prepare the agreements on behalf of Company. Company will also be responsible for compliance with Part 15 and any other related parts of the Federal Communications Commission’s rules
and regulations (including the FCC’s OET Bulletin 65) as amended, regarding the suppression of radio frequency and electro-magnetic radiation and RF emissions. 
  

	8	Geotechnical Investigation 

 Contractor will
conduct a geotechnical investigation for Raw Land Sites and Sites as required by the engineer of record. Geotechnical investigations will be completed in accordance with the following: 
 8.1 Drilling, testing and geotechnical requirements 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will provide all tools, equipment, labor, qualified personnel and services to locate borings in the field, and to perform soil and rock borings,
sampling, observation well installation, laboratory testing, and reporting of results, including geotechnical engineering 

 8.2
Borings and Samples 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will coordinate start of Work with the property owner 

  

	 	¡	 	 All boring locations and clearing of the Site will be coordinated by Contractor prior to the drillers arriving at the Site. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will locate existing utilities prior to any drilling. Contractor will confirm that area to be drilled is free of existing facilities

  

	 	¡	 	 Borings will be made with appropriate equipment for the type of soil or rock and depth of hold. Casing or other methods will be used to prevent collapse of the
hole. Water level 

  

 18 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	 
readings will be taken in the open boreholes. Borings will be grouted up to surface at the completion of the field work. The grout will be a bentonite-cement
mix. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Samples will be obtained at not greater than fifteen (15) foot intervals and at all soil interfaces using standard penetration tests or thin wall Shelby tubes.
If bedrock is encountered prior to ten (10) foot depth for guyed and un-guyed towers, or prior to thirty (30) foot depth for monopoles, one five (5) foot core run will be made in the rock and then the boring will be terminated. When
rock boring is encountered, boring activities will be a pass through cost. Standard penetration test (“SPT”) split-barrel samples will be taken in non-cohesive soils; in cohesive soils, thin walled tube sample will be taken in
addition to SPT samples. Samples will be obtained to the following depths: 

  

	 	•	 	 Monopoles – 30 feet 

  

	 	•	 	 Guyed towers – 20 feet at each guy, 25 feet at tower center 

  

	 	•	 	 Self-support towers – 35 feet at tower center 

  

	 	¡	 	 SPT samples will be obtained in accordance with ASTM D 1586. These samples will be preserved in airtight clean glass jars, and labeled to show date, boring number,
sample number, blow count, and the depth at which the sample was taken. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Rock coring will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 2113. The drilling into rock will be done with a double or triple split-tube core barrel and side discharge
diamond bit. The core will have a minimum diameter of 2 1/8 inch. The rock core will be carefully placed in suitable core boxes that are partitioned so that the rock from each core will be kept separate. Rock cores will be suitably labeled and
arranged neatly in the boxes. The depths of the run, the amount of recovery, and the rock quality density (RQD) (the ratio, in percent, of the sum of the length of intact pieces of core greater than 4 inches to the length cored), will be clearly
marked. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Laboratory testing will be performed in accordance with the most recent standards. Laboratory testing will consist of the following tests when required based upon
Site conditions and geotechnical engineers recommendations: 

  

	 	•	 	 Identification tests 

  

	 	•	 	 Moisture content (ASTM D 2216) – clay 

  

	 	•	 	 Sieve Analysis (ASTM D 422) – sand 

  

	 	•	 	 Atterberg Limits (ASTM D 4318 – clay 

  

	 	•	 	 Chemical Analysis (chloride, sulfate, PH) 

  

	 	•	 	 Compaction, compressibility and strength tests 

  

	 	•	 	 Moisture density testing (ASTM D 698, ASTM D 1557) –only if backfill is required 

  

	 	•	 	 Unconfined compression test (ASTM D 2166 or ASTM D 2938)-clay on rock 

  

	 	•	 	 Unconsolidated undrained triaxial test (ASTM D 2850)-clay 

  

	 	•	 	 Consolidation test (ASTM D 2435)-clay, silty clay 

 8.3 Geotechnical Report. The following information will be obtained by field or laboratory test and summarized in the geotechnical report: 
  

	 	¡	 	 Soil classification and elevation-boring log with elevations 

  

	 	¡	 	 Site description-including accessibility, surface condition (i.e., slopes, vegetation, Site geology including seismic considerations and frost depth)

  

	 	¡	 	 Plot plan showing boring location 

  

	 	¡	 	 Standard penetration values 

  

 19 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	¡	 	 Unconfined compression strength 

  

	 	¡	 	 Angle of internal friction 

  

	 	¡	 	 Cohesion 

  

	 	¡	 	 “In-Situ” soil density and moisture content 

  

	 	¡	 	 Location of groundwater table-seasonal and permanent levels 

  

	 	¡	 	 Copy of signed and sealed geotechnical report containing boring logs and results of the laboratory tests uploaded into Company’s SMS

  

	9	Soil Resistivity Testing (Raw Land Only) 

 Contractor will perform soil resistivity testing in accordance with industry standard practice. Contractor will perform Site resistance to earth testing in accordance with industry standard practice. 
  

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 Soil resistivity data report document uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Site resistance to earth data report document, uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	10	Foundation Design (Purchased with Tower) 

 This scope is optional and not part of Contractor’s Work under the Base Cell Site Unit Prices. Contractor will procure these services from the Vendor supplying the tower. Such costs are to be passed through to Company subject to a
three (3) percent mark-up and no other markup. 
 10.1 Foundations. Contractor will procure foundation designs for Company’s
telecommunications towers in accordance with the following information: 
  

	 	¡	 	 The foundation design will fit within the lesser of the boundaries of the leased area or identified obstructions. The structural design will be based on a
geotechnical report provided by Contractor, the applicable revision of ANSI/TIA-222 and ACI 318 meeting state, county, municipality, city and local jurisdictional requirements. Soil parameters will be based upon the geotechnical report. Standard,
presumptive, or normative soil parameters will not be used. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Foundation designs will be achieved by utilizing competent industry practices, applicable codes and standards. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Tower details. The tower company will provide tower data. This will include the number, size, and length of anchor bolts, anchor bolt template dimensions, and
anchor bolt circle dimensions for a steel tower. Data will include cross sectional information including dimensions, moment of inertia, and section modules for concrete poles. Laminated wood pole Contractors will provide dimensions of the towers and
wood property information. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Drawings and Calculations 

  

	 	¡	 	 Foundation requirements will be detailed on 11” x 17” or 24” x 36” drawings as required by local jurisdictions, or as requested by Company. All
drawings will be created using AutoCAD. Drawings will include all details required for the construction of the foundations including, but not limited to major dimensions, horizontal and vertical reinforcement details, size and location of anchor
bolts, and spacing and orientation of multiple piece foundations. Maximum structure loads will be shown on the drawings. Drawings and calculations will be sealed by a Professional Engineer in the appropriate State. 

  

 20 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 Signed and sealed structural calculations and design drawings uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	 	•	 	 Sufficient number of original foundation drawings as required by the local review agency 

 10.2 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will endeavor to approve or deny
Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving Contractor’s request. 
  

	11	Construction Drawings 

  

	 	¡	 	 Overview – The purpose of construction drawings is to develop Site specific design drawings that can be used to obtain construction permits and as field
documents for construction. The drawings will meet all Company, local, state, federal standards, codes and zoning requirements. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will perform all design and other Work necessary to develop construction drawings and specifications for installation of Company’s wireless BTS
cabinets/shelters, towers and associated equipment sufficient to obtain a building permit 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will participate in all design review meetings requested by Company 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will address design review comments after review by appropriate jurisdictions and agencies 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor’s architects and engineers will be licensed in the state in which Work is being performed 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will verify and provide the jurisdictional requirements for signing and sealing of construction documents 

  

	 	¡	 	 For each Site type, Contractor will use as its baseline the corresponding model drawings uploaded into Company’s SMS and with the reference numbers set forth
in Exhibit C, Attachment 7 hereto and will ensure that all Sites are built based on the standards and specifications set forth therein, unless Company otherwise specifies. 

 11.1 Design information 
  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will develop design from Site visit(s) and specifications using Company provided generic layout designs, standard details, standard construction
specifications, and all information and documentation produced by the Network Vendors, including the RF vendor and backhaul vendor, that are relevant to the design of the Site and received prior to Site Acquisition Notice to Proceed. Included among
such documentation is the RF Site Configuration Sheet completed by the RF vendor, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, Attachment 8 and the backhaul vendor, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, Attachment 9.
These documents will be uploaded into Company’s SMS. The design will be based on the use of these documents, which will be considered the standard design template for all cabinet layout designs. These templates and standard details will be used
to the maximum extent practical where applicable and be supplemented with Site-specific designs and details. 

  

 21 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	¡	 	 Work will include, but not be limited to design and detail of minor modifications to existing structures, such as, framing of roof, floor and wall openings and
design of BTS frame attachment points, which do not affect the overall strength of the existing structures. Design must include penetrations, seals and refinishes required for damage to existing finishes. All electrical, mechanical, structural, and
grounding designs will be of sufficient detail to meet Company specifications, be used as construction drawings, and meet local, state, and federal standards for engineering design. Contractor will analyze existing structures to determine structural
adequacy to support the proposed new and any deemed future equipment and Site utilities to service the equipment. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Design developed by Contractor will incorporate and reflect all relevant information for the current installation including, but not limited to the following:

  

	 	•	 	 Survey 

  

	 	•	 	 RF configuration sheet 

  

	 	•	 	 Geotechnical investigation report 

  

	 	•	 	 Soil resistivity report 

  

	 	•	 	 Site specific information 

  

	 	•	 	 Tower design 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor standard construction specifications 

  

	 	•	 	 Scale dimensions on the construction documents to precisely locate towers, antennas, equipment and equipment platforms, fencing and other required items needed to
construct the Site 

  

	 	•	 	 Dimensions on Raw Land, Collocation, and Water Tower Sites will be shown in relation to Lease boundaries or corners to scale 

  

	 	•	 	 Dimensions on Rooftop Sites will provide scale information to accurately locate equipment platforms over existing columns and beams from visible features.

  

	 	•	 	 Consistent with the Site type model drawings loaded in Company’s SMS with the reference numbers listed in Exhibit C, Attachment 7, designs will allow
for future equipment installation with minimum disruption of service and revisions to Site 

  

	 	•	 	 If any construction drawings produced do not meet the warranty standards set fort in the Agreement, Contractor will inform Company in writing.

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will use reasonable efforts to obtain existing plans, calculations, and other relevant information necessary to complete construction documents.

 11.2 All Sites-Construction Drawings 
  

	 	¡	 	 General information 

  

	 	•	 	 All drawings will be created using AutoCAD R-14 or higher 

  

	 	•	 	 All drawings will indicate true north 

  

	 	¡	 	 Packages will include title cover sheets with the following information: 

  

	 	•	 	 Market name 

  

	 	•	 	 Site name, Site number 

  

 22 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Complete address including county/parish and zip code 

  

	 	•	 	 Site type, (e.g. Raw Land, Rooftop, Monopole, Water Tower, Flagpole) 

  

	 	•	 	 Current zoning classification 

  

	 	•	 	 Site owner’s name, address, and contact information 

  

	 	•	 	 Company contact representative, name, address and contact information 

  

	 	•	 	 Architectural and engineering firm name, address, and contract information 

  

	 	•	 	 Survey firm name, address, and contact information 

  

	 	•	 	 Electrical utility name, address, and contact information 

  

	 	•	 	 Telephone company name, address, and contact information 

  

	 	•	 	 Drawing index 

  

	 	•	 	 Revision index 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor verified vicinity map and directions to Site 

  

	 	•	 	 Abbreviations, symbols and materials description 

  

	 	•	 	 Licensing information stamp box 

  

	 	•	 	 “Call Before Digging” phone number for that city 

  

	 	•	 	 Approval box with signatures from such persons as Company reasonably determines. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Civil Sheets will include the following as required: 

  

	 	•	 	 Survey, access road, and utility easement plan information 

  

	 	•	 	 Erosion control plans and details with specifications for the Site clearing, grubbing, and disposal of soils 

  

	 	•	 	 Access road grading, elevations, details, and drainage features, (e.g., culverts, swales). 

  

	 	•	 	 Site grading, elevations, and details with contours and spot elevations for top of tower foundation, top of platform foundation, finish grades for compound, Site
and access road 

  

	 	•	 	 Identify AC power route from main power supply to Company equipment, showing meter loop location, if applicable 

  

	 	¡	 	 Architectural sheets will include the following as required: 

  

	 	•	 	 Scaled Site plans with required dimensioning to accurately locate towers, equipment, equipment platforms, fencing, future installations, and other items required to
construct the Site 

  

	 	•	 	 Elevations with required dimensioning to accurately show total height of structures, antenna heights, and relationship of ground or Rooftop equipment to antennas
and towers 

  

	 	•	 	 To scale roof plans with required dimensioning to locate equipment platforms, equipment, antenna mounts, antennas, coax cable tray runs, and future installations

  

	 	•	 	 Equipment plans to scale, to locate Company’ BTS equipment cabinet/shelter, power protection racks, electrical and telco racks, coax cable trays, and conduit
runs 

  

	 	•	 	 Details and specifications, for all types of roof, wall, and floor penetrations 

  

 23 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Details, fencing details, specifications, standards for acceptable construction techniques, and manufacturer’s recommendations 

  

	 	¡	 	 Structural sheets will include the following, as required: 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural plans with required dimensions to locate foundations, equipment cabinet/shelters, and antenna supports, 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural details and specifications with required dimensions to construct and fabricate foundations, equipment cabinet/shelter, antenna brackets and supports.

  

	 	•	 	 BTS equipment cabinet/shelter foundations 

  

	 	¡	 	 Electrical sheets will include the following as required: 

  

	 	•	 	 Site plan with general notes and details 

  

	 	•	 	 One-line diagram with conductor and conduit size 

  

	 	•	 	 Panel schedules, meter, disconnect, and bus-way details, specifications and plans only when required to interface with power source 

  

	 	¡	 	 At project completion, Contractor will produce AutoCAD generated drawings that reflect the existing “as-built” conditions of the Site. Drawings will be
clearly labeled as “as-builts”. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will produce such additional drawings as Company deems necessary for local advisory board meetings and submissions. Contractor will pass through to
Company the cost for such drawings without markup. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 Final signed and sealed construction drawings in quantities, without limit, required by the local review agency 

  

	 	•	 	 Final signed and sealed construction drawings uploaded into Company’s SMS in .pdf and .dwg format showing Site number, Site name, drawing name, and drawing
dates 

  

	 	•	 	 Site owner signed construction drawings 

  

	 	•	 	 Signed and sealed as-built drawings uploaded into Company’s SMS in .pdf and .dwg format 

  

	 	•	 	 Other documents as Company may reasonably require. 

 11.3 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will endeavor to approve or deny Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving
Contractor’s request. 
  

	12	Construction Permits 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will identify all permits and approvals required for construction, including all required electrical and building permits. Contractor will apply for,
coordinate and track permits for each Site. Contractor will pay such third party permit and application fees, which fee will be passed through to Company without mark up. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will ensure appropriate Site owner(s) authorization is obtained if required by the local review agency 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will verify the E-911 address for each Site, or obtain the E-911 address if not previously assigned 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will provide as many signed and sealed construction drawings and calculations necessary to completely describe the project 

 

 24 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of construction permit applications and all applicable filing fee check(s) 

  

	 	•	 	 Construction permits delivered to Site for posting 

  

	 	•	 	 Copy of construction permits uploaded into Company’s SMS; and E-911 address uploaded into Company’s SMS 

  

	13	Cost of Construction 

 At such time when
Contractor submits all Deliverables required to show completion of all of the Site acquisition activities listed above, Contractor will provide a firm estimate on the Site’s cost of construction. Such estimate will be submitted in the form of a
bill of materials detailing Materials to be procured for the Site and the associated cost, all Pass-Through Costs, the Base Cell Site Unit Price for construction, and such other costs Contractor estimates for services not covered under the Base Cell
Site Unit Price. 
  

	14	Material and Utility Procurement Logistics 

  

	 	¡	 	 Materials 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will procure, order, and track all materials including tower, tower lighting kits, antennas, coax cable and accessories and Contractor will take
delivery, and handle logistics and storage of such materials and equipment. 

  

	 	•	 	 Material costs (not including Consumables) will be passed through to Company at cost plus six (6%) percent markup. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Power Utility Service 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will conduct all activities associated with ordering, design, and installation of incoming electrical services (Only for Raw Lands) and will pay the
associated fees. Fees paid to utility companies for power installation will be passed through to Company, without mark up. Contractor will procure such power upgrades as Company deems necessary for the Site. Prior to obtaining such upgrades,
Contractor will provide a cost quote to Company, which will be subject to Company approval. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will be responsible for all coordination with the local service provider (LSP) to place orders, and schedule delivery date for service to the Site.
Contractor will attend all coordination meetings as requested by the LSP. (Raw Land only) 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will provide any conduits (up to the lengths provided for in Section 15 of this Exhibit C), if not provided by the LSP, and other required ancillary
equipment including conductors, connectors and transformers. The cost of such other ancillary equipment will be passed through to Company at cost plus 6%. Prior to ordering such other ancillary equipment, Contractor will provide a quote to Company
for the cost of the materials and equipment and the installation of such materials and equipment, which will be subject to Company approval. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will pay all utility easement fees which fees will be passed through to Company, without markup. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will secure metered or tapped temporary power if necessary, the cost of which will be passed through to Company at cost plus 6%. Either Company directly
or Contractor, as company’s agent, will furnish temporary generators, if required prior to Site Acceptance. 

  

 25 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Contractor will coordinate with the local power companies and ensure that all activities required for the provisioning of power from the right of way to the
Site’s point of demarcation are completed. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will provide Company with all information regarding cell Site utility set-up 

  

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables: 

  

	 	•	 	 Utility set-up form uploaded into Company’s SMS for use in establishing the utility account 

  

	15	Construction Services 

 15.1 Construction Services.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will complete all Work for construction of Company’s wireless Sites as described in this scope of services. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will examine all drawings and project documents, and visit the Site to ascertain personally by investigation and observation, the extent and character of
the Work to be performed, the location and availability of the various utilities and present condition of the Site prior to commencing any construction activities. 

  

	 	¡	 	 All Work will comply with all applicable federal, state, county and/or city regulations, laws and codes. All required permits will be obtained prior to start of
construction. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will coordinate construction activities with Site owner and comply with any special conditions of the Site Lease Agreement pertaining to construction
hours and Site access. Any required fees for entrance and testing will be passed through to Company with no mark-up. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will erect all towers as necessary for Raw Land sites only. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install ice bridges up to thirty (30) linear feet in length. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor’s acquisition and use of cranes is covered in the Base Cell Site Unit Price for Raw Lands and Flagpoles only. 

  

	 	¡	 	 If requested, Contractor will install tower lighting required for visibility on all structures and such Work must be done in accordance with FAA rules, regulations
and standards. Contractor will provide a cost quote to Company, which will be subject to Company approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 If Company requests, Contractor will install all required FAA and FCC required markings. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company a cost quote
for the work, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will build for Raw Land Sites, a Site access road, with surface gravel, that is up to 100 feet in length. If construction of a gravel access road that is
longer than the 100 feet base length is required, then Contractor will charge Company for the excess linear footage at the applicable Supplemental Unit Prices set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 5. If Company requests that the access road be
paved, Contractor will perform such paving at the Supplemental Unit Prices set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 5. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will ensure that all Raw Land and Flagpole Sites contain power conduits that are up to 300 feet in length providing at least 100 amps in electrical
service and Contractor will perform utility trenching as required. If power conduit installation in 

  

 26 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	 
excess of 300 feet is required, then Contractor may charge Company for the utility retrenching and excess linear footage at the applicable Supplemental Unit
Prices set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 5. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will ensure that all Collocation and Water Tower Sites contain power conduits that are up to 50 feet in length providing at least 100 amps in electrical
service. If power conduit installation in excess of 50 feet is required, then Contractor may charge Company for the excess linear footage at the applicable Supplemental Unit Prices set forth in Exhibit F, Attachment 5.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will perform all grounding system verification tests per Company specifications. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install, sweep and label all coaxial cable per Company specifications. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install all global positioning system (“GPS”) mounts, RF antennas, mounts, sector frames and all RF surge suppressors.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will ground all lines at the tower bases, at the entrance to cabinets and buildings, and at intermediate points per Company’s specifications.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install a six (6) foot chain link fence around Raw Land and Flagpole compound areas and will gravel the compound area.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install concrete foundation or modular platforms at the Site for equipment installation and will perform all required ground leveling. The
installation of non-modular equipment platforms will be considered a structural modification. Prior to performing such structural modification, Contractor will provide to Company a cost quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install all tower foundations (For Raw Land and Flagpole Sites only) 

  

	 	¡	 	 If required, Contractor will build out tenant improvement rooms or shelters. Prior to performing any such work, Contractor will provide Company a cost quote, which
will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 If required, Contractor will perform directional boring for the Site. Prior to providing any landscaping work, Contractor will provide Company a cost quote, which
will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 If required by jurisdiction or landlord requirements, Contractor will provide landscaping for the Site. Prior to providing any landscaping work, Contractor will
provide Company a cost quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will clear the Site of all debris and construction equipment after construction is complete. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will arrange all Company Site walk-throughs with the appropriate Company-designated personnel (e.g., Company personnel in Field Operations or
Implementation and/or a Vendor Quality Specialist) in order for Company to assess Contractor’s achievement of the Ready-to-Set Milestone and Site Acceptance Milestone, Contractor’s correction of any defects or errors identified in any
punch-list prepared by or on behalf of Company, and Contractor’s completion of the Work required to achieve such Milestones. Contractor will participate in all such walk-throughs. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Additionally, Contractor will perform such pre-Site Acceptance inspections with the RF or backhaul Network Vendors as Company requests.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will be responsible for any and all Site corrections required by Site inspection activities including, but not limited to special inspectors, agency
inspections, Company inspections, punch-list walks and Network Operations HOC (Hand-off checklist) walks. 

  

 27 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will install self support or guyed towers on Raw Land candidates if Company deems necessary. Prior to installing any such towers, Contractor will provide
Company a cost quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will extend the Collocation compound for BTS equipment placement if necessary. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company a cost
quote, which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will perform Rooftop mapping and tower mapping if requested by Company. Prior to performing such mapping, Contractor will provide Company a cost quote,
which will be subject to Company’s approval. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Design Changes: Changes to Site design made by the Company during the construction phase of the program will be communicated to the Contractor prior to their
implementation in the field. Changes that impact the structural adequacy or integrity of existing structures will require the review and concurrence of a Professional Engineer (PE) licensed in the state of which the Work is being performed.

  

	 	¡	 	 Roof penetrations required for installation of structural modifications and equipment platform connections required in order to support the addition of the proposed
Company loading. Note: All penetrations will be installed and weather proofed per the roofing manufacturer’s instructions to guarantee validity of all warranties. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will be responsible for all soil conditions other than rock that requires drilling and or blasting or Unknown Conditions set forth in Section 11 of
body of the Agreement. Upon encountering rock or other Unknown Conditions, Contractor will inform Company of such condition and provide Company with cost quote for the drilling or blasting of the affect of other Unknown Condition, which will be
subject to Company approval before the commencement of drilling or blasting. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will ensure that the Site is Ready-To-Set which will include ensuring that the following has occurred: 

  

	 	•	 	 All commercial power has been delivered; 

  

	 	•	 	 All electrical inspections have been performed, completed and reveal no deficiencies or problems; 

  

	 	•	 	 All Line Sweep tests have been conducted, completed and accepted per the TSN_OPS_3_POL – Radio Frequency Cable Standards V1.0; 

  

	 	•	 	 All Ground test report has been completed and accepted, per the Company Specifications for Grounding Rev B DRAFT 051007 document 

 Contractor will notify the RF Network Vendor that the Site is Ready-To-Set upon Company’s approval. 
 15.2 Company Approval. With regard to any cost set forth in this section which requires Company approval, Company will endeavor to approve or deny
Contractor’s request within five (5) Business Days of receiving Contractor’s request. 
 15.3 Construction Complete. For each
Site, Contractor will notify Company in writing when it has performed the Work and submitted all Deliverables required to achieve the Construction Complete Milestone through the submission into the SMS of the completed Construction Completion
Checklist (such notice is referred to herein as “Construction Complete Notice To Company”). Contractor agrees that its right to the Construction Complete Milestone payment is conditioned upon Contractor’s provision to Company of all
Deliverables required above 

  

 28 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 
and Contractor’s completion, to Company’s approval, of all tasks and provision of all Deliverables set forth in the checklist attached hereto as
Exhibit C, Attachment 11. Additionally, Contractor must provide the completed checklist signed by an Authorized Representative of Contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Work with respect to a Site that Company deems not
to be material to the achievement of the Construction Complete Milestone cannot reasonably be completed due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Contractor, such as painting or landscaping when weather conditions do not permit, the
Parties will agree on a completion date for the incomplete items which is reasonable under the circumstances, and the Work at such Site will for all other purposes be deemed complete. 
 If, within seven (7) Business Days after Company’s receipt of the Construction Complete Notice To Company, Company does not notify Contractor of any deficiency in the Work or Deliverables or fails to
acknowledge its approval, then the Construction Complete Milestone will be deemed complete and accepted by Company. With respect to any data listed by Company as incomplete or Work or Deliverable requiring correction or resubmission, Contractor will
complete such activity and the above acceptance procedure will be repeated. 
  

	16	Construction Documentation and Closeout 

  

	 	¡	 	 General 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will be responsible for coordinating all construction inspections and project documentation. Contractor will participate in all Company Site
walk-throughs for Site Acceptance 

  

	 	•	 	 Contractor will be responsible for all construction closeout documentation 

  

	 	¡	 	 Tests and inspections – construction inspections and project documentation may include, but is not limited to the following: 

  

	 	•	 	 Engineered ground ring 

  

	 	•	 	 Photographs showing all open excavations prior to backfilling showing a tape measure visible in the excavations indicating depth 

  

	 	•	 	 Photographs showing all conductors and connectors 

  

	 	•	 	 Photographs to verify bend radius of ground wires and ground rod spacing 

  

	 	•	 	 Photographs of all test wells showing ground ring and ground rod test connections. 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete forming-photographs showing all reinforcing steel, utility and conduit stub outs 

  

	 	•	 	 Trenching-photographs of all trenches after conduit of transport material has been placed but prior to backfill. Photographs will clearly show a tape measure
visible in the excavations indicating depth 

  

	 	•	 	 Tower assembly 

  

	 	•	 	 Inspection and photographs of section stacking 

  

	 	•	 	 Inspection and photographs of platform component attachment points 

  

	 	•	 	 Photograph of tower top grounding 

  

	 	•	 	 Photos of tower top coax line color coding and coding at the ground level 

  

	 	•	 	 Site layout-photographs of the overall compound, including equipment platform from all four compass points 

  

	 	•	 	 Finished utilities 

  

 29 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Photographs of the Main Service breaker panel 

  

	 	•	 	 Close-up photograph of the inside of all panels 

  

	 	•	 	 Close-up photograph of the power meter and disconnect 

  

	 	¡	 	 The following special test reports will be required where applicable: 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete test cylinder break reports 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural backfill compaction reports 

  

	 	¡	 	 Using standard forms, the following tests and inspections must be performed and documented: 

  

	 	•	 	 Site resistance to earth testing 

  

	 	•	 	 Coax cable sweep tests per Company’s, antenna transmission line acceptance standards 

  

	 	•	 	 Post construction height verification (PCHV) form will be completed 

  

	 	•	 	 Antenna verification form for azimuths and downtilt 

  

	 	¡	 	 Where applicable the Contractor will supply the following material certifications: 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete mix design 

  

	 	•	 	 Mill certifications for all reinforcing and structural steel 

  

	 	•	 	 Asphalt paving mix design 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will be responsible for coordinating all inspections required by any local, state or federal agency. All inspection results must be provided to the
Company 

  

	 	¡	 	 All documentation, including photographs, will be uploaded into Company’s SMS unless otherwise requested. All documentation will be reviewed and approved by
Company before the Site will be declared construction complete 

  

	 	¡	 	 Deliverables (where applicable): 

  

	 	•	 	 Site resistance to earth test results 

  

	 	•	 	 Coax sweep test results 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete cylinder break test results 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural backfill compaction report 

  

	 	•	 	 Mill certifications/reinforcement certifications 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete mix design 

  

	 	•	 	 Antenna verification form 

  

	 	•	 	 Post construction height verification results 

  

	 	•	 	 All construction photos 

  

	17	Site Acceptance 

 Contractor acknowledges and
agrees that for purposes of this Agreement, including Contractor’s right to the Site Acceptance Milestone payment, “Site Acceptance” will be deemed to occur when (a) Contractor has furnished all Deliverables described in Sections
15 and 16 above and the Site Acceptance Package described below; (b) Company has accepted and approved Contractor’s documentation; (c) a formal walk-through of the Site has occurred with no punch list items remaining, and
(d) Company has issued an Acceptance Certificate approving the Contractor’s Work. At this point, the requirements for the Site Acceptance payment Milestone will have been met. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Work with respect to a Site that Company deems not to be material to the operation of the Site cannot
reasonably be completed due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Contractor, such as painting or landscaping when weather conditions do not permit, the Parties will agree on a completion date for the incomplete items which is reasonable
under the circumstances, and the Work at such Site will for all other purposes be deemed complete. 
  

 30 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 For each Site, Contractor will notify Company in writing when it has completed all Work and submitted all
Deliverables, including the Site Acceptance Package, required hereunder to achieve the Site Acceptance Milestone (such notice is referred to herein as “Site Acceptance Notice To Company”). 
 If, within seven (7) Business Days of Contractor’s Site Acceptance Notice to Company, Company does not notify Contractor of any deficiency in
the Work or any Deliverable or fails to acknowledge its approval, then Site Acceptance will be deemed complete and accepted by Company. With respect to any data listed by Company as incomplete or Work or any Deliverable, Contractor will complete
such activity and the above acceptance procedure will be repeated. 
 All construction documentation must be submitted to the Company for
review, approval and sign-off through Company’s SMS. Contractor should anticipate that all the information required by Company might not be readily available in a digital format initially. Contractor must provide all scanning services required
to satisfy Work requirements. Identified below are the primary documentation requirements for said file. Since some documentation may not be applicable to all situations, Contractor will make notations identifying those documents that are not
applicable. 
 Contractor’s completed Site Acceptance Package will be deemed complete for the purposes of the Site Acceptance Milestone
Payment when it includes the following items: 
  

	 	•	 	 Site cataloging form with Site map 

  

	 	•	 	 Property keys and access cards 

  

	 	•	 	 Operating manuals 

  

	 	•	 	 Parcel maps/Assessor’s maps 

  

	 	•	 	 Site Access Data Sheet 

  

	 	•	 	 Soils report 

  

	 	•	 	 Final approved construction drawings – marked “As Built” and signed off by Contractor and Company 

  

	 	•	 	 Shelter drawings (if applicable) 

  

	 	•	 	 Tower mapping 

  

	 	•	 	 Tower analysis & designs 

  

	 	•	 	 Stamped Tower and foundation drawings 

  

	 	•	 	 Concrete test results for all structural concrete placements 

  

	 	•	 	 Documentation of performed Land Surveys 

  

	 	•	 	 Documentation of performed Geotechnical Services 

  

	 	•	 	 Documentation of performed Phase 1 Environmental Site Assessments 

  

	 	•	 	 All required Notices and Intend Filings 

  

	 	•	 	 Structural Analysis calculations 

  

	 	•	 	 Drawings for Department of Public Health compliance received (if applicable) 

  

	 	•	 	 Certification of all required construction inspection and material testing 

  

	 	•	 	 Construction Control affidavits (only in jurisdictions where applicable) 

  

 31 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	 	•	 	 Building Permit application and original building permit signed off (building & electrical) or Certificate of Occupancy 

  

	 	•	 	 Equipment warranties 

  

	 	•	 	 Lien releases 

  

	 	•	 	 One full set of RF coax sweep test results 

  

	 	•	 	 One copy of grounding test report (maximum of 5 ohms or less; or some other value agreed to by Company) 

  

	 	•	 	 FAA submittal 

  

	 	•	 	 FAA approval with 2C certification 

  

	 	•	 	 Project photos 

  

	 	•	 	 All construction correspondence, notes & memos between and/or among Company, Contractor, landlords, or jurisdictions pertaining to the Site, or to other
parties to the extent that such communications are material to the construction of the Site 

  

	 	•	 	 Completed punch list (in the event that the punch list cannot be completed due to certain items (e.g., planting grass) not being complete as a result of seasonal
weather conditions, a partially completed punch list is acceptable. However, the items not completed must be limited to the items that are delayed due to the season. Once those items are completed, the final completed punch list must be uploaded
into Company’s SMS. 

  

	18	Project Reporting 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor’s Market Deployment Team will provide the Program Management Office (PMO) with weekly reports showing project status at the market and Site level
and other ad hoc reports as requested by Company. This status report format will be provided to Contractor by Company. The report will contain Site number, the Milestones for each Site, including the baseline date, scheduled completion date and
actual completion date. Additionally, Contractor will provide such Milestone completion forecasting reports as Company requests. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Report information will be transmitted to Company via electronic means as required. This information will provide a basis for progress monitoring and payment.

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor’s Market Deployment Team representatives will participate in all PMO project conference calls (as described more fully in Exhibit B hereto)
and will be required to communicate Site status, Milestone completions and upcoming Milestone projections, and answer any other Site status questions as necessary 

  

	 	¡	 	 Additional items may be added to the report as reasonably determined necessary by Company 

  

	19	Quality Assurance & Control 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will comply at all times with Company’s Quality Assurance (QA) Program and Contractor’s Project Quality Plan, which

  

	 	¡	 	 will be prepared by the Contractor in conjunction with the Contractor’s project execution plan and consistent with the Company’s QA Program. This plan
will identify policies, procedures, and inspection requirements for each market. The Project Quality Plan will be maintained current, documenting inspections and provide the guidelines for the documentation and reporting requirements of the
inspection reports 

  

 32 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

	20	Health & Safety Program 

  

	 	¡	 	 Safety on the job is an important consideration for Contractor. Contractor will at all times conduct all work operations under their responsibilities in a safe
manner to avoid the risk of endangerment to health, bodily harm to persons, and damage to property. Contractor will comply with all safety requirements per any applicable occupational safety and health standards as set for the by the U.S. Department
of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”). 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor must have stringent policies and procedures to establish work safety requirements while performing tasks within each market project. These procedures
cover Site management for safe working conditions to electrical “lockout” procedures for personnel safety. Contractor’s health and safety plan must follow the regulations established by federal, state and local regulating agencies
(e.g., OSHA) 

  

	 	¡	 	 Contractor will assure that appropriate emergency procedures are in place for each market prior to market mobilization. The emergency procedures must address
emergency notification via calling trees, assembly areas, and assignment of responsibilities in the event of an emergency situation. This information will be provided to the Company. 

  

	 	¡	 	 Emergency procedures and calling trees must be placed in an easily accessible, central location (for example a break room or bulletin board) for reference by all
employees. 

  

	 	¡	 	 This procedure will be maintained current and posted at the Market office and will be made electronically available via the internet. 

 

	21	Costs and Division of Responsibility 

 Contractor agrees that unless otherwise expressly stated in this Scope of Work or the “Pricing Categorization” matrix attached hereto as Exhibit F, Attachment 4 and Exhibit F, Attachment 5, all tasks and items set
forth in this SOW are covered in the Base Cell Site Unit Price. Contractor further agrees that with respect all tasks or items falling under the “Optional Items” column in Exhibit F, Attachment 4, Company may, in its sole
discretion, either ask for a firm fixed fee quote from Contractor or ask that Contractor provide quotes from third parties to conduct the Work on a pass through basis, subject to the three (3) percent mark-up and no other mark up. In the event
that Company elects to ask for third party bids, Company will have the right to approve or add vendors to be invited to bid. 
 In addition to
the tasks and items in this Exhibit C, Contractor will perform the tasks set forth on Exhibit C, Attachment 12 hereto for which Contractor is designated as “Responsible” in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The Work in
this Exhibit C, including Attachment 12 hereto, will apply to all Site types (described more fully below) unless expressly provided otherwise herein. Contractor will not be responsible for performing the activities for which Company is
designated as “Responsible” in the Site Development Division of Responsibilities attached hereto as Attachment 12. 
  

	22	Other Definitions 

 “Collocation
Site” means a Site where an existing tower is utilized (Monopole, self support, guyed, but non utility) and compound (with electrical and telephone hookups) to install the equipment and antennas. 
  

 33 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 “Consumables” means items including the following: silt fence, sand, gravel,
geotech fabric, tie wire, form lumber, concrete (equipment pad, tower foundation), Rebar, sac-crete, miscellaneous mounting hardware, i.e., screws, etc., tie wraps, control wire termination lugs, cad welds, sealants, weather proofing kits electrical
tape, marking tape, fuels, and lubricants. Consumables are part of the Base Cell Site Unit Prices. 
 “Flagpole” means
a Raw Land Site where the new tower is a flagpole. 
 “Lease” and “Leasing” means any lease,
license or collocation agreement required for Company’s use of space on all structures including without limitation, a tower lease agreement, tower license agreement, rooftop sublease, site lease, site sublease, site license, rooftop license.

 “Master Lease Agreement” or “MLA” means a lease, license or collocation agreement which
provides an overall framework for the acquisition of multiple Sites, using a pre-agreed upon Site specific contracting format. 
 “Monopole” means the tower constructed on a Raw Land Site. 
 “Rooftop” means a type
of Site where the antennas and equipment are installed on the roof of a building. All requirements applicable to “Rooftop” Sites apply to feederless models except that feederless models shall be built in accordance with the corresponding
specifications referenced in Attachment 7 to this Exhibit C . 
 “Raw Land” means a type of Site where no
facilities (tower or compound) are located, and where the compound and a new tower must be constructed from the ground up, i.e., a Greenfield. The new tower will only be a Monopole. 
 “Site Lease Agreement” means a site specific agreement, controlled by a Master Lease Agreement. 
 “Water Tower” means a Collocation Site where the existing tower is a water tank. 
  

 34 
  

			
	EXHIBIT C – SITE DEVELOPMENT SCOPE OF WORK	  	TERRESTAR NETWORKS PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 1

 SARF – Site Acquisition Request Form 
 SARF SITE WDC-0000 
  

					
	[***] RF	    		  	
	Contact:	    	John Smith	  	Date: 1/1/2007
			
	Site Code:	    	WDC-0000	  	
	Cluster:	    	WDC-C-01	  	
	Area:	    	CORE- Shopping mall and the adjacent next buildings on X street
	Latitude:	    	25.000	  	
	Longitude:	    	-80.000	  	
	Search Ring radius (km):	    	0.99	  	

 ANTENNA / EQUIPMENT PLAN 
  

											
	1	 	TBD	 	~30m	 	0	 	0	 	2
	2	 	TBD	 	~30m	 	120	 	0	 	2
	3	 	TBD	 	~30m	 	240	 	0	 	2

 MAP with areas of interest that need to be covered 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  		  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 1 Site Acquisition Request Form
	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 2 
 SITE CANDIDATE INFORMATION PACKAGE 
 (See attached) 

 Execution Copy 
  

 

 
 Site Candidate Information Package (“SCIP”) 
 TerreStar ATC Project 
  

					
	SCIP NO:	 	  
	  	

  

					
			
	DATE SUBMITTED:	  	 mm/dd/yr
	  	

  

					
	RF VENDOR SITE CODE NO. (FROM SARF)	    	  
	 	
	RF VENDOR CLUSTER NO. (FROM SARF)	    	  
	 	

  

					
	SITE TYPE:	    	  
	 	
			
	CANDIDATE NAME:	    	  
	 	

  

									
	TERRESTAR SITE NUMBER (PER TERRESTAR
NUMBERING CONVENTION)	 	  
	 	TERRESTAR MARKET	 	  
	  	

  

									
		 	 ENTER CANDIDATE
 LETTER
	 		 	 ENTER # OF CANDIDATES
 SUBMITTED
	  	
		 	(A, B OR C)	 		 		  	
	THIS IS CANDIDATE	 	  
	 	Of	 	  
	  	CANDIDATES SUBMITTED FOR SEARCH RING

 This SCIP is respectfully submitted as a viable candidate pursuant to the Master Services Agreement between
TerreStar Networks Inc. and Bechtel Communications Inc. 
  

					
	MARKET MANAGER	 	  
	  	DATE:
                                       
 
	                        PRINT NAME	 	  
	  	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 SITE CANDIDATE INFORMATION PACKAGE – “SCIP” 
  

							
	SITE ACQUISITION FIRM:	 	  
	 	SITE ACQUISITION SPECIALIST:	 	  

	PHONE NUMBER:	 	  
	 	PHONE NUMBER (CELL):	 	  

 CHECKLIST OF REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS:

							
	    ü	 		    	
			
	        	 	1	    	ENTRY & TESTING AGREEMENT (IF REQUIRED)
	        	 	 2
	    	CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE REQUEST (IF REQUIRED)
	        	 	 3
	    	ORIGINAL SEARCH AREA FORM
	        	 	 4
	    	STREET MAP WITH SITE MARKED
	        	 	 5
	    	TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP WITH SITE MARKED (MUST SHOW ELEVATIONS,
CONTOUR INTERVAL & DATUM
	        	 	 6
	    	TAX MAP WITH SITE MARKED
	        	 	 7
	    	ZONING MAP WITH SITE MARKED
	        	 	 8
	    	100 YEAR FLOOD PLAIN MAP WITH SITE MARKED
	        	 	 9
	    	EXISTING SURVEY / PLAT OF PROPERTY
	        	 	 10
	    	UNDERLYING LEASE	  	 ̈  NOT APPLICABLE
	        	 	 11
	    	MEMORANDUM OF UNDERLYING LEASE	  	 ̈  NOT APPLICABLE
	        	 	 12
	    	COPY OF MOST RECENT DEED
	        	 	 13
	    	COPY OF MOST RECENT TAX BILL OR SIMILAR
JURISDICTION PRINT-OUT
	        	 	 14
	    	ALL PHOTOS ARE COMPLETE 
	        	 	 15
	    	SITESAFE AM TOWER PROXIMITY SCREENING CERTIFICATE
HTTP://TOOLS.SITESAFE.COM/AM/
		 	 16
	    	FCC TOWAIR REPORT
HTTP://WIRELESS2.FCC.GOV/ULSAPP/ASRSEARCH/TOWAIRSEARCH.JSP

	        	 	 17
	    	ATTACH TERRESTAR RF APPROVAL/EMAIL TO SUBMIT CANDIDATE
NOT MEETING RF CRITERIA
	        	 	 18
	    	OTHER:
	        	 	 19
	    	OTHER:
	
	CHECKLIST OF TOOLS NEEDED FOR SITE SURVEY:
	    ü	 		    		  	
				
	        	 	1	    	CELL PHONE	  	
	        	 	 2
	    	DIGITAL CAMERA	  	
	        	 	 3
	    	MEASURING TAPE	  	
	        	 	 4
	    	FLASHLIGHT	  	
	        	 	 5
	    	BINOCULARS	  	
	        	 	 6
	    	LAPTOP COMPUTER FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM AND IF
USING GPS SOFTWARE
	        	 	 7
	    	GPS RECEIVER	  	
	        	 	 8
	    	NOTEPAD	  	
	        	 	 9
	    	PENCIL	  	
	        	 	 10
	    	SPARE BATTERIES FOR CAMERA AND GPS:
	        	 	 11
	    	BACKHAUL CONNECTION LIST (FROM BACKHAUL VENDOR)
	        	 	 12
	    	CANDIDATE SITE LIST (FROM RF VENDOR)

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3(39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	INITIAL AGREED TO RENT?	  	$ 000.00 / month or  ̈ N/A (SITE SUBJECT TO MLA)

  

					
	WILL ADDITIONAL GROUND RENT BE REQUIRED?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈    No - If Yes, how much?	  	$                    

  

							
	Copy of Lease was left with property owner:	 	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No     ̈
  N/A

  ̈ N/A – Site Subject to MLA 
  

						
	Site Type	  	 	Rooftop	  	
	Market Target Rent	  			  	
	LL Required Rent	  			  	
	Rent Difference	  			  	
	Additional Rent Over 10 Years	  	$	—  	  	

 SITE OWNER INFORMATION: 
  

							
	SITE / PROPERTY OWNER:	 	  

	CONTACT NAME:	 	  

	BUILDING OR SITE ENGINEER NAME:	 	  

	BUILDING OR SITE ENGINEER LOCATION:	 	  

	BUILDING OR ENGINEER PHONE#:	 	  

	OWNERS STREET ADDRESS:	 	  

	CITY, STATE, ZIP:	 	  

	PHONE NUMBERS [DAY, EVE., CELL]:	 	  
	  	  
	  	  

	FAX NUMBER:	 	  

	EMAIL:	 	  

				
	SITE LOCATION / INFORMATION:	 		  		  	
	
	Driving directions to site from nearest Interstate Exit (Start with Exit # on Interstate):
	  

	VEHICLE PARKING AVAILABILITY:	 	  

	NEAREST CROSS STREET:	 	  

		
	Access Requirements:	 	
		 	  

	ACCESS CODE Site: gg	 	  
	  		  	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	ACCESS CODE Gate:g g
	  	  
	  	
	Site Gate Keys Needed?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No	  	
	Shelter Door Keys Needed?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No	  	
	Outdoor Enclosure Keys Needed?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No	  	

 IF THIS SITE DOES NOT HAVE A STREET ADDRESS, PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: 
  

													
	NEAREST PROPERTY STREET ADDRESS:	 	  

	CITY:	 	  
	  	STATE:	  	  
	  	ZIP:	  	  

	DISTANCE & DIRECTION OF THIS SITE FROM ADDRESS:	  	  

  

									
	 GPS Coordinates
 At RF Antenna Mast Location
	  	Degrees-Minutes-Seconds	  		  		  	Degrees-Minutes-Seconds
	LATITUDE:	  	00-00-00.00	  		  	LONGITUDE	  	000-00-00.00
	 ̈  GPS (NAD83) Was a 4 Satellite Lock Obtained?	  		  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No
	DISTANCE FROM TARGET COORDINATES (IN FEET):	  	  

	GROUND ELEVATION:	  	  
	  	 ̈  FEET     ̈  METERS
	PROPOSED RF ANTENNA HEIGHT: RAD CENTER	  	  
	  	 ̈  FEET     ̈  METERS

 Will proposed height(s) have a 10 foot separation above or below antennas?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
 Are there any local obstructions
at the proposed height(s)?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

			
	If yes, list approximate height and direction:	 	  

 Does the proposed location of the GPS antenna have a clear view of the Southern sky with no more than 25% of the
surface area of the hemisphere around antenna being obstructed?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

			
	If yes, describe obstruction(s):	 	  

 Are there any microwave antennas on site?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

													
	If yes, list approximate height and direction:	  	  

	STREET:	 		 	  

	CITY:	 	  
	  	STATE:	  	  
	  	ZIP:	  	  

	COUNTY:	 	  
	  		  		  		  	
	IS THIS THE 911 ADDRESS?  ̈ Yes  ̈
No	  		  	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

									
	MORPHOLOGY:	  	 ̈  Dense Urban	  	 ̈  Urban	  	 ̈  Suburban	  	 ̈  Rural

  

			
	ROADWAYS OF HIGH TRAFFIC:	 	  

		
	MALLS, AIRPORTS, ARENAS, ETC.	 	  

		
	OTHER MAJOR TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTICS:	 	  

 If Collocate: 
 Vertical and Ground Space has been confirmed with the Tower Owner  ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

					
	OWNER’S TOWER NUMBER:	  	  
	  	YEAR BUILT:                               
                   
	SITE MANAGEMENT NAME:	  	  

	SITE MANAGEMENT PHONE#:	  	  

	SITE FCC REGISTRATION NUMBER:	  	  

	OVERALL TOWER HEIGHT:	  	  

	IS THERE EXISTING MAST FOR MW ANTENNA?: (IF SO ESTIMATE
LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS) PROPOSED ROUTE OF RF/MW COAX?	  	 ̈  CABLE LADDER     ̈  TOWER LEG     ̈  INTERIOR
	COMPOUND AREA DIMENSIONS:	  	  

	ALTERNATE ANTENNA HEIGHT(S):	  	  

	ADDITIONAL GROUND SPACE REQUIRED?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No
	ANY RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL?	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No
	TOWER MANUFACTURE	  	  

	TOWER TYPE (CHECK ONE)	  	  ̈  Monopole
  ̈  Lattice Tower     ̈  Guyed Tower 
  ̈  Water tower     ̈  Flag pole
  ̈  Other

	ELECTRICAL TOWER	  	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No
	LIKELIHOOD OF STRUCTRUAL MODIFICATION	  	Probability:     ̈  High     ̈  Medium     ̈  Low

 If Raw Land: 
  

			
	PROPOSED STRUCTURE:	 	  

	LEASE AREA DIMENSIONS:	 	  

	SIZE OF ENTIRE PROPERTY:	 	  

	EXISTING USE:	 	  

 If Rooftop / Other Structure: 
  

					
	AGE OF BUILDING / STRUCTURE:	 	  

	BUILDING HEIGHT(AGL):	 	  

		 	  
	  	  

	PROPOSED RF ANTENNA HEIGHT:	 		  	 ̈ FEET
	PROPOSED RF ANTENNA LOCATION(S):	 	  

	DISTANCE FROM EDGE OF BLDG TO PROPOSED ANTENNA LOCATION:
	 		  	Feet
	ANY LOCAL OBSTRUCTIONS?	 	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No (Explain if Yes)
	PROPOSED EQUIPMENT LOCATION:	 	 ̈  Rooftop     ̈  Ground     ̈  Indoor
	IS ROOF UNDER WARRANTY?	 	 ̈  Yes     ̈  No

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	IF YES, CONTACT NAME / NUMBER:	  	  

	ROOFTOP CONSTRUCTION TYPE: (EXAMPLE – FLAT CONCRETE, RUBBER
MEMBRANE ETC.)	  	  

	WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION:	  	  

	ALTERNATE ANTENNA HEIGHTS:	  	  

	SIZE OF EQUIPMENT LEASE AREA:	  	  

	NUMBER OF FLOORS:	  	  

		  	  

		  	  

	IF A PARKING GARAGE CHECK THE FLOOR TO CEILING
HEIGHT	  		  	Feet
	IS THERE AN EXISTING MW MAST?	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO
	IF SO DETAIL TYPE:	  	 ̈  WALL MOUNT     ̈  PARAPET MOUNT     ̈  NON-PEN ROOF
MOUNT
	IF SO DETAIL HEIGHT AND DIAMETER OF EXISTING
MWS:	  	 Height in feet:
  
	  	 Diameter in inches:
  

	IF RF/MW WALL MOUNT-TYPE OF WALL CONSTRUCTION:	  	  

 UTILITIES: 
  

					
	POWER	  	
	EXISTING POWER AT SITE:	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	  	
	METER LOCATION:	  	  

	DISTANCE TO PROPOSED SITE:	  	  

	HOW IS POWER ROUTED TO SITE?	  	 ̈  IN BUILDING     ̈  ABOVE
GROUND     ̈  UNDERGROUND
	NEAREST POLE/PEDESTAL NUMBER:	  	  

	POWER COMPANY:	  	  

	CONTACT NAME/PHONE NO.	  	  
	  	  

	ACCESS TO EXISTING GENERATOR?	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	  	
	TELCO/ETHERNET	  	
	EXISTING TELCO/ETHERNET AT SITE:	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	  	
	IF YES CHECK ALL THAT APPLY:	  	  ̈  FIBER     ̈  ETHERNET     ̈  DS3     ̈  T1
  ̈  OPTICAL SC     ̈  OPTICAL
(OTHER SPECIFY:            )
  ̈
  COAX BNC     ̈  COAX (OTHER
SPECIFY:            )
  ̈  COPPER RJ45     ̈  COPPER (OTHER
SPECIFY:            )

	 WHAT IS THE NPP NXX OF THE SITE?
 (PHONE # AREA CODE AND PREFIX)
	  	  

	DISTANCE TO SITE	  	  

	NEAREST POLE/PEDESTAL NUMBER:	  	  

	TELEPHONE COMPANY	  	  

	CONTACT NAME/PHONE NO.	  	  

		  	  
	  	  

 BACKHAUL REQUIREMENTS: 
 PROPOSED MW ANTENNA HEIGHT: RAD CENTER                 FEET 
 Are there any microwave antennas already on site?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

			
	If yes, list approximate height and direction:	 	  

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Are there other available backhaul vendors in area and not at site?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
 If yes, complete below 

  

					
	COMPANY:	  	  

	CONTACT NAME/PHONE NO.	  	  
	  	  

	AVAILABLE SPEEDS:	  	  

	ACCESSIBILITY:	  	  

	CHECK ALL THAT APPLY:	  	  ̈ FIBER  ̈ ETHERNET  ̈ DS3  ̈ T1
  ̈ OPTICAL SC  ̈ OPTICAL (OTHER SPECIFY:            )
  ̈ COAX BNC  ̈ COAX (OTHER
SPECIFY:            )
  ̈
COPPER RJ45  ̈ COPPER (OTHER SPECIFY:            )

		
	COMPANY:	  	  

	CONTACT NAME/PHONE NO.	  	  
	  	  

	AVAILABLE SPEEDS:	  	  

	ACCESSIBILITY:	  	  

	CHECK ALL THAT APPLY:	  	  ̈ FIBER  ̈ ETHERNET  ̈ DS3  ̈ T1
  ̈ OPTICAL SC  ̈ OPTICAL (OTHER SPECIFY:            )
  ̈ COAX BNC  ̈ COAX (OTHER
SPECIFY:            )
  ̈
COPPER RJ45  ̈ COPPER (OTHER SPECIFY:            )

 Is there unlimited view in all directions from site for microwave link?     ̈  Yes     ̈  No 
  

			
	If not, which directions are blocked?	 	  

 The Near Field Obstruction at the MW Antenna Mast: 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	9 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 ACCESS: 
  

																			
	 ACCESS EASEMENT REQUIRED?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	  	FROM THIRD PARTY     ̈  YES     ̈  NO
	 ACCESS FROM PUBLIC ROAD?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  		 		  		 		  	
	 SPECIAL ACCESS (4WD ETC.):
	  	  

	 NEEDED IMPROVEMENTS TO ACCESS:
	  	  

	 EXISTING ROAD?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  		 		  		 		  	
	 WIDTH AND LENGTH OF EXISTING ROAD:
	  	  

	 WIDTH AND LENGTH OF PROPOSED ROAD:
	  	  

	 SEPARATE UTILITY EASEMENT REQ’D?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  	FROM THIRD PARTY     ̈  YES     ̈  NO
	 ACCESS RESTRICTIONS:
	  	  

	 CRANE ACCESSIBLE?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  		 		  		 		  	
	 SITE ACCESSIBLE 24/7?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  		 		  		 		  	
	 GENERATOR ACCESSIBLE?
	  	 ̈  YES     ̈  NO	 		  		 		  		 		  	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	10 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 ZONING: 

																					
		  		  		 		  		 		  		 		  		  		  	
	ZONING DISTRICT CLASSIFICATION:	  		  	  
	  	
	ARE TOWERS PERMITTED IN THIS ZONING DISTRICT?	  		  	 ̈ YES	 		  	 ̈ NO	 		  		 		  		  		  	
	ZONING JURISDICTION:	  		  	  
	  	
	ZONING CONTACT NAME & TITLE:	  		  	  
	  	
	ADDRESS:	  		  	  
	  	
	PHONE #:	  		  	  
	  	
	DISTANCE FROM HISTORICAL DISTRICT:	  		  	  
	  	
	TOWER SETBACKS (FT.)	  	FRONT	  	  
	 		  	REAR	 	  
	  	SIDE	 	  
	  	STREET	  	  
	  	
	ZONING CLASS ADJ. PROP.	  		  	  
	  	
	FALL ZONE REQUIRED:	  		  	 ̈ YES	 		  	 ̈ NO - DESCRIBE HERE IF YES	  		  	
	MINIMUM LOT SIZE? IF SO, WHAT?	  		  	  
	  	
	BUFFER REQUIRED?	  		  	 ̈ YES	 		  	 ̈ NO	  		  	
	SPECIAL CONDITIONS / PROBLEMS:	  		  	  
	  	
	HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS:	  		  	  
	  	
	IS PUBLIC HEARING REQUIRED?	  		  	 ̈ YES	 		  	 ̈ NO	  		  	
	 DESCRIBE STEALTHING / SCREENING /
 LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS WITH
 RELEVANT CODE
SECTIONS:
	  		  	  
	  	

  

					
	X	  	Zoning Type	  	
	  
	  	BY – RIGHT (NO ZONING REQUIRED)	  	
	  
	  	ADMINISTRATIVE – NO PUBLIC HEARING	  	
	  
	  	PUBLIC HEARING – (CUP, SE, SUP)	  	
	  
	  	VARIANCE	  	
	  
	  	OTHER:	  	

  

									
	FILING DUE DATES:	 	  
	 		 	
	HEARING DATES:	 	  
	 		 	
	ESTIMATED OVERALL ZONING DURATION:	 	  
	 		 	
	ZONING APPLICATION FEE:	 	  
	 		 		 	

 BUILDING PERMITS: 
  

									
	PERMITS REQUIRED?	  	 ̈ YES	  	     ̈ NO	  		  	
	PERMITTING AUTHORITY:	  	  
	  	
	BUILDING DEPT CONTACT NAME & TITLE:	  	  
	  	
	ADDRESS:	  	  
	  	
	PHONE #:	  	  
	  	
	ESTIMATED OVERALL PERMITTING DURATION:	  	  
	  	
	PERMITTING PROCESS NOTES:	  	  
	  	

  

									
	BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION FEE:	 	  
	 		 		 	
	ELECTRICAL PERMIT APPLICATION FEE:	 	  
	 		 		 	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	11 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 911 ADDRESSING AUTHORITY / ENTITY: 
  

					
	ENTITY:	 		 	  

	CONTACT NAME:	 		 	  

	ADDRESS:	 		 	  

	PHONE #:	 		 	  

 ADDITIONAL NOTES / COMMENTS: 
  

			
	 	 	

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	12 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST DURING PRELIMINARY SITE SEARCH 
 Yes or No responses - if “yes”, please give details below 
  

					
	 	  	 Subject
   Property  
	  	 Adjoining
 Property(ies)

	GASOLINE STATION OR FUEL PUMPS	  	  
	  	  

	CAR REPAIR SERVICE	  	  
	  	  

	DISCARDED CAR BATTERIES	  	  
	  	  

	JUNKYARD	  	  
	  	  

	DRY CLEANERS; ON/OFF SITE	  	  
	  	  

	WASTE TREATMENT FACILITY	  	  
	  	  

	LANDFILL	  	  
	  	  

	INDUSTRY	  	  
	  	  

	CHEMICAL CONTAINERS	  	  
	  	  

	55 GALLON DRUMS	  	  
	  	  

	STAINED SOILS	  	  
	  	  

	ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANKS	  	  
	  	  

	UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS	  	  
	  	  

	PIPES PROTRUDING FROM THE GROUND	  	  
	  	  

	TRANSFORMERS	  	  
	  	  

	DEAD OR DISTRESSED TREES OR PLANTS OR GRASS	  	  
	  	  

	TRASH, GARBAGE DUMPED (DESCRIBE AMOUNT)	  	  
	  	  

	RAILROAD LINES	  	  
	  	  

	INDUSTRIAL OR FARM EQUIPMENT	  	  
	  	  

	MANUFACTURING OF INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES	  	  
	  	  

	LOCATED IN 100 YEAR FLOOD PLAIN	  	  
	  	  

	WATER ON OR ADJACENT TO PROPERTY	  	  
	  	  

	OTHER CONCERNS	  	  
	  	  

 Provide photos of any conditions found on list and describe conditions in detail: 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	13 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DETAILED SITE SKETCH – (Not to Scale) 
 SKETCH CHECKLIST 
 Sketch showing the following as
applicable 
  

					
	              
	  	Proposed Antenna Locations	  	

	              
	  	Existing Antenna Locations	  
	              
	  	Equipment / Shelter location	  
	              
	  	Public Right-of-Way shown	  
	              
	  	Setbacks shown	  
	              
	  	Fall zone shown	  
	              
	  	Landscaping requirements	  
	              
	  	Parent tract dimensions	  
	              
	  	Access easements	  
	              
	  	Utility easements	  
	              
	  	Adjacent land uses	  
	              
	  	Surrounding structures	  
	              
	  	Streams/water locations	  
	              
	  	Overhead utility lines	  
	              
	  	Trees to be removed.	  
	              
	  		  

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	14 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Zoning Assessment & Special Issues Concerning This Site 
 Please assess and describe all out of the ordinary, special conditions pertaining to this site. Be as detailed and specific as possible. 
 Construction Concerns: 
  
 Surveying Concerns (Access, Utility, etc.): 
  
 Lease Concerns/Property Owner’s Outside Counsel: 
  
 Zoning
Process & Assessment: 
  
 Other Concerns: 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	15 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 1A 
 1B 
 Photo #1A & #1B 
 VIEW OF SIGNS 
 1A - FCC ASRN 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	16 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 1B - Tower Owner 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	17 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 1C 
 1D 
 Photo #1C & #1D 
 VIEW OF OTHER SIGNS 
 1C -
                     
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	18 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 1D -
                                 
 Photo #2 
 SATELLITE VIEW OF SITE

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	19 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo/Image #3 
 MAP CLOSEUP OF SITE 
 (Appropriately Scaled) 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	20 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #4 
 VIEW OF
PROPOSED EQUIPMENT 
 SPACE TO BE LEASED 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	21 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #5 
 VIEW OF
SPACE FOR ANTENNA 
 PLACEMENT(S) 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	22 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #6 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	23 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #7 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	24 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #8 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	25 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #9 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	26 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #10 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	27 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #11 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	28 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #12 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	29 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #13 
 

 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	30 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #14 
 PHOTO OF POWER PANEL OR POWER SOURCE 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	31 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #15 
 PHOTO OF POWER DEMARCATION 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	32 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Photo #16 
 PHOTO OF TELCO/ETHERNET 
 PANEL/DEMARCATION 
 ZOOMED IN AND OUT 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	33 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #17 
 VIEW
OF INGRESS 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	34 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #18 
 VIEW
OF ACCESS ROAD 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	35 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #19 
 BUILDING / TOWER VIEW 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	36 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 DIRECTION FACING WHEN PHOTO WAS TAKEN:         , N, NW, W, SW
ECT... 
 Photo #20 
 OTHER
PHOTO’S 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	37 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Line Of Sight: View of serving MW Hub Site (If Possible). 
 Line Of Sight Obstruction Photo (If Possible) 
 Photo #21

 Line of Sight Check (If Possible) 
  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	38 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 INDEX OF ATTACHMENTS 
 DESCRIBE THE ATTACHMENTS IN THE ORDER THEY
APPEAR AFTER THIS SHEET 
 ATTACHMENT DESCRIPTION

  

			
	1	  	  

		
	2	  	  

		
	3	  	  

		
	4	  	  

		
	5	  	  

		
	6	  	  

		
	7	  	  

		
	8	  	  

		
	9	  	  

		
	10	  	  

		
	11	  	  

		
	12	  	  

		
	13	  	  

		
	14	  	  

		
	15	  	  

		
	16	  	  

		
	17	  	  

		
	18	  	  

		
	19	  	  

		
	20	  	  

		
	21	  	  

		
	22	  	  

		
	23	  	  

		
	24	  	  

  

																					
	TERRESTAR SITE NAME & NUMBER	 	  
	 		 	  

	STREET ADDRESS	 	  

	CITY	 	  
	 	STATE	 	  
	 	ZIP	 	  
	 		 	COUNTY	 		 	  

  
  
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	39 (39)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 2 Site Candidate Information Package	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 3 
 FORM OF CONTRACTOR SITE CANDIDATE SCORING & RECOMMENDATION 

 

			
	CLUSTER CODE NUMBER (PER SITE ACQUISITION REQUEST FORM)
	 	  

		
	 ENTER # OF CANDIDATES
 SUBMITTED FOR SARF NO.
	 	  

		
	 IF LESS THAN 3
 CANDIDATES SUBMITTED, EXPLAIN WHY
	 	  

		
	ENTER SITE NUMBERS FOR CANDIDATES SUBMITTED	 	  

  

			
	 ENTER FIRST CHOICE FOR
 PRIMARY CANDIDATE (SITE NUMBER)
	 	  

		
	ENTER SECOND CHOICE (SITE NUMBER)	 	  

		
	ENTER THIRD CHOICE (SITE NUMBER)	 	  

 PROVIDE JUSTIFICATION FOR
RECOMMENDATION: 
 Does not have to be the candidate with the highest score from the SCIP Scoring Process.
Discuss factors that led to the decision to recommend the candidates in the order listed above. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 3 Contractor Site Candidate Scoring & Recommendation	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 3 CONT’D 
 CONTRACTOR SITE CANDIDATE SCORING & RECOMMENDATION

 Contractor and Network Vendors shall determine rankings and scores for their respective ranking categories based on the criteria set forth in this
Exhibit C, Attachment 3 
 SITE 1: 
  

							
	CLUSTER NUMBER (PER RF VENDOR SARF):	  	  

			
	SITE TYPE:	  	  
	  	
			
	SITE LOCATION:	  	  
	  	
				
	TERRESTAR SITE NUMBER	  	  
	  	TERRESTAR MARKET	  	  

		
	IS THIS SITE THE RECOMMENDED PRIMARY SITE CANDIDATE :
	  	 YES:             
 NO :              

  

																					
	 Department
	 	 Reviewer
 Initials
	 	 Commercial
	 	 Notes
	 	 Site Dev.
	 	 Notes
	 	 Technical
	 	 Notes
	 	 Schedule
	 	 Notes
	  	 Total

	 Site Acquisition
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		  	
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
											
	 Construction
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		  	
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
											
	 RF Engineering
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		  	
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
											
	 Backhaul
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		  	
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
											
	 Market Manager
	 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		  	
		 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
											
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	Total Score	  	100
											
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	% Score	  	100%

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 3 Contractor Site Candidate Scoring & Recommendation	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 3 CONT’D 
 CONTRACTOR SITE CANDIDATE SCORING & RECOMMENDATION 
 RANKING CRITERIA 
  

	I.	SITE ACQUISITION (LEASING & ZONABILITY) – CONTRACTOR 

  

									
	 Ranking
	  	 Commercial
	  	 Site Development
	  	 Technical
	  	 Schedule

	5	  	>20% below lease targets	  	Company Lease or MLA, No Zoning	  	Desired RAD Center & Ground Space available. No new utility or access requirements	  	5 to 7 Months from Search Ring Issuance (SR) to Site Acquisition Complete (SAC)
					
	4	  	10%-19% below lease targets	  	Company Lease or MLA, Admin	  	Within +/- 10% of Desired RAD Center Height	  	8 to 9 Months from SR to SAC
					
	3	  	+/- 10% lease targets	  	Template Lease & Admin Zoning	  	Within +/- (11%-20%)of Desired RAD Center Height	  	9 to 10 Months from SR to SAC
					
	2	  	>10%-19% above lease targets	  	Template Lease & Public Hearing	  	Within +/- (21%-30%)of Desired RAD Center Height	  	10 to 11 Months from SR to SAC
					
	1	  	>20% above lease targets	  	3rd Party Lease, Public Hearing	  	Undesirable RAD Center, New Access, Utility Easements, and Additional Ground Space Required	  	Schedule from SR to SAC exceeds 12 Months

  

	II.	CONSTRUCTABILITY SCORING CRITERIA – CONTRACTOR 

  

									
	 Ranking
	  	 Commercial
	  	 Site Development
	  	 Technical
	  	 Schedule

	5	  	Order of Magnitude (OOM) = Average Site Cost	  	Selected Site is a Collocation	  	Anticipate a Clean Phase 1	  	Construction Schedule between 4 to 6 weeks
					
	4	  		  	Selected Site is a Water Tower	  		  	
					
	3	  	OOM = 1.1 x Average Site Cost	  	Selected Site is Rooftop	  	Anticipate minor qualification from Phase 1 with available work-arounds.	  	
					
	2	  		  	Selected Site is a Tenant Improvement	  		  	
					
	1	  	OOM = 1.3 x Average Site Cost	  	Selected Site is a Rawland or Utility Tower	  	Phase II and remediation will be required	  	Special Restriction and Access Requirements

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 3 Contractor Site Candidate Scoring & Recommendation	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 3 CONT’D 
 CONTRACTOR SITE CANDIDATE SCORING & RECOMMENDATION

 RANKING CRITERIA 
  

	III.	RF ENGINEERING SCORING CRITERIA – RF NETWORK VENDOR  

  

									
	 Ranking
	  	 Commercial
	  	 Site Development
	  	 Technical
	  	 Schedule

	5	  	Easy delivery	  		  	Candidate at center of Search Ring, desired RAD center available, all coverage goals met	  	Easy site access, key or combination.
					
	4	  		  		  	Candidate near center of Search Ring (less than 1/3 search radius from center), desired RAD height available, large majority of coverage goals met	  	
					
	3	  		  		  	Candidate in Search Ring, RAD center within specification of Site Acquisition Request Form, most coverage goals met	  	Medium Site access, escort to lead on to site.
					
	2	  		  		  	Site outside of Search Ring, RAD center not within spec, significant coverage goals not met	  	
					
	1	  	Crane lift or special delivery requirements	  		  	Site well outside of search ring, desired RAD center not available, coverage goals met poorly/not at all	  	Difficult site access, escort required during visit. Could be secure site
					
	0	  	Not Viable	  	Not Viable	  	Not Viable	  	Not Viable

  

	IV.	BACKHAUL SCORING CRITERIA– BACKHAUL NETWORK VENDOR 

  

									
	 Ranking
	  	 Commercial
	  	 Site Development
	  	 Technical
	  	 Schedule

	5	  	Standard site. Straight forward implementation, either Fiber or Microwave with 1 ft dish.	  	Site well suited for multiple options, including microwave and fiber. Maximum 1 ft dish.	  	Multiple options available including Fiber (non-LEC)	  	Very low risk to schedule impact.
					
	4	  	Standard site - requiring 1 ft dish. Very good visibility in all directions.	  	Maximum 1 ft dish.	  	Microwave is feasible. Good visibility in all directions. (Fiber not available)	  	Low risk to schedule impact.
					
	3	  	Standard site - requiring 1 or 2 ft dishes. Good visibility in most directions.	  	1ft or 2ft dishes.	  	 Microwave is feasible. Good visibility to most directions, connectivity to another nearby site likely. (Fiber not
 available)
	  	Standard schedule, per contract SLA.
					
	2	  	Non-standard site - minor impact. (E.g. Tower>150ft, intermediate hop required, 4ft antenna, Microwave RAD center must be different from RF shelf, man lift required, etc)	  	Minor impact on site development (E.g. 4ft dish, Microwave at different height then RF shelf)	  	Microwave solution might be possible, but not clear. (Fiber not available)	  	>4 months

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 3 Contractor Site Candidate Scoring & Recommendation	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

									
	 Ranking
	  	 Commercial
	  	 Site Development
	  	 Technical
	  	 Schedule

					
	1	  	Non-standard site - significant impact. (E.g. Crane required, Electrical tower, etc)	  	Site has no space for microwave antenna.	  	Limited to no options on backhaul, other then LEC T1s.	  	>12 months

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 3 Contractor Site Candidate Scoring & Recommendation	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C ATTACHMENT 4 
 FORM OF NOTICE TO PROCEED SITE ACQUISITION 

  

							
	Notice to Proceed
			
		  		  	Date Issued:
                                        

			
	Section I – Site Information:	  		  	
	Region:	  	Area:	  	Market:	  	Site Id:
	Address:	  		  		  	
			
	Section II – Comments:	  		  	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized representatives of each Party, have acknowledged
this Notice to Proceed with Site Acquisition as of the date stamp from Siterra listed below. 
  

							
	TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC.	 	
	Date Stamp from Siterra:	 	
	By:	 		 		 	
	(Please Print Name)	 	
			
		 	Title:	 	
	CONTRACTOR:	 	
		
	By Vendor:	 	
	(Please Print Name)	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 4 Notice to Proceed Site Acquisition Form	  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 TERRESTAR PROJECT 
 SITE ACQUISITION
LEASING GUIDELINES 
 FOR 
 Leasing 
 TERRESTAR SITES 
  
  

							
	

	 	 Site Acquisition Leasing Guidelines
  
 TERRESTAR SITES
	  	Job No. [***]
	 	  	Document No. [***]-000-000-000-00001
	 	Rev. D

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 The following Leasing Guide is intended to provide you, the Site Acquisition professional, with guidance and support on the performance of the site
acquisition and leasing tasks required for the leasing tower space, rooftop space or raw land for TerreStar’s installations. As used herein this Leasing Guide is intended to assist in the leasing process, and should be used in the acquisition
of each site, any issues that arise that are not detailed in this Leasing Guide should be referred to TerreStar’s Legal department for guidance. 
 The Guide is divided into eight sections: 
 1) Definitions 
 2) Introduction 
 3) Due Diligence 
 4) Zoning 
 5) Title 
 6) Other Pre-Leasing Activities

 7) Lease Negotiation 
 8) Lease Approval and Execution

 Section 1: Definitions 
  

	1.1	“ACM” means asbestos containing material 

  

	1.2	“Company” means TerreStar Networks Inc. 

  

	1.3	“Contractor” means Bechtel, or any affiliate or sub-contractor under Bechtel’s control, performing Work, hereunder. 

  

	1.4	“Lease” and “Leasing” shall refer to any lease, license or collocation agreement required for TerreStar’s use of space on all structures including without
limitation, a tower lease agreement, tower license agreement, rooftop sublease, site lease, site sublease, site license, rooftop license. 

  

	1.5	“Master Lease Agreement” or “MLA” means a lease, license or collocation agreement which provides an overall frame work for the acquisition of multiple sites,
using a pre-agreed upon site specific contracting format. 

  

	1.6	“NEPA” means the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 

  

	1.7	“Site Lease Agreement” or “SLA” means a site specific agreement, controlled by a Master Lease Agreement. 

 Section 2: Introduction 
 The TerreStar Story

 Who We Are 
 TerreStar is a satellite communications
company. We are building an IP enabled, next generation mobile communications network over an integrated satellite-terrestrial system. The 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 
terrestrial portion of our telecommunications network is designed to supplement our satellite communications capabilities in dense urban areas, to ensure
seamless connectivity when it is needed most. 
 TerreStar’s system will operate in two 10-Mhz blocks of contiguous spectrum in the 2 GHz band
throughout the United States and Canada. The company’s spectrum footprint will cover a total population of nearly 330 million. The satellite footprint is highlighted in blue, below. 
 

 
 Frequencies 
 TerreStar has
received an allocation from the FCC for 20 MHz of spectrum in the S-Band. The S-band uplink is 2,000-2,020 MHz and downlink is 2180-2200 MHz. No cellular communications companies are currently using these frequencies, so there is minimal risk of
interference with existing tenants on most collocation sites. TerreStar has a blanket FCC license that covers the entire US, no per site license is required by the FCC. 
 Technology / Equipment / Footprint 
 TerreStar’s desired equipment footprint area is a modest 12’ X 10’
location. We anticipate using three 4’ tall X 8” wide antennas for each installation. TerreStar utilizes W-CDMA base station radios, from [***], these radios will have different part numbers than CDMA equipment, and may not yet 

Backhaul 
 TerreStar anticipates that some of the sites may not
have adequate fiber available, in which case microwave backhaul will be required for the site. Currently, we are planning to use microwave antenna models with of 1’ or 2’ diameters. 
 Section 3: Due Diligence 
 Contractor will perform the required due diligence on each site
prior to TerreStar’s approval and execution of the Lease depending on the specific leasing requirements for each site. Contractor will submit a completed Due Diligence Checklist, in the form attached hereto as Appendix 2, in each Site Lease
Package. The due diligence for each site, will include, as appropriate: 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	3.1	Ground Lease. 

 Determine whether a ground lease is attached to the
proposed site. If Contractor confirms that a ground lease exists, Contractor will: 
 (i) confirm that the underlying ground lease boundaries
encompass the proposed equipment and shelter requirements; 
 (ii) confirm underlying unexpired ground lease term is greater than or equal to
ten (10) years; 
 (iii) confirm underlying ground lease does not allow for landlord’s termination without cause; 
 (iv) confirm whether or not a landlord consent or landlord right of first refusal (ROFR) exists; 
 (v) confirm that the underlying ground lease lessor is consistent with the title report 
 (vi) note any other landlord rights that may impact Company 
  

	3.2	Mortgages/Encumbrances. Determine if there are any mortgages on the site, any tax liens, mechanics liens, unpaid taxes or other encumbrances on the site. If any mortgages or
other encumbrances in excess of $1,000,000 are attached to a site, provide that information to the Market Manager, for inclusion in the monthly site status meeting. Include information related to mortgages and encumbrances on the Due Diligence
Checklist for the Site. 

  

	3.3	Easements. Contractor will determine if there is any easement on the Site which could obstruct Company’s use of the site. Determine if any easements need to be obtained
by Company, in order to use the site and include this information on the Due Diligence Checklist for that site. 

  

	3.4	Phase I and Phase II ESA. A Phase I ESA needs to be performed for each raw land site. If the site is a collocation site with existing telecommunications tenants on the site,
Contractor will perform a Phase I ESA, if one has not been performed in the six (6) months prior to site selection. Company will determine if a Phase II needs to be done for the site, based on the Phase I provided by Contractor. If a Phase II
is required for a site, Contractor will inform Company, and Company will determine whether to proceed with the Site. If Company determines to proceed with the Site, Company is responsible for hiring an environmental contractor to perform remediation
and the site, and Contractor is responsible for managing the environmental contractor. 

  

	3.5	Structural Analysis. If there is an MLA in place for a proposed collocation site, which requires Company to have a structural analysis performed by landlord, or by a landlord
designated party, Contractor shall coordinate the performance of the structural analysis with landlord. If this is not the case, Contractor shall perform a structural analysis to determine if the tower and foundation are sufficient for the proposed
loading. 

  

	3.6	NEPA Checklist Study. Contractor will screen each identified Site for NEPA compliance, performing investigation and research by accessing local, state and federal
information, electronic and paper sources to successfully identify the presence/absence of NEPA environmental issues. Contractor will complete NEPA compliance checklist, attached to Exhibit C as Attachment 5 and will include the completed checklist
in the Lease Execution Package. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	3.7	FAA/FCC Compliance Contractor will provide Company with a 2C Certifications for each site and a 1A on each site where a 1A is required by law. All required 2C certifications
and surveys will be signed and stamped (sealed) by a surveyor fully authorized and licensed to perform subject work in that state 

  

	3.8	AM Station Proximity Screening and AM Detuning Contractor will search for and identify all directional AM stations within two miles and non-directional AM stations within 0.6
mile of each site and perform such AM de-tuning work as required by applicable laws to identify and address interferences between towers on Sites and standard broadcast (AM) radio antenna systems. Contractor will measure the possible distortion of
the AM station signal and provide Company with a recommendation for any required detuning. Contractor will pass through to Company the costs of such AM de-tuning and inter-modulation studies without markup. Contractor will, if required, perform
inter-modulation studies to assess RF characteristics for antennas located in the vicinity of the proposed Company antennas. Prior to performing such work, Contractor will provide Company with a cost quote for the study, which will be subject to
Company’s approval. Company shall endeavor to respond with its approval or rejection of the submitted quote within 5 days of its submission. 

  

	3.9	Land Survey If a site is raw land, Contractor will perform a land survey to determine the boundary and site perimeter. If a site is a collocation installation, Contractor
will request a land survey from the site landlord. If the landlord does not provide one, Contractor shall, at Company’s request, perform a land survey for a collocation site. 

  

	3.10	Geotechnical Investigations and Soil Resistivity Testing. Contractor will conduct a geotechnical investigation for raw land Sites and Sites as required by the engineer of
record. Contractor will perform soil resistivity testing in accordance with industry standard practice. 

  

	3.11	Due Diligence Checklist. 

 As part of the due diligence process
Contractor will complete and submit the Due Diligence Checklist, the form of which is attached hereto as Appendix 1 to this Attachment 4 to Exhibit C, to Company as part of the Lease execution package. 
 Section 4: Zoning 
  

	4.1	Zoning Approval  

 Contractor will perform zoning related Work, as
set forth in Exhibit C as part of the leasing process. Company may choose to approve and execute a lease, prior to receipt of zoning approval from the relevant zoning authority. If Contractor completes the leasing of a site, while zoning is still in
process, Contractor will provide information regarding the zoning process on the Due Diligence Checklist. For any site that Company approves for leasing, prior to zoning approval, Contractor shall ensure that Company has adequate termination rights
for the particular site lease prior to zoning approval. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Section 5: Title 
  

	5.1	Title Search  

 Contractor will perform a title search for every
TerreStar Site. If a Site is a collocation installation, Contractor will perform a title search for that property for the current owner. For a raw land Site, Contractor will perform at title search back 50 years. Contractor shall cause to be ordered
a property title abstract report (“Title Report”) from a nationally recognized American Land Title Association (“ALTA”) title company in good standing, which Title Report shall include the following information and shall be
sufficient to allow Company to acquire a Leasehold Title Insurance Policy,: 
  

	•	 	 The names of the current site owner(s) of fee simple title, which owners must be the same persons or entities which execute the lease; 

 

	•	 	 The legal description (to be included as an attachment to site lease agreement); 

  

	•	 	 List of all leases, easements, covenants and restrictions of record affecting the Site; 

  

	•	 	 List of all liens of record, including, without limitation, mortgages and deeds of trust, mechanics and material man’s liens, judgment liens and federal tax
liens; 

  

	•	 	 The status of the payment of taxes and assessments, general and special 

  

	•	 	 Bankruptcies 

  

	5.2	Copies of Encumbrances 

 Contractor will provide to Company copies
of any leases, easements, covenants and restrictions of record, liens of record, including, without limitation, mortgages and deeds of trust, mechanics and material man’s liens, judgment liens and federal tax liens, affecting the Site, unless
Customer agrees in writing that copies are not needed. The cost of the copies of these documents will be passed through to Company, without mark-up of any kind. Contractor will deliver all copies to Company within five (5) business days of
receipt or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, if additional time is required. 
  

	5.3	Title Review 

 Contractor shall provide the Title Report to Company,
upon its receipt of Title Report from the ATLA, as soon as practicable, but no later than at Lease signature package submission. Prior to providing the Title Report to Company, Contractor shall review the Title Report, and provide comments and
instructions to Company on the Title Review Memorandum, attached hereto as Appendix 3 to this Attachment 4 to Exhibit C. Review, approval, and issue resolution instructions for title issues shall be in Company’s sole discretion. 
 Contractor must inform all of its employees, agents, subcontractors, the Network Vendor and all other necessary personnel performing services at a Site of any
instructional issues provided by Company on the Title Review Memorandum. 
  

	5.4	Curing Title 

 Company will review the Title Report, copies of the
encumbrances and the Title Review Memorandum provided by Contractor and assess title deficiencies pointed out in the Title Review Memorandum. Company will decide if the title should be cured, if it is acceptable as is, or if the site is not a
suitable candidate. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Section 6: Other Pre-Leasing Activities 
  

	6.1	Applications. 

 If an approved site candidate requires a site Lease
application, Contractor will submit any required site Lease application to the site owner/management company. 
  

	6.2	Entry and Testing Agreements 

 If the landlord of a candidate Site
requires an entry and testing agreement, in order to access the Site for testing and evaluation of Site Suitability, Contractor will negotiate such agreement, using the landlord’s form or other TerreStar approved form. The Alternate Lease
Language Library hereto as Appendix 5 includes acceptable alternative language for this form of agreement. The form of the entry and testing agreement with several national tower management companies has been agreed to, and can be found in the SMS
Documents Library. 
  

	6.3	Certificates of Insurance 

 If a landlord requires a Certificate of
Insurance be provided, prior to entry into a Site or the Lease execution for a Site, Contractor may request a Certificate of Insurance from: 
 Broker:
MetroRisk 
 Contact: Marie Crinnion 
 Telephone: 
 e-mail: crinnion@metrorisk.com 
 All requests for Certificates of Insurance
must include the following information: 
  

	 	•	 	 Certificate holder’s name, address, and contact 

  

	 	•	 	 Coverages required 

  

	 	•	 	 Policy limits required 

  

	 	•	 	 Additional insured wording required 

  

	 	•	 	 Any other special wording required 

  

	 	•	 	 Street address and name of site 

  

	 	•	 	 Address to which the certificate should be mailed 

  

	6.4	Surety Company for Requesting Required Bonds 

 Contractor will
inform Company if the landlord of a site requires bond in order to do testing, entry or construction. Company will inform Contractor of its approval or rejection of this requirement. Contractor, will, prior to informing Company of this requirement
make reasonable efforts to negotiate away this requirement. All requests for required bonds should be e-mailed to the TerreStar Manager for each Market 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Include the bond type, amount; any other requirements add the contact information for where the bond should be sent, in the request. 
  

	6.5	Additional Forms 

 Contractor will prepare and submit any other
paperwork as required by landlords or that is customary in the industry as part of the scope of the Work. 
 Section 7: Lease
Negotiation 
  

	7.1	Roles and Responsibilities  

 Contractor will recommend the primary
site candidates in each Market. Contractor will perform the due diligence and lease negotiations for the Company selected primary site candidates. Due diligence items will be reviewed and approved by Company’s Operations and Legal groups. The
terms of Lease agreements will be reviewed and approved by Company’s Legal department. The financial terms of Lease agreements will be reviewed and approved by Company’s Operations department. Company provided contacts are as set forth
below, as may be updated from time to time: 
  

							
	 Market
	  	 Due Diligence Contact
	  	 Lease Contact
	  	 Financial Terms Contact

	BAWA	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:

	DAL	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:

	SLC	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:
	  	 Name: TBD
 Phone:
 e-mail:

  

	7.2	TerreStar Information 

 The following information is used for all
Lease agreements, in each market. 
 Lessee: TerreStar Networks Inc., a Delaware Corporation 
 Notice Address: 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 12010 Sunset Hills Rd, ninth floor 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attn: Vice President of Contracts 
 Invoice Address: 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 12010 Sunset Hills Rd, ninth floor 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attn: Accounts Payable 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	7.3	Master Lease Agreements  

 If a collocation site is owned by a
landlord with whom Company has negotiated an MLA Contractor will use the SLA form agreed to as part of the MLA, the current version of which is located in the document library of Company’s SMS. Contractor is responsible for assuring that the
landlord drafted SLA is correct, including verifying that the designated space is correct. Contractor is also responsible for ensuring that the pricing and other terms in each SLA comply with the controlling MLA. 
  

	7.4	TerreStar Standard Lease Agreements 

 If an MLA is not in place for
a site, then Contractor will present the site landlord with the appropriate TerreStar Standard Lease Agreement, the current version of which is located in the document library of Company’s Site Management System (“SMS”), for review.
Site Development Contractor will negotiate the terms of the standard lease agreement as set forth in Section 9, below. Contractor may utilize the Alternate Lease Language Library attached hereto as Appendix 5, to assist in its negotiations.
Contractor personnel must be adequately experienced in site leasing for telecommunications installations to negotiate TerreStar Standard Lease Agreement. Contractor will be responsible for negotiating Leases that comply with terms acceptable to
Company. 
  

	7.5	Landlord Lease Agreement Forms 

 If a MLA is not in place for a
site, and the landlord refuses to negotiate the TerreStar Standard Lease Agreement, Contractor may negotiate landlords Lease agreement form. Contractor will review the landlord agreement form, make a good faith effort to negotiate the agreement to
be substantially similar to Company’s standard lease terms, as set forth in Section 9, below. Contractor may utilize the Alternate Lease Language Library attached hereto as Appendix 5, to assist in its negotiation. 
 If the landlord agreement form is a license, and landlord refuses to provide Company with a leasehold interest, Contractor must include language providing for a clearly
guaranteed right to assign, and making the license irrevocable: 
 “It is expressly understood that all rights granted to Licensee under
this Agreement are irrevocable until this Agreement expires or sooner terminates as provided herein.” 
  

	7.6	Lease Financial Terms 

 Contractor may approve the financial terms
for each site set forth below. Contractor will make reasonable efforts to negotiate the financial terms of a site into compliance with the approved financial terms, prior to bringing these terms to designated Company contact for approval.

 The fee amounts set forth in Tables 1 and 2, below, contain the pre-approved fee amounts, per site, that may be agreed to by Contractor. Any amounts in
excess of these amounts must be approved by TerreStar. Any fee types not listed below must be reviewed and approved by TerreStar. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	9 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Table 1- Maximum Acceptable Lease Related Fees 
  

						
	 Fee Type
	  	 Acceptable
Fee Amount
	  	 Comments

	Additional Land	  	 	[***]	  	If additional land must be purchased to accommodate TerreStar’s installation, TerreStar will reimburse landlord for costs
			
	Application Submission	  	$	[***]	  	Per application fee due with submission of an application
			
	Application Cancellation	  	$	[***]	  	 Per application fee for withdrawing and application during the review process, does not apply to applications
 withdrawn based on the discovery of hazardous conditions, or a revenue sharing obligation for a site

			
	Application for Relocation	  	$	[***]	  	Per application fee for landlord to review and process a request to relocate our equipment at a site
			
	As Built Drawing Penalty	  	 
 	[***]+
[***]%	  	Fee assessed by landlord to have as built drawings created if TerreStar fails to deliver drawings within required number of days after installation completion
			
	Common Tenant Expenses	  	$	[***]	  	TerreStar’s pro-rata share of all common and capital expenses incurred by a landlord in the operation, maintenance and repair of the building should be incorporated into the
rent
			
	Consent	  	$	[***]	  	Processing fee for landlord to approve an assignment that requires landlord approval
			
	Emergency Repairs	  	$	[***]	  	Per Occurrence fee
			
	Equipment Labeling	  	$	[***]	  	If TerreStar equipment is not properly labeled, landlord can label it and charge back fee.
			
	 Extraordinary Site
 Development Costs
	  	 	[***]	  	If TerreStar’s installation requires design and construction of foundations, roads, or walls that present difficult construction conditions or challenging engineering requirements,
“stealth” tower structures, lighting systems at or higher than five hundred (500) feet, etc.
			
	Holdover Rent	  	 
 	[***]% of
[***]	  	If TerreStar does not vacate a site at expiration of a lease, the site becomes month-to-month with increased fees.
			
	Improvements	  	 	[***]	  	
			
	Inspection	  	$	[***]	  	Fee for landlord inspection of the equipment installation at the site
			
	Intermodulation Study	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Modification Application	  	$	[***]	  	Fee for subsequent applications, modifying the initial application with a larger footprint or antenna installation that increases wind-load

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	10 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

						
			
	Other One-Time Fees	  			  	
			
	Regulatory Compliance Fee	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Revenue Share Payment	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Revenue Split Payment	  	$	[***]	  	All revenue share requirements, regardless of cost, must be reviewed and approved by Company
			
	RF Testing	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Signing Bonus	  	$	[***]	  	All signing bonuses must be approved by Company
			
	Site Inspection Fee	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Site Modifications/Repairs	  	 	[***]	  	
			
	SSIS	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Storage	  	 
 	[***]
+[***]%	  	If TerreStar fails to vacate premises at the expiration of the lease term, landlord may store TerreStar’s equipment
			
	Structural Analysis	  	$	[***]	  	If a landlord requires that a structural analysis be done
			
	Taxes	  	 	[***]	  	
			
	Early Termination	  	 	[***]	  	
			
	Testing and Entry	  	$	[***]	  	
			
	Utilities	  	 	[***]	  	

 Table 2 –Maximum Acceptable Rental Rates 
  

													
	 Market
	  	Site Type	  	Escalator	 
	  	Raw Land	  	Tenant
Improvement	  	Co-Location	  
	 Washington Baltimore
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	[***]	%
	 Dallas
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	[***]	%
	 SLC
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	[***]	%

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	11 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	7.7	Use of Legal Counsel 

 Contractor is responsible for negotiating all
Lease agreements in compliance with these Site Leasing Negotiation Guidelines. Contractor should utilize Company’s language library, attached hereto as Attachment 5 as a source for approved alternate language. If a Lease contains terms which
are not covered in Company’s Site Leasing Negotiation Guidelines, or Contractor is unsure if Landlord’s changes to Lease language are acceptable, Contractor will submit the Lease to Company’s identified outside counsel for review.

 Section 8: Lease Approval and Execution 
  

	8.1	Lease Approval 

 Contractor will, negotiate each list to the fullest
of its capabilities. When, in Contractor’s judgment, Lease negotiations are complete, Contractor will provide to Company the Execution Request Form, which will indicate all non-compliant terms in the Lease. Company will review the Execution
Request Form and approve or reject the Lease agreement. If Company rejects the Lease, Company will instruct Contractor to continue negotiations with the Landlord, or will inform Contractor that is has disqualified the site. If Company approves the
Lease terms, Contractor will submit the Lease to the Landlord for signature. 
  

	8.2	Lease Execution 

 Contractor will, upon completion of Lease
negotiation, prepare a lease execution package containing the following: 
 1) Document Execution Request Form (attached as Appendix
1); 
 2) Lease Document with approved Lease exhibits; 
 3) Due Diligence Checklist (attached as Appendix 2) 
 4) Three (3) Landlord executed Leases for
full execution 
 Company will return two (2) fully executed Lease documents to Contractor. Contractor will return one signed copy to the Landlord, and
will record a memoranda of lease prepared by Company Counsel with the appropriate jurisdiction. Responsible for making show jurisdiction returns recorded leases. Contractor will submit Non-disturbance agreements, prepared by Company Counsel, for
roof top and raw land leases to the relevant parties within 10 days of lease signature. 
 Section 9: Standard Lease Terms

 Lessee: TerreStar Networks Inc., a Delaware Corporation (please note that there is no comma between “Networks” and “Inc.”)

 Notice Address: 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 

12010 Sunset Hills Rd, ninth floor 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attn: General Counsel 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	12 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Invoice Address: 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 12010 Sunset Hills Rd, ninth floor 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attn: Accounts Payable 
 Signature Block: 
 The signature block of any lease should read: 
  

			
	TerreStar Networks Inc.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

	Date:	 	  

 Term of Lease: 
 The term of Terrestar’s tenancy shall commence upon the start of construction of the Tenant Facilities or twelve (12) months following the Effective Date of the agreement, whichever first occurs and shall terminate on the fifth
anniversary of the Term Commencement Date unless otherwise terminated. The agreement shall automatically extend the Term for five (5) successive five (5) year on the same terms and conditions as the initial term, unless TerreStar notifies
the Landlord of its intention not to renew prior to commencement of the succeeding Renewal Term. 
 Termination Rights: 
 Lessor Termination: Lessor shall have a right to terminate the lease agreement, in the event that TerreStar fails to cure non-payment within 15 days of notice or
any other breach within 60 days of receiving notice (unless a longer cure period is agreed to); or for condemnation or casualty. Any other termination rights, must be approved by TerreStar Legal. 
 TerreStar Termination: TerreStar shall have a right to terminate the lease agreement, with 30 days notice to the lessor in the event that lessor fails to cure a
breach within 60 days of receiving notice (unless a longer cure period is agreed to); if TerreStar does not obtain or maintain any license, permit or other approval necessary for the construction and operation of the TerreStar’s Facilities; if
TerreStar is unable to occupy and utilize the Premises due to an action of the FCC, including without limitation, a take back of channels or change in frequencies; if any environmental report for the land reveals the presence of any Hazardous
Material after the Term Commencement Date; if TerreStar determines that the Premises are not appropriate for its operations for economic or technological reasons, including, without limitation, signal interference; or if the Landlord fails to
deliver to TerreStar a required executed memorandum of agreement or non-disturbance and attornment agreement . Additionally, Premises or Tenant Facilities are damaged, destroyed, condemned or transferred in lieu of condemnation, Tenant may elect to
terminate this Agreement as of the date of the damage, destruction, condemnation or transfer in lieu of condemnation by giving notice to Landlord no more than forty-five (45) days following the date of such damage, destruction, condemnation or
transfer in lieu of condemnation. If Tenant chooses not to terminate this Agreement, Rent shall be reduced or abated in proportion to the actual reduction or abatement of use of the Premises. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	13 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Term and Rent Commencement: 
 The term of TerreStar’s tenancy
shall commence upon the start of construction of the Tenant Facilities or twelve (12) months following the Effective Date of the agreement, whichever first occurs. Within fifteen (15) business days following the Term Commencement Date and
on the first day of each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay to lessor the agreed upon rent. Rent for any fractional month at the beginning or at the end of the Term or Renewal Term shall be prorated. 
 Taxes 
 If personal property taxes are assessed, TerreStar shall pay
any portion of such taxes directly attributable to the TerreStar’s equipment on the premises. Lessor shall pay all real property taxes, assessments and deferred taxes on the land; taxes assessed on lessor’s operations or net income, and
pay a pro rata share of such tower operation expenses or real estate taxes. 
 Space to be Leased: 
 Tower Space: The tower space (or rooftop space) leased for the use of the antennas should match the dimensions of the antenna to be used at the site. 

Ground Space (Leased Space): 12’X10’ 
 The ground space
leased should be: 12’X10’, this provides plenty of space for TerreStar’s initial and any future needs (See Appendix 6). In the event 12’X10’ is not available, Contractor is authorized to obtain a 6’X6’ space (at a
minimum) for the footprint of TerreStar’s equipment cabinets (including applicable door swings) and adjacent equipment (power and telco/ethernet supply). 
 Lessor’s Right to Stack or Make Modifications: 
 TerreStar understands that at some sites ground space is limited, and the lessor may
request the right to stack equipment over TerreStar’s equipment. If a condition of leasing the site is to allow equipment to be stacked over TerreStar’s equipment, or to stack TerreStar’s equipment over the equipment of an existing
tenant, TerreStar’s Market Manager needs to be notified of such requirement during the application process and must have the right to reject the site, based on this requirement. If TerreStar proceeds with the lease for this site, TerreStar must
have the right to review plans in advance and accept or reject the proposed location of the equipment. In no event may the proposed stacking or modifications impede TerreStar’s RF propagation pattern. In the event that a shelter is installed
above TerreStar’s shelter, the landlord shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses associated with obtaining any required permits in connection with such shelter installation, and shall ensure that such shelter installation complies
with all applicable laws. 
 Lessor’s Right to Relocate TerreStar’s Equipment or the Tower: 
 The lessor should not have the right to relocate TerreStar’s equipment or the tower. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	14 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Reservation of structural capacity: 
 The lessor shall reserve
structural capacity on the tower and site for all equipment described in the lease or SLA. 
 TerreStar’s Rights to Make Modifications:

 If the subject modification is entirely within leased ground space and does not involve a frequency change (from the bandwidth described in the lease) then
no consent should be required from the lessor, nor should notice to the lessor be required. 
 If the subject modification involves only a change in
frequency from that specified in the lease, then no consent should be required from the lessor. However, notice to the lessor may be required, and an amendment of the lease to permit the new frequency usage may be required. 
 If the subject modification involves a “like-for-like, swap out” of antenna or other tower-mounted equipment with identical equipment or different equipment
that does not materially increase tower loading, then no consent of lessor should be required. However, notice may be required to be given to the lessor and the lease may be required to be amended to permit the new equipment, (unless it is identical
in all respects to the replaced equipment). 
 Conditional Leases: 
 Ideally, TerreStar should be able to obtain fully executed leases prior to performing all due diligence and obtaining all necessary consents, if appropriate conditions precedent clauses are added. In such cases
TerreStar (or both parties) must have the right to terminate the license if the necessary approvals are not obtained by a specified time frame. Examples of such conditions precedent are zoning approval, landlord consent, and third party waiver of
ROFR. 
 Site Access: 
 TerreStar should have the right to
access the site on a 24/7/365 basis. TerreStar’s access rights may be subject to the terms of the ground lease, and may be non-exclusive. TERRESTAR should have a non-exclusive easement to use all parts of the site, that are not reserved
exclusively for any other entities use, for construction access, inspection, maintenance and repair access, temporary materials staging during construction and repair, and other related uses. TerreStar should not have to give notice to the lessor
before entering a site. If necessary, it is acceptable to agree to give notice (24 – 48 hours max.) to the lessor before TerreStar performs “elevated work” at a site but for no other reason. 
 Snow Removal: 
 The lessor should be obligated to keep the access way
and site sufficiently clear of snow to permit access. Possible compromises include stating that the access must be sufficient for four wheel drive vehicles, that the clearing will only be done on request, or that the clearing will only be requested
where TerreStar has a bona fide need to access the site immediately. 
 Zoning Approvals: 
 TerreStar will obtain all zoning approvals necessary to install its equipment. The imposition of special conditions to approval may be made subject to review and approval
by lessor. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	15 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Representations and Warranties: 
 Ideally the lessor should represent
and warrant that it holds good title to the site, and that it will assure that the site and tower comply with all applicable laws and regulations. If required, TerreStar may represent and warrant that it will maintain its equipment in good condition
and will operate in accordance with all applicable law and regulation. As with all other provisions of this Leasing Guide, if Contractor has any questions about representations and warranties, Contractor should contact TerreStar’s legal
counsel. 
 Installation of Equipment: 
 TerreStar shall
have the right to install and modify its equipment, with no obligation to permit lessor to perform or bid on the installation work. 
 “Close-Out
Documentation:” 
 It is acceptable to agree that TerreStar shall provide copies of “as-built” drawings, building permits and other
customary “close-out” documentation to the lessor within thirty (30) days of completion of installation or modification of TerreStar’s equipment. 
 Subordination and Non-Disturbance Clauses: 
 If required, TerreStar may agree to subordinate its interest in a site to
prior and future encumbrances of the lessor’s interest (a subordination agreement) provided that said encumbrances must agree that TerreStar’s’s possession will not be disturbed in the event of foreclosure so long as TerreStar is not
in default under the lease (a non-disturbance agreement). 
 Ground Lease Provisions: 
 A copy of the ground lease (if any) must be provided; it should be an exhibit to the lease. It may be redacted to delete the amount of the rent or other confidential irrelevant information. The lease should provide
that the lessor agrees to exercise all rights to renew the term of the ground lease for the duration of the lease term as may be renewed. 
 RF
Interference: 
 The lease must provide that the lessor will cause any third party to eliminate any RF interference that its (subsequently commenced) use
causes to TerreStar’s (previously commenced) use. TerreStar will agree not to cause RF interference with previously commenced uses at the subject site that are FCC licensed, and to cure any RF interference within seventy-two (72) hours of
notice thereof, but will not agree not to interfere with any prior or subsequent uses that are not FCC licensed. 
 Payment Method: 
 By check or electronic transmittal payable to lessor on a monthly basis. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	16 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 RF Exposure: 
 TerreStar will cooperate with the licensor and other
site users to address non-compliance with FCC RF exposure limits. 
 Waiver of Landlord’s Lien: 
 The lessor should waive any rights to a landlord’s lien so that TerreStar’s property is unencumbered and may be used as collateral by TerreStar. 
 Indemnification Clauses: 
 Indemnity clauses must conform to
TerreStarstandard clauses or be approved by TERRESTAR’s counsel. 
 Limitations of Liability (Waiver of Consequential Damages): 
 Both lessor and TerreStar should waive any right to collateral or punitive damages. 
 Insurance: 
 The insurance clauses in the lease must accurately reflec’s current coverages and limits, and otherwise be acceptable. A
summary of TERRESTAR’s insurance will be provided. 
 Utilities: 
 Ideally the lease will represent that separately metered electricity is available at the site. TERRESTAR should not agree to pay any share of utility costs for service supplied to lessor or other carriers. 

Casualty and Condemnation: 
 The lease should provide that the
lessor shall repair any casualty damage to the site within ninety (90) days of the date of the casualty, and rebuild the site or replace the tower within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of the casualty in the event the tower
and/or the site is destroyed. During the repair period, the rent should abate, and TERRESTAR should be allowed, without charge, to install and operate a “cell on wheels” (C.O.W.), if conditions permit. 
 Default and Cure Periods: 
 The lessor must provide written notice and
fifteen(15) day cure period before delinquent payment constitutes a default. There should be no cross default provisions. Lessor must provide written notice and sixty (60) day cure period (with additional time provided if reasonably needed and
if the cure is commenced within said sixty(60) day period) before non-monetary breach constitutes a default 
 Environmental Provisions: 

Ideally, the lease should require the lessor to provide to TerreStar copies of any Phase 1 ESA report that it possesses. The lease should provide that the lessor shall
indemnify TerreStar against any liability or cost incurred due to environmental problems at the site unless caused by TerreStar or third parties not under the lessor’s control. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	17 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 FCC Antenna Structure Registration: 
 The lease should state that the
lessor shall provide a copy of the licensor’s FCC Form 854-R. 
 Governing Law, Jurisdiction: 
 The lease should provide that disputes will be litigated in the state where the site is located and that state’s law should be applied to determine the outcome.

 Assignment Rights: 
 TerreStar must have the right to
assign its interests in the lease to third parties without the consent of the lessor, at least with respect to transfers to its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates or successors of TerreStar’s business whether by merger, sale of assets or
otherwise. Ideally TerreStar should be released from further liability upon making the assignment. This right should not be limited to affiliates of or successors to TerreStar. It is permissible to require notice of such assignments to be given to
lessor. 
 Non-Disclosure Provisions: 
 The lease should
provide that its content and existence should be kept confidential by both parties, with certain exceptions. 
 Compliance with Laws and Regulations 

 TerreStar’s operations are subject to more regulations than other cellular carriers. The satellite portion of TerreStar’s business brings State
Department and Defense Department rules to bear on its operations. As a result, TerreStar requires that lessors agree to not only keep the site in conformance with all applicable, laws, rules and regulations and agree to reasonably cooperate with
TerreStar regarding any compliance required by the TerreStar in respect to its use of the site. Lessor must also acknowledge that any products, software, and technical information provided under the lease are subject to U.S. export laws and
regulations and any use or transfer of such products, software, and technical information must be authorized under those regulations. Lessor must agree that it will not use, distribute, transfer, or transmit the products, software, or technical
information (even if incorporated into other products) except in compliance with U.S. export regulations. TerreStar will agree to use the site as may be required or as permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to comply with U.S.
export regulations, as well. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	18 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Appendix 1 - Document Execution Request Form 
 

 
 DOCUMENT EXECUTION REQUEST/BUSINESS SUMMARY 
 FOR LEASING DOCUMENTS 
  

							
	ORIGINATING MARKET:	 	  
	  	DATE:	 	  

				
	SITE NUMBER:	 	  
	  	SITE NAME:	 	  

				
	SITE ADDRESS:	 	  
	  	LANDLORD:	 	  

 Type of document (check one): 
  

					
	 ̈ Site Lease Agreement	 	 ̈ Lease Amendment	 	 ̈ Memorandum of lease
	 ̈ TerreStar Tower Lease Form	 	 ̈ Access or utility easement	 	 ̈ Entry & testing agreement
	 ̈ TerreStar Rooftop Lease Form	 	 ̈ Subordination agreement	 	 ̈ Other (please specify):
	 ̈ TerreStar Ground Lease Form	 	 ̈ Landlord Lease Form	 	

  

				
	 TYPE OF SITE:
	  	TOTAL RENT
	  ̈ Ground lease over $/month
	  	$	            
	  ̈ Ground/Tower lease (Collocation) over $/month
	  	$	            
	  ̈ Ground lease for additional ground space with a collocation, ground lease over $/month
	  	$	            
	  ̈ Ground lease for additional ground space with collocation; total site rent over $/month
	  	$	            
	  ̈ Building rooftop/TI lease over $/month
	  	$	            
	  ̈ Other:
	  	$	            
		
	Answer the following questions if applicable.	  		
		
	 FINANCIAL ISSUES:
	  		
	 Any Additional Fees / Non Standard Consideration Required? Yes  ̈ No  ̈
(Describe):
	  		
		
	 Do we have TerreStar’s standard Waiver of Lessor’s Lien language? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No, explain):
	  		
		
	 Do we have TerreStars standard Assignment and Subletting language? Yes  ̈ No  ̈
 (If No, explain):
	  		
		
	 Initial and Renewal Terms satisfy minimum criteria? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No,
explain):
	  		
		
	 TerreStar has right to terminate anytime? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No, explain):

	  		
		
	 Does Landlord have termination rights? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If Yes, explain):

	  		
		
	 Option Payment, if any? Yes  ̈ No  ̈
	  	$	            
		
	 Revenue Share  ̈ / Split  ̈ (% and $ value) [None  ̈] :
	  		
		
	 LL Consent Required Yes  ̈ No  ̈ ($ fee?):
	  	$	            
		
	 Pre-Execution Due Diligence Complete? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No,
explain):
	  		
		
	 Due Diligence Checklist Attached? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No,
explain):
	  		
		
	 Ground Lease Auto Renewal? Yes  ̈ No  ̈ (If No, explain):
	  		
		
	 Leased Ground Space Area Size (s.f.)?:
	  		
		
	 Site Address:
	  		
		
	 Landlord’s Name:
	  		

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	19 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	Date of attached document:	  	
	Commencement/effective date?:	  	
	Anticipated on-air date?	  	

  

											
	 CATEGORY
	  	 SITE
DEMOGRAPHIC

	 ̈ Quality	 	 ̈ Capacity	 	 ̈ Coverage	  	 ̈ Urban	  	 ̈ Suburban	  	 ̈ Rural

 SUBJECT MATTER 
  

	1.	Briefly summarize the nature of the agreement so that the signatories have a basic understanding of the agreement: 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

	2.	If applicable, briefly summarize any deviations from company standard forms (attach any necessary pages): 

  
  
  
  
 CONTRACTOR SIGNATURES 
  

					
	 	 	 Signature
	    	 Date

	 ̈ Market Site Acquisition LeadŒ	 	  
	    	                              

	 ̈ Market Manager�	 	  
	    	  

	 ̈ PMO RepresentativeŽ
	 	  
	    	  

	 ̈ Outside Counsel�	 	  
	    	  

  

	 Œ
	 Signature required on all Document Execution Requests/Business Summaries. 

	 �
	 Signature required on all Document Execution Requests/Business Summaries. 

	 Ž
	 Signature required on Document Execution Requests/Business Summaries where rent exceeds market target by more than
twenty percent (20%). 

	 �
	 By signing above, I certify that I have reviewed the attached document and I approve the document as to legal form (not
required when American Tower, Crown Castle or other MLA partner is licensor). 

 TERRESTAR REQUIRED APPROVALS & SIGNATURES

 Signature 
  

					
	  
	  		  	
	Director of Site Development (Level 1 Approval)	  	Date	  	 ̈ Approved     ̈ Denied     ̈
Conditional
	  
 Conditions:

			
	  
	  		  	
	VP of Site Development (Level 2 Approval)	  	Date	  	 ̈ Approved     ̈ Denied     ̈
Conditional
	  
 Conditions:

			
	TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ORIGINATOR	  		  	

 Originator certifies that all relevant supporting documents are attached. Please return the attached document to
the originator. 
  

							
	Signed by Originator:	 		 	
			
	  
	 	Date:	 	  

				
	Print Name:	 	  
	 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	20 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Appendix 2 - Due Diligence Checklist 
 

 
 Leasing Due Diligence Checklist 
 Site Name: 
 Site Address: 
 Number: 
 Legal Description: 
 Landlord Name: 
 Ground Lease 
  

													
	 	  	 Yes
	  	 No
	  	 Comments

	 Underlying ground lease boundaries encompass the proposed equipment and shelter requirements
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Underlying ground lease unexpired term is greater than or equal to ten (10) years
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	         number of years remaining on ground lease term
	 Underlying ground lease does not allow landlord to terminate without cause
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 No landlord consent or right of first refusal (ROFO) exists
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Landlord consent or ROFR exists, and notification or consent has occurred
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Ground Lease Lessor is consistent with the title report
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Name:
	 Additional landlord rights that may impact Company
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	List:
				
	Title Report	  		  		  	
				
	 	  	 Yes
	  	 No
	  	 Comments

	Title Report received and attached	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	current site owner(s) of fee simple title same as owner identified on ground lease	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Name:
	Easements, covenants or restrictions of record affecting access to the Site	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	List:
	Mortgage on the site	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Amount: $    
	Liens on the site (mechanics lien, material man’s liens, judgment liens, federal tax liens)	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Amount: $    
	Unpaid Taxes on the Site	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Amount: $    
	Bankruptcy affecting the Site	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	Title Report included in Lease Execution Package	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	

													
				
	Zoning	 		 		 	
	 	 	 Yes
	 	 No
	 	 Admin
	 	 Public Hearing
	 	 Comments

	 Zoning Required
	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	
	 Zoning Approval obtained
	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	21 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

									
			
	Environmental	  		  	
				
	 	  	 Yes
	  	 No
	  	 Comments

	 Collocation Site: Phase 1 which has been performed within six (6) months
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Phase 1 Completion Date:
	 Raw Land Site: Phase 1 has been performed by Contractor
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Phase II is necessary
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 NEPA Checklist Completed or NEPA Compliant (as required)
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Raw Land Site: Land Boundary Survey completed
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	 Geotechnical Investigation Required
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Date Performed:
	 Soil Resistivity Testing
	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Date Performed:
		  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	Structural Analysis required by MLA	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Date Performed:
	Tower is compliant per verification of existing zoning/building permit.	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	No existing zoning/building permit was provided	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	

  

	 ̈	Per the Lessor’s provided documentation, the tower is structurally adequate for TerreStar’s proposed installation. (check one): 

  

	 	 ̈	Structural Waived 

 If Structural Waived, states basis:
                                        
                                        
                             

	 	 ̈	Structural Letter 

	 	 ̈	Structural Analysis 

 Miscellaneous 
  

									
	 	  	Yes	  	No	  	N/A	  	 Comments

	2C/1A Certification in SMS	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	Intermod Study Complete	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	FAA Approval	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	
	AM Pre-Screen Complete	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	Date Completed:
	AM De-Tuning Study Completed	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	 ̈	  	

 I hereby certify that the above information has been verified by performing the due diligence requirements set
forth in the general services master agreement: 
 Contractor Representative Name:
                                        
             
 Contractor Representative Signature:
                                     
 Date:                      
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	22 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Appendix 3 – Title Review Memorandum 
 TERRESTAR NETWORKS TITLE REVIEW FORM 
  

							
	Region/Market:	  	  
	  	Site ID:	  	  

				
	Site Acquisition Coordinator:	  	  
	  	Site Name:	  	  

		
	Leasing Agent:	  	  

		
	Site Acquisition Lead:	  	  

		
	Title Company	  	  

		
	Legal Reviewer:	  	  

		
	Date of Title Report	  	  

  

			
		
	Address:	  	  

		
	County:	  	  

		
	City:	  	  

		
	APN:	  	  

		
	Owner:	  	  

		
	TerreStar Networks’s Lessor:	  	  

		
	Interest:	  	  

		
	Agreement Type:	  	  

 LEASING MANAGER REVIEW: After review of the Title Report for this site, please take note of the
following issues that may affect construction and/or use of the site. 
  

			
	1)	 	  

		
	2)	 	  

		
	3)	 	  

		
	4)	 	  

		
	5)	 	  

		
	6)	 	  

		
	7)	 	  

  

			
		  	  

	Leasing Manager’s Electronic Signature	  	                (Date)

 **** LEGAL REVIEW CONTINUED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE **** 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	23 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	LEGAL REVIEW: After review of the Title Report for this site, please take note of the
	following issues that may affect construction and/or use of the site.
		
	 1)
	 	  

		
	 2)
	 	  

		
	 3)
	 	  

		
	 4)
	 	  

		
	 5)
	 	  

		
	 6)
	 	  

		
	 7)
	 	  

					
			
	  
	    	  
	 	
	Attorney/Legal Reviewer’s Signature

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	24 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Appendix 4 – Lease Guidelines Process Flow Chart 
 

 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	25 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 Appendix 5 – Site Lease Alternate Lease Language Library 
 ALTERNATIVE LEASE LANGUAGE 
 AND 
 LEASING GUIDELINES 
 INTENDED FOR USE IN NEGOTIATION OF TERRESTAR

 NETWORK SERVICES LEASES. 
 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 
 The information contained herein is privileged and confidential and may not be used by any other parties without the
express written consent of Terrestar Network Services. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	26 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 INTRODUCTION 
  

	    	Dear Site Acquisition Vendor: 

     [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	 2.      Landlord is a Trust:
	 	[***]	  	

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	27 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	 	1.	Option to Lease. 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	28 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	 	3.	TERM 

  

	1.	Sublease: [***] 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	29 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 

 

	2.	Hold Over 

 [***]

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	30 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	4.	RENT 

  

	1.	Annual Payment Schedule 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	2.	Holdover: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 

 

	3.	Rent Escalation 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	31 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	2.	Multiple Payees: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	3.	Assignment of Rent: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	32 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	5.	Rent Deposit Applied to First Month’s Rent: 

 [***]

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	6.	Security Deposits: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	33 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 

 

	 	5.	USE 

 1. Use Subject to
Applicable Law, Regulations and Ordinances: Revise the second sentence of Paragraph 5 so that the sentence reads as follows: 
 [***]

 2. Landlord’s Reasonable Duty to Cooperate: Revise the second sentence of Paragraph 5 so that it reads as follows: 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	34 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 6(a) FACILITIES 
  

	1.	Plan Approval: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	2.	Compliance with Applicable Laws: [***] 

 [***] 
 6(b) UTILITIES 
  

	1.	Compensation for Electrical Services – Payment of Utilities: 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	35 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	2.	Landlord Cooperation with Utility Easements 

 [***]

 [***] 
 [***] 

[***] 
 6(c) ACCESS TO
THE PREMISES 
  

	1.	Access during normal business hours: 

 [***] 
  

	2.	An “emergency” can be defined as: 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	36 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
  

	3.	Access during normal business hours; off-hour telephone notice required: 

 [***] 
  

	4.	Card-Key Access: 

 [***] 
  

	5.	Security Check-In Required: 

 [***]

  

	6.	Security Procedures: See also Additional Provisions: Site Rules and Regulations in Appendix 1. 

 [***] 
  

	7.	Prior Notice for After-Hour Access: [***] 

 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	37 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	8.	List of Authorized Personnel Required: 

 [***] 
 6(d) ACCESS TO THE PROPERTY 
  

	1.	TerreStar Constructs Access Roadway: 

 [***]

  

	2.	Maintenance of Access Road 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

	3.	Relocation of Access Road: 

 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	38 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 10. TERMINATION 

  

	1.	Extended Cure Period for Non-Monetary Default: [***] 

 [***] 
  

	2.	Early Termination Fees / Liquidated Damages: [***] 

 [***] 
  

	 	16.	WARRANTY OF TITLE AND QUIET ENJOYMENT 

  

	1.	Encumbrances and Restrictions of Record: [***] 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***]

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	39 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 17. REPAIRS 
  

	1.	Tenant’s operations cause need for repair: 

 [***] 
  

	 	20.	MARKING AND LIGHTING 

 Overview 
 The FCC marking and lighting requirements (the Antenna Structure Registration Rules) are set forth in Part
17 of Title 47 in the Code of Federal Regulations. 47 C.F.R. §17.4. 
 Purpose: 
  

	 	1.	Ensure that the Landlord will fulfill any applicable FCC/FAA marking and lighting requirements on the Landlord-owned structures, including shifting responsibilities to the Landlord
if TerreStar is erecting the tower and conveying to the Landlord. 

  

	 	2.	Protect TerreStar from FCC/FAA regulatory action upon the Landlord’s failure to properly mark and light the Property. 

 The Tenant Facilities 
 [***] 
 Building Agreements 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	40 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 

[***] 
 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS 
  

	1.	[***] 

 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	41 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	2.	[***] 

 [***] 
 _______________________________________________ 
  

	3.	BUSINESS DAY 

 A “Business Day” is any day, Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays, banking holidays in the county within which the Premises is located, or any day on which banking institutions are
authorized by applicable law or executive order to close. 
 _______________________________________________ 
  

	4.	ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES: [***] 

 [***] 
 _______________________________________________ 
  

	5.	MECHANICS’ AND MATERIALMANS’ LIENS 

 [***] 
 _______________________________________________ 
  

	6.	NOT AN OFFER 

 [***] 
 _______________________________________________ 
  

	7.	RELOCATION OF THE TENANT FACILITIES: [***] 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	42 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	43 (43)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 5 Leasing Guidelines Appendix	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 6

 NEPA COMPLIANCE WORKSHEET 
  

	 	I.	Complete NEPA Land Use Checklist to Determine NEPA Applicability: 

 ** For collocations, only screening for Category #4 is required. The remaining categories are generally excluded. 
  

									
	 FCC Category
	  	Source References (Agencies)	  	Initial Appropriate Box
	  	  	Potential
Adverse
Impact	  	No Adverse
Impact	  	Collocation
Agreement/
NPA Exclusion
Applies
					
	 1.      Designated Wilderness Areas
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 2.      Designated Wildlife Preserve
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 3.      Threatened or Endangered Species & Critical Habitats
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 4.      Historic Places**
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 5.      Indian Sites of Religious & Cultural Significant
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 6.      Floodplain
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 7.      Wetlands, Deforestation & Surface Waterways
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 8.      High Intensity White Lights in Residential Neighborhoods
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 9.      Human Exposure to Radiation in Excess of Applicable Safety Standards
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 10.    Located Within 1 Mile of a National Scenic/Historic Trail
	  		  		  		  	
					
	 11.    National Wild & Scenic Rivers
	  		  		  		  	

 (For definitions of categories 1 – 8, see 47 CFR Ch. 1, Sec. 1.1307.) 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (3)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 6 NEPA Compliance Worksheet	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 6

 NEPA COMPLIANCE WORKSHEET 
  

	 	II.	Where NEPA compliance is required, determine appropriate due diligence and required documentation based on scope of work: 

  

			
	 Scope of Work
	  	 Required Due Diligence

		
	 n  New or Replacement Tower
	  	  ̈        Complete full NEPA
report In accordance with FCC Regulations.
  
 A replacement tower may qualify for an
exclusion from SHPO/THPO review if:
  
  ̈        No “Substantial increase in the size of the tower” (see definition below);
  
  ̈        Expansion of the lease area is 30 feet
or less in any direction; and
  
  ̈        Section 106/SHPO/THPO Review is completed on the existing tower if it was constructed after March 16, 2001.

		
	 n  Collocation On an Existing Tower
	  	
		
	 For Towers Built After March 16, 2001, Check For:
	  	  ̈        Section 106/SHPO/THPO
Review Completed;
  
  ̈        SHPO/THPO Finding of “no effect” or “no adverse effect;”
  
  ̈        No Substantial Increase in the Size of the
Tower;
  
  ̈        No FCC Ruling of Effect on Historic Property; and
  
  ̈        No Written or Electronic
Complaints.
  
 **If all the above criteria are met, the collocation qualifies for an
exclusion from SHPO/THPO review under the CA.
  
 ***In the event that a tower owner
cannot produce NEPA documentation for an existing tower constructed after March 16, 2001, Bechtel CANNOT construct on the tower.

		
	 For Towers Built Before March 16, 2001, Check For:
	  	  ̈        No Substantial Increase
in the Size of the Tower;
  
  ̈        No FCC Ruling of Effect on a Historic Property;
  
  ̈        Site Not Subject to a Pending Environmental
Review; and
  
  ̈        No Written or Electronic Complaints.
  
 **If all of the above criteria are met, the collocation qualifies for an exclusion from SHPO/THPO review under the CA.

		
	 n  Collocation On a Building or Non-Tower Structure
	  	
		
	 For Building/Non-Tower Structures Check For:
	  	  ̈        Building/Structure is
not 45 years old, or older;
  
  ̈        Building/Structure is not in a historic district;
  
  ̈        The antenna is not visible from the ground
level of a historic district where the antenna is on a structure within 250 feet of the boundary of the district;

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (3)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 6 NEPA Compliance Worksheet	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
		  	  ̈        Building/Structure is
not a designated National Historic Landmark or listed in, or eligible for, listing in the National Register of Historic Places; and
  
  ̈        No written or electronic
complaints.
  
 **If all of the above criteria are met, the collocation qualifies for
exclusion from SHPO/THPO review under the NPA.

		
	Suitable Documentation for a Collocation Includes:	  	  ̈        Tower Owner
Self-Certification Letter/Compliance Statement;
  
  ̈        Collocation Exemption Letter; or
  
  ̈        Section 106 Consultation
Letter.

		
	 n  Modification
	  	
		
	 For Towers Built After March 16, 2001 Check For:
	  	  ̈        Completed
Section 106/SHPO/THPO review process and any associated environmental reviews required by the FCC; and
  
  ̈        No Substantial Increase in the Size of
the Tower.

		
	 For Towers Built Before March 16, 2001 Check For:
	  	  ̈        No Substantial
Increase in the Size of the Tower.
  
 **If the above criteria are met, the modification
qualifies for exclusion from SHPO/THPO review under the NPA.

		
	Suitable Documentation for a Modification Includes:	  	  ̈        Growth Exemption
Letter; or
  
  ̈        Carrier Self-Certification Letter Re: the Applicability of Section 106 Review to the Existing Modification; or
  
  ̈        Modification SHPO Self-screening questionnaire (in development)

		
	“Substantial Increase in the size of the tower:”	  	  ̈        10% or 20
foot rule;
  
  ̈        Four (4) cabinets or one (1) shelter rule;
  
  ̈        Appurtenance Rule;
or
  
  ̈        Expansion of the lease area rule.
  
 (See Appendix A for further reference.)

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (3)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 6 NEPA Compliance Worksheet	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 7

 SITE TYPE MODEL DRAWINGS, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 
 SMS REFERENCE NUMBERS 
 Site Type Model Drawings: 
  

					
	 Site Type
	  	 Model Drawing
 Document No.
	  	Revision
	 Co-Location Site
	  	[***]-000-CL-SITE	  	0
	 Rooftop Site
	  	[***]-000-RT-SITE	  	0
	 Feederless Site
	  	[***]-000-FL-SITE	  	0
	 Raw Land Site
	  	[***]-000-RL-SITE	  	0
	 Water Tank Site (also sometimes referred to in the Agreement as “Water Tower”)
	  	[***]-000-WT-SITE	  	0
	 Flag Pole Site
	  	[***]-000-FP-SITE, Sheet 03	  	0

 Standards and Specifications: 
  

					
	 Description
	  	 Document No.
	  	Revision
	 Standard Notes, Symbols and Details
	  	[***]-000-A3-EF-00001	  	0
	 Technical Specification for Facility Grounding of Base Transmission Sites
	  	[***]-000-3PS-GET-00001	  	0
	 Technical Specifications for Site Survey
	  	[***]-000-3PS-CY04-00001	  	0
	 Technical Specifications for Soil Boring and Geotechnical Investigation
	  	[***]-000-3PS-CY05-00001	  	0
	 TerreStar Radio Frequency Cable Standards
	  	TSN-ATC-3-POL-Radio_Frequency_Cable_Standards	  	1.3

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 7 Site Model Drawings, Standards
 and Specifications SMS Reference Numbers
	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 8

 RF SITE CONFIGURATION SHEET 
  

							
	RF - Site Design Form
	
	Site Information
	 Site Number:
	    	  
	    	Site Name	    	  

	 Market:
	    	  
	    	Cluster:	    	  

	 Revision:
	    	  
	    		    	
				
	 RNP Engineer:
	    	  
	    	RNP Engineer-Contact Tlf.:	    	  

	 Supervisor:
	    	  
	    	Supervisor- Contact Tlf.:	    	  

				
	 Date:
	    	  
	    		    	
	
	Location
	 Longitude:
	    	  
	    	Address:	    	  

	 Latitude:
	    	  
	    	City:	    	  

		    		    	State:	    	  

				
	 Site Acquisition Company:
	    	  
	    		    	
	
	NODE B Design Information
	 Number of sectors:
	    	  
	    	Configuration:	    	  

	 Node B Type:
	    	  
	    	Cell Type:	    	  

	 Number of Node Bs:
	    	  
	    		    	
	
	Antenna/Feeders Design Information
				
	 	    	 Sector A
	    	 Sector B
	    	 Sector C

	 Number of antennas
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Antenna Type
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Antenna Vendor
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Horizontal Beamwidth
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Gain
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Diversity
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Azimuth
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Band
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Mechanical Tilt
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Electrical Tilt
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Radiation Height from Ground
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

				
	 Number of Feeders
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (2)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 8 RF Site Configuration Sheet
	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

							
	 Feeder Type
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Feeder Length
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Number of jumpers (top&bottom)
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

				
	 Combiner Type
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Mast Head Amplifier (MHA)
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	
	Comments and Change History
	 Sector A
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Sector B
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	 Sector C
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

	
	Approvals - Signature and date
	 [***] RF:
	    	  
	    	Other:	    	  

	 TerreStar Networks Inc. RF:
	    	  
	    		    	
	 Implementation:
	    	  
	    		    	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (2)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 8 RF Site Configuration Sheet
	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 9

 BACKHAUL SITE CONFIGURATION SHEET 
  

							
	Backhaul Site Configuration Sheet
	
	Site Information
	 Site ID Number:
	    	  
	    	Site Name	    	  

	 Market
	    	  
	    	Site Type (Remote, Hub, Relay)	    	  

	 Site Owner (TerreStar,
 Existing Site)
	    	  
	    		    	
				
	 Site Contact Name
	    	  
	    	Site Contact Tlf.	    	  

				
	 Date:
	    	  
	    		    	
	
	Location
	 Longitude (W/E)
	    	  
	    	Address	    	  

	 Latitude (N/S)
	    	  
	    	City	    	  

	 Datum: WGS 84  ̈ Other  ̈
Specify:                
	    	State	    	  

	
	Backhaul Site Design Information
	 Is this a microwave backhaul site? Yes  ̈ No  ̈

	
	 If No, please list non-microwave site requirements:
  
 If Yes, please complete items below:

	
	 Tower Type: Monopole with Shelf  ̈ Monopole with T-Boom  ̈ Lattice Tower  ̈ Guyed Tower  ̈
 Other
 ̈ Specify:                 

				
	 Total Tower Height
 (Feet above sea level)
	    	  
	    	Antenna Make, Model, and Size	    	  

				
	 Ground Elevation
 (Feet above sea level)
	    	Actual  ̈ Assumed  ̈	    		    	
				
	 Antenna Centerline Height
 (Feet above ground level)
	    	  
	    	Path Azimuth	    	  

	 Transmit Frequency (GHz)
	    	  
	    	Path Length (in km) (Optional)	    	  

	
	Approvals - Signature and date
	 Backhaul Vendor:
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

				
	 TerreStar/TerreStar Designate Approval
	    	  
	    	  
	    	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 9 Backhaul Site Configuration Sheet	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 10 
 FORM OF NOTICE TO
PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION 
  

							
	NOTICE TO PROCEED
			
		  		  	 Date Issued:

	Section I - Site Information:	  		  		  	
	Region:	  	Area:	  	Market:	  	Site Id:
	Address:	  		  		  	
				
	Section II - Comments:	  		  		  	
	  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized
representatives of each Party, have acknowledged this Notice to Proceed with Construction with respect to the above referenced Site as of the Company SMS (Siterra) date stamp listed below.

			
	TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC.	  		  	
	Company SMS Date Stamp:	  		  		  	
	By:	  		  		  	
	(Please Print Name)	  		  		  	
		  	Title:	  		  	
				
	CONTRACTOR:	  		  		  	
	By Vendor:	  		  		  	
	(Please Print Name)	  		  		  	
		  	Title:	  		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 10 Notice to Proceed with Construction Form
	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 11 
 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION CHECKLIST 
  

			
	Contractor:	  	TSN Site Inspector:
                                    
		
	Site Name/Address:	  	Site Number:
                                        
      

  

											
	 Attribute Inspected in accordance with Subcontract including
 Specifications / Drawings
 HIGHLIGHTED ITEMS NOT IN RAN SCOPE
	 	Yes	 	Punch list Item	 	N/A	 	Acceptable
Y/N	 	 Comments

	 1. ANTENNAS
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Correct RF antennas installed/located (Model Number)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 RF Antenna coated/painted as specified
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 RF Antenna - orientation to correct azimuth
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - plumb
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - height per RF data sheet
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - minimum spacing
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - down tilt per RF data sheet
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - grounding as per specification
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 TMA/LNA/GPS located and installed per design
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - Horizontal visibility for 180°@ 10° above surface or able to lock onto minimum 3 satellites
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Correct MW antenna installed/located (Model Number)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 MW Antenna   - correct azimuth orientation (Backhaul Vendor)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - height per RF data sheet
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - grounding per specification
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - installed MW ice shield (if applicable)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 All antennae hardware secure and tight
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Allowance for antenna drainage
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

						
	 2. RF SURGE ARRESTORS (if applicable)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Installed/located in accord with Site Plans
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

						
	 3. CONNECTORS
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Connectors are weather proofed as required
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Coax to jumper connections per Design Criteria
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Cable at connector does not have undue stress
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Connectors are free from damage or distortion
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Connectors tight/torqued, not cross threaded
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

						
	 4. COAX
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Correct size, routing and length
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Ground kits installed
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - Grounded top, bottom and middle as specified
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	  - At entry to cabinet/building entry
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 11 Construction Completion Checklist	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 11 
 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION CHECKLIST 
  

			
	Contractor:	  	TSN Site Inspector:
                                    
		
	Site Name/Address:	  	Site Number:
                                        
      

  

											
	 Attribute Inspected in accordance with Subcontract including
 Specifications / Drawings
 HIGHLIGHTED ITEMS NOT IN RAN SCOPE
	 	Yes	 	Punch list Item	 	N/A	 	Acceptable
Y/N	 	 Comments

	 Free of kinks and dents
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Bend radius acceptable
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Drip loops and supports are installed
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Support spacing (max3ft between vertical coax supports; 3ft horizontal) installed correctly
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Coax hoist grip installed at top of run
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Tie-wraps/stainless steel hardware installed correctly
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Identification - color coding per specification
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	    - tagging per specification
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Protective Ice Bridge/Shield installed per design
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Coax sweep test complete and acceptable
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

						
	 5. GROUNDING
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Downward flow of Coax ground conductors into ground bar(s)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Ground conductors terminated with two-hole lugs
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Tower grounding to site ground system per design
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Equipment frame(s) grounded to ground system
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Fuel tank/generator grounded to ground system as required
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Ice bridge posts grounded to ground system
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Site ground system per drawings
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Ground wire bend radius correct? (minimum 8 inches)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Ground bars- size per design
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 - location per design
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 - hardware stainless steel
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 - anti-corrosive compound used
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 - grounding conductors not doubled on any ground bar location or bolt
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 All ground fields bonded
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Coax Tray grounded correctly (no daisy-chaining)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Conduit grounding (for conduit greater than 3 inches dia.)
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Equipment grounded as required
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Fence grounding as per drawing
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Water main ground - pipe clean
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	    - correct clamp
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 All ground conductor lugs are two hole long barrel as required
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 11 Construction Completion Checklist	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 11

 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION CHECKLIST 
  

			
	Contractor:	  	TSN Site Inspector:
                                    
		
	Site Name/Address:	  	Site Number:
                                        
      

  

													
	 Attribute Inspected in accordance with Subcontract including
 Specifications / Drawings
 HIGHLIGHTED ITEMS NOT IN RAN SCOPE
	  	 Yes
	  	 Punch list Item
	  	 N/A
	  	 Acceptable
Y/N
	  	 Comments

	 Lugs crimped per manufacturer requirements
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Buried ground ring
	 	- exothermic welds & acceptable	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- test ports installed as required	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- pictures submitted	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Mast(s)
	 	- grounded	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- mechanical ground connections tight & acceptable	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Ethernet/Fiber Grounding as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Site Ground Resistance Test completed and acceptable
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	6. LABELING	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Breakers labeled
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Disconnect switch labeled
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Meter pan labeled
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 BTS equipment labeled ([***])
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	7. FASTENERS	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Lock washers installed
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Conduit Tray splice plates
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Correct Anchor bolts used
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Equipment hold down bolts installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Structural steel bolts
	 	- tight	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- full thread engagement	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- washers installed	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Conduit Tray hold down clips
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Conduit clamps
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Tray cover fasteners
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	8. HOUSEKEEPING	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Site clean
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Temporary structures removed
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	9. CONFIGURATION CONTROL	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Drawings correct (redlined as-builts)
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 RFI/DCN work complete
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	10. SAFETY	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Platform handrails installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Platform Safety chain(s) installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Fences/gates locked
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Safety climb installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 11 Construction Completion Checklist	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 11

 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION CHECKLIST 
  

			
	Contractor:	  	TSN Site Inspector:
                                    
		
	Site Name/Address:	  	Site Number:
                                        
      

  

													
	 Attribute Inspected in accordance with Subcontract including
 Specifications / Drawings
 HIGHLIGHTED ITEMS NOT IN RAN SCOPE
	  	 Yes
	  	 Punch list Item
	  	 N/A
	  	 Acceptable
Y/N
	  	 Comments

	 Equipment alarm circuits installed ([***])
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	11. UTILITIES	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Electrical – installed to Demarc point
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 1
	 	- test ports installed as required	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- connections tight	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- meter installed	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- main service panel installed and grounded	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- manual transfer switch installed and grounded (if applicable)	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- minimum of 36 inches clearance in front of MTS/electrical service panels	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- generator receptacle installed (Type/model #)	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Backhaul installed (Backhaul Vendor)
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Power/backhaul ready (Backhaul Vendor)
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 AC TVSS
	 	- mounted correctly & energized	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- connections tight	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Alarm wiring and 66 block installed ([***])
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	12. TOWER	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Foundation installed per site plans and design
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Concrete Test Cylinders complete and acceptable
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 All tower and accessories galvanized
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Step bolts installed
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Construction complete and acceptable per design
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Lighting/painted installed as required and per FAA specification
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Lighting Alarm Installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Height verified per design
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Construction rigging (unloading/erecting) removed
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Guy wiring tensioned correctly
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	13. CIVIL/SITE WORK	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Access road constructed per site drawings & specifications
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Concrete installation
	 	- piers per design	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		 	- equipment pad per design	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Penetrations sealed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 11 Construction Completion Checklist	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 11

 CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION CHECKLIST 
  

			
	Contractor:	  	TSN Site Inspector:
                                    
		
	Site Name/Address:	  	Site Number:
                                        
      

  

													
	 Attribute Inspected in accordance with Subcontract including
 Specifications / Drawings
 HIGHLIGHTED ITEMS NOT IN RAN SCOPE
	  	 Yes
	  	 Punch list Item
	  	 N/A
	  	 Acceptable
Y/N
	  	 Comments

	 Stone/fabric installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Fence/gate(s) installed per site drawing & specifications
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Site secured
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Landscaping per drawings
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Prior to concrete placement, re-bar and anchor bolts for tower and/or equipment foundation(s) were inspected.
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	14. SIGNAGE	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 No Trespassing sign installed (If Applicable)
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Site ID and Name
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Danger Keep Off sign installed (If Applicable)
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 FCC Call Sign installed
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 FCC Antenna Structure Registration Number identified
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 MPE Radiation/Warning Sign installed (If Applicable
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	15. MISCELLANEOUS	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Generator/fuel tank installed as required
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	16. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION (IN SITERRA)	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Tests and Inspections per Site Development SOW
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

	 Photographs per Site Development SOW
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

						
	17. PUNCH LIST COMPLETE – NO OPEN ITEMS	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 11 Construction Completion Checklist	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
		  	Planning	  		  	
	1.	  	• Complete Negotiation of MLAs with target tower companies	  	R	  	I
	2.	  	• Develop design specifications, construction standards and acceptance criteria	  	R	  	I
		  	Preliminary RF Engineering Design	  		  	
	3.	  	• Create Preliminary RF Design	  	R	  	I
	4.	  	 ¡ Tune propagation model for terrain and clutter for each market under design
	  	  
	5.	  	 ¡ Use TerreStar Site design and configurations standards to guide all facets of RF design
	  	  
	6.	  	 ¡ Assign all Site ID’s as per national and local TerreStar RF Engineering requirements
	  	  
	7.	  	 ¡ Develop RF design to accomplish all objectives as outlined in market specific design criteria.
	  	  
	8.	  	 ¡ Track accomplishment of point of presence (POP) targets during design activity
	  	  
	9.	  	 ¡ Create proposed frequency plan for new Sites and any existing adjacent Sites
	  	  
	10.	  	 ¡ Maintain an open and two-way communications with local TerreStar RF Engineering teams to ensure alignment as the project progresses through all phases
	  	  
	11.	  	 ¡ Develop and provide Site Management System for design review activities
	  	  
	12.	  	 ¡ Develop and issue Search Rings to begin Site Candidate Information Package (SCIP) process
	  	  
	13.	  	 ¡ Provide all necessary documentation and support for RF Design Review
	  	  
	14.	  	• Preview Preliminary RF Design	  	R	  	I
	15.	  	 ¡ Verify target number of Sites required
	  	  
	16.	  	 ¡ Verify target number of POP’s covered
	  	  
	17.	  	• RF Design Review	  	R	  	
	18.	  	• Approve RF Design	  	R	  	
	19.	  	• Finalize Plan of Record (POR)	  	R	  	
	20.	  	• Update Preliminary RF Design	  	R	  	
	21.	  	• Upload Site Information into SMS	  	R	  	
				
		  		  		  	1

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities
	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	22.	  	• Validate TerreStar financial systems with POR	  	R	  	
	23.	  	• Upload RF Tools	  	R	  	
	24.	  	• Search Rings Issued	  	R	  	I
	25.	  	 ¡ Search rings, from Preliminary RF Design, issued to Site Acquisition
	  	  
		  	RF Engineering	  		  	
	26.	  	Upload into the SMS all RF deliverables	  	R	  	
	27.	  	• Conduct airport glide slope studies (TOWAIR)	  	I	  	R
	28.	  	• Prepare and deliver all applicable regulatory filings including, but not limited to the following.	  	R	  	I
	29.	  	 ¡ RF Exposure - Analysis and Signage (MPE)
	  	  
	30.	  	 ¡ FAA 7460-1FAA
	  	  
	31.	  	 ¡ ASRN application for FCC
	  	  
	32.	  	 ¡ Intermod study
	  	  
	33.	  	 ¡ Disturbance to AM Broadcast patterns
	  	  
	34.	  	• Posting of ASRN at Site	  	I	  	R
	35.	  	• Submit and receive all applicable regulatory filings.	  	R	  	I/C
	36.	  	• Issue Site type specific Notice To Proceed with Site Acquisition	  	R	  	I
	37.	  	• Backhaul Design Review	  	R	  	I
	38.	  	• If required, complete Microwave design for candidate Site. Such designs to be performed pursuant to a separate SOW and pricing.	  	R	  	I
	39.	  	• Enter Primary Site Candidate RF data into SMS.	  	R	  	I
	40.	  	• Generate RF Design Sheet as per Exhibit C, Attachment 8	  	R	  	I
	41.	  	• Provide Test frequency coordination for model tuning drives	  	R	  	
	42.	  	• Support and attend zoning hearings as required - RF Support	  	R	  	
	43.	  	• Manage RF configuration control.	  	R	  	I
	44.	  	• Deliver RF design in desired format to local TerreStar team prior to Site integration	  	R	  	I
		  	Site Development (Site Acquisition and Design)	  		  	
	45.	  	• Generate Site Candidate Information Packages (SCIP) for all Search Ring Site candidates.	  	I	  	R
	46.	  	• Score SCIPs based on Order of Magnitude (OOM ) cost, constructability, leasability, zonability	  	C	  	R
	47.	  	• Score SCIPs based on backhaul availability and RF Criteria	  	R	  	
				
		  		  		  	2

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	 Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities
	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	48.	  	• Rank Candidates in order of preference (e.g., 1st, 2nd, 3rd choice)	  		  	
	49.	  	• Approve or reject Primary Site Candidate recommendation from Contractor	  	R	  	I/C
	50.	  	• Update applicable TerreStar systems	  	I	  	R
	51.	  	• Coordinate Design Visit with A&E\Construction\Others as necessary gather design input.	  	I	  	R
	52.	  	• Coordinate all meetings and correspondence with landlord	  		  	R
	53.	  	• Engage and manage Architectural and Engineering (A&E) Firm	  		  	R
	54.	  	• Perform A/E tasks	  		  	R
	55.	  	• Lease Agreement Signed	  	A	  	R
	56.	  	 ¡
 Completion of all necessary leasing documents as per TerreStar’ Standard Lease Agreement
	  	  
	57.	  	 ¡
 Negotiate all terms and agreements as per TerreStar Cell Site Business Leasing Guidelines
	  	  
	58.	  	 ¡
 Review all non-standard business terms and nonstandard legal terms with TerreStar Legal Department.
	  	  
	59.	  	 ¡
 Coordinate all non-standard lease reviews with TerreStar Legal Departments.
	  	  
	60.	  	 ¡
 Obtain all necessary signatures and initials from all parties.
	  	  
	61.	  	 ¡
 Obtain completed and signed W9 forms
	  	  
	62.	  	 ¡
 Ensure all lease exhibits, zoning drawings, photo renderings, and construction drawings have been reviewed and signed by the landlord (if required)
	  	  
	63.	  	 ¡
 Ensure all forms have been completed and submitted to TerreStar Property Management for execution.
	  	  
	64.	  	• Provide Legal Review of Leases (if Required)	  	R	  	
	65.	  	• Zoning package submitted	  		  	R
	66.	  	• Attend zoning hearings (if applicable)	  		  	R
	67.	  	• Obtain zoning permit (approval)	  	I	  	R
	68.	  	• Identify Expert Testimony for Zoning	  		  	R
	69.	  	• Retain Expert Testimony for Zoning (if requested by TerreStar, Contractor will Retain Expert Testimony as per Exhibit C)	  	R	  	
	70.	  	• Identify local Legal Counsel for Zoning	  		  	R
	71.	  	• Retain Legal Counsel for Zoning	  	R	  	
	72.	  	• Building permit package submitted	  		  	R
	73.	  	• Obtain building permit	  		  	R
				
		  		  		  	3

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities	  	
		  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	74.	  	• Site Acquisition Complete	  	A	  	R
	75.	  	 ¡ Completes all work necessary to start construction which includes all necessary permits, filings, and legal documents to commence Site construction activities
	  	  
	76.	  	 ¡ All EH&S documentation completed
	  	  
	77.	  	 ¡ All pre-inspections have been completed or arranged
	  	  
	78.	  	 ¡ Coordinate meeting with landlord to verify construction start and to validate construction windows.
	  	  
	79.	  	 ¡ Verify any Site access restrictions with landlord
	  	  
		  	Site Construction	  		  	
	80.	  	• Issue NTP for Construction	  	R	  	I
	81.	  	• Qualify and establish contracts with subcontractors.	  	C	  	R
		  	Field Construction	  		  	
	82.	  	• Receive NTP from Site Acquisition team	  		  	R
	83.	  	 ¡ Review NTP and ensure all required documentation is completed to start construction
	  	  
	84.	  	 ¡ Prepare bid packages for subcontractors
	  	  
	85.	  	 ¡ Award bids
	  	  
	86.	  	 ¡ Coordinate construction walk-down with subcontractors
	  	  
	87.	  	 ¡ Finalize construction schedule
	  	  
	88.	  	• Provide all necessary equipment and materials	  	I/C	  	R
	89.	  	• Material Management and Warehousing (TerreStar responsibility for Warehousing in certain situations described in Exhibit C)	  	I/C	  	R
	90.	  	• Site Interconnect - Backhaul Installation	  	R	  	I
	91.	  	• Order BTS equipment	  	R	  	
	92.	  	• Update applicable TerreStar systems	  	I	  	R
		  	Construction	  		  	
	93.	  	• Perform construction and construction management activities necessary to complete Site construction per permitted construction drawings and specifications (except for BTS and backhaul).
	  		  	R
	94.	  	• At the Site, take care, custody and control of all equipment and material up until such time as the Site is turned over to TerreStar through the acceptance process.	  		  	R
	95.	  	• Coordinate the delivery of Site commercial power service.	  	I	  	R
	96.	  	• Site Ready for Equipment Installation	  	I	  	R
	97.	  	 ¡ All necessary construction work is completed to allow for BTS equipment installation
	  	I	  	R
				
		  		  		  	4

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	98.	  	 ¡ Site is secure and accessible
	  	I	  	R
	99.	  	 ¡ Commercial power has been delivered
	  	I	  	R
	100.	  	 ¡ Backhaul Operational
	  	R	  	
	101.	  	 ¡ All overhead tower, antenna, and line work has been completed
	  	I	  	R
	102.	  	• Construction Complete	  		  	R
	103.	  	 ¡ Complete all construction activities necessary to complete Site construction per permitted construction drawings and specifications (except for BTS and backhaul).
	  	  
	104.	  	 ¡ Obtain certificate of occupancy and other permits as required for construction of the Site.
	  	  
	105.	  	• Backhaul installed and operational	  	R	  	I
	106.	  	• End to End Abis Install, Test, and Acceptance	  	R	  	I
	107.	  	 ¡ Completion of cross-connects and wiring at the BTS and end-to-end testing from primary Site (BTS) through DACS, BSC and TerreStar switch.
	  	  
		  	BTS Equipment Installation	  		  	
	108.	  	• Complete Ready to Set (RTS) form in Company’s SMS	  	C	  	R
	109.	  	• Verify Data Fill has been competed	  	R	  	
	110.	  	• Coordinate the scheduled delivery of BTS to Site	  	R	  	
	111.	  	• Install BTS equipment	  	R	  	I
	112.	  	• BTS Equipment Installation Complete	  	R	  	I
	113.	  	• Complete all stand-alone testing and commissioning as per manufactures specifications	  	R	  	
	114.	  	• Set all RF radio power output settings as per TerreStar’ RF design criteria.	  	R	  	
	115.	  	• Coordinate data fill download with Radio Integration Center (RIC)	  	R	  	
	116.	  	• Notification to TerreStar that tower construction is complete	  	I	  	R
	117.	  	• Notification to FCC that tower construction is complete	  	R	  	I
		  	BTS Integration and Optimization	  		  	
	118.	  	• BTS Integration to BSC	  	R	  	I
	119.	  	 ¡ Integrate BTS to BSC
	  		  	
	120.	  	 ¡ Complete remaining BTS equipment testing and commissioning.
	  		  	
	121.	  	 ¡ Document and provide all necessary BTS installation, testing, and commissioning documentation to Bechtel.
	  		  	
	122.	  	• Provide test script matrix	  	R	  	
	123.	  	• Integrate BTS to RF Network	  	R	  	
				
		  		  		  	5

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities	  	
		  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	124.	  	 ¡ Verify and complete all call-through test scripts
	  		  	
	125.	  	 ¡ BTS is to be left “cell-barred” unless otherwise directed by local TerreStar RF performance Engineering.
	  	  
	126.	  	• Site Optimized and On-Air	  	R	  	I
	127.	  	 ¡ Cell Site hand-off parameters have been verified.
	  	  
	128.	  	 ¡ Cell barring is lifted and BTS equipment is placed into commercial service.
	  	  
	129.	  	 ¡ TerreStar notifies Field Operations to complete Site acceptance.
	  	  
	130.	  	• Review Key Performance Indicators (KPI’s)	  	R	  	
	131.	  	 ¡ Local TerreStar RF Performance Engineers review Site KPI’s to ensure the Site is meeting RF performance and coverage objectives as outlined in PSD.
	  	  
	132.	  	• Perform pre-Site acceptance audit with BTS Vendor (if required)	  		  	R
	133.	  	• Ensure all pre-Site punchlist items have been cleared and completed prior to TerreStar Final Site Acceptance.	  		  	R
	134.	  	• Arrange a single final acceptance Site visit with the appropriate TerreStar personnel (i.e., Field Operations, Implementation and/or Vendor Quality Specialist); provided that additional
Site visits may be required if there is noncompliance.	  	A	  	R
	135.	  	• Turnover Package Complete	  	A	  	R
	136.	  	 ¡ All closeout documents required as per TerreStar Specifications.
	  		  	
	137.	  	• Final Site Acceptance	  	R/A	  	C
	138.	  	 ¡ Complete New Site Build Vendor Quality Standards and Procedures for Documentation Turnover and Final Site Acceptance as per TerreStar’ Specifications.
	  	  
		  	Quality and Safety	  		  	
	139.	  	• Ensure all sub-contractors are working in a safe and orderly manner at all times and OSHA standards for safety are adhered to through the entire construction phase.	  		  	R
	140.	  	• Ensure all sub-contractors conduct themselves in a polite and orderly manner at all times while working on the construction site.	  		  	R
	141.	  	• All Sites are to be left clean and free of debris and garbage.	  		  	R
	142.	  	Site Quality Control	  		  	R
	143.	  	• Site Quality Assurance	  	R	  	
		  	Project Controls and Business Management	  		  	
	144.	  	• Provide construction and project management of the RAN Work.	  	I	  	R
				
		  		  		  	6

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT C 
 ATTACHMENT 12 
 SITE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 
 R – Responsible; I – Inform; C – Consulted; A- Approve 

							
	 Role Descriptions
	  	Company	  	Contractor
	145.	  	• Project management of Network vendor	  	R	  	
	146.	  	• Update the necessary TerreStar databases and systems, as outline in Exhibit C, for regular reporting cycles as mutually agreed upon between TerreStar and Bechtel.	  	I	  	R
	147.	  	• Issue all necessary Market level reports. Reporting cycle and report content to be mutually agreed upon between TerreStar and Bechtel.	  	I	  	R
	148.	  	• Issue all necessary National level reports. Reporting cycle and report content to be mutually agreed upon between TerreStar and Bechtel.	  	R	  	I
	149.	  	• Issue weekly exception reports and monthly status reports to TerreStar indicating status against assigned deliverables and any known issues that could impact the project’s success.
	  	R	  	I/C
				
		  		  		  	7

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit C Attachment 12 Site Development Division of Responsibilities	  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT D 
 ORDERING AND 
 INVOICING PROCESSES 

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT D 
 ORDERING AND INVOICING PROCESSES 
  

	I.	Introduction 

 This Exhibit sets forth the processes and protocols
associated with Company’s issuance of Purchase Orders and Contractor’s invoicing for the Work covered in the Agreement. 
  

	II.	Purchase Orders and Change Orders 

 A. In no event shall Contractor
commence Work in the absence of a PO authorizing such Work; and in no event shall Contractor proceed with additional Work not covered by the original PO absent written authorization from Company pursuant to Section 23 of the Agreement. Such
written authorization must describe the additional Work and the amount and terms of the compensation to be earned by Contractor for the additional Work. 
 B. Notwithstanding Section II.A of this Exhibit D, a change order (“Change Order”) will be issued by Company for additional Work pursuant to an agreed change request (“Change Request”), but is not required for the Work
to proceed if Company has provided written authorization to Contractor in another form (e.g., email). The purpose of the Change Order is to formally change the amount and scope of the applicable PO, pursuant to the Change Request, to allow for the
payment of invoices for the additional Work. 
 The Change Request, which will be substantially in the form of Exhibit K, must describe the additional Work
and the change in the PO amount consistent with any prior written authorization, and must be signed by Authorized Representatives of both parties. A Change Order can change the amount and scope of one and only one PO. Multiple Change Orders may be
issued for each PO during the Term. 
 In the event that the additional Work proceeds under written authorization (e.g., email) prior to the creation and
approval of a Change Request, then as soon as possible after the written authorization is received by Contractor, and prior to Contractor’s submitting a Reconciliation Invoice for the applicable Work, a complete Change Request form, consistent
with the written authorization, must be created and signed by an Authorized Representative of the Contractor. Approval of such Change Request and issuance of the Change Order will not be unreasonably withheld by Company. 
 C. In addition, (i) for Contractor to begin Site acquisition Work for any Site, Company must have issued a Site Acquisition Notice to Proceed for such Site and
(ii) for Contractor to begin construction Work for any Site, Company must have issued a Notice to Proceed with Construction. 
 There are four types of
POs contemplated under this Agreement each of which may require revisions via the Change Order process during the course of the Work: 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	 PO Type
	  	 Description

	Milestone 1 (SCIP Package Submission) and 2 (Primary Candidate Identification)	  	 Issued for each Market. One PO is issued per Market. This is not a Site-specific PO.
  
 Covers all Work to be performed for Milestones 1 and 2 only in a Market.
  
 The PO amount will be based on an estimate for the compensation for performing Milestone 1 and 2 Work
for all Rings being issued in the Market.

		
	Site Acquisition and Construction	  	 Issued for each Site after Primary Candidate Identification and prior to Site Acquisition NTP.
  
 Covers all Work and Materials (and associated Base Cell Site Unit Prices, Pass-Through Costs, Company
Taxes, Mark-ups, and MSF) for a Site from Site Acquisition NTP to Construction Complete.
  
 The PO amount will be based on Base Cell Site Unit Prices for the Site type and Market for the Site, as well as standard assumptions for Materials, Pass-Through Costs, Mark-ups, MSF, and other items per Exhibit F.
  
 Materials for construction of a Site are to be ordered only after Company issues a Notice to Proceed
with Construction for the Site and as close as possible to the actual time of need for construction. However, Materials may be ordered prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed with Construction, subject to written authorization by Company.

  
 As the costs estimates are further refined at the end of the Site Acquisition process,
this PO may be revised through the Change Order process, if required to ensure that the PO contains enough funds to cover Contractor charges through the Construction Complete Milestone. This PO must contain the Site ID.

		
	PMO	  	 Issued or revised quarterly for PMO Work for the ensuing three months.
  
 The PO amount will be based on PMO staffing plan for the ensuing three months.
  
 Covers estimated PMO Personnel Services Costs and associated business-related
travel.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit D Ordering and Invoicing Processes	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	Special Materials Order	  	 Issued as necessary and only in instances where, subject to Company approval, certain items (e.g., antennas) are ordered in large quantities and e

 arlier than Contractor would otherwise order them under a just-in-time ordering and delivery approach (e.g., to benefit from vendor volume
discounts).
  
 Covers estimated Materials charges and associated
Mark-up.

  

	III.	Invoices 

 Contractor shall submit invoices according to the
timetables set forth in Section 12 of the Agreement substantially in the form shown in Attachment 1 to this Exhibit D. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit D Ordering and Invoicing Processes	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT D 
 ATTACHMENT 1 
 Reconciliation Invoice Examples (amounts are for illustration only) 
  

			
	Invoice Section Header
	Invoice Date	  	August 1, 2007
	Invoice Number	  	BT-WB-00085-(XXXX)
	Invoice Period	  	07-01-2007 through 07-31-2007
	Market	  	National

  

									
	PMO

  

									
	Purchase Order Number	  	PO-TSN-0025	  		  	Invoice # BT-WB-00085-N

  

											
	 PMO Personnel
	  	Monthly Rate	 	 	Number
of
Months
	  	Amount	 
	 Program Director
	  	$	[***	]	 	1	  	$	[***	]
	 Deployment Manager
	  	$	[***	]	 	1	  	$	[***	]
	 Power/Backhaul Coordinator Mgr
	  	$	[***	]	 	.5	  	$	[***	]
	 RAN Deployment Manager
	  				 		  			
	 RF & Core Design Manager
	  				 		  			
	 OSP Engineer
	  				 		  			
	 ISP Engineer
	  				 		  			
	 Business Manager
	  	$	[***	]	 	.75	  	$	[***	]
	 Project Controls Manager
	  				 		  			
	 Senior Cost Engineer
	  				 		  			
	 Cost Engineer
	  				 		  			
	 Senior Scheduler
	  				 		  			
	 Scheduler
	  				 		  			
	 Project Controls Report Technician
	  				 		  			
	 Accounting Manager
	  				 		  			
	 Biller/Accountant
	  	$	[***	]	 	.5	  	$	[***	]
	 Records Manager
	  				 		  			
	 RM Administrator
	  				 		  			
	 IT Manager
	  				 		  			
	 IT Engineer
	  				 		  			
	 Contract Administration Manager
	  				 		  			
	 Senior Contract Administrator
	  				 		  			
	 Contract Administrator
	  				 		  			
	 Procurement & Logistics Manager
	  				 		  			
	 Purchaser
	  				 		  			
	 Network Site Dev, Standards & Quality Mgr
	  				 		  			
	 Site Dev Standards Support
	  				 		  			
	 Facilities Standards Support
	  				 		  			
	 ES&H Manager
	  				 		  			
	INVOICE TOTAL	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit D Attachment 1	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

			
	Invoice Section Header
	Invoice Date	  	August 1, 2007
	Invoice Number	  	BT-WB-00085-(XXXX)
	Invoice Period	  	07-01-2007 through 07-31-2007
	Market	  	Baltimore – Washington

  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0001	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0001
	Ring ID	  	R-011	  	
	Site Phase	  	Acquisition	  	
	Site Type	  	Co-Location (MLA with Admin Approval)	  	

  

							
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	Amount	 
	Milestone 1	  	SCIP Submittal	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
		  	SUB-TOTAL	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0001	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0001
	Ring ID	  	R-022	  	
	Site Phase	  	Acquisition	  	
	Site Type	  	Water Tower	  	

  

							
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	Amount	 
	Milestone 1	  	SCIP Submittal	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 2	  	Primary Candidate Approval	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
		  	SUB-TOTAL	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0001	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0001
	Ring ID	  	R-033	  	
	Site Phase	  	Acquisition	  	
	Site Type	  	Rooftop	  	

  

					
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	 Amount

	Milestone 2	  	Primary Candidate Approval	  	$[***]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$[***]
	SUB-TOTAL	  	$[***]
	INVOICE TOTAL	  	$[***]

  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0059	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0002
	Site ID	  	S-002	  	
	Site Phase	  	Acquisition	  	
	Site Type	  	Water Tower	  	

  

					
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	 Amount

	Milestone 3	  	Lease Executed	  	$[***]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$[***]
	Milestone 4	  	Site Acquisition Complete	  	$[***]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$[***]
		  	INVOICE TOTAL	  	$[***]

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit D Attachment 1	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0048	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0003
	Site ID	  	S-003
	Site Phase	  	Construction
	Site Type	  	Co-Location

  

							
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	Amount	 
	Milestone 5	  	Construction Start	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Materials	  	Antenna Kit	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mark-up	  	$	[***	]
		  	5% MD State Tax	  	$	[***	]
		  	2 1/2% Montgomery Co. Tax	  	$	[***	]
	Landscaping	  	Plant 24 three inch trees	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee	  	$	[***	]
	Stealthing	  	Install False Chimney	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee	  	$	[***	]
	INVOICE TOTAL	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	 Purchase Order Number
	  	PO-TSN-0037	  	Invoice BT-WB-00085-0004
	Ring ID	  	R-055	  	
	Site Phase	  	Acquisition	  	
	Site Type	  	Raw Land	  	
	Site ID	  	S-053	  	
	Site Phase	  	Construction	  	
	Site Type	  	Raw Land (99’ or less)	  	

  

							
			
	 Line Item Name
	  	 Description
	  	Amount	 
	Milestone 1	  	SCIP Submittal	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 1	  	SCIP Submittal	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 2	  	Primary Site Candidate	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 3	  	Lease Executed	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 4	  	Site Acquisition Complete	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 5	  	Construction Start	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 6	  	Construction Complete	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	Milestone 7	  	Site Accept/Documentation	  	$	[***	]
		  	[***]% Mgt Fee (MSF)	  	$	[***	]
	INVOICE TOTAL	  	$	[***	]
		
	TOTAL ALL INVOICES	  	$	[***	]
	CREDIT FOR PRIOR MONTH ADVANCE PAYMENT	  	$	[***	]
	DUE	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (7)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit D Attachment 1	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT E 
 SERVICE 
 LEVEL AGREEMENT 

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT E 
  

	1.	Introduction 

 During the Term, Contractor shall regularly measure its
performance in satisfying each service level (each sometimes referred to herein as a “Service Level” or “SLA”) set forth in this Exhibit E. 
  

	2.	SLA Measurement 

 For each Market, at the end of each three (3) month
period during the Term (each referred to herein as a “Measurement Period”), Contractor shall report to Company the results of its performance for each Service Metric set forth below against the corresponding Service Levels. Contractor must
record any exceptions to a Service Level granted by Company and the version of the Throughput Model on which Contractor has based its Service Level calculation in, without limitation, the Service Level Tracking and Reporting instruments set forth in
this Exhibit E. 
 Such reporting shall be in the form of the reports set forth in this Exhibit E. For purposes of this SLA, the first Measurement Period
begins on the first day of Month 1. Month 1 begins December 1, 2007. 
 If Contractor fails to satisfy any Service Level two (2) or more
consecutive times, such failure shall be deemed either an Event of Release from Exclusivity or an Event of Termination for Good Cause, depending on which Service Level as detailed in Section 3 of this Exhibit. In an Event of Release from
Exclusivity, Company may use other contractors to perform the services covered by the relevant SLA in the Market where the failure occurred. In the event of Termination for Good Cause, Company may, in its sole discretion, terminate, immediately upon
written notice to Contractor, all or a portion of the Work under this Agreement, without any penalty, as follows: (1) if the relevant SLA is either SLA Numbers 1, 2 or 3 as described in this Exhibit, Company may terminate all or a portion of
the work from Ring Release to Site Acquisition Complete Milestone; or (2) if the relevant SLA is SLA Number 4 as described in this Exhibit, Company may terminate all or a portion of the Work from Construction Notice to Proceed to Site
Acceptance. Underperformance in any Market and better than expected performance in any Market shall be netted in determining the basis of Termination for Good Cause such that, as measured as a whole for the Measurement Period, if the SLA has been
satisfied no basis for Termination for Good Cause shall exist even if an Event of Release from Exclusivity has occurred in a Market entitling Company to utilize other contractors in that Market. Netting of performance shall be calculated by dividing
actual performance for the service being measured across all Markets by targeted performance across all Markets, as set forth in the Throughput Model, for each Measurement Period. In any event of Termination for Good Cause, the Company’s sole
and exclusive remedy shall be $[***] for each missed SLA upon which the Termination for Good Cause is based, up to a maximum of $[***]. 
 If Contractor
fails to satisfy any Service Level for any given Measurement Period, Contractor shall develop a work plan that (1) details the ways in which Contractor will remedy performance deficiencies and avoid repeat failures, (2) specifies a
proposed course of action to make up for its underperformance in the applicable Measurement Period, and (3) provides a new proposed Throughput Model to reflect the impact of the Service Level failure in the affected Measurement Period on
downstream Milestone targets in the Throughput Model. Contractor shall provide such plan within seven (7) days after the end of the affected Measurement Period. All changes to the Throughput Model shall be subject to Company’s prior
written approval, not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 
 The Company’s Site Management System (SMS) will be the system of record for recording the
start and stop times for all Milestones. 
  

	3.	Service Levels 

 The following tables define the metrics and Service Levels
which will be used to measure Contractor performance. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 Service Metric
	  	 Service Level
	  	 Qualifications

	 SLA 1. Total Number of SCIP Submission Milestones reached by Contractor
  
 A metric targeting the timeliness of Contractor performance relative to providing to Company
complete SCIPs. For purposes of this metric, completion of the SCIP Submission Milestone is defined as Contractor’s submittal to Company of the completed SCIPs as set forth in Section 3.3.1 of Exhibit C to the Agreement.
	  	 Contractor will guarantee that, by the end of each Measurement Period, at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the total number of SCIP Submission
Milestones required during such Measurement Period are reached, as set forth in the then current Throughput Model (the “Throughput Model”) under “Search Ring SCIP Submission Milestone.”
  
 If less than [***] percent ([***]%) of SCIP Submission Milestones are reached in each of two
consecutive quarters, then an Event of Release from Exclusivity shall be deemed to have occurred.
  
 If less than [***] percent ([***]%) of SCIP Milestones are reached in each of two consecutive quarters, then an Event of Termination for Good Cause shall be deemed to have occurred.
	  	 If a Ring contains a Site which Contractor believes is likely to be a primary candidate, yet confirmation of the Site’s availability and
suitability will be materially delayed, AND such delay results in a material change to the Throughput Model then, subject to Company’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and after written request from Contractor,
the Ring will be designated as a “Difficult Ring” and will not be counted toward this SLA calculation.
  
 Events resulting in a Difficult Ring may include, as applicable, unusual jurisdictional or landlord related issues, the occurrence of events set forth in Section 23 of the Agreement or changes in the assumptions set
forth in Section 4 below to this Exhibit E.
  
 Following written request from Contractor
to designate a Ring as a “Difficult Ring”, Company will either (a) accept a reduced Service Level for the Measurement Period in which the Difficult Ring has been identified, (b) request Contractor to revise the Throughput Model solely to
reflect reasonably required adjustments for the affected Measurement Period(s) and then measure Contractor’s performance based on the revised Throughput Model, or (c) both of the activities in clause (a) and (b). All such revisions shall be
subject to Company’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 SLA 2. Turnaround Time for Primary Site Candidate Scoring and Recommendations.
  
 A metric targeting the timeliness of Contractor performance relative to recommending to Company,
based on ranking and scoring process, a suitable candidate for a wireless facility that meets all necessary threshold requirements for the construction of a Site, including requirements pertaining to RF criteria, availability for backhaul, and
factors related to leasing, zoning, and construction (cost and time). For purposes of this metric, completion of Primary Site Candidate Scoring and Recommendations is defined as Contractor’s submittal to Company of the ranking documentation set
forth in Section 3.3.2 of Exhibit C to the Agreement.
	  	 Contractor guarantees that at least [***] percent ([***]%) of Primary Site Candidate Scoring and Recommendations in any Measurement Period will be
completed within eight (8) Business Days of submission of the required number of SCIPs for each Search Ring (e.g., if three SCIPS are required for a Ring, the eight (8) Business Days will commence when the third SCIP is uploaded into Company’s
SMS; if two SCIPs are required, the eight (8) Business Day period will commence when the second SCIP is uploaded). The end of the eight day period for any Ring will be recorded when the scoring and recommendation form is uploaded into
SMS.
  
 In the event that this [***] percent ([***]%) SLA is not reached in any two
consecutive quarters, an Event of Release from Exclusivity shall have occurred.
  
 In the
event that less than [***] percent ([***]%) of Primary Candidate Scoring and Recommendations are not performed within eight (8) Business Days in any two consecutive Measurement Periods, then an Event of Termination for Good Cause shall be deemed to
have occurred.
	  	 Where Contractor can show that a Network Vendor did not complete its scoring properly on time and such delay caused Contractor’s Primary
Candidate Scoring and Recommendation to be delayed beyond eight (8) Business Days, then that Ring/Site shall not be counted as a miss against this SLA.
  
 Additional events that may result in adjustment to the timing may include, as applicable, the occurrence of events set forth in Section 23 of the Agreement or changes in
the assumptions set forth in Section 4 below to this Exhibit E.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 SLA 3. Total Number of Sites for which Contractor has reached Site Acquisition Complete Milestone
  
 A metric targeting the timeliness of Contractor performance relative to the execution and completion
of all Site acquisition activities for a particular Site. For purposes of this metric, completion of Site Acquisition is defined as Contractor’s submittal to Company of the documentation applicable to the Site Acquisition Complete Milestone as
set forth in Sections 3.5 through 13 of Exhibit C to the Agreement.
	  	 Contractor guarantees that, by the end of each Measurement Period, at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the total number of Site Acquisition
Milestones, as defined herein, required during such Measurement Period will be reached, as set forth in the then current Throughput Model under “Site Acq. Complete”.
  
 In the event that less than [***] percent ([***]%) of Site Acquisition Milestones are reached in
each of any two consecutive measurement periods, an Event of Release from shall be deemed to have occurred.
  
 In the event that less than [***] percent ([***]%) of Site Acquisition Milestones are reached in any two consecutive measurement periods, an Event of Termination for Good Cause shall be deemed to have
occurred.
	  	 The Parties agree that following Company’s issuance of a Notice to Proceed with Site Acquisition, certain Sites may be deemed to be
“Difficult to Acquire.” The criteria for designating a Site as “Difficult To Acquire” is a Site that is difficult to acquire due to circumstances beyond Contractor or Company reasonable control (e.g., where governmental approvals
are expected but are delayed, or zoning approvals are delayed) that were not otherwise earlier ascertainable in Contractor’s Site selection process. Additional events that may, as applicable, result in a Site as Difficult To Acquire may include
unusual jurisdictional or landlord related issues, the occurrence of events set forth in Section 23 of the Agreement or changes in the assumptions set forth in Section 4 below to this Exhibit E.
  
 Contractor must provide to Company written notice of Sites it deems as “Difficult To
Acquire” within a reasonable amount of time after identifying potential problems and delays, along with a detailed explanation of the foregoing.
  
 Following such notice, Company will either (a) accept a reduced Service Level for the Measurement Period in which the Difficult To Acquire Site has been identified, (b)
request Contractor to revise the Throughput Model solely to reflect reasonably required adjustments for the affected Measurement Period(s) and then measure Contractor’s performance based on the revised Throughput Model, or (c) both of the
activities in clause (a) and (b). All such revisions shall be subject to Company’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

					
	 SLA 4. Total Number of Sites for which Contractor has completed the Ready to Set Equipment Milestone
  
 A metric targeting the timeliness of Contractor performance relative to the execution and completion
of all construction activities for a particular Site. For purposes of this metric, completion of Ready to Set Equipment Milestone is defined as Contractor’s fulfillment of all Ready to Set requirements as set forth in Section 15.1 of Exhibit C
to the Agreement.
	  	 Contractor guarantees that, by the end of each Measurement Period, at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the total number of Ready to Set Equipment.
Milestones required during such Measurement Period are reached.
  
 In the event that less
than [***] percent ([***]%) of targeted Ready to Set Equipment Milestones are reached in any two consecutive quarters, an event of Release from Exclusivity shall be deemed to have occurred.
  
 In the event that less than [***] percent ([***]%) of targeted Ready to Set Equipment Milestones are
reached in any two consecutive quarters, and event of Termination for Good Cause shall be deemed to have occurred.
	  	Events resulting in an adjustment to the Ready to Set Equipment Milestones may include but are not limited to, as applicable, jurisdictional or landlord issues, or public utility delays, or the
occurrence of events set forth in Section 23 of the Agreement, or changes in the assumptions set forth in Section 4 below to this Exhibit E.

  

	4.	Assumptions 

 During the Term, the factors set forth below shall form the
basis for the Throughput Model. To the extent the factors materially change, the Throughput Model shall be adjusted subject to written approval by Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. To effect a change to the Throughput Model,
Contractor shall submit a written request to Company stating the reason for the change along with supporting documentation and a draft of the new Throughput Model that would result from the change. Company will review the request and either approve
or deny the request for the change in writing. To the extent that the change requires any changes in PO amounts, a change request must be initiated by Contractor in accordance to Section 23 of the Agreement. 
 Factors that may form the basis of changes to the Throughput Model and the Rolling Cash Flow Projection are: 
  

	 	•	 	 Timing of the issuance of Search Rings and additional Search Rings beyond the Search Rings assumed in the initial Throughput Model 

  

	 	•	 	 Site type ratios 

  

	 	•	 	 More than 10 percent of Search Rings redesigned due to reasons other than Contractor’s deficient performance 

  

	 	•	 	 Completion by Company and Network Vendor of respective areas of responsibility within the timeframes necessary to support the Throughput Model, particularly SCIP
ranking, RF and Backhaul Configuration Sheets, Site Acquisition NTP, Construction NTP, and PO Issuance 

  

	 	•	 	 Force Majeure events/Excusable Delay 

  

	 	•	 	 Changes in build schedules and plans on the part of Company 

 Form of Service Level Tracking and Reporting 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 SLA 1 – SCIP Submittal Milestones 
  

									
	 1
	 	 2
	 	 3
	 	 4
	 	 5

	Measurement Period	 	Total number of SCIP Submittal Milestones targeted in the current Throughput Model during the Measurement Period	 	Total number of SCIP Submittal Milestones reached during Measurement Period	 	Service Level Calculation	 	 Throughput Model version number.
 Do any Company-approved
exceptions apply? If so, describe in detail.

	[e.g., Month 1–Month 3]	 		 		 		 	

 Service Level Calculation per Measurement Period= amount in Column 3 divided by amount in Column 2

 SLA 2 – Primary Site Candidate Consolidated Scoring and Recommendation 
  

									
	 1
	 	 2
	 	 3
	 	 4
	 	 5

	 Measurement Period
	 	Number of Primary Candidate Consolidated Scoring and Recommendations completed during the Measurement Period.	 	Number of Primary Candidate Consolidated Scoring and Recommendations completed within the 8 day target during the Measurement Period	 	Service Level Calculation	 	 Throughput Model version number.
 Do any Company-approved
exceptions apply? If so, describe in detail

 Service Level Calculation per Measurement Period= amount in Column 3 divided by amount in Column 2

 SLA 3 – Site Acquisition Complete 
  

									
	 1
	 	 2
	 	 3
	 	 4
	 	 5

	Measurement Period	 	Total number of Site Acquisition Milestones targeted from the current Throughput Model during the Measurement Period	 	Total number of Site Acquisition Complete Milestones reached during Measurement Period	 	Service Level Calculation	 	 Throughput Model version number.
 Do any Company-approved
exceptions apply? If so, describe in detail

 Service Level Calculation per Measurement Period= amount in Column 3 divided by amount in Column 2

 SLA 4 – Ready To Set Equipment 
  

									
	 1
	 	 2
	 	 3
	 	 4
	 	 5

	Measurement Period	 	Total number of Ready To Set Equipment Milestones targeted from the current throughput model during the Measurement Period	 	Total number of Ready To Set Milestones reached during Measurement Period	 	Service Level Calculation	 	 Throughput Model version number.
 Do any Company-approved
exceptions apply? If so, describe in detail

 Service Level Calculation per Measurement Period= amount in Column 3 divided by amount in Column 2

 Form of Service Level Tracking and Reporting (cont’d) 
 SLA Performance Tracking Sheet 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

																	
	 SLA
	  	 Month 1-
 Month 3
	  	 Month 4-
 Month 6
	  	 Month 7-
 Month 9
	  	 Month 10-
 Month 12
	  	 Month 13-
 Month 15
	  	 Month 16-
 Month 18
	  	 Month 19-
 Month 21
	  	 Month 22-
 Month 24

	SLA 1 SCIP Submittal Milestones	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

									
	SLA 2 Primary Site Candidate Consolidated Scoring and Recommendations within eight business days of SCIP Submittal	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

									
	SLA 3 Site Acquisition Complete Milestones	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

									
	SLA 4 Ready To Set Equipment Milestones	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (8)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit E Service Level Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 PRICING 

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 PRICING 
 PRICING 
  

	1.1	PMO Service Fees. 

  

	 	1.1.1	PMO Services Personnel Costs. During the Term of this Agreement, Contractor shall perform the PMO services, as set forth in Exhibit B utilizing the fixed monthly per person
fees (“Rates”), set forth on Attachment 1 of this Exhibit F (Pricing) (“PMO Rate Card”). All Rates are inclusive of overtime and other labor related costs listed on Attachment 1 of this Exhibit F. PMO services
personnel costs (“PMO Services Personnel Costs”) shall equal the applicable Rate for each person engaged in the Work provided hereunder, multiplied by the number of months actually assigned to the PMO plus the costs of part-time PMO
personnel and pro-rata costs for first and last month full time PMO personnel. For part time PMO personnel who work less than a full month, the applicable monthly Rate shall be divided by [***] and multiplied by the number of hours worked in that
month. For full time PMO personnel, the first and last month costs shall be based on a pro-rata calculation of the PMO Rate using the same method. 

  

	 	1.1.2	Travel Costs and Expenses. Contractor may separately invoice Company for project-related business travel outside of a fifty (50) mile radius of Contractor’s
Frederick, Maryland, office on a pass-through basis without mark-up. All travel costs will be actual and reasonable expenses based on Company policies and, in the case of air travel, economy class travel unless otherwise specifically approved in
advance by Company. 

  

	 	1.1.3	PMO Level of Effort Scoping. Contractor and Company shall meet once every three (3) months and agree on the scope of services and staffing levels required for the next
three (3) months of PMO Services. The Parties may meet more frequently to adjust the agreed upon staffing levels, if the level of effort required to perform the PMO Services materially changes. Company shall not be responsible for the payment
of PMO Services Personnel Costs for more than the number of personnel authorized by Company at any time (or, if fewer, the number actually engaged in the Work) in each Rate category. Additional positions and associated Rates may be added based on
written mutual agreement of the Parties. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Pricing	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	1.2	RAN Management and Deployment & Management Service Fees. 

  

	 	1.2.1	Base Cell Site Unit Pricing. During the Term of this Agreement, Contractor shall perform the RAN Management and Deployment Services on the basis of fixed unit prices per Site
type and scope, by market as set forth in Attachment 2 of this Exhibit F (Base Cell Site Unit Prices). Base Cell Site Unit Prices are inclusive of costs for Site acquisition services; engineering; construction; subcontractor costs; Consumables, and
other direct costs related to the Work, including office space and equipment, project-related business travel, builder’s risk and other Contractor insurance; but excludes the cost of Materials (other than Consumables), Pass-Through Costs, Taxes
to the extent payable by Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Agreement, and other site-specific additions, deletions and/or modifications as set forth in Attachment 4 of this Exhibit F. 

  

	 	1.2.2	Services Not Covered by Base Cell Site Unit Prices. Contractor shall perform services related to RAN Management and Deployment that are not covered under the Base Cell Site
Unit Pricing. Such items generally fall into four categories: (1) Work for which prices have been agreed to and are set forth in Attachment 5 to this Exhibit F (such as additional SCIP packages); (2) Fixed fee services for which a pricing
and exact scope will be mutually agreed upon by the Parties at the time the service is required (e.g., with respect to the optional items described in Exhibit F, Attachment 4); (3) Work priced at an hourly rate as set forth in Attachment 3 to
this Exhibit F; and (4) as otherwise mutually agreed between the Parties. In addition, when Services are performed that are not covered by Base Cell Site Unit Prices, compensation may be earned by Contractor for Materials purchased and
Pass-Through Costs incurred in the performance of the Work. A three percent mark-up applies to all such Work not covered by Base Cell Site Unit Prices. 

  

	 	1.2.3	Management Service Fee. In addition to the Base Cell Site Unit Prices set forth in Attachment 2 of this Exhibit F, Company shall pay Contractor an additional Management
Service Fee (“MSF”) equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the Milestone payment as set forth in Attachment 2 of this Exhibit F. This [***]% MSF also applies to any service described in Section 1.2.2. above. The MSF does not apply to any
other Fees or costs of any kind, including but not limited to Materials, third party fees, Markups, Pass-Through Costs , Company Taxes, and PMO Services Personnel Costs . 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Pricing	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	1.2.4	Materials. Company shall reimburse Contractor for the costs of any Material purchased pursuant to Section 2.6 of this Agreement, and the freight cost of such. Contractor
shall fully document and substantiate the actual cost of all Materials for each Market and Site, and such documentation shall be submitted to Company as part of the Invoice detail, together with a copy of all relevant orders, supplier invoices,
and/or receipt(s) evidencing that the Materials costs were actually incurred. Items listed as “Consumables” in Exhibit C are included in the Base Cell Site Unit Price 

  

	 	1.2.5	Materials Mark-Up. In addition to reimbursing Contractor for the actual costs of Materials, Company shall pay Contractor a mark-up equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of such
Materials costs (“Mark-up”). This fee does not apply to any other fees or costs of any kind. 

  

	 	1.2.6	Pass-Through Costs. Company shall reimburse Contractor for the following third party costs, if incurred by Contractor, in its performance of the Work:
jurisdictional/zoning fees, application fees, site landlord fees, MLA fees, permits, outside legal services, special inspection fees, tower and site management company fees, and similar items as set forth in Attachment 4 of this Exhibit F
(“Pass-Through Costs”). Pass-Through Costs shall be paid by the Company at Contractor’s actual cost without markup of any kind. All Pass-Through Costs shall be fully documented and substantiated by Contractor for each Site, which
shall be invoiced per Exhibit D, together with a copy of the relevant orders invoices and/or receipt(s) evidencing that the Pass-Through Costs were actually incurred. 

  

	 	1.2.7	Hourly Rates. In the event that a task outside the scope of either the Base Cell Site Unit Prices or other pre-agreed pricing needs to be performed, and the Parties cannot
agree on a fixed fee in time to prevent a delay in the work being performed, Company may direct Contractor to perform the work on a time and materials basis, using the rates set forth in Attachment 3 to this Exhibit F. 

  

	 	1.2.8	Assumptions. The Base Cell Site Unit Prices shall be applied regardless of actual volume of Rings awarded or Sites built, actual Site type ratios, or timing of Ring release,
subject to the condition that Company has released for construction all the Sites set forth in the original target Throughput Model within twenty-four (24) months from the Effective Date. For Raw Land Sites, Base Cell Site Unit Prices shall be
applied regardless of whether the Site is on a wooded or non-wooded lot, and regardless of whether the water table is above or below the foundation. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Pricing	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	1.2.9	Supplemental Unit Prices. Rates for supplemental units of Work and additional tasks for selected items (“Supplemental Unit Prices”) are set forth in Attachment 5 to
this Exhibit F. 

  

	 	1.2.10	Consumables. Consumables (as defined in Exhibit C) are included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices. 

  

	1.3	Other Costs and Fees. Except as otherwise set forth in the Agreement, Contractor shall not be entitled to invoice Company for, or otherwise seek payment from Company
for any charges, costs or expenses that are not provided for in this Exhibit F. Any fees set forth in any Purchase Orders, Change Orders or amendments under the Agreement shall at all times comply with the terms of this Exhibit F.

  

	1.4	Taxes. Company shall reimburse Contractor for Company Taxes incurred by Contractor in the performance of the Work as set forth in Section 13 of the Agreement.
Each such Company Tax must be clearly shown on a separate line item on the invoice submitted by Contractor, with a reference to the item on which the tax applies. 

  

	2.	PAYMENT MILESTONES 

  

	2.1	Payments for Base Cell Site Unit Prices will be made according to the following schedule. Actual dollar amounts of payments, by Site type and Market, are included in Attachment 2 to
this Exhibit F. 

 Site Acquisition 
  

				
	 Milestone
	  	Percentage of Site Acquisition Base Cell Site Unit Price	 
	 1 - *SCIP Packages Submitted
	  	[***	]%*
	 2 - Primary Candidate Identification
	  	[***	]%
	 3 - Lease Signed
	  	[***	]%
	 4 - Site Acquisition Completed
	  	[***	]%

 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Pricing	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 [***] 
 Construction

  

				
	 Milestone
	  	Percentage of Construction Base Cell Site Unit Price	 
	 5 - Construction Start
	  	[	***]%
	 6 - Construction Complete
	  	[	***]%
	 7 - Site Acceptance
	  	[	***]%

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Pricing	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 1 
 PMO RATE CARD 
  

					
	 Classification of PMO Personnel
	  	Monthly Rate	 
	 Program Director
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Deployment Manager/Deputy PD
	  	$	[***	]
	 Power/Backhaul Coordination Mgr
	  	$	[***	]
	 RAN Deployment Manger
	  	$	[***	]
	 RF and Core Design Mgr
	  	$	[***	]
	 Outside Plant Engineer (OSP)
	  	$	[***	]
	 Inside Plant Engineer (ISP)
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Business Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 Project Controls Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Senior Cost Engineer
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Cost Engineer
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Senior Scheduler
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Scheduler
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Project Controls Report Technician
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Accounting Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Biller/Accountant
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Records Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 -Records Technician Administrator
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 IT Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 -IT Engineer
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Contract Administration Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 Senior Contract Administrator
	  	$	[***	]
	 Contract Administrator
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Procurement & Logistics Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 Purchaser
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 Network Site Development, Standards & Quality Manager
	  	$	[***	]
	 Site Development Standards Support
	  	$	[***	]
	 Facilities Standards Support
	  	$	[***	]
		
	 ES&H Manager
	  	$	[***	]

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 1 PMO Rate Card	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 The above Rates include, without limitation, the following: 
  

	 	i.	Salaries and payroll-related costs such as payroll taxes, social insurance, allowances for holidays; paid time off and other paid absences; retirement benefits; premiums for
unemployment, worker’s compensation, and employer liability insurance; and corporate overheads 

  

	 	ii.	Living and subsistence allowances for temporarily or permanently relocated staff, including settling-in, field assignment, and office assignment uplifts; 

 

	 	iii.	Facilities costs only for Contractor’s Frederick, Maryland, permanent office and costs for office materials, postage, equipment and supplies used or consumed in the performance
of the Services; 

  

	 	iv.	Costs of project vehicles including attendant costs for the operation, maintenance and repair of such vehicles; 

  

	 	v.	Costs for communication expenses, including telephone and courier services; 

  

	 	vi.	Local business fees and licenses required to do business by Contractor; 

  

	 	vii.	All overhead of Contractor; and 

  

	 	viii.	Automation-related costs. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 1 PMO Rate Card	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 Exhibit F Attachment 2 
 Note: MSF = Management Service Fee @ [***] of Milestone Payment 
 I. SITE ACQUISITION 
 [***] [The table included on this Attachment 2 has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	9 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 2 Base Cell Site Unit Prices	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 3 
 HOURLY RATES 
  

					
	 SKILL TYPE
	  	HOURLY RATE	 
	 Field Coordinator
	  	$	[***	]
	 Crew Leader
	  	$	[***	]
	 Tower Climber lead (ANRITSU Certified)
	  	$	[***	]
	 Certified Tower Climber (Non- ANRITSU certified)
	  	$	[***	]
	 Non-skilled laborer
	  	$	[***	]

 The following items are included in these rates: 
  

	 	1.	Base salary and payroll adds, benefits 

  

	 	2.	Small tools and consumables 

  

	 	3.	Vehicles 

  

	 	4.	Small equipment such as hoists, benders, etc. 

  

	 	5.	Sweep test equipment or other test equipment 

  

	 	6.	Safety equipment, e.g., required climbing gear 

 Note: The foregoing rates
may not necessarily apply with respect to disaster recovery work, to the extent that the costs above are materially affected by such event. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	10 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 3 Hourly Rates	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit
Price
	 	 Optional Items
(excluded from
 Base Cell Site Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)
	 	 Pass-Through
Costs to Company
 (excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Project Management	 		 		 		 	
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Site Selection	 		 		 		 	
					
	Site ID - additional SCIP	 		 	X	 		 	Supplemental Unit Price in Exhibit F, Attachment 5
					
	Fees and/or Incentives to obtain Entry & Testing agreement	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through (w/out mark-up)
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Site Acquisition	 		 		 		 	
					
	Pay all application fees, MLA fees, option & binder fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through (w/out mark-up)
					
	Purchase Title Insurance	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through (w/out mark-up)
					
	Conduct curative action to clear up any defects on title	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through (w/out mark-up)
					
	Fees associated with Curing Title	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through (w/out mark-up)

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F,
Section 1.2.2. The pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	11 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit
Price
	 	 Optional Items
(excluded from
Base Cell Site Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)
	 	 Pass-Through
Costs to Company
 (excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Zoning	 		 		 		 	
					
	Zoning Application Fees/ Escrow Fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass Through without mark up
					
	Bonding Fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass Through without mark up
					
	Retain outside Legal Services	 		 		 	X	 	TerreStar to retain local counsel
					
	Retain court reporter as deemed required	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	Provide expert testimony as required	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Environmental Services	 		 		 		 	
					
	Mitigation required for SHPO/THPO Approval	 		 		 	X	 	
					
	Phase II Environmental Site Assessment	 		 	X	 		 	On TerreStar paper
					
	Asbestos Testing	 		 	X	 		 	On TerreStar paper

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	12 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)

	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
 (excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and
Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Lead Based Paints surveys	 		 	X	 		 	On TerreStar paper
					
	Mitigation of environmental contaminants	 		 	X	 		 	On TerreStar paper
					
	Wetlands Delineation	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Extra ordinary testing and/or studies	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Governmental and/or 3rd party fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Architectural & Engineering Services	 		 		 		 	
					
	Tower mapping	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Rooftop mapping	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Structural analysis by/from MLA partners	 		 		 	X	 	
					
	Structural Modification Design	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Foundation Design	 		 		 	X	 	Purchased with Tower w/out markup

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	13 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)

	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
(excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Landscape Architect and Landscaping	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Internod Studies	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Permitting	 		 		 		 	
					
	Permit and applications fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	Advisory Board Drawings and Studies and Submission of same (Part of site acq activities; Jurisdictional advisory boards may require drawings/ presentation. Advisory Board decision will be
determinative of whether a building permit is issued.)	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through cost, without mark-up
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Construction Management	 		 		 		 	

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	14 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site
Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)
	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
 (excluded from Base
Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Utility Co. fees associated with install of power	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	Special inspection fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through without mark up
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Construction Services	 		 		 		 	
					
	Road, Paved	 		 	X	 		 	Supplemental Unit Price as per Exhibit F, Attachment 5
					
	Third party access or utility easement fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass- Through without mark-up
					
	Access Road, Gravel- per foot cost over 100’ base length	 		 	X	 		 	Supplemental Unit Price as per Exhibit F, Attachment 5
					
	Culverts and/or aprons and retaining walls	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Power Upgrades Required to site	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Temporary power – Metered or tapped	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	Temporary power – Generator	 		 		 	X	 	On TerreStar paper

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	15 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site
Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)
	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
 (excluded from Base
Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Tower foundation w/rock requiring drilling or blasting	 		 	X	 		 	For Raw Lands and Flag Poles
					
	Ancillary equipment needed for Power	 		 		 	X	 	 Pass through
 [***]+[***]%

					
	Install any marking or lighting required for visibility	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	TI Room Build Out / Shelters	 		 	X	 		 	At TerreStar’s Request
					
	Standby Generator and fuel tank	 		 		 	X	 	On TerreStar paper
					
	Structural Modifications	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Directional boring	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Landscaping	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	all non-PMO, site selection, acquisition and development activities and items set forth in the Agreement, including Exhibit C	 	X	 		 		 	
					
	Material	 		 		 		 	
					
	Towers and Monopoles	 		 		 	X	 	 Pass through
 [***]+[***]%

					
	Coax Cable, connectors, hoist grips, ground kits, snap-ins, surge arrestors	 		 		 	X	 	 Pass through
 [***]+[***]%

					
	Antennas, mounts and sector frames	 		 		 	X	 	 Pass through
 [***]+[***]%

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	16 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site
Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)
	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
(excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	Tower lighting kits	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	Power panels, generator receptacles, meter boxes, meter backboard, unistrut supports, and automatic transfer switch (installed on meter backboard)	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+ [***]%
					
	Waveguide bridge/Ice Bridge	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	Cable, Conduit, and Grounding materials	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	Platforms and structural steel	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	General	 		 		 		 	
					
	Tower and Site Management Company fees	 		 		 	X	 	Pass-Through at Cost (without mark-up)
					
	Microwave Backhaul design/installation	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Backhaul	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Tower Modifications & extensions	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Installations with Subsurface Rock conditions	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Extraordinary equipment delivery requirements	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	17 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 4 
 PRICING CATEGORIZATION** 
  

									
	 	 	 PRICING CATEGORY

	 Task or Item
	 	 Covered in Base Cell Site
Unit Price
	 	 Optional Items
 (excluded from
 Base Cell Site Unit
 Price or as a
 Pass-Through Costs)

	 	 Pass-Through
 Costs to Company
(excluded from Base Cell Site
Unit Price and Optional
Items)
	 	 Comments

	De-Tuning	 		 		 	X	 	Pass through [***]+[***]%
					
	Stealthing	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Self-support or guyed towers as Rawland Candidates	 		 	X	 		 	
					
	Compound Extensions for Collo’s	 		 	X	 		 	

  

	**	All services not included in the Base Cell Site Unit Prices and which do not have pre-agreed pricing in this Agreement may be priced in accordance with Exhibit F, Section 1.2.2. The
pricing set forth in this Pricing Categorization applies to all Site types unless otherwise expressly stated 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	18 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 4 Pricing Categorization	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT F 
 ATTACHMENT 5 
 SUPPLEMENTAL UNIT PRICES 
  

							
	 100’ paved access road differential
	  	$	[***	]	 	Lump sum
			
	 Access road per foot in excess of 100’ (paved)
	  	$	[***	]	 	Per linear foot
			
	 Access road per foot in excess of 100’ (gravel)
	  	$	[***	]	 	Per linear foot
			
	 Utility trenching and conduit installation per foot in excess of 300’ (for Raw Lands and Flag Poles) and in excess of 50’ (for
Collocations and Water Towers)
	  	$	[***	]	 	Per linear foot
			
	 Power installation per foot in excess of 300’ (for Raw Lands and Flag Poles) and in excess of 50’ (for Collocations and Water
Towers)
	  	$	[***	]	 	Per linear foot
			
	 Each Additional SCIP beyond the standard 3 in existing Search Ring
	  	$	[***	]	 	Per SCIP

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	19 (19)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit F Attachment 5 Supplemental Unit Prices	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT G 
 INSURANCE 
 REQUIREMENTS 

 Execution Copy 
  

 EXHIBIT G 
 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 
  

	A.	Without limiting Contractor’s duty to indemnify the Company as set forth in the Master Agreement, during the Term, Contractor shall maintain, at Contractor’s sole expense,
the following: 

  

	 	(i)	Worker’s compensation insurance as prescribed by the Law of the state(s) in which Work shall be performed; 

  

	 	(ii)	Employer’s liability insurance with limits of at least $[***] each occurrence; 

  

	 	(iii)	Commercial general liability insurance (including, but not limited to, contractual liability insurance) with a general aggregate limit of $[***] and limits of $[***] on account of
any one occurrence; [***]; 

  

	 	(iv)	Automobile liability insurance (covering all owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles used in performance of Work) with limits of at least $[***] each occurrence;

  

	 	(v)	Umbrella insurance policy providing excess coverage in the amount of $[***] for Employer’s Liability, Commercial General Liability and Auto Liability insurance above; and

  

	 	(vi)	Such other insurance as Company shall reasonably require from time to time with premiums therefore as a reimbursable expense and/or which is required by applicable Law, rule or
regulation. 

  

	 	(vii)	Until turnover of the work at a Site as set forth in this Agreement, Contractor shall carry and maintain Builder’s All Risks insurance covering physical loss or damage to the
Work being installed by Contractor or its Subcontractors. Such coverage shall be on a replacement cost basis and include coverage for material and labor needed to effect correction of the Work which is lost or damaged. Also included will be transit
and off-site storage. [***] Dollars ($[***]) per loss. Contractor shall be Named Insured with Subcontractors and Company as additional named insureds. A waiver of insurer’s rights of subrogation against all insureds shall be included.

  

	B.	All such required insurance policies shall be issued by companies licensed or authorized to transact business in the states where the Work is to be performed and who hold a current
rating of not less than A-VII, according to Best’s Key Rating Guide, unless this requirement is expressly waived in writing by Company. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit G Insurance Requirements	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	C.	Company, its directors, officers, partners, affiliates, and employees shall be named as additional insureds on all policies of insurance under A (iii, iv and v) purchased by
Contractor as their interests lie to the extent of the indemnification obligations imposed on Contractor hereunder. 

  

	 	D.	Contractor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Company concurrently with execution hereof certificates of insurance for the policies and coverages described herein, each
completed, and endorsed by duly authorized agents of the underwriter. Each insurance policy shall state by endorsement that such policy shall provide for severability of interest or cross liability, provide that such insurance is non-contributing
primary coverage with respect to all insureds, and contain a waiver of subrogation. Contractor shall also furnish such certificates within thirty (30) days of renewal or replacement of any policy required by this Agreement.

  

	 	E.	Contractor shall ensure that relevant insurance coverage for each Subcontractor of Contractor providing Work hereunder shall be in amounts sufficient to protect against risks
arising out of the Work for which they have been subcontracted in accordance with Contractors customary practices. 

  

	 	F.	Each insurance policy referred to in this Exhibit shall state by endorsement that such policy shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days prior written notification
to Company at the Notice address listed in the Agreement, and Contractor shall immediately notify Company of any reduction or possible reduction in the limits of any such policy where such reduction, when added to any previous reduction, would
reduce coverage below the limits provided herein. 

  

	 	G.	If there is an exposure or injury to Contractor’s employees under the U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act, the Jones Act or under Laws,
regulations or statutes applicable to maritime employees, equivalent coverage shall be included for such injuries or claims. 

  

	 	H.	If Contractor’s insurance policies are on “claims-made” forms, Contractor shall maintain such insurance and shall provide to Company evidence thereof for a minimum
period of five (5) years beyond the termination, cancellation, or expiration of this Master Agreement. Alternatively, Contractor may obtain insurance policies on a “per occurrence” basis which shall be maintained during the Term and
for a minimum period of one (1) year beyond the termination, cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement. Contractor shall arrange for its insurer to submit certificates of insurance reasonably acceptable to Company evidencing such insurance.

  

	 	I.	Company may take such steps as are necessary to assure Contractor’s compliance with its insurance obligations under this Agreement. In the event Contractor fails to maintain
any insurance coverage required under this Agreement, the Company may maintain such coverage and charge the expense to Contractor. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit G Insurance Requirements	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	J.	Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in this Agreement, acceptance of insurance certificates by Company shall in no way waive or limit any insurance, indemnity, or other
obligations of Contractor. 

  

	 	K.	Contractor shall be responsible for the welfare and insurance of any materials and equipment provided by Company and installed by Contractor at a Site until such time as the Site
has been accepted. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (4)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit G Insurance Requirements	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT H 
 RECIPROCAL 
 NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT 

 Execution Copy 
  
 RECIPROCAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT 
 This
Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement (“Non-Disclosure Agreement”), dated as of October 18, 2007 (“Effective Date”), is entered into by and between TerreStar Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation, having offices at
12010 Sunset Hills Road, Ninth Floor, Reston, Virginia 20190, and Bechtel Communications Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 5275 Westview Drive, Fredrick, Maryland, referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively
as “the Parties.” 
 WHEREAS, in the course of doing business together, whether pursuant to another written agreement or otherwise, the
Parties may from time to time require access to one another’s Confidential Information (as defined below); and 
 WHEREAS, the Parties will allow
such access only if their Confidential Information is protected pursuant to the terms of this Non-Disclosure Agreement. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the mutual promises and conditions contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows: 
 1. Definitions: 
 (a) “Confidential Information”
means all non-public or proprietary information, of any nature and in any form, whether written, oral, or recorded or transmitted electronically or by tape or other similar manner, regarding the business, operations, prospects, plans or affairs of
the Furnishing Party, as defined in paragraph (c) of this section 1, or of a third party (including but not limited to the Furnishing Party’s parent and subsidiaries), which is furnished by the Furnishing Party to the Receiving Party, as
defined in paragraph (d) of this section 1, or becomes known to the Receiving Party as a consequence of its relationship or access to the Furnishing Party, which information is designated by the Furnishing Party as confidential or which should
be reasonably understood to be confidential or proprietary in nature with respect to the Furnishing Party or a third party. 
 (b) Confidential Information
shall not include information or data which is— 
 (1) Already known to or otherwise in the possession of the Receiving Party without any
confidentiality obligation at the time of receipt from the Furnishing Party; or 
 (2) Publicly available, or otherwise in the public domain,
without violation of any confidentiality obligation, prior to disclosure by the Furnishing Party; or 
 (3) Rightfully obtained by the
Receiving Party from any third party without restriction and without breach of any confidentiality obligation by either the Receiving Party or such third party; or 
 (4) Developed by or for the Receiving Party independent of any disclosure hereunder, as evidenced by written records. 
 (c)
The “Furnishing Party” means the Party who furnishes Confidential Information to the other Party. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit H Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 (d) The “Receiving Party” means the Party who receives Confidential Information from the Furnishing Party. 
 2. Confidentiality: 
 (a) For a period of three (3) years from
the date of disclosure (or such longer period as may be required by applicable law), all Confidential Information shall be maintained in confidence by the Receiving Party, which shall use the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree
of care, in handling and safeguarding Confidential Information that it uses in handling and safeguarding its own confidential information. Except as provided in this Non-Disclosure Agreement, the Receiving Party shall not use, or disclose in any
manner to any third party, Confidential Information without the prior express written consent of the Furnishing Party. 
 (b) Access to and use of
Confidential Information shall be restricted to those employees and persons within the Receiving Party’s organization, including consultants, advisors and other agents, who (1) have a need to use the information to fulfill the purpose of
this Non-Disclosure Agreement or the agreement, if any, in connection with which the Parties have entered into this Non-Disclosure Agreement and (2) are subject to a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement no less stringent than this
Non-Disclosure Agreement. The Receiving Party shall inform such persons of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and shall provide the Furnishing Party upon request with copies of the non-disclosure agreements entered into by the
Receiving Party’s employees and/or consultants. The Receiving Party shall be responsible and liable for any breach of this Agreement by any of its representatives. 
 (c) If a court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction or a government agency requires the disclosure of Confidential Information, to the extent legally permitted to do so, the Receiving Party shall promptly
notify the Furnishing Party prior to disclosing Confidential Information and shall cooperate with the Furnishing Party if the Furnishing Party elects to legally contest, request confidential treatment, or otherwise avoid such disclosure. 

(d) In the event that the Receiving Party becomes legally compelled (including disclosures necessary or in good faith determined to be reasonably necessary under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), to disclose Confidential Information of the Furnishing Party, including the Master Services Agreement between the Parties or other supporting document(s), the
Receiving Party shall, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, provide the Furnishing Party with written notice thereof so that the Furnishing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy, or to allow the Furnishing Party
to request the redaction of such portions of the Confidential Information as are not required by law to be disclosed. In any such event, the Receiving Party will disclose only such information as is legally required, and will cooperate with the
Furnishing Party (at the Furnishing Party’s expense) to obtain proprietary treatment for any Confidential Information being disclosed. 
 3. No
license: Nothing in this Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be construed as granting the Receiving Party whether expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or any right to use any Confidential Information received from the
Furnishing Party, or use any patent, trademark, copyright, mask work protection right, or any other intellectual property right, now or hereafter owned or controlled by the Furnishing Party. None of the Confidential Information which may be
disclosed or exchanged by the Parties shall constitute any representation, warranty, assurance, guarantee or inducement of any kind by either party to the other, and, in particular, with respect to the non-infringement of patents, trademarks,
copyrights, mask work protection rights or any other intellectual property rights, or other rights of third persons or of either party. Confidential Information is delivered “AS IS,” and all representations and warranties, express or
implied, 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit H Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 
including fitness for a particular purpose, merchantability, and noninfringement, are hereby disclaimed. Confidential Information may be modified by the
Furnishing Party at any time without notice to the Receiving Party. 
 4. No further obligation: Nothing in this Non-Disclosure Agreement shall
obligate either Party to enter into any further agreement or negotiation with the other, or to refrain from entering into any further agreement or negotiation with any third party, provided that such further agreement or negotiation does not result
in a violation of the provisions of this Non-disclosure Agreement. 
 5. Return of Confidential Information: All Confidential Information disclosed
pursuant to this Non-Disclosure Agreement, including any copies thereof, shall remain the property of the Furnishing Party and is loaned to the Receiving Party for use solely in connection with this Non-Disclosure Agreement or other arrangement in
connection with which this Non-Disclosure Agreement has been entered into by the Parties. Within fifteen (15) days of written request by the Furnishing Party, the Receiving Party shall, at the Furnishing Party’s sole discretion, either
return to the Furnishing Party or destroy the Furnishing Party’s Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after receiving the Furnishing Party’s request for destruction of its Confidential Information, the Receiving
Party is not obligated within the 15 day timeframe to destroy Confidential Information that is stored on system-wide backup data storage devices until all of the data on those storage devices is destroyed or deleted in the normal course of business,
provided however, that the Receiving Party may not use the Furnishing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose after receiving such notice. In the event of such requested destruction, the Receiving Party shall provide to the
Furnishing Party written certification of compliance therewith within 15 days of such written request. 
 6. Inconsistent Legends: The provisions of
this Non-Disclosure Agreement shall apply to Confidential Information disclosed or received hereunder notwithstanding any proprietary or restrictive legend or statements inconsistent with or less stringent than this Non-Disclosure Agreement which
may be printed on or associated with any Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to this Non-Disclosure Agreement. 
 7. Governing Law: This
Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be subject to, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Virginia, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. 
 8. Breach: The Parties understand and agree that Confidential Information will be disclosed in reliance upon the agreements made herein. Any breach of any provision hereof by a Party may cause irreparable harm
and damage to the non-breaching Party. The Parties hereby expressly agree that the non-breaching Party shall be entitled to seek the remedies of injunction, specific performance, and other equitable relief to prevent a breach of any provision of
this Non-Disclosure Agreement. The provisions of this section 8 shall not be construed, however, as a waiver of any other rights that a Party may have for damages or other relief as set forth in the Master Services Agreement dated of even date
herewith (the “Master Services Agreement”) which in all respects governs the Parties rights and obligations hereunder. 
 9. Termination:
This Non-Disclosure Agreement will terminate effective upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Master Services Agreement. Upon termination of this Non-Disclosure Agreement, the provisions of this Non-Disclosure Agreement shall remain in
effect with respect to all Confidential Information disclosed or received prior to such effective date. 
 10. Assignment: This Non-Disclosure
Agreement may not be assigned by either Party without the advance written consent of the other, provided however, that either Party may assign this Non-Disclosure Agreement, without consent, to an entity that acquires all or substantially all of the
assets or capital stock of the assigning Party, whether by way of merger, consolidation, or otherwise. This Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and upon their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit H Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 11. Compliance with U.S. Export Law: The Parties acknowledge that the export of products, software, and technical information (including, but not limited to,
services and training) under this Non-Disclosure Agreement may be subject to U.S. export laws and may require U.S. government authorization prior to export. Each Party agrees that it will not use, distribute, transfer, or transmit such products,
software, or technical information (even if incorporated into other products) except in compliance with U.S. export regulations. If requested by a Party, each Party also agrees to sign written assurances and other export-related documents as may be
required for the other Party to comply with U.S. export regulations. 
 12. Transmission Outside of U.S: Neither Party shall, without prior written
consent of the other, transmit, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information received from the other hereunder or any portion thereof to any country outside of the United States. 
 13. Entire Agreement: This Non-Disclosure Agreement (a) contains the entire understanding between the Parties with respect to Confidential Information, (b) supersedes all prior communications and
understandings with respect thereto, whether written or oral, (c) shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all parent, subsidiary, affiliated, and successor organizations of the Parties; and (d) may not be modified in any manner,
except by written amendment duly executed by the authorized representatives of each of the Parties hereto. 
 14. Counterparts; Facsimile Execution:
This Agreement may be executed (i) in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but together they shall constitute one and the same instrument, and (ii) by facsimile or electronic transmission of signature pages
executed by each party, which shall be evidence of such party’s intention to be bound hereby, with duly signed originals to be exchanged by the parties in due course. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE FIRST SET FORTH ABOVE. 
  

			
	 TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC.
	    	BECHTEL COMMUNICATIONS INC.
		
	  
	    	  

	Signature	    	Signature
		
	  
	    	  

	Title	    	Title
		
	  
	    	  

	Name	    	Name
		
	  
	    	  

	Date	    	Date

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (5)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit H Reciprocal Non-Disclosure Agreement	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT I 
 NETWORK 
 VENDOR CHARGES 

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT I 
 NETWORK VENDOR CHARGES

  

	1.	Introduction 

 Contractor acknowledges that Company may incur certain
charges from Network Vendors in the event that certain Contractor obligations related to the timely completion of Site development tasks are not met (Network Vendor Charges). Where such charges are incurred due to fault of Contractor, as described
herein, Contractor shall pay Company the Network Vendor Charges actually incurred subject to the limitations in this Exhibit I. 
 Relationship to Service
Level Agreements in Exhibit E: 
 The Service Level Agreements (SLAs) in Exhibit E define the conditions for Release from Exclusivity and Termination for Good
Cause, and set liquidated damages to cover costs for Contractor’s failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in this Agreement, but do not cover costs that Company incurs from Network Vendors. The liquidated damages
payable under Exhibit E do not cover and are separate and in addition to and Network Vendor Charges to be paid pursuant to this Exhibit I. 
  

	2.	Limitations 

 During the Term, Network Vendor Charges may not exceed $[***]
per Site and $[***] in the aggregate. It is understood that Company may not have entered into all its Network Vendor contracts at the time of entering into this Agreement and the Parties agree that any additional Network Vendor Charges included in
the below stated categories, if any, shall likewise be subject the aggregate limits set forth herein. 
  

	3.	Network Vendor Charges 

  

	 	3.1	Network Vendor Charges include the following: Failed Site Visit Charge 

 A Network Vendor Charge for a Failed Site Visit shall be payable by Contractor if: 
 (i) 
  

	 	(a)	The Network Vendor visits a RAN Site for the purpose of installing equipment, specifically a Base Transceiver Station (BTS), a Battery Backup Unit (BBU), and/or Backhaul equipment;

  

	 	(b)	The installation visit was scheduled using a properly completed Ready to Set form; 

  

	 	(c)	The installation is unable to be performed either because the Site is not ready for installation, or because access to the Site is unavailable; and 

  

	 	(d)	A Network Vendor charges Company for the Failed Site Visit, 

 or: 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (3)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit I Network Vendor Charges	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  

	 	(ii)	A scheduled visit is cancelled or postponed by Contractor less than 72 hours before the scheduled visit and the Network Vendor charges Company for the Failed Site Visit. The Failed
Site Visit Charge is subject to the $[***] per Site cap. 

 3.2 RF Design Standby Charge 
 This charge (the “RF Design Standby Fee”) is as follows. If the actual number of SCIP Submittal Milestones in any given month is less than
[***]% of target, as set forth in the Throughput Model, a Network Vendor Charge not to exceed $[***] per Site reflecting an RF Design Standby Charge will be charged; provided that the Network Vendor charges Company. This charge will be calculated by
subtracting the actual number of SCIP Submittal Milestones reached during the month from the target number of SCIP Submittal Milestones and multiplying by $[***]. If the actual number of SCIP Submittal Milestones is less than [***]% of target, then
the dollar amount per missed Site shall not exceed $[***] reflecting an RF Design Standby Charge; provided that the Network Vendor charges Company. If the actual number of SCIP Submittal Milestones is below [***]%, then the dollar amount per missed
Site shall not exceed $[***] reflecting an RF Design Standby Charge; provided that the Network Vendor charges Company. As an example, if the actual number of SCIP Submittal Milestones for the applicable month is [***]% and that equates to [***]
([***]) Sites below the [***]% threshold, Contractor would pay Company an amount not to exceed $[***]. 
 Measurement of the RF Design Standby
Charge will take place on a monthly basis. 
 All Network Vendor Charges will be set off against amounts owed to Contractor on a quarterly
basis. 
 For purposes of calculating total Network Vendor Charges per Site so that the $[***] is not exceeded, each RF Design Standby Fee
(e.g., $[***], $[***], or $[***]) will be assigned to a unique Ring/Site Identification Number, using the Company Site and Ring ID numbering convention. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (3)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit I Network Vendor Charges	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT J 
 PROJECT 
 QUALITY PLAN 

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT J 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN

 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN 
 TerreStar Project 
 [***] 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	ii (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
  
 EXHIBIT J 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN 

  

							
	 Section
	  	 Title
	  	 Page

			
		  	Table of Contents	  	iii
			
	 1
	  	General	  	1
		  	1.1	  	Introduction	  	
		  	1.2	  	Purpose	  	
		  	1.3	  	Scope	  	
		  	1.4	  	Source Documents	  	
		  	1.5	  	Definitions of Terms and References	  	
		  	1.6	  	Quality Policy	  	
		  	1.7	  	Quality Objectives	  	
			
	 2
	  	Quality Management System	  	4
		  	2.1	  	Quality Management System Documentation	  	
		  	2.2	  	Bechtel Quality Management System Description	  	
		  	2.3	  	Project Quality Management System Description	  	
		  	2.4	  	Project Quality Management System Activities	  	
		  	2.5	  	Process Controls	  	
			
	 3
	  	Project Organization and Responsibilities	  	8
		  	3.1	  	Organization	  	
		  	3.2	  	Responsibilities for Quality	  	
			
		  	Attachments	  	
		  	A	  	Procedures/Instructions	  	
		  	B	  	Organization Chart	  	
		  	C	  	Project Quality Responsibilities	  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	iii (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 1, General 
  
  

	1.1	INTRODUCTION 

 The Project Quality Plan (PQP) is the
principal quality document for Bechtel’s activities on the TerreStar Project. This PQP complies with the requirements of ISO 9001: 2000. 
  

	1.2	PURPOSE 

 The purpose of the PQP is to define the
Project Quality Management System (QMS) to ensure that the services provided under the control of Bechtel conform to the requirements specified in the Contract and Bechtel Quality Manual. 
  

	1.3	SCOPE 

 The scope of the PQP includes Bechtel’s
scope of services for the TerreStar Project from contract award through completion of all tasks and turnover of contractually required documentation to the customer. The Bechtel QMS does not cover activities or services performed by others outside
of Bechtel’s responsibility and control. 
 The PQP applies to Bechtel personnel assigned to or supporting the project and to the
associated resources and facilities. Bechtel's suppliers and subcontractors shall be required to comply with QMS requirements consistent with their scope of work. 
 The project scope includes the following activities: 
  

	 	•	 	 Overall program management 

  

	 	•	 	 Site engineering design 

  

	 	•	 	 Planning, scheduling, cost control, and estimating 

  

	 	•	 	 Site acquisition 

  

	 	•	 	 Procurement of third-party materials 

  

	 	•	 	 Construction services for cell sites 

  

	 	•	 	 Environmental, Health & Safety services 

  

	 	•	 	 Contract formation and administration 

  

	 	•	 	 Management of subcontractors 

  

	 	•	 	 Coordination of transport systems for the base station subsystem 

  

	 	•	 	 Coordination of delivery and installation of network equipment suppliers selected by TerreStar 

  

	1.4	SOURCE DOCUMENTS AND DOCUMENT PRECEDENCE 

 The
following are the source documents for the PQP: 
  

	 	•	 	 Contract Documents (Master Services Agreement, Scope of Work, and Exhibits), and 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	1 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 1, General 
  
  

	 	•	 	 Bechtel Corporation, Power GBU and Telecoms GBU Quality Manual (hereinafter “Quality Manual”), Corporate and/or Office Procedures, and
Management/Departmental Instructions. 

 Other QMS standards, if offered by suppliers, will be considered as alternatives to
ISO 9001: 2000 on a case-by-case basis and accepted if the project determines that they adequately meet Bechtel requirements. 
  

	1.5	DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND REFERENCES 

 The
definitions included in the Contract shall apply. 
 Unless specified to the contrary, all QMS related terms in this PQP shall have the
meanings defined in ISO 9000: 2000, “Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary”. Additional, common Bechtel-related and other terms include: 
 TerreStar Project – The scopes of work assigned to Bechtel by TerreStar as defined in the contract documents including the Master Services Agreement (MSA), Scope of Work (SOW), and all attachments, addenda, and
exhibits thereto. 
 Bechtel – Bechtel Communications, Inc. 
 GBU – Global Business Unit. 
 Purchaser/Owner – TerreStar Network Services 
  

	1.6	QUALITY POLICY 

 Project Management will adopt the
following quality policy, as stated in the Quality Manual: 
  

	 	a)	Our products and services will comply with statutory, regulatory, and customer requirements and represent sustained delivered value to our customers, 

  

	 	b)	Our employees will implement and continually improve the effectiveness of the quality management system, 

  

	 	c)	We will establish quality objectives, review them periodically for relevance, and provide adequate resources to achieve them, 

  

	 	d)	We will communicate this quality policy to our employees and ensure that it is understood and followed, and 

  

	 	e)	We will periodically review the quality policy and quality objectives for their continuing suitability and ensure that they are consistent with the purpose of our organization.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	2 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 1, General 
  
  

	1.7	QUALITY OBJECTIVES 

 Project Management will adopt
the following quality objectives, as stated in the Quality Manual.: 
  

	 	•	 	 Meet statutory and regulatory requirements 

  

	 	•	 	 Enhance customer and employee satisfaction 

  

	 	•	 	 Achieve zero accidents safety goal 

  

	 	•	 	 Continually improve the work processes. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	3 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 2, Quality Management System 
  
  

	2.1	QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION 

 The
Bechtel and Project Quality Management System documentation is structured in a hierarchical relationship as shown in Figure 2.1 and as described in detail in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of this PQP. 
 

 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	4 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 2, Quality Management System 
  
  

	2.2	BECHTEL QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 

 The
Bechtel Quality Management System is implemented through three levels of documentation described below: 
  

			
	 Level I
	  	Quality Manual – Defines the Bechtel Quality Management System and describes how it is implemented to meet ISO 9001: 2000.
		
	 Level II
	  	Quality Management System Procedures – Specify the Bechtel Quality Management System activities and responsibilities, and provide guidance for meeting the ISO 9001
requirements.
		
	 Level II
	  	Operating Procedures – Represent the common work processes for Telecoms GBU wireless projects in the form of flow charts, which show interaction among interfacing
functions.
		
	 Level III
	  	Department, Project, and Management Procedures and Instructions – Provide specific guidance and/or instructions for performing work.

  

	2.3	PROJECT QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 

 The
Bechtel Quality Management System, as amended and/or supplemented herein, will constitute the Project Quality Management System. 
 The PQP,
associated procedures and instructions, and project records comprise the Project QMS documentation. The PQP identifies the procedures and instructions used in performing project work (see Attachment A). 
 The responsibilities and authorities of designated positions for implementing the Project QMS are included in Section 3.0. 
  

	2.4	PROJECT QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ACTIVITIES 

 The
Project QMS will be applied to project activities associated with the project scope identified in Section 1.3. 
 The procedures
governing work processes for these activities are identified and/or referenced in Attachment A. 
  

	2.5	PROCESS CONTROL 

 Processes and product will be
monitored, measured, and analyzed to verify that customer, regulatory, and statutory requirements are met. The objective will be to improve the work processes continually to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of project operations.
Specifically, measures taken will include but not be limited to those described below. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	5 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 2, Quality Management System 
  
  
 Quality Surveillance 
 The quality of specific work processes and/or products will be monitored via
periodic quality surveillance, conducted in accordance with the applicable Quality Services Department procedure. 
 Quality Audits 

 Internal quality audits will be conducted at planned intervals to determine if the Project QMS, as implemented, conforms to the planned
arrangements, ISO 9001 requirements, and Quality Manual and if it is effectively implemented and maintained. 
 External quality audits, as
part of supplier control, will be scheduled and conducted, as necessary, to support the Project QMS. 
 Functional Oversight

 Functional oversight will be performed by both on project and off-project personnel. Oversight shall be in the form of monitoring,
review, and assessments of critical or significant functional activities, client interface issues, application of procedures, training, and staffing. 
 Monitoring and Measurement 
 In addition to conducting internal quality audits, quality surveillances,
and functional department assessments, internal work processes and products will be routinely measured. Supplier work processes and products will be monitored at suppliers’ facilities to verify that process and product requirements have been
met. The extent of monitoring will be commensurate with the importance of the product or service being procured. 
 Nonconformities 

 If a nonconforming product is identified, it will be controlled to prevent its unintended use in one of the following ways: by eliminating
the detected nonconformity, by authorizing its use under concession, or by taking action to preclude its original intended use or application. 
 Corrective Action and Preventive Action 
 Corrective action taken will be appropriate to the effects of the nonconformity
encountered. The causes of nonconformities will be determined and appropriate action taken to correct the conditions and prevent their recurrence. 
 Potential nonconformities and their causes will be determined. Appropriate action will be taken, if determined to be required, to prevent their occurrence. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	6 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 2, Quality Management System 
  
  
 Customer Satisfaction 
 Information relating to customer satisfaction (including customer complaints)
will be monitored to gauge whether customer requirements have been met. Appropriate action will be taken to enhance customer satisfaction. 
 Analysis of Data 
 Data from reviews of Nonconformity Reports, Corrective Action Reports, Management Review Output, internal
and external audit findings, and supplier performance evaluations will be analyzed for trends or identifying improvement opportunities. Corrective and/or preventive actions taken based on analysis results will be commensurate with the magnitude of
the problem and the risks encountered. 
 Continual Improvement 
 Corrective and preventive action processes will be used where planned results are not achieved. Statistical analysis techniques will be used as
appropriate to continually improve work processes. 
 Qualification of Suppliers and (Sub)Contractors 
 Suppliers and (Sub)Contractors who provide major components and services for the project will be evaluated and qualified by the appropriate functional
groups. The evaluations shall include but not be limited to the following: technical data, experience, safety, organization, personnel, and Supplier/Subcontractor Quality Management System. 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	7 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 3, Authorities and Responsibilities

  
  

	3.1	ORGANIZATION 

 The project organization chart for
quality functions, Attachment B, shows reporting relationships for quality matters. The organization charts issued by the project functional managers for the execution of the project may differ from Attachment B, but shall not change the reporting
relationships for quality matters shown therein. 
  

	3.2	AUTHORITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

 Program
Director 
 The Program Director has the ultimate authority and responsibility to implement the Project QMS via this PQP. In practice, the
Program Director will retain the responsibility for customer satisfaction, but will delegate the necessary authorities and responsibilities to the project functional department managers for quality related activities in their areas, as described
below. 
 The specific quality responsibilities of each project functional group are identified in the applicable project procedure(s). A
general summary of the project quality responsibilities, in relation to the requirements of ISO 9001 is shown in Attachment C. 
 Program
Functional Department Managers 
 The Project Functional Managers will be responsible for implementing the PQP within their scope of work,
including interface and coordination with other functions. Their responsibilities for quality related activities within their areas of responsibility include but are not limited to the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Communicate the importance of meeting customer as well as regulatory and statutory requirements and ensure they are reflected in purchase orders and subcontracts.

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that the quality policy (Reference Section 1.6) and quality objectives (Reference Section 1.7) are communicated to and understood by the project
functional department personnel. 

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that communication processes are established and that communication takes place regarding the effectiveness of the QMS (e.g., via dissemination of the
results of internal quality audits, functional department assessments, project reviews, employee surveys). 

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that processes and products are monitored and measured to verify conformity with the requirements and appropriate and timely corrective action is taken when
nonconformities are identified. 

  

	 	•	 	 Analyze process, product, and customer satisfaction data collected to determine suitability and effectiveness of the QMS. Implement appropriate continual
improvement measures to enhance the QMS. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	8 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 3, Authorities and Responsibilities

  
  

	 	•	 	 Determine project specific training needs and provide training as required. 

  

	 	•	 	 Plan, control, and execute design, construction, purchasing, and service provision functions per customer, regulatory, statutory, and corporate requirements.

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that monitoring and measuring devices are acquired, used, and controlled appropriately. 

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that required project procedures are prepared and implemented. 

 Regional Managers / Market Managers / Functional Leads 
 (collectively referred to as Leads) 
 The Leads shall be responsible for ensuring that working level
personnel comply with the requirements of the Project Quality Management System. As applicable, these responsibilities include: 
  

	 	•	 	 Perform work activities to the applicable work procedures referenced in the PQP. Perform required coordination with interfacing groups, departments, and entities as
appropriate. 

  

	 	•	 	 Specify Quality Management System requirements for suppliers and subcontractors in the project specifications, material requisitions, and subcontracts.

  

	 	•	 	 Ensure that suppliers’ quality management system documentation is submitted when required and that it is reviewed to verify compliance with the requirements.

  

	 	•	 	 Collect and analyze process measurement data to determine if planned results have been achieved. If planned results are not achieved, take corrective action as
appropriate. 

  

	 	•	 	 Review supplier documents, quality surveillance reports, and/or other pertinent information to verify that requirements have been met. If process or product
nonconformities are identified, take appropriate action to determine and eliminate causes of nonconformities. 

  

	 	•	 	 Analyze significant or recurring process or product nonconformities to determine causes and take corrective and preventive actions as appropriate.

  

	 	•	 	 Consult and coordinate the results of problem analysis activities and/or work process improvement changes with the respective functional department managers and/or
GBU resources, as appropriate. 

  

	 	•	 	 Take appropriate continual improvement measures to enhance the effectiveness of the Project QMS. 

 Network Site Development, Standards, & Quality Manager 
 The activities performed by the Project Quality Manager include the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Prepare and maintain the PQP in accordance with requirements of the Contract and Bechtel Communications GBU Quality Manual & applicable QMS procedures.

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	9 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Section 3, Authorities and Responsibilities

  
  

	 	•	 	 Perform internal quality audits as requested by project management and prepare and issue audit reports. 

  

	 	•	 	 Perform quality surveillance of selected project activities and issue quality surveillance reports. 

  

	 	•	 	 Perform audits of bidders’ and suppliers’ quality management systems, as requested by project. 

  

	 	•	 	 Monitor project performance via review of quality related reports, such as supplier surveillance reports, project nonconformity reports, site audit reports, etc.

  

	 	•	 	 Keep the Program Director and GBU Manager of Quality Services apprised of all pertinent project quality trends and issues. 

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	10 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Project Quality Plan	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Attachment A, Procedures/Instructions 

 
  
 PROCEDURES / INSTRUCTIONS: 
 See TerreStar Project Procedures Manual Master Index, [***] 
 NOTE: The above index is controlled independently, not as part of this PQP 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	11 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Attachment A Procedures/Instructions	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Attachment B, Organizational Chart 
  
  
 

 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	12 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Attachment B Organizational Chart	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Attachment C, Project Quality Responsibilities 

  
  

																							
	 ISO 9001 REFERENCE
	  	ADMIN & RM	  	BM &PC	  	CONS	  	ES&H	  	CONT	  	ENG	  	IS&T	  	PROC	  	PM	 	QS	  	SA
	 4.1 QMS REQUIREMENTS]
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	 	X	  	X
												
	 4.2 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	 	X	  	X
												
	 5.1 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 5.2 CUSTOMER FOCUS
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 5.3 QUALITY POLICY
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 5.4 QUALITY PLANNING
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 	X	  	
												
	 5.5 RESP., AUTH., & COMMUNICATION
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 5.6 MANAGEMENT REVIEW
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X (1)	 		  	
												
	 6.1 PROVISION OF RESOURCES
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	 	X	  	X
												
	 6.2 HUMAN RESOURCES
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	 	X	  	X
												
	 6.3 INFRASTRUCTURE
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 6.4 WORK ENVIRONMENT
	  		  		  		  	X	  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 7.1 PRODUCT REALIZATION PLANNING
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 	X	  	
												
	 7.2 CUSTOMER RELATED PROCESSES
	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	X	 		  	
												
	 7.3 DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
	  		  		  		  		  		  	X	  		  		  		 		  	
												
	 7.4 PURCHASING
	  		  		  	X	  		  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  		 		  	X
												
	 7.5 PRODUCT & SERVICE PROVISION
	  		  		  	X	  		  	X	  	X	  		  	X	  		 		  	

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	13 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Attachment C Project Quality Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 TerreStar Project 
 PROJECT QUALITY PLAN – Attachment C, Project Quality Responsibilities 

  
  

																							
	 ISO 9001 REFERENCE
	  	ADMIN & RM	  	BM &PC	  	CONS	  	ES&H	  	CONT	  	ENG	  	IS&T	  	PROC	  	PM	  	QS	  	SA
	 7.6 CONTROL OF M& M DEVICES
	  		  		  	X	  		  	X	  	X	  		  	X	  		  		  	
												
	 8.1 MEAS., ANAL. & IMPROV. - GENERAL
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X
												
	 8.2 MONITORING & MEASUREMENT
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X
												
	 8.3 CONTROL OF NONCONF. PRODUCT
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  		  	X
												
	 8.4 ANALYSIS OF DATA
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X
												
	 8.5 IMPROVEMENT
	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X	  	X

  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  	14 (17)	  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit J Attachment C Project Quality Responsibilities	  		  	

 Execution Copy 
 EXHIBIT K 
 CHANGE 
 REQUEST FORM 

 Execution Copy 
  
 Exhibit K 
 Form of Change Request

 

 
  

					
	Proprietary & Confidential	  		  	Bechtel Communications & TerreStar Networks
	Exhibit K Change Request FormExhibit 10.66

 Exhibit 10.66 
 Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2, confidential information has been omitted in places marked “[***]” and has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Application filed
with the Commission. 
 AMENDED AND RESTATED 
 CONTRACT 
 FOR TERRESTAR-1 
 Between 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 And 
 Space Systems/Loral, Inc. 

 for the 
 TerreStar
Satellite Program 
 (Acceptance In-Orbit) 
 December 12, 2007 
 The attached Contract and the information contained therein are confidential and
proprietary to TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and shall not be published or disclosed to any third party except as permitted by the Terms and Conditions of this Contract. 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

			
	 Article
	  	Page
	Preamble	  	1
		
	Recitals	  	2
		
	ARTICLE 1 – Definitions	  	3
		
	ARTICLE 2 – Scope of Work	  	11
		
	ARTICLE 3 – Deliverable Items and Delivery Schedule	  	13
		
	ARTICLE 4 – Price	  	14
		
	ARTICLE 5 – Payments	  	17
		
	ARTICLE 6 – Purchaser-Furnished Items	  	22
		
	ARTICLE 7 – Compliance with U.S. Laws and Directives	  	25
		
	ARTICLE 8 – Access to Work in Progress	  	28
		
	ARTICLE 9 – Satellite Pre-Shipment Review (SPSR) and Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review (LRR)	  	31
		
	ARTICLE 10 – Satellite Acceptance	  	35
		
	ARTICLE 11 – Acceptance Inspection For Deliverable Items Other Than Satellite	  	37
		
	ARTICLE 12 – Transfer of Title and Risk of Loss	  	41
		
	ARTICLE 13 – Orbital Performance Incentives	  	43
		
	ARTICLE 14 – Corrective Measures in Satellites and Other Deliverable Items	  	52
		
	ARTICLE 15 – Warranty	  	53
		
	ARTICLE 16 – Changes	  	57
		
	ARTICLE 17 – Force Majeure	  	60
		
	ARTICLE 18 – Purchaser Delay of Work	  	62
		
	ARTICLE 19 – Intellectual Property Indemnity	  	63
		
	ARTICLE 20– Indemnity For Personal Injury and Property Damage	  	65
		
	ARTICLE 21 – Termination for Convenience	  	68
		
	ARTICLE 22 – Liquidated Damages for Late Satellite Delivery	  	71
		
	ARTICLE 23 – Termination for Default and Excessive Force Majeure	  	73
		
	ARTICLE 24 – Reserved	  	80
		
	ARTICLE 25 – Dispute Resolution	  	81
		
	ARTICLE 26 – Inter-Party Waiver of Liability for a Launch	  	86
		
	ARTICLE 27 – Major Subcontracts	  	88
		
	ARTICLE 28 – Contractor Insurance Requirements	  	89

  

 - i - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

			
		
	ARTICLE 29 – Personnel and Key Personnel	  	93
		
	ARTICLE 30 – Limitation of Liability	  	95
		
	ARTICLE 31 – Disclosure and Handling of Proprietary Information	  	97
		
	ARTICLE 32 – Intellectual Property Rights	  	100
		
	ARTICLE 33 – Public Release of Information	  	104
		
	ARTICLE 34 – Notices	  	105
		
	ARTICLE 35 – Risk Management Services	  	107
		
	ARTICLE 36 – Order of Precedence	  	109
		
	ARTICLE 37 – General	  	110
		
	ARTICLE 38 – Security Interest	  	117
		
	ARTICLE 39 – Storage	  	122

 Attachment A Form of Invoice 
 Attachment B Key Personnel 
  

 - ii - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 PREAMBLE 
 This Amended and Restated Contract is executed as of December 12, 2007 (“Revised Effective Date of Contract”) by and between TerreStar Networks Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the state of Delaware, having an office and place of business at 12010 Sunset Hills Road, Reston, Virginia 20190 (hereinafter referred to as “Purchaser”) and Space Systems/Loral, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the state of Delaware, having an office and place of business at 3825 Fabian Way, Palo Alto, California 94303-4604 (hereinafter referred to as “Contractor”, and Purchaser and Contractor are hereinafter referred to collectively as
the “Parties” or individually as a “Party”) regarding the TerreStar Satellite program, and amends and restates and supersedes the Original Contract (as defined herein), only as to the TS-1 Satellite and those Deliverable Items as
set-forth herein, but does not amend, restate or supersede the Original Contract (as defined herein) as to the TS-2 Satellite and those Deliverable Items reflected in the Original Contract, as the Original Contract with respect to the TS-2 Satellite
and associated Deliverable Items has been amended, restated and superseded by the TS-2 Contract (defined below). The TS-2 Contract together with this Contract, completely restate and supersede the Original Contract and all the rights and obligations
contained in such Original Contract have been completely apportioned and allocated between the TS-2 Contract and this Contract. 
  

 - 1 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 RECITALS 
 WHEREAS, TerreStar Networks (Canada) Inc. (“TerreStar Canada”) has been licensed
by the U.S. Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and by Industry Canada to construct, launch and operate a communications system consisting of one geostationary satellite in the 2 GHz
band, a communications network and user terminals to enable affordable access to advance communications services across North America, including all of Canada (the “TerreStar Canada
Licenses”), 
 WHEREAS, TerreStar Canada is subject to FCC and Industry Canada milestones, relating to construction, launch and
operational date of its system, 
 WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to procure one (1) communications Satellite to be accepted in-orbit
under this Contract (“TS-1,” as further described in this Contract), Launch Support Services, Mission Operations Support Services, risk management insurance procurement support, Training services and other items and services to the extent
and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, 
 WHEREAS, Contractor is willing to furnish such Satellite, Launch Support
Services, Mission Operations Support Services, risk management insurance procurement support, Training services and other items and services to the extent of and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in consideration of the price and
other valid consideration, 
 WHEREAS, the Parties desire to revise the Contract to incorporate certain change orders, the resolution
of TBDs and TBRs and Purchaser’s exercise of certain options under the Original Contract, 
 WHEREAS, the Parties desire to
procure a second satellite identical to TS-1 (“TS-2”) in a separate contract, signed on even date herewith (the “TS-2 Contract”), and 
 WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Amended and Restated Contract for TerreStar-1 for the TerreStar Satellite Program to replace and supersede the Original Contract with respect to TS-1 and certain
Deliverable Items associated therewith, 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein
and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows: 
  

 - 2 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS 
 Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings: 
  

	1.1	“Acceptance” (i) with respect to the Satellite shall be as provided in Article 10, and (ii) with respect to any Deliverable Item other than the Satellite
shall be as provided in Article 11. 

  

	1.2	“Affiliate” means, with respect to an entity, any other entity Controlling or Controlled by or under common Control with such entity and shall also include
TerreStar Networks (Canada), Inc., as an “Affiliate” of Purchaser. 

  

	1.3	“Amendment 6 Execution Date” means 8 April 2005. 

  

	1.4	“Article” means any article or numbered paragraph thereof in the Contract terms and conditions. 

  

	1.5	“ATC IP” means any Intellectual Property covering a system, method, base station and/or wireless terminal (including any associated end user device) that uses or
reuses a satellite band frequency for terrestrial (aeronautical, maritime or land-based) wireless communications, but excluding any satellite-related technology. 

  

	1.6	“Attachment(s)” means any and all attachment(s) that are attached hereto and incorporated herein (or are attached to any Exhibit and incorporated therein), as
amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

	1.7	“Background Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property first made, developed, or created prior to the negotiation or performance of the Original Contract or
otherwise first made, developed or created other than in performance of or pursuant to this Contract or the Original Contract and necessary to the use of any Deliverable Item. 

  

	1.8	“Business Day” means any day other than the following: a Saturday, Sunday, and any other day on which national banks are authorized to be closed in New York City,
New York. 

  

	1.9	“Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Article 38.1. 

  

	1.10	“Component” means every unit, system and subsystem of the Satellite and all other hardware and software required to be provided by Contractor hereunder.

  

	1.11	“Contract” means the terms and conditions (“Preamble”, “Recitals” and the Articles) of this executed Amended and Restated Contract, its Exhibits
and its Attachment(s) as set forth in Articles 2.1 and 36, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

	1.12	“Contractor” has the meaning set forth in the “Preamble” of this Contract and any successor or assignee permitted hereunder. 

  

 - 3 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.13	“Control” and its derivatives mean, with respect to an entity, the legal, beneficial, or equitable ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or
more of the capital stock (or other ownership interest if not a corporation) of such entity ordinarily having voting rights or the power to direct the management policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or
otherwise. 

  

	1.14	“Daily Rate” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2.1. 

  

	1.15	“Deliverable Data” means the data and documentation required to be delivered to Purchaser as specified in Exhibit A, Statement of Work. 

  

	1.16	“Deliverable Item” means any of the items or services listed in Article 3.1, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof or any optional
items or services elected by Purchaser, and, collectively, the “Deliverable Items”. 

  

	1.17	“Delivery” has the meaning set forth it in Article 3.2. 

  

	1.18	“Dispute(s)” has the meaning set forth in Article 25. 

  

	1.19	“Dynamic Spacecraft Simulator” or “DSS” means the dynamic spacecraft simulator including integrated software, all as described in Exhibit E,
Dynamic Spacecraft Simulator Specification, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

	1.20	“Effective Date of Contract” or “EDC” means July 14, 2002. 

  

	1.21	“Exhibit(s)” means the exhibit(s) identified in Article 2.1 and attached hereto and incorporated herein. 

  

	1.22	“FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission or any successor agency or governmental authority. 

  

	1.23	“Financing Agreements” means any and all documents and agreements evidencing and/or securing monies provided on a full or partial debt basis by any Financing Entity
to Purchaser to fund the design, development, construction, procurement, maintenance, or operation of all or any material part of Purchaser’s Satellite program. 

  

	1.24	“Financing Entity” means any entity (other than Contractor, or parties related to Contractor, or competitors of Contractor), e.g., commercial bank, merchant
bank, investment bank, commercial finance organization, corporation, or partnership, which has been specifically identified in a written notification to Contractor providing money on a full or partial debt basis to Purchaser to fund the design,
development, construction, procurement, maintenance, or operation of all or any material part of Purchaser’s Satellite program. 

  

	1.25	“Firm Fixed Price” or “FFP” means the firm fixed price applicable to the Deliverable Items as set forth in Article 4.1. 

 

	1.26	“Force Majeure” has the meaning set forth in Article 17. 

  

 - 4 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.27	“Foreground Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property first made, developed or created in performance of the Original Contract or this Contract that is
incorporated into or employed in, or required for the use of, any Deliverable Item. 

  

	1.28	“Forward Transmission Path” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2.3. 

  

	1.29	“HNS” shall mean Hughes Network Services LLC. 

  

	1.30	“In-Orbit Testing” or “IOT” means the testing of the Satellite in-orbit in accordance with Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan.

  

	1.31	“Intellectual Property” means all designs, methods, concepts, layouts, software, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), processes, technical data and
documentation, technical information and drawings, and similar matter in which an Intellectual Property Right may subsist. 

  

	1.32	“Intellectual Property Claim” has the meaning set forth in Article 19. 

  

	1.33	“Intellectual Property Right(s)” means all common law and statutory proprietary rights, including patent, patent application, patent registration, copyright,
trademark, service mark, trade secret, mask work rights, data rights and similar rights existing from time to time under the intellectual property laws of the United States, any state or foreign jurisdiction, or international treaty regime.

  

	1.34	“Intentional Ignition” means, with respect to any Satellite, the ignition for the purposes of Launch of the first stage Vulcain engine of the Launch Vehicle that
has been integrated with the Satellite; provided that if a Launch Vehicle is used that does not have such a Vulcain engine, this definition shall be modified to reflect the Launch Vehicle that is employed. 

  

	1.35	“Junior Liens” has the meaning set forth in Article 38.5. 

  

	1.36	“Launch” means, with respect to the Satellite, the ignition of solid propellant booster(s) if such event follows Intentional Ignition of the Launch Vehicle that has
been integrated with the Satellite. If a Launch Vehicle is used that does not have a Vulcain engine, this definition shall be modified to reflect the Launch Vehicle that is employed. 

  

	1.37	“Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy” has the meaning set forth in Article 35.1. 

  

	1.38	“Launch Agency” means the provider of Launch Services responsible for conducting the Launch Services for the Satellite. 

  

	1.39	“Launch Services” means those services provided by the Launch Agency for the Launch of the Satellite pursuant to the Launch Services Agreement.

  

	1.40	“Launch Services Agreement” or “LSA” means the contract between Purchaser and the Launch Agency that provides for Launch Services for the
Satellite, as such contract may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms. 

  

 - 5 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.41	“Launch Site” means the location that will be used by the Launch Agency for purposes of launching the Satellite, except in the case of Sea Launch it shall mean the
homeport located in Long Beach, CA. 

  

	1.42	“Launch Support” or “Launch Support Services” means those services specified in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, to be provided by Contractor in
support of Launch Services. 

  

	1.43	“Launch Vehicle” means the launch vehicle used to provide Launch Services for the Satellite. 

  

	1.44	“License” has the meaning set forth in the “Recitals” of this Contract. 

  

	1.45	“London Inter-Bank Offer Rate” or “LIBOR” means the rate per annum shown, on the third (3rd) London business day preceding the day of
commencement of an interest calculation period, on page 3750 of the Dow Jones & Company Telerate screen or any successor page as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits in an amount approximately equal to the amount on
which the interest is to be applied for a three-month period (the “Rate Base”), as shown under the heading “USD” as of 11:00 a.m. (London Time); provided that in the event no such rate is shown, LIBOR shall be the rate per annum
(rounded to the nearest 1/100th of one percent) based on the rates at which U.S. dollar deposits approximately equal in principal amount to the Rate Base and for a three-month period are displayed on page “LIBO” of the Reuters Monitor
Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) (it being understood that if at least two such rates
appear on such page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of such displayed rates); provided that in the event fewer than two such rates are displayed, or if no such rate is relevant, LIBOR shall be the rate per annum equal to the rate offered by
Credit Suisse, New York Branch, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London Time) to prime banks in the London interbank market on deposits in U.S. dollars in an amount approximately equal in principal amount to the aggregate principal balance of the Rate
Base for a three-month period. 

  

	1.46	“Loral Space” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.8. 

  

	1.47	“Major Subcontract” means a subcontract related to the performance of this Contract and valued at Two Million Five Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars (U.S.$2,500,000) or
more. 

  

	1.48	“Milestone” means a portion of the Work upon completion of which a payment is to be made in accordance with Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination
Liability Amounts or Exhibit I, DSS/[***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts with respect to the DSS and [***]. 

  

	1.49	“Mission Operations Support Services” means the orbit-raising, IOT and related services specified in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, to be performed by Contractor for
the Satellite. 

  

 - 6 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.50	“MRP System” means Contractor’s then current internal material requirements processing system used by Contractor in connection with the performance of
satellite construction contracts for its customers generally. 

  

	1.51	“Notice of Election” has the meaning set forth in Article 20.3.1. 

  

	1.52	[***] 

  

	1.53	[***] 

  

	1.54	“NSP” means not separately priced and included in the Firm Fixed Price. 

  

	1.55	“Orbital Performance Incentive Period” means the period commencing on the day following Acceptance of the Satellite and ending on the last day of the Satellite
Stated Life. 

  

	1.56	“Orbital Performance Incentives” means an amount specified in Exhibit H that may be earned by Contractor based on in-orbit performance of the Satellite as set forth
in Article 13. 

  

	1.57	“Orbital Storage” means any period of time of intentional non-use by Purchaser of the Satellite provided that the Satellite has been placed into orbit and is
capable of performing in accordance with Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification. 

  

	1.58	“Original Contract” means the contract entered into between the Parties, dated July 14, 2002, as amended by the Parties from time to time prior to REDC
(including all Contract change notices thereto). 

  

	1.59	“Partial Loss” means that, based on data available after Intentional Ignition, the Satellite does not meet all applicable requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite
Performance Specification, and is not a Total Loss. 

  

	1.60	“Party” or “Parties” means Purchaser, Contractor or both, as the context requires. 

  

	1.61	“Payment Plan” means the payment plan for the applicable Deliverable Item, as set forth in Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts or
in Exhibit I, DSS/[***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts with respect to the DSS and [***] and associated ground units, as each may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

	1.62	“Percentage of Performance Earned” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2.1. 

  

	1.63	“Performance Specification” means the applicable performance specification for the Satellite or other Deliverable Item, as appropriate, in the context of the
applicable clause, as such specification may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

 - 7 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.64	“Permitted Debt” has the meaning set forth in Article 38.5. 

  

	1.65	“PMO” means the Purchaser’s program management office to be designated by Purchaser. 

  

	1.66	“Product Assurance Program Plan” means the product assurance program plan attached as Exhibit C hereto, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof. 

  

	1.67	“Proprietary Information” has the meaning set forth in Article 31. 

  

	1.68	“Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in the “Preamble” and any successor or assignee permitted hereunder. 

  

	1.69	“Purchaser Delay” has the meaning set forth in Article 18. 

  

	1.70	“Purchaser Parent Company” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2.11. 

  

	1.71	“Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive” means the amount specified in Exhibit H as “Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives,” which may be earned by
Contractor based on in-orbit performance of the Satellite as set forth in Article 13.2.1. 

  

	1.72	“Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods” means (i) all Deliverable Items (including the Satellite(s)); (ii) all Components; and (iii) all
rights in Intellectual Property, Proprietary Information, and other data and information that are to be and/or actually are delivered to Purchaser under this Contract. The foregoing shall constitute “Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished
Goods” as the same shall be in the process of performance, manufacture, assembly, integration, testing, delivery or completion at any given point in time, whether raw materials, work in process or finished goods, whether now owned or
after-acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence; but, in each case, only to the extent identified to this Contract, which shall be deemed to occur only when such goods have been installed on the Satellite, DSS, or [***] or
designated for the Satellite, DSS, or [***] under the MRP System. 

  

	1.73	“Return Transmission Path” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2.3. 

  

	1.74	“Revised Effective Date of Contract” or “REDC” means the date that this Amended and Restated Contract is signed by the authorized representatives
of each Party. 

  

	1.75	“Satellite” means the communications satellite that is to be manufactured by Contractor and to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to this Contract.

  

	1.76	“Satellite Anomaly” means, with respect to the Satellite in-orbit, a condition or occurrence that has a material adverse impact on the Satellite Stated Life or
performance of the Satellite. 

  

	1.77	“Satellite Performance Specification” means the satellite performance specification for the Satellite attached as Exhibit B hereto, as may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the terms hereof. 

  

 - 8 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.78	“Satellite Pre-Shipment Review” or “SPSR” has the meaning set forth in Article 9. 

  

	1.79	“Satellite Program Test Plan” means the Satellite program test plan attached as Exhibit D hereto, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof. 

  

	1.80	“Satellite Stated Life” or “Satellite Mission Life” means the contracted for life of fifteen (15) years for the Satellite as set forth in
Section 2.7 of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, commencing upon Acceptance of the Satellite. 

  

	1.81	“SBN/SBAS Contract” means that certain Contract between TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. for the TerreStar Space-Based Network, dated
January 25, 2007, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

  

	1.82	“SCF” means satellite control facility. 

  

	1.83	“Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive” means, the amount specified in Exhibit H as the “Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive,” which may be earned
by Contractor based on in-orbit performance of the Satellite as set forth in Article 13.2.2. 

  

	1.84	“Secured Obligations” means, collectively, all monetary obligations of Contractor to Purchaser under this Contract (including without limitation Contractor’s
obligations to (i) pay liquidated damages under Article 22 hereof, (ii) indemnify Purchaser under Articles 4.2 (solely with respect to Contractor’s indemnification obligations), 19, 20 and 26.2 hereof; and (iii) make termination
payments under Article 21 and Article 23) and all damages payable to Purchaser and its Affiliates by Contractor arising out of or relating to this Contract and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Purchaser to recover such damages
(including reasonable attorney fees). 

  

	1.85	“Security Interest” has the meaning set forth in Article 38.1. 

  

	1.86	“Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review” or “SLRR” has the meaning set forth in Article 9.2. 

  

	1.87	“Statement of Work” or “SOW” means the statement of work attached as Exhibit A hereto, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof. 

  

	1.88	“Summary In-Orbit Test Report” or “Summary IOT Report” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A, Statement of Work. 

  

	1.89	“Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.2. 

  

	1.90	“Terminated Ignition” means that, following Intentional Ignition, the first stage engines of the Launch Vehicle are shut down for any reason before the Launch
occurs and the launch pad is declared safe by the Launch Agency. If a Launch Vehicle is used that does not have a Vulcain engine, this definition shall be modified to reflect the Launch Vehicle that is employed. 

  

	1.91	“Termination Default” has the meaning set forth in Article 38.7. 

  

 - 9 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	1.92	“TerreStar 1” or “TS-1” means the Satellite. 

  

	1.93	“Total Loss” means with respect to the Satellite after Intentional Ignition: (i) the complete loss, destruction or operational failure of the Satellite, or
(ii) a constructive total loss as defined in the Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy, if any, for the Satellite, but in no event shall a Total Loss be deemed to occur for purposes of Orbital Performance Incentives as long as Contractor is
entitled to earn such incentives based on the applicable criteria set forth in Article 13.2.1, Article 13.2.2 and/or Article 13.2.3. 

  

	1.94	“Training” means the training specified in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, to be provided by Contractor hereunder. 

  

	1.95	“Transmission Path” has the meaning set forth in Article 13.2. 

  

	1.96	“TS-2 Contract” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals. 

  

	1.97	“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or, with respect to the perfection and the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the Security
Interest in the Collateral as provided in Article 38.4, the state of Delaware, in either case as in effect from time to time. 

  

	1.98	“Work” means all design, development, construction, manufacturing, labor, and services, including tests to be performed, and any and all Deliverable Items,
including the Satellite, DSS, Deliverable Data, Mission Operations Support Services, Launch Support Services, [***], Training, and equipment, materials, articles, matters, services, and things to be furnished and rights to be transferred to
Purchaser under this Contract, or any subcontract entered into hereunder by Contractor. 

  

 - 10 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 2 – SCOPE OF WORK 
  

	2.1	Provision of Services and Materials 

 Contractor
shall provide the necessary qualified personnel, material, services, facilities and know-how to: design, manufacture, test, provide Mission Operations Support Services, Launch Support Services, and deliver for Purchaser’s Acceptance
(1) S-Band Satellite (in-orbit), three (3) DSSs, [***], together with all other Deliverable Items referred to in Article 3.1, all in accordance with this Contract, including the following Exhibits (as applicable), which are attached hereto
(or incorporated by reference) and made a part hereof: 
  

	 	2.1.1	Exhibit A, Statement of Work, Revision 2 dated August 20, 2007 

  

	 	2.1.2	Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, Revision 6 dated October 18, 2007 

  

	 	2.1.3	Exhibit C, Commercial Programs Product Assurance Plan, Document No. E038152, Revision 6 dated April 5, 2004 

  

	 	2.1.4	Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan, Revision 3 dated October 30, 2007 

  

	 	2.1.5	Exhibit E, Preliminary TerreStar Dynamic Satellite Simulator Specification, Version 0 dated July 23, 2004 

  

	 	2.1.6	Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Satellite Program Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts (not including Orbital Performance Incentive Payments), dated October 12, 2007
(“TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts” or “TerreStar 1 Payment Plan”) 

  

	 	2.1.7	Exhibit G, RESERVED 

  

	 	2.1.8	Exhibit H, TerreStar Satellite Orbital Performance Incentives Payment Plan, dated August 20, 2007 

  

	 	2.1.9	Exhibit I, DSS/[***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts, dated July 10, 2006 

  

 - 11 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	2.1.10	Attachments 

  

	 	A.	Form of Invoice (including the Annex 1 thereto, “Form of Contractor Certificate” and “Schedule 1 to Annex I to Attachment A”) 

  

	 	B.	Key Personnel 

  

	2.2	Contractor’s Key Milestones 

 Contractor shall
achieve the following key milestones by the date indicated below: 
  

	 	A.	Conduct Critical Design Review on or before November 19, 2004 – completed. 

  

	 	B.	Commence physical construction of TerreStar 1 (by issuing a certification stating that Contractor has started work on the Satellite) no later than March 31, 2005 - completed.

  

	 	C.	Satellite Technical Review Meeting 1 – on or before two (2) months after the Amendment 6 Execution Date—completed. 

  

	 	D.	Satellite Technical Review Meeting 2 – on or before eight (8) months after the Amendment 6 Execution Date—completed. 

  

	 	E.	Satellite Technical Review Meeting 3 – on or before fourteen (14) months after the Amendment 6 Execution Date - completed. 

  

 - 12 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 3 – DELIVERABLE ITEMS AND DELIVERY SCHEDULE 
  

	3.1	Deliverable Items 

 Subject to the other terms and
conditions of this Contract, the items to be delivered under this Contract are specified in the table below and Contractor shall deliver such items on or before the corresponding Delivery dates and at locations specified in the table below.

  

							
	 Item
	  	 Description
	  	 Delivery Date
	  	 Delivery Location

	1.	  	Satellite	  	For TerreStar 1: October 26, 2007- Successful completion of SPSR	  	[***]
				
	2.	  	Deliverable Data	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A	  	PMO
				
	3.	  	Training	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A
				
	4.	  	Launch Support Services	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A
				
	5.	  	Mission Operations Support Services	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A	  	Per SOW, Exhibit A
				
	6.	  	Three (3) DSSs, with [***]	  	Eight (8) months prior to delivery of TS-1	  	Locations designated by TerreStar at least 30 days prior to the Delivery date
				
	7.	  	[***]	  	As specified by TerreStar, following the REDC	  	Locations designated by TerreStar at least 30 days prior to the Delivery date

  

	3.2	Delivery 

 Delivery of each Deliverable Item shall
occur upon Acceptance of such item in accordance with Articles 10 or 11 as applicable, except in the case of the Satellite, Delivery shall occur upon successful completion of Satellite Pre-Shipment Review pursuant to Article 9. 
  

 - 13 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 4 – PRICE 
  

	4.1	Firm Fixed Price 

  

	 	4.1.1	FFP. The Firm Fixed Price for each Deliverable Item is set forth in the table below. 

  

					
	 Item
	  	 Description
	  	 TerreStar 1 Amount

	1.	  	Satellite	  	U.S.$[***]
			
	2.	  	Deliverable Data	  	[***]
			
	3.	  	Training	  	[***]
			
	4.	  	Launch Support Services	  	[***]
			
	5.	  	Mission Operations Support Services	  	[***]
			
	6.	  	 a) Initial DSS
 b) Additional DSSs (2)
	  	 [***]
 [***]

			
	7.	  	 a) [***]
 b) [***]
	  	 [***]
 [***]

			
		  	TOTAL	  	US$223,938,360

  

	 	4.1.2	Firm Fixed Price.  

  

	 	A.	FFP for TerreStar 1. Subject to Article 4.2 hereof, the price to be paid by Purchaser to Contractor for the Deliverable Items 1 through 5 set forth in Article 3.1 hereof,
within the scope of Work as detailed in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, shall be a firm fixed price of [***] U.S. dollars (U.S.$[***]) (the “TS1 Firm Fixed Price”). 

  

	 	B.	For the DSS. Subject to Article 4.2 hereof, the price to be paid by Purchaser to Contractor for the Deliverable Item 6 shall be a Firm Fixed Price of [***] U.S. dollars
(US$[***]) (the “[***]”). 

  

	 	C.	For the [***]. Subject to Article 4.2 hereof, the price to be paid by Purchaser to Contractor for the Deliverable Item 7 shall be a Firm Fixed Price of [***] (US$[***])
(the “[***] Firm Fixed Price”). 

  

 - 14 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	4.1.3	Elements of FFP. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract, the Firm Fixed Price are not subject to any escalation or to any adjustment or revision. The item
price for the Satellite includes on-going design, manufacturing, tests, Deliverable Data, Training, In-Orbit Testing, preparation for shipment to Launch Site, Launch Support Services (including launch base operations), Mission Operations Support
Services and insurance support services as required by Article 35, packing and transport of the Satellite to the Launch Site, transit insurance and such other insurance as is required by Article 28 (but does not include: (i) Launch Services; or
(ii) any insurance coverage for loss or damage to the Satellite or Launch Vehicle from and after Intentional Ignition, the responsibility for both of which shall reside exclusively with Purchaser), all in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Contract, as specified herein. The Firm Fixed Price for the [***]. The Firm Fixed Price for the DSS includes on-going design manufacturing, tests, Deliverable Data, Training, and insurance support services as required by Article
35, packing and transport of the Deliverable Items to the Delivery location, transit insurance and such other insurance as is required by Article 28. 

  

	4.2	Taxes  

 The Firm Fixed Price includes all
applicable taxes, duties and similar liabilities (including interest, fines, penalties, or additions attributable or imposed on or with respect to, any such taxes, duties and similar liabilities) imposed by any United States federal, state, or local
government in connection with Contractor’s performance under this Contract and the taxing authority having jurisdiction over Launch Support Services (“Taxes”); provided, however, the Firm Fixed Price does not include any Taxes on the
sale of the 

  

 - 15 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
DSS, [***], the payment of which Taxes shall be the responsibility of Purchaser. Contractor has made or will make all the necessary filings in order to
deliver the Work (except the DSS and [***]) free and clear of any Contractor incurred liens or encumbrances for Taxes. Subject to the indemnification procedures set forth in Article 20.3, in the event any governmental or taxing authority imposes or
assesses Taxes against Purchaser in connection with any Deliverable Item (except the DSS and [***]), Contractor shall indemnify Purchaser for any Taxes paid by Purchaser and shall reimburse Purchaser for related costs of defense (whether or not
Purchaser actually pays such Taxes). . 
  

 - 16 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 5 – PAYMENTS 
  

	5.1	Payment Plan 

 Payments by Purchaser to Contractor
of the Firm Fixed Price set forth in Article 4 shall be in accordance with Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts and Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts with respect to the DSS and
[***], as applicable thereto. 
  

	5.2	Payment Conditions 

  

	 	5.2.1	Time Payments. Subject to Article 5.2.5, all time payments due from Purchaser shall be paid no later than thirty (30) days after the date specified for invoice therefor
as set forth in the applicable Payment Plan in Exhibit F or Exhibit I; provided, however, Payment Nos. 1 and 13 of Exhibit F shall be paid no later than five (5) days after the date specified for invoice therefor as set forth in the applicable
Payment Plan in Exhibit F. Contractor shall give to Purchaser an invoice and certification in the form attached hereto as Attachment A with respect to each such time payment. Subject to Article 5.2.5, the failure of Contractor to deliver any invoice
required hereunder shall not affect Purchaser’s obligation hereunder to make any time payments to Contractor. 

  

	 	5.2.2	 Milestone Payments. All payments due from Purchaser upon the completion of a Milestone described in the Payment Plan shall be paid no later than thirty
(30) days after receipt by Purchaser of an invoice and certification in the form attached hereto as Attachment A that the Milestone has been completed in accordance with the requirements of this Contract, together with the necessary or
appropriate supporting data and documentation as required hereunder, if any, or as Purchaser may reasonably request within ten (10) days of receipt of invoice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without prejudice to Contractor’s rights
under Article 5.6, Purchaser, in its sole discretion, may agree to make a partial payment to Contractor for partial completion of a Milestone event. In the event of early completion by Contractor of a Milestone in advance of such Milestone
completion date as set forth in Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability 

  

 - 17 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
Amounts or Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts, Purchaser shall not be obligated to make the corresponding Milestone payment
to Contractor in advance of the payment due date that would apply under this Article 5.2 to the applicable invoice date therefor set forth in Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts or Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] and
Termination Liability Amounts with respect to the DSS and [***], as applicable. 

  

	 	5.2.3	Cumulative Payments. In no event shall Contractor submit an invoice whose amount, when paid, would exceed the aggregate, cumulative sum of payments (time payments plus
Milestone payments) scheduled to be paid to Contractor up to such point of time of payment under Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts and Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts with
respect to the DSS and [***]. 

  

	 	5.2.4	Non-Warranty Payments. All amounts payable to Contractor with respect to non-warranty work performed pursuant to Article 15.3 shall be paid no later than thirty
(30) days after receipt of an invoice and certification in the form attached hereto as Attachment A that such non-warranty work has been completed and documented in accordance with the requirements of this Contract together with the necessary
or appropriate supporting data and documentation as requested under this Contract, if any. 

  

	 	5.2.5	Obligation to Pay. If Contractor shall not have delivered any invoice or certification required hereunder within the time specified therefor, the relevant payment due from
Purchaser shall be payable on or before thirty (30) days after receipt of such invoice or certification, except for Payment Nos. 1 and 13 under Exhibit F, which shall be payable five (5) days after receipt of the applicable invoice.

  

 - 18 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	5.3	Late Payment 

  

	 	5.3.1	Interest. In the event that any payment due under this Contract is not made when due hereunder, without prejudice to the other rights and remedies under this Contract of the
Party entitled to such payment, such Party shall also be entitled to interest at the rate of LIBOR (90 day rate) + 300 basis points per annum on the unpaid balance thereof from the date such payment is due hereunder until such time as payment is
made. 

  

	 	5.3.2	Suspension of Performance. If any payment (other than a disputed payment as set forth immediately below) is not made by Purchaser by the date thirty (30) days after the
date due in accordance with Article 5.2, or if a payment that is disputed by Purchaser pursuant to Article 5.6 is not paid into an escrow account as specified in such Article, then without prejudice to Contractor’s other rights and remedies
under this Contract or at law or in equity, Contractor may elect to suspend performance of its obligations under this Contract, without prejudice or penalty, until the affected payment is made. If Contractor subsequently resumes performance, the
schedule and affected terms of this Contract shall be equitably adjusted due to such work stoppage and the price shall be equitably adjusted to compensate Contractor for actual costs reasonably incurred by Contractor associated with such work
stoppage, plus a markup of ten percent (10%) on those costs, such costs and markup to be invoiced and paid pursuant to the provisions of Article 5. 

  

	5.4	Invoices 

 Invoices required to be delivered by
Contractor hereunder shall be submitted by facsimile and airmail to Purchaser (original plus one (1) copy, including supporting documentation and data) at the following address: 
  

 - 19 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

			
		 	TerreStar Networks Inc.
		
	Attn.:	 	[***]
		 	[***]
		 	 12010 Sunset Hills Road,
 Suite
900

		 	Reston, VA 20190

 With a copy to: 
  

			
	
		 	TerreStar Networks Inc.
		
	Attn.:	 	[***]
		 	[***]
		 	 12010 Sunset Hills Road,
 Suite
900

		 	Reston, VA 20190

 or to such other address as Purchaser may specify in writing to Contractor. 
  

	5.5	Payment Bank 

 All payments made to Contractor
hereunder shall be in U.S. currency and shall be made by electronic funds transfer to the following account: 
  

			
		 	 SPACE SYSTEMS/LORAL, INC.

		 	 ACCOUNT NO. [***]

		 	 BANK OF AMERICA NT&SA

		 	 CHICAGO, ILLINOIS

		 	 [***]

 or such other account or accounts as Contractor may specify in writing to Purchaser. 

 

	5.6	Disputed Amounts 

 In the event Purchaser determines
in good faith that the event covered by a Contractor Milestone payment invoice has not been substantially completed in accordance with the requirements of this Contract, Purchaser shall so notify Contractor in writing within thirty (30) days of
receipt of the invoice. Such notification shall state in reasonable detail the area(s) Purchaser considers not to be in accordance with the requirements of this 

  

 - 20 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
Contract. Within five (5) Business Days of receipt of Purchaser’s notification, Contractor shall notify Purchaser in writing if it disagrees with
Purchaser’s determination, stating its good faith basis for such disagreement. Within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Parties’ respective senior executives shall meet and use good faith efforts to resolve such disagreement. If
the senior executives are unable to resolve the disagreement within ten (10) Business Days, Purchaser shall immediately place the payment amount in dispute into an escrow account (which the Parties shall establish with a mutually acceptable
escrow agent) pending resolution pursuant to Article 25, Dispute Resolution. Should Contractor agree with Purchaser’s notification, Contractor shall proceed to correct the discrepancy(ies), and, upon correction, the invoice shall be
reinstated for payment. The Parties shall equally share in the third party escrow fees incurred in connection with this Article 5.6. 
  

	5.7	Set Off 

 In the event one Party has not paid the
second Party any amount that is due and payable to the second Party under this Contract, such second Party shall have the right to set off such amount against payments due to the first Party under this Contract, provided any amount in dispute
pursuant to Article 5.6 shall not be considered eligible for setoff while the Dispute is being resolved. 
  

	5.8	Special Financial Terms  

 Prior to Intentional
Ignition, in the event that: (a) [***]; or (b) [***]. Nothing in this Article 5.8 shall obligate [***]. 
  

 - 21 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 6 – PURCHASER-FURNISHED ITEMS 
  

	6.1	Purchaser-Furnished Support  

 To enable Contractor
to install and complete Acceptance inspection of the DSS and to perform Launch Support Services and Mission Operations Support Services, Purchaser shall timely make available to Contractor the Purchaser-furnished equipment, facilities and services
described in Section 2.6 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work. At all times, such Purchaser-furnished equipment and facilities shall remain Purchaser’s property. Such equipment, facilities and services shall be in good working condition and
adequate for the required purposes and, for the Launch of the Satellite hereunder, shall be made available free of charge for Contractor’s use during the period commencing on the date established therefor at the technical interchange meeting
described in Section 2.5 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work, and continuing through completion of Acceptance for the Satellite. Contractor shall provide Purchaser with reasonable prior written notice of its need (including the need of any of its
subcontractors, consultant and/or agent) to access any of the Purchaser-furnished sites. Contractor shall not provide access to or use of the Purchaser-furnished sites, equipment or other items to any third party other than a subcontractor,
consultant and/or agent of Contractor for purposes of performing subcontracted Work hereunder. Contractor shall comply with the terms of the lease for each site, as provided in writing to Contractor. Contractor shall ensure that no lien,
encumbrance, pledge or other interest whatsoever attaches to the Purchaser-furnished equipment, sites and other items as the result of acts or omissions of Contractor or its subcontractors. Purchaser and Contractor will conduct an interface meeting
on the date established therefor at the technical interchange meeting described in Section 2.5 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work, to confirm the availability and adequacy of such Purchaser-furnished equipment, facilities and services. 

 

	 	6.2	Communications Authorizations 

 Purchaser shall be
responsible, at its cost and expense, for preparing, coordinating and filing all applications, registrations, reports, licenses, permits and authorizations with the FCC, if required to do so, and with any other national governmental agencies having
jurisdiction over Purchaser, for the construction, Launch and operation of the Satellite. Contractor shall provide such reasonable cooperation and support as Purchaser may 

  

 - 22 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
reasonably request in support of Purchaser’s preparation, coordination and filing of such applications, registrations, reports, licenses, permits and
authorizations. From and after Acceptance of the Satellite, for any support provided by Contractor under this Article 6.2, Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of actual costs reasonably incurred in connection with the provision of such
support plus a markup of ten percent (10%), with such costs and associated markup to be invoiced and paid in accordance with Article 5. 
  

	6.3	Radio Frequency Coordination 

 Purchaser shall be
responsible for the timely preparation and submission of all filings required by the International Telecommunication Union (or any successor agency thereto) and all relevant domestic communications regulatory authorities regarding radio frequency
and orbital position coordination. Such filings shall be made in accordance with the Radio Regulations of the International Telecommunication Union (or any successor agency) and the laws and regulations of all domestic communications regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction over Purchaser. Contractor shall provide such reasonable cooperation and support as Purchaser may reasonably request in support of Purchaser’s efforts in the preparation and submission of such filings. From and
after Acceptance of the Satellite, for any support provided by Contractor under this Article 6.3, Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of actual costs reasonably incurred in connection with the provision of such support plus a markup of ten
percent (10%), with such costs and markup to be invoiced and paid in accordance with Article 5. 
  

	6.4	Satellite Performance Data 

 Commencing with the
first full calendar month following Acceptance of the Satellite, Purchaser shall provide a report to Contractor describing the general health and operating status of the Satellite. Such report shall be provided to Contractor on a monthly basis
thereafter, delivered to Contractor promptly after the end of each month during the Satellite Stated Life of the Satellite. In the event of a Satellite Anomaly that occurs during the Satellite Stated Life, Purchaser shall timely provide Contractor
with, or give Contractor access to, any data Contractor may reasonably require to investigate and correct (if Contractor is able to do so) such Satellite Anomaly and/or support Purchaser in making and perfecting claims for insurance recovery
relating to such Satellite Anomaly as set forth in Article 35.2. 
  

 - 23 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	6.5	Late Delivery of Purchaser-Furnished Items or Services 

 The late delivery of Purchaser-furnished items or services, individually or combined, shall not be considered a default by Purchaser, but shall be considered an event beyond the reasonable control of Contractor, and Contractor shall be
entitled to adjustments in price, schedule, performance requirements and other terms of this Contract in accordance with Article 18. 
  

	6.6	Launch Services 

 Purchaser shall be responsible for
furnishing Launch Services for the Satellite. Purchaser shall, no later than eighteen (18) months prior to Delivery date of the Satellite set forth in Article 3.1, notify Contractor of its selection of the Launch Vehicle for Launch of the
Satellite. The Launch Vehicle shall be one of the candidate Launch Vehicles identified in paragraph 2.1 of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification. 
  

 - 24 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 7 – COMPLIANCE WITH U.S. LAWS AND DIRECTIVES 
  

	7.1	General 

 Each Party shall, at its expense, perform
its respective obligations hereunder in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, and policies of the United States and the conditions of all applicable United States Government approvals, permits, or licenses. 
  

	7.2	Compliance with U.S. Export Control Laws 

  

	 	7.2.1	Performance in Accordance with Law. Contractor shall, at its expense, perform the Work in accordance with all applicable export control laws, regulations, and policies of the
United States and the conditions of all applicable United States Government approvals, permits, and licenses. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contractor shall timely apply for and use reasonable and diligent efforts to obtain U.S.
and non-U.S. Government approvals, permits and licenses necessary for export or import of the Deliverable Items and services and other technical data and equipment related to the SBAS or SBN and SBN Work being furnished by Contractor, pursuant to or
to be utilized in connection with this Contract. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with Contractor in Contractor’s efforts to obtain any such approvals, permits and licenses, including providing Contractor with requirement information in
Purchaser’s possession. 

  

	 	7.2.2	Cooperation. Any obligation of Contractor hereunder to provide hardware, software, Deliverable Data, other technical information or technical services to Purchaser and its
personnel and/or its representatives shall be subject to applicable U.S. Government export control and security laws, regulations, policies and license conditions, as construed by Contractor in good faith. The Parties shall work cooperatively and in
good faith to implement this Contract in compliance with such laws, regulations, policies and license conditions. If and to the extent required by U.S. law, Purchaser and its personnel and/or representatives shall enter into U.S. Government-approved
agreement(s), separate from this Contract, governing Contractor’s provision of hardware, software, Deliverable Data, other technical information or technical services in connection with this Contract. 

  

 - 25 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	7.3	Licenses and Other Approvals  

 Contractor shall
timely apply for and, once issued, maintain U.S. Government export licenses, agreements and other approvals that are required for “foreign person” personnel and/or representatives of Purchaser (including, but not limited to, foreign
subsidiaries and related entities of Purchaser involved with the procurement) as well as Purchaser’s insurance providers and Canadian authorities (as may be required under Canadian law) to have access to Contractor facilities, hardware,
software, Deliverable Data, other technical information or technical services in connection with the performance of this Contract. A “foreign person” shall be as defined in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, 22 C.F.R.
§120.16. As early as practicable, and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after REDC, Purchaser shall provide Contractor with a list of countries (if other than the U.S.) of which “foreign person” personnel and/or
representatives of Purchaser (including, but not limited to foreign subsidiaries and related entities of Purchaser involved with the procurement) as well as Purchaser’s insurance providers and Canadian authorities (as may be required under
Canadian law) are citizens, if such personnel, representatives, insurance providers and Canadian authorities will or may have access to U.S. export-controlled items under this Contract. Purchaser shall provide the reasonable cooperation and support
necessary for Contractor to apply for and maintain such required U.S. export licenses, agreements and other approvals, and shall promptly notify Contractor of any occurrence or change in circumstances of which it becomes aware that is relevant to or
affects such export licenses, agreements and approvals. At Purchaser’s request, Contractor shall include Purchaser (and related entities involved with the procurement, including any foreign companies necessarily required to be part of the
development, procurement or integration) as a named party in any application to the U.S. Government for approval of such export licenses, agreements and other approvals so as to permit Purchaser to be present during any discussion or meetings where
Purchaser’s foreign subsidiaries/related entities, insurance providers and/or Canadian authorities may receive from or discuss with Contractor export-controlled technical data. Contractor shall provide the parties to such export licenses and
agreements copies of the export licenses and agreements, including any U.S. Government provisos related to same. 
  

 - 26 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION IN THIS CONTRACT, IN NO EVENT SHALL CONTRACTOR BE OBLIGATED UNDER THIS
CONTRACT TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR FACILITIES; PROVIDE ACCESS TO OR FURNISH HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, DELIVERABLE DATA OR OTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION; OR PROVIDE TECHNICAL/DEFENSE SERVICES, TO ANY PERSON EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
APPLICABLE U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS, REGULATIONS, POLICIES AND LICENSE CONDITIONS, AS CONSTRUED BY CONTRACTOR IN GOOD FAITH. 
  

	7.4	No Unauthorized Exports or Retransfers  

 PURCHASER
SHALL NOT EXPORT OR TRANSFER TO ANY “FOREIGN PERSON” ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, DELIVERABLE DATA, OTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR TECHNICAL/DEFENSE SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORT LICENSES, AGREEMENTS AND OTHER APPROVALS REFERENCED IN ARTICLES 7.1 AND 7.2 OR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED UNDER U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS. 
 IF PURCHASER IS A “FOREIGN PERSON”, PURCHASER SHALL NOT RE-EXPORT, RE-TRANSFER OR DIVERT TO ANY THIRD PARTY ANY ITEM EXPORTED TO PURCHASER UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CONTRACT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
AUTHORIZED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORT LICENSES, AGREEMENTS OR OTHER APPROVALS REFERENCED IN ARTICLES 7.1 AND 7.2 OR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED UNDER U.S. EXPORT CONTROL LAWS. 
  

 - 27 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 8 – ACCESS TO WORK IN PROGRESS 
  

	8.1	General 

 Contractor represents and warrants that,
subject to Article 7, the access to the Work and Work-in-progress to be provided Purchaser personnel (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) under this Contract is or shall be substantially similar to the access to the Work and
Work-in-progress Contractor provides to its other major commercial customers. In the event Contractor becomes aware that the access to the Work and Work-in-progress provided under this Contract is otherwise, Contractor shall promptly remedy that
situation. 
  

	8.2	Work-in- Progress at Contractor’s Facility 

 Subject to Article 7 and compliance with Contractor’s normal and customary safety and security regulations, policies, procedures and practices of which Purchaser has received prior written notice, Purchaser personnel (and
Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) shall be allowed unescorted access to all Work being performed at Contractor’s facility for the Satellite and other Deliverable Items, for the purpose of observing the progress of such
Work during normal program business hours and at such other hours as Contractor may agree. Subject to Article 7, Purchaser shall be provided ten (10) non-escort permanent badges and ten (10) escort badges to agreed work areas where the
Work is being performed. 
  

	8.3	Work in Progress at Subcontractors’ Facilities 

 In the case of Contractor’s Major Subcontracts, and such other non-major subcontracts under which the effort in support hereunder involves significant design or qualification or the subcontractor is experiencing performance
difficulties which may have a material adverse effect on the Delivery schedule or performance or provision of a Deliverable Item, Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require that each such subcontract contain a provision
substantially similar to this Article 8 with respect to access to the applicable subcontractor’s facilities and performance of the Work. Such access shall be subject to Article 7 and (i) each such subcontractor’s safety and security
regulations of which Purchaser is advised in writing prior to any visit, and (ii) right of Contractor to accompany Purchaser on any such visit to a subcontractor’s facility. Purchaser Personnel shall be allowed to attend all the Major
Subcontractor’s design and technical reviews. 
  

 - 28 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	8.4	On-Site Facilities for Purchaser’s Personnel 

 For the purpose of monitoring the progress of the Work being performed by Contractor hereunder, Contractor shall provide office facilities at or proximate to Contractor’s plant for up to five (5) resident Purchaser personnel
(and/or Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) through Acceptance of the Satellite. The office facilities to be provided shall include a reasonable amount of office space, office furniture, local telephone service, reasonable
long-distance telephone usage, internet access (at the same speed and quality available to Contractor personnel), access to Contractor’s exchange network specific to this Contract, access to copy machines, facsimile machines, meeting rooms, and
to the extent available, videoconference rooms, and car parking facilities, to the extent necessary to enable Purchaser personnel to monitor the progress of Work under this Contract. In the case of Contractor’s Major Subcontracts related to the
payload, Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that reasonable office facilities for up to three (3) Purchaser personnel (and/or Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) are provided on a temporary basis
to attend meetings or witness tests. 
  

	8.5	Purchaser Representatives as Competitors/Foreign Persons 

 Contractor may, in its reasonable discretion, deny access to Contractor’s facilities, products or information to any and all Purchaser consultants and agents who are in direct competition with and/or currently employed by companies or
entities that are in direct competition with Contractor for the sale of commercial telecommunications satellites. Purchaser shall notify Contractor in writing of the name, title or function, business relationship, employer, citizenship status under
U.S. export laws and such other information as may be reasonably requested by Contractor, with respect to each of its intended consultants and agents, and cause each such consultant and agent to: (i) execute a confidentiality agreement directly
with Contractor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Contractor and containing terms substantially the same as those set forth in Article 31 and Article 32; and (ii) pursuant to Article 7, execute a Technical Assistance Agreement or
other agreement to ensure compliance with 

  

 - 29 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
applicable U.S. export control laws and regulations to the extent required by applicable U.S. export laws or regulations as interpreted by Contractor in good
faith. Where Purchaser has not complied with this Section 8.5, Contractor may, in its discretion, deny any consultant or agent of Purchaser access to Contractor facilities, products or information. 
  

	8.6	Interference with Operations 

 Purchaser shall
exercise its rights under this Article 8 in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s or its subcontractors’ normal business operations or Contractor’s performance of its obligations under this Contract or any
agreement between Contractor and its subcontractors. 
  

	8.7	Financing Entities 

 Subject to the provisions of
Article 7, each Financing Entity shall have access to the Work in the same manner and to the same extent as Purchaser consultants and agents under this Article 8. 
  

 - 30 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 9 – SATELLITE PRE-SHIPMENT REVIEW (SPSR) AND SPACECRAFT LAUNCH 
 READINESS REVIEW (LRR) 
  

	9.1	Satellite Pre-Shipment Review (SPSR) 

  

	 	9.1.1	Contractor to Review the Satellite Prior to Shipment. Contractor shall conduct a review of the Satellite prior to Contractor’s shipment of the Satellite to the Launch
Site. This review shall be in accordance with the terms of this Article 9 and Section 2.4.9 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work (a “Satellite Pre-Shipment Review” or “SPSR”). 

  

	 	9.1.2	Time, Place and Notice of SPSR; Failure to Conduct. The SPSR shall take place at Contractor’s facility. Contractor shall notify Purchaser in writing on or before thirty
(30) days prior to the date that the Satellite shall be available for SPSR, which shall be the scheduled date for commencement of such SPSR. If Purchaser cannot commence such SPSR on such scheduled date, Contractor shall make reasonable efforts
to accommodate Purchaser’s scheduling requirements. If Purchaser shall fail to commence or complete the SPSR, Purchaser shall be deemed to have notified Contractor pursuant to Article 9.1.6 hereof that SPSR for the Satellite has been
successfully completed. 

  

	 	9.1.3	Conduct and Purpose of SPSR. The SPSR shall be conducted in accordance with the terms of this Article 9 and Section 2.4.9 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work. The purpose of
the SPSR with respect to the Satellite shall be to: (i) review test data and analyses for the Satellite; (ii) demonstrate all testing has been completed in accordance with Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan; and (iii) determine
whether the Satellite meets applicable Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, requirements (except those that have been waived pursuant to Article 9.1.4 below) and is ready for shipment to the Launch Site. 

  

	 	9.1.4	 Waivers and Deviations. Contractor shall submit to Purchaser any request for a waiver of, or deviation from, provisions(s) of the Performance Specification
applicable to the Satellite or Deliverable Item. A request for waiver or deviation shall be deemed granted only if it has been approved in writing by a duly authorized representative of Purchaser. Each such waiver or deviation approved 

  

 - 31 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
by Purchaser shall be deemed an amendment to the Performance Specification for the Satellite or Deliverable Item, permitting such waiver thereof, or
deviation therefrom, effective on or after the date of such approval for the Satellite or Deliverable Item. Purchaser shall consider each waiver or deviation request in good faith and shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any such request.

  

	 	9.1.5	Purchaser’s Inspection Agents. Purchaser may, subject to prior written notice to Contractor, cause any Purchaser personnel, consultant or agent designated by Purchaser
to observe the SPSR pursuant to this Article 9; provided, however, that the provisions of Article 7 and Article 8.5 shall apply to any such agent. 

  

	 	9.1.6	 SPSR Results. Within seventy-two (72) hours after completion of the SPSR, Purchaser shall notify Contractor in writing of: (i) its concurrence with
the results of the SPSR including any waiver of its right to compel correction of those non-conformances to the requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, specified by Purchaser in such notice; or (ii) specific
non-conformances of the Satellite to the requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, which require correction. In the event that such SPSR demonstrates: (i) all testing has been performed in accordance with Exhibit D,
Satellite Program Test Plan; and (ii) conformity of the Satellite to the applicable requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification (including any waivers or deviations approved by Purchaser pursuant to Article 9.1.4), the
Satellite shall be prepared and shipped to the Launch Site for Launch. In the event that such SPSR discloses: (i) any failure to conduct testing in accordance with Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan; or (ii) any non-conformance of the
Satellite to the requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, either of which is not the subject of any waivers or deviations approved by Purchaser pursuant to Article 9.1.4, Purchaser’s notice shall state each such
non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan, or Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, deemed not met) it requires to be corrected or repaired, and Contractor shall correct or
repair each such non-conformance and resubmit the Satellite for additional testing in accordance with applicable 

  

 - 32 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
requirements of Exhibit D, and a second SPSR. Such additional testing and second SPSR shall be conducted to the extent relevant and necessary to demonstrate
the Satellite conforms to the requirements of Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification. If Purchaser fails to provide such notice within the time specified, the SPSR shall be deemed to have been successfully completed. In the event that the
Satellite has successfully completed SPSR, whether pursuant to the original SPSR or a subsequent SPSR, the Satellite shall be prepared and shipped to the Launch Site for Launch. Contractor shall have no obligation to ship the Satellite to the Launch
Site until all non-conformances are corrected, repaired or have an approved waiver or deviation. Following successful completion of the SPSR for the Satellite in accordance with this Article 9, Contractor shall transport the Satellite, in accordance
with Contractor’s standard commercial practices, to the Launch Site and proceed with the Launch Readiness Review for the Satellite. 

  

	 	9.1.7	Inspection Costs Borne by Purchaser. All costs and expenses incurred by Purchaser and its agents in the exercise of its inspection rights under this Article 9, including
travel and living expenses, shall be borne solely by Purchaser. 

  

	 	9.1.8	Correction of Deficiencies after SPSR. If at any time following the SPSR and prior to Intentional Ignition (or in the event of a Terminated Ignition, prior to any subsequent
Intentional Ignition), the Satellite fails to meet Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, as may be modified as of such time pursuant to Article 9.1.4, Contractor shall promptly undertake to correct such deficiencies prior to Intentional
Ignition (or in the case of a Terminated Ignition, prior to any subsequent Intentional Ignition) and the Contract Delivery schedule set forth in Article 3 shall be extended as necessary to accommodate such corrective actions, and, in the event of a
Terminated Ignition, Contractor shall be entitled to such other compensation for such corrections, if any, to the extent and as provided in Article 12.1. 

  

 - 33 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	9.2	Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review (SLRR) 

 After
shipment of the Satellite to its intended Launch Site and prior to Launch, Contractor shall conduct a Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4.11 of Exhibit A, Statement of Work. Contractor shall
give Purchaser personnel reasonable advance notice of such Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review. The purpose of the Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review is to verify that all testing required under Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan, has been
successfully completed and the Satellite meets all the parameters required to be tested thereunder (including any waivers or deviations approved by Purchaser). The SLRR will be deemed successfully completed when the Parties agree the above-stated
purposes of the SLRR have been met and the Satellite is ready to be integrated with the Launch Vehicle. Within twenty-four (24) hours after completion of the SLRR, Purchaser shall notify Contractor of its: (i) concurrence with the results
of the SLRR, including any waiver of its right to compel correction of those non-conformances to the applicable provisions of Exhibit A or Exhibit D; or (ii) specific non-conformances of the Satellite to the requirements of Exhibit A or Exhibit
D which are not the subject of any waivers or deviations approved by Purchaser. Purchaser’s notice shall state each such non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirements of Exhibit A or Exhibit D deemed not met) it requires to be
corrected or repaired, and Contractor shall correct or repair each such non-conformance and resubmit the Satellite for Purchaser’s concurrence. Failure to provide such notice within the time specified shall be deemed notice of Purchaser’s
concurrence. 
  

 - 34 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 10 – SATELLITE ACCEPTANCE 
  

	10.1	In-Orbit Testing (IOT)  

 Thirty (30) days
prior to the scheduled Launch of the Satellite, Contractor shall notify Purchaser in writing of the IOT schedule with respect to the Satellite. Purchaser may observe such IOT at Purchaser’s or Contractor’s location, at Purchaser’s
election, subject to Article 7 and Article 8.5 and applicable U.S. Government and Contractor security restrictions. 
 Contractor shall:
(i) conduct IOT in accordance with Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan; (ii) conduct the IOT review within three (3) days of completing IOT, and submit the Summary In-Orbit Test Report at least 24 hours prior to conducting the IOT
review; and (iii) present the Satellite Acceptance Certificate at the IOT review, all (i) – (iii) in accordance with Exhibit A, Statement of Work, and Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan and this Article 10. If, within 24
hours after completion of the IOT review, Purchaser notifies Contractor, in good faith, that the conduct of the IOT or IOT review or the contents of the Summary In-Orbit Test Report do not comply in all material respects with the requirements of
Exhibit A or Exhibit D, as applicable, Contractor shall work with Purchaser in good faith to resolve such material deficiencies. The “IOT Completion Date” shall occur: (i) 24 hours after completion of the IOT review if Purchaser does
not notify Contractor of any such deficiencies within such 24 hour period; or (ii) upon correction of any material deficiencies in the conduct of the IOT or IOT review or the contents of the Summary In-Orbit Test Report. 
  

	10.2	Acceptance 

 Acceptance of the Satellite shall be
deemed irrevocably to occur upon the earlier of: (i) the IOT Complete Date (which shall occur as set forth above unless there is a Total Loss of the Satellite); or (ii) the instant immediately prior to an event on or after Intentional
Ignition resulting in the Total Loss of the Satellite (or the Satellite being reasonably determined to be a Total Loss) (“Acceptance” for the Satellite). 
  

	 	10.2.1	Orbital Performance Incentives. After Acceptance of the Satellite, Contractor shall have the right to earn Orbital Performance Incentives in accordance with Article 13
hereof. 

  

 - 35 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	10.2.2	No Further Liability. After Acceptance of the Satellite, Contractor shall have no further obligation with respect to the Satellite, except as otherwise provided in Articles
10.4, 15.2, 19 and 35.2; moreover, except as otherwise provided in Articles 15.2, 19 and 35.2, Contractor’s loss of Orbital Performance Incentives pursuant to Article 13 shall be Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to the
Satellite’s performance after Intentional Ignition. 

  

	10.3	Reserved 

  

	10.4	Post-Eclipse Report 

 In the event no solar eclipse
occurs during IOT, Contractor shall, at Purchaser’s request, and subject to making the Satellite and necessary Purchaser facilities available to Contractor, for the first solar eclipse following completion of IOT, conduct eclipse testing in
accordance with Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan, and prepare and provide Purchaser an eclipse test report demonstrating the Satellite meets the applicable performance requirements during an eclipse in accordance with Exhibit A, Statement of
Work. In the event the report shows non-compliance with the applicable performance requirements during an eclipse, then the Parties shall agree to an equitable adjustment to the amounts Contractor may earn under Article 13. 
  

 - 36 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 11 – ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION FOR DELIVERABLE ITEMS OTHER THAN SATELLITE 
  

	11.1	Deliverable Items of Hardware Other Than the Satellite 

  

	 	11.1.1	Inspection. With respect to each Deliverable Item of hardware (including software integrated in such hardware), other than the Satellite, Purchaser shall perform acceptance
inspection within ten (10) days after such Deliverable Item arrives at the location designated for Delivery thereof in Article 3.1. The purpose of the acceptance inspection shall be to determine whether each such Deliverable Item meets
applicable Performance Specification requirements as of the date of such Delivery, as such requirements may have been modified pursuant to Article 11.6. 

  

	 	11.1.2	Acceptance Inspection Results. Within fifteen (15) days after completion of acceptance inspection pursuant to this Article 11 for any Deliverable Item, Purchaser shall
notify Contractor in writing of the results of such acceptance inspection. In the event that such acceptance inspection demonstrates conformity of such Deliverable Item to the requirements of the applicable Performance Specification, such
Deliverable Item shall be accepted by Purchaser for all purposes hereunder (“Acceptance” with respect to each such Deliverable Item other than the Satellite), and Purchaser’s notice shall so state. In the event that such acceptance
inspection discloses any non-conformance of such Deliverable Item to the applicable Performance Specification, Purchaser’s notice shall identify each such non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of the Performance
Specification deemed not met), and Contractor shall correct or repair such non-conformance and resubmit such Deliverable Item for a second acceptance inspection in accordance with this Article 11. Such second acceptance inspection shall be conducted
by Purchaser to the extent the Purchaser deems relevant and necessary to verify the hardware (including integrated software) conforms to the requirements of the applicable Performance Specification. If Purchaser fails to provide notice within the
time specified, Acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Deliverable Item. 

  

 - 37 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	11.2	Deliverable Data  

 Purchaser shall, within fifteen
(15) Business Days of Delivery by Contractor to the location designated in Article 3.1 of Deliverable Data requiring Purchaser approval pursuant to Exhibit A, Statement of Work, notify Contractor in writing that such Deliverable Data has been
accepted in accordance with Exhibit A, Statement of Work (“Acceptance” with respect to each such item of Deliverable Data), or that such Deliverable Data does not comply with the applicable requirements of Exhibit A, Statement of Work,
identifying each such non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of Exhibit A, Statement of Work deemed not met). Contractor shall promptly correct any non-compliant aspect of such Deliverable Data identified in such notice from
Purchaser, and re-submit it to Purchaser for a second acceptance inspection pursuant to this Article 11.2. The provisions of this Article 11.3 shall thereafter apply to the corrected Deliverable Data. If Purchaser fails to provide notice within the
time specified, Acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Deliverable Data. Deliverable Data that does not require Purchaser approval pursuant to Exhibit A, Statement of Work, shall be deemed accepted upon Delivery of such
Deliverable Data unless within fifteen (15) Business Days of Delivery, Purchaser notifies Contractor in writing that such Deliverable Data does not comply with the applicable requirements of the Statement of Work, identifying each such
non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of the Statement of Work deemed not met). Contractor shall promptly correct any non-compliant aspect of such Deliverable Data identified in such notice from Purchaser and re-submit it to
Purchaser for a second acceptance inspection. Failure to provide notice within the time specified shall be deemed to be Acceptance for such item of Deliverable Data. 
  

	11.3	Training 

 Acceptance of Training, or any part
thereof, required by Exhibit A, Statement of Work, shall occur upon Contractor furnishing Training, or such part thereof, to Purchaser in accordance with the Delivery schedule and in a condition conforming to Exhibit A, Statement of Work. Any
Training furnished to Purchaser shall be accompanied by written notice from Contractor specifying that portion of the Training being furnished. If such Training or part thereof is unacceptable, Purchaser shall notify Contractor in writing 

  

 - 38 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
within fifteen (15) Business Days of completion of such Training or portion thereof, that the Training, or part thereof, does not conform to the
requirements of the Exhibit A, Statement of Work, identifying each such non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of Exhibit A, Statement of Work, deemed not met). Contractor shall, at its expense, promptly correct such
non-conformance and shall notify Purchaser that the corrections have been made. The provisions of this Article 11.3 shall thereafter apply to the corrected Training. If Purchaser fails to provide notice within fifteen (15) Business Days of
completion of Training or any part thereof, Acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Training or part thereof. 
  

	11.4	Other Services 

 Acceptance of other services
provided hereunder (e.g., Launch Support Services and Mission Operations Support Services), or any part thereof, shall occur upon Contractor furnishing such services, or such part thereof, to Purchaser in accordance with the Delivery schedule set
forth in Article 3.1 and in a condition conforming to the requirements of this Contract. To the extent feasible, any such services furnished to Purchaser shall be accompanied by written notice from Contractor specifying that portion of the services
being furnished. If such services or part thereof are unacceptable, Purchaser shall notify Contractor that the services, or part thereof, do not conform to the requirements of Exhibit A, Statement of Work, identifying each such non-conformance (with
reference to the applicable requirement of Exhibit A, Statement of Work, deemed not met). Contractor shall promptly correct such non-conformance to the extent feasible and shall notify Purchaser that the corrections have been made. The provisions of
this Article 11.4 shall thereafter apply to the corrected services. 
  

	11.5	Purchaser’s Inspection Agents 

 Purchaser may,
upon giving prior written notice to Contractor, cause any Purchaser personnel, consultant or agent designated by Purchaser to observe or conduct the acceptance inspection pursuant to this Article 11 in whole or in part; provided, however, that the
provisions of Article 7 and Article 8.5 shall apply to any such agent and such agent shall comply with Contractor’s normal and customary safety and security regulations provided to Purchaser in writing in advance of such inspection. 

 

 - 39 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	11.6	Waivers and Deviations 

 Waivers of or deviations
from the Performance Specification applicable to any Deliverable Item subject to acceptance inspection pursuant to this Article 11 shall be addressed as set forth in Article 9.1.4. 
  

	11.7	Inspection Costs Borne by Purchaser 

 All costs and
expenses incurred by Purchaser or its agents in the performance of its inspection rights under this Article 11, including travel and living expenses, shall be borne solely by Purchaser. 
  

	11.8	Warranty Obligations 

 In no event shall Contractor
be released from any of its warranty obligations applicable to any Deliverable Item other than the Satellite as set forth in Article 15 as a result of such Deliverable Item having been Accepted as set forth in this Article 11. 
  

 - 40 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 12 – TRANSFER OF TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS 
  

	12.1	Satellite 

 Title (free and clear of all
Contractor-incurred liens and encumbrances of any kind) and risk of loss or damage to the Satellite shall pass from Contractor to Purchaser at the time of Intentional Ignition of the Launch Vehicle used for the Launch of the Satellite; provided,
however, in the event of a Terminated Ignition for the Satellite, title and risk of loss or damage to the Satellite shall revert to Contractor upon such Terminated Ignition and shall again pass to Purchaser upon the subsequent Intentional Ignition
of the Launch Vehicle used for Launch of the Satellite. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Purchaser be entitled to Launch or take title to the Satellite unless and until all amounts then-currently due to Contractor from Purchaser
under this Contract have been paid to Contractor in full (unless such amounts are in dispute pursuant to Article 5.6). In addition, Purchaser’s right to take possession and/or title to Work-in-Process, Raw Materials and Finished Goods shall be
subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable Articles hereto. 
 UPON AND AFTER INTENTIONAL IGNITION OF THE LAUNCH
VEHICLE FOR THE SATELLITE, UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT OF A TERMINATED IGNITION AS PROVIDED HEREIN, CONTRACTOR’S SOLE FINANCIAL RISK, AND THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES OF PURCHASER OR ANY PARTY ASSOCIATED WITH PURCHASER, WITH RESPECT TO THE USE
OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SATELLITE (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTUAL OR CLAIMED DEFECT CAUSED OR ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED AT ANY TIME BY CONTRACTOR’S OR ANY OF ITS SUBCONTRACTORS’ NEGLIGENCE OF ANY DEGREE) SHALL BE AS SET FORTH IN ARTICLES
13, 15.2, 19, AND 35.2, IN ALL CASES SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 30. 
 In the event of a Terminated Ignition,
Contractor shall inspect the Satellite and provide Purchaser with a report on the condition of the Satellite along with a recommendation for repair or replacement, if any is required. Thereafter, Purchaser shall direct Contractor pursuant to Article
16.1 as to how to proceed with any required or desired repairs or storage. 
  

 - 41 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 In the event of a Terminated Ignition, after Contractor re-acquires title and risk of loss to the
Satellite pursuant to this Article 12.1, the provisions of Article 9.1.8 shall apply except as to any damage to the Satellite that may have occurred as a result of the Intentional Ignition followed by Terminated Ignition, the costs of which shall be
the responsibility of Purchaser. 
  

	12.2	Deliverable Items Other Than the Satellite 

 Title
(free and clear of all Contractor-incurred liens and encumbrances of any kind) and risk of loss of or damage to each Deliverable Item of hardware other than the Satellite shall pass from Contractor to Purchaser upon Acceptance of such Deliverable
Item pursuant to Article 11.1. Purchaser’s rights in Deliverable Data are as set forth in Article 32. 
  

 - 42 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 13 – ORBITAL PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES 
  

	13.1	General 

 In addition to the Firm Fixed Price, as
set forth in Article 4.1, Contractor shall have the opportunity to earn, and Purchaser shall pay to the extent earned, the Orbital Performance Incentives for the Satellite in amounts as set forth in Exhibit H, TerreStar Satellite Orbital Performance
Incentives Payment Plan, all in accordance with this Article 13. Orbital Performance Incentives are comprised of two types: (i) the Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives (based on the initial quarter commencing at Acceptance), further
described in Article 13.2.1, and (ii) the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive, payable in two (2) payments as further described in Article 13.2.2. Both types of Orbital Performance Incentives are payable on the dates determined in
accordance with Article 13.3. All measurements, computations and analyses made pursuant to this Article 13 shall be made in accordance with good engineering practice applying standards generally applicable in the aerospace industry. 
  

	13.2	Earning Orbital Performance Incentives 

  

	 	13.2.1	Daily Rate of Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives. Subject to Article 13.2.7, for the Satellite Accepted pursuant to Article 10.2 hereof, Contractor shall earn Quarterly
Orbital Performance Incentives over the Orbital Performance Incentive Period at the daily rate based on the formula below (the “Daily Rate”), plus interest as provided in Article 13.3. 

  

					
	Daily Rate =	 	 Quarterly OPI Amount
	 	× Percentage of Performance Earned
	 	No. of Days in Quarter	 

 The “Quarterly OPI Amount” is set forth in Exhibit H under the column
titled “Quarterly Incentive Payment,” and the Percentage of Performance Earned shall be the smaller of the following ratios: (i) (the number of operational Forward Transmission Paths) ÷ 64 and (ii) (the number of
operational Return Transmission Paths) ÷ 160 where the number of operational Transmission Paths is defined in Article 13.2.3; provided, however, the Daily Rate of Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives shall not be paid if the
Percentage of Performance Earned, as calculated above, is less than seventy-two and one-half percent 

  

 - 43 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
(72.5%). The Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive amount to be paid is illustrated in Exhibit H under the column titled “Quarterly Incentive
Payment” for the Satellite assuming that the Percentage of Performance Earned equals one hundred percent (100%). The first day of the applicable Orbital Performance Incentive Period shall be deemed to commence at 12:01 a.m. Greenwich Mean Time
on the first day after Acceptance of the Satellite. 
  

	 	13.2.2	Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentives. Purchaser shall, promptly after receipt of the Summary In-Orbit Test Report, assess the condition of the Satellite based on the
Summary In-Orbit Test Report and early operations experience to determine whether, and to the extent that, Contractor has earned the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive. Subject to Article 13.2.7, Contractor shall have earned the Scheduled
Orbital Performance Incentive (or portion thereof as set forth below) as of the date that is ninety (90) days after Launch (or thirty (30) days after receipt by Purchaser of the Summary In-Orbit Test Report, whichever occurs later) (the
“Scheduled OPI Commencement Date”) according to the following formula: 

 Scheduled Orbital
Performance Incentive amount earned = 
 Scheduled OPI Amount × Percentage of Performance Earned ×

 Percentage of Satellite Stated Life 
 where the “Scheduled OPI Amount” is identified in Exhibit H under the column titled “Scheduled Orbital Performance Payments,” “Percentage of Performance Earned” is calculated in
accordance with Articles 13.2.1 and 13.2.3, and the “Percentage of Satellite Stated Life” is the smaller of one hundred percent (100%) of the Satellite Stated Life or the actual predicted Satellite life divided by fifteen
(15) years; provided, however, that the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive shall not be paid if the Percentage of Performance Earned multiplied by the Percentage of Satellite Stated Life as calculated above is less than ninety percent
(90%). 
  

 - 44 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	13.2.3	Basis of Measuring Satellite In-Orbit Performance. “Transmission Paths” consist of two types of transmission paths on the Satellite. The “Forward Transmission
Paths” are individually those sets of equipment within the communications subsystem of the Satellite that provide a discrete path to receive communications signals from Earth at Ku band, translate and amplify such signals through a hybrid
matrix and transmit them to Earth at S band. The “Return Transmission Paths” are individually those sets of equipment within the communications subsystem of the Satellite that provide a discrete path to receive communications signals from
Earth at S-band (the service link), translate and amplify such signals and transmit them to Earth at Ku-band (the feeder link). The total number of Transmission Paths on the Satellite is 224 (64 Forward and 160 Return Transmission Paths). A
Transmission Path shall be deemed “operational” if the Satellite can provide full performance as required in Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification through such Transmission Path, after measurement and analysis uncertainty has been
taken into consideration. Specific test methods and precise criteria for “operational” shall be mutually agreed by the Parties, applying reasonable engineering judgment and criteria, on or before Satellite Technical Review Meeting 3.

 For the purpose of determining an operational Forward Transmission Path only, the N×N hybrids shall be viewed as
individually connecting N separate inputs to N separate outputs. For example, the failure on one input path into an 8×8 hybrid shall be considered the failure of only one Forward Transmission Path. 
  

	 	13.2.4	On-Board Redundancy; Spares. In determining Orbital Performance Incentives, on-board redundancy and/or spare components shall be taken into consideration to maintain service
on the Satellite, and such use shall be deemed normal operating procedure for purposes of this Article 13 so long as the applicable criteria for earning Orbital Performance Incentives are met by the Satellite. 

  

	 	13.2.5	Storage 

  

	 	A.	 Orbital Storage. If Purchaser places the Satellite in Orbital Storage (other than due to the inability to operate for causes attributable to Contractor),

  

 - 45 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
Contractor shall earn the Orbital Performance Incentives at the same rate as Contractor would be earning such incentives if the Satellite were in service.

  

	 	B.	 On-Ground Storage. If after Satellite Pre-Shipment Review of the Satellite, Purchaser places the Satellite in on-ground storage, Contractor shall not be
entitled to any Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentives or any Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives during the initial nine (9) months of such on-ground storage. If Purchaser places the Satellite in on-ground storage (other than due to
causes substantially attributable to Contractor and to the extent not otherwise excused under Articles 17 or 18; for clarification, Contractor shall not be liable hereunder for any delay in delivery of the SBAS Operational Component (as defined in
the SBN/SBAS Contract)) for more than nine (9) months, Contractor shall be paid the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive and the Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives at the same rate as Contractor would be earning such incentives if the
Satellite were in service, commencing at the end of such nine (9) month period (with the initial Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive payment to be made at the end of month ten (10) and the initial Quarterly Orbital Performance
Incentives payment to be made at the end of month twelve (12)); provided, however, such amounts shall be subject to a refund as described below. During each month of the initial nine (9) month storage period, unless Purchaser’s placement
of the Satellite in storage is due to causes substantially attributable to Contractor and not otherwise excused under Articles17 or 18; for clarification, Contractor shall not be liable hereunder for any delay in the delivery of the SBAS Operational
Component), in addition to other customary storage charges to be agreed, Purchaser shall pay Contractor the non-refundable sum of [***] U.S. Dollars (US$[***]) per month of storage, representing interest on the unpaid Orbital Performance Incentives.
Once the Satellite is taken out of on-ground storage, (i) Purchaser’s obligation to pay interest pursuant to this Article 13.2.5.B shall terminate, and (ii)

  

 - 46 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
Purchaser shall not be obligated to pay any Orbital Performance Incentives, unless or until (i) the Satellite is subsequently placed into on-ground
storage (other than due to causes substantially attributable to Contractor), in which case this clause shall apply as if the Satellite had remained in storage and/or (ii) Contractor has earned such Orbital Performance Incentives following the
actual Acceptance of the Satellite. If the Satellite is Launched after Purchaser has paid any Orbital Performance Incentives under this Article 13.2.5.B, such amounts shall be deemed a pre-payment of the corresponding Orbital Performance Incentives
due after actual Acceptance in accordance with Article 10.2. To the extent that, after actual Acceptance, Contractor does not earn the Orbital Performance Incentives pre-paid by Purchaser under this Article 13.2.5.B, Contractor shall refund all or a
portion of the pre-paid Orbital Performance Incentives, as applicable, plus interest on such refund, calculated at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded annually, from the time such corresponding Orbital Performance Incentives were
pre-paid by Purchaser. Contractor shall pay such refund and interest on the earliest date upon which the invoices for such Orbital Performance Incentive would have been issued. 

  

	 	13.2.6	Temporary Outages. A Transmission Path shall not be considered non-operational during a day if it is not operational during such day less than two (2) minutes per day
for such Transmission Path. Contractor shall forfeit the Daily Rate of Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives for any Transmission Path that is not operational for a period of two (2) minutes or more; provided that such outage is not
attributable to the operation, directly or indirectly, of the Satellite by Purchaser. 

  

	 	13.2.7	Total Loss of the Satellite. Without limiting the provisions of this Article 13, and subject to Article 13.2.8, Contractor shall not be entitled to unearned Orbital
Performance Incentives for the Satellite from and after the occurrence of a Total Loss of the Satellite; provided that any Orbital Performance Incentives paid under Article 13.2.5.B shall not be considered “earned” (until actually earned
after Acceptance), and shall be refunded to Purchaser in the event of a Total Loss. 

  

 - 47 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	13.2.8	Losses Attributable to Purchaser. If, as a result of any act or omission on the part of Purchaser or Purchaser’s representatives, consultants or subcontractors
(including the Launch Agency, but excluding Contractor and any of its subcontractors at any tier) in the Launch, orbit-raising, operation of, testing of, or communication with, the Satellite, or if due solely to causes not attributable to Contractor
or its subcontractors (other than extraordinary events customarily listed as “Exclusions” under launch and in-orbit insurance policies), the Satellite operates in a manner that is not in accordance with any requirements for earning Orbital
Performance Incentives (including the Satellite being a Total Loss), Contractor shall earn or continue to earn Orbital Performance Incentives with respect to the Satellite at the rate that applied (or would have applied) prior to the act or omission
resulting in degraded performance or Total Loss (subject to later adjustments pursuant to Articles 13.2.6 and 13.2.7, with respect to failures to meet the requirements for earning Orbital Performance Incentives, not resulting from any such act or
omission). In the event of a Total Loss attributable to Purchaser or its representatives, consultants or subcontractors (including the Launch Agency), or due solely to causes not attributable to Contractor or its subcontractors as provided above,
occurring in connection with an Acceptance based on an Acceptance in accordance with Article 10.2(ii), so long as the TS -2 Contract has not been terminated (and continuing so long as TerreStar orders a replacement Satellite if TerreStar 2 is also a
Total Loss), the Orbital Performance Incentives shall be paid at the same rate as Contractor would be earning such incentives if the Satellite were in service. If the TS-2 Contract is terminated for other than Contractor’s default, or TerreStar
2 is a Total Loss and TerreStar does not order a replacement satellite therefor, Contractor shall be deemed to have earned the corresponding amount of Orbital Performance Incentives, to be paid promptly upon the later of (i) Purchaser’s
receipt of the proceeds from Launch and in-orbit insurance or (ii) such termination or determination of a Total Loss of TerreStar 2 where no replacement is ordered. 

  

 - 48 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	13.2.9	Access to In-Orbit Data and Measurements. During the life of the Satellite, Contractor shall have access to the data records of the Satellite. The Parties will agree on or
before the Satellite Technical Review Meeting 3 as to the precise equipment and calibrations to be used for taking and/or making measurements, computations and analyses to determine whether any reduction is warranted in the Orbital Performance
Incentives that may be earned by Contractor. 

  

	 	13.2.10	Incentive for Extended Life of the Satellite. Should Purchaser elect to continue the use of the Satellite operating beyond its Satellite Stated Life, Purchaser shall pay to
Contractor the amount of the Daily Rate for each day during such period(s) of continued use by Purchaser, provided the Satellite is not a Total Loss. 

  

	 	13.2.11	Orbital Performance Incentive Payment Assurance. Within one (1) month prior to SPSR, unless Purchaser or any company that Controls Purchaser (“Purchaser Parent
Company”) is filing periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Purchaser shall provide Contractor with a consolidated balance sheet of Purchaser and Purchaser Parent Company, as of the end of the prior fiscal year, and the
related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for such fiscal year. Such information shall be considered “Proprietary Information” of Purchaser and shall be subject to Article 31. In the event that
such information indicates that payment of the Orbital Performance Incentives in accordance with Article 13 is at high risk due to Purchaser’s and Purchaser Parent Company’s financial condition, then the Parties shall promptly meet to
negotiate, in good faith, commercially reasonable steps to reduce such risk and provide reasonable assurance that Purchaser will be able to pay the Orbital Performance Incentives when they become due. 

  

	13.3	Payment and Interest 

  

	 	13.3.1	 Payment of Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives. Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive amounts due Contractor pursuant to Article 13.2.1 shall be
invoiced on a Quarterly basis in arrears in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Rate earned each day of such quarter. Each invoice shall include data and 

  

 - 49 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
documentation reasonably required by Purchaser to substantiate the amount invoiced. Such invoice shall be paid thirty (30) days after Purchaser’s
receipt of invoice. 

  

	 	13.3.2	Payment of Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentives. Fifty percent (50%) of the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive amount earned by Contractor pursuant to Article
13.2.2 shall be invoiced thirty (30) days after the date that is the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Launch of the Satellite, or (ii) thirty (30) days after delivery of the Summary In-Orbit Test Report to Purchaser.
Such invoice shall include data and documentation reasonably required by Purchaser to substantiate the amount invoiced. Such invoice shall be paid five (5) days after Purchaser’s receipt of invoice. Provided the first fifty percent
(50%) has been earned as set forth herein, the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the Scheduled Orbital Performance Incentive amount earned by Contractor pursuant to Article 13.2.2 shall be invoiced thirty (30) days prior to the end of
the date that is twelve (12) months after the Launch of the Satellite, and shall be paid thirty (30) days after Purchaser’s receipt of such invoice. 

  

	 	 13.3.3
	 Interest on Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives. Interest shall be paid on any Quarterly Orbital Performance
Incentive payment amount, where such interest is to be calculated over the period commencing upon Acceptance of the Satellite by Purchaser (“Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the
quarter when the Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive payment amount is invoiced, at a rate equal to eight percent (8%) compounded annually, as calculated in accordance with the following formula: In = (Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentive payment amount earned during a quarter) * [(1+8%)n*0.25-1], where “n” = the quarter number (i.e., 1 to 60). See Exhibit H for schedule of interest payments associated with the Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives to be made by Purchaser to Contractor.

  

	13.4	Effect of Termination for Convenience on Orbital Performance Incentives 

 In addition to the Termination Liability Amount payable pursuant to Article 21.1.2 and Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts, in the event 

  

 - 50 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
Purchaser terminates this Contract pursuant to Article 21 with respect to the Satellite, or in the event Contractor terminates this Contract pursuant to
Article 23.2 with respect to the Satellite, Contractor shall be deemed to have earned its Orbital Performance Incentives, prorated as follows: total Orbital Performance Incentives x (payments made or due at time of termination divided by the Firm
Fixed Price). Such amount shall be paid in accordance with the applicable termination article. If Purchaser is unable to pay the full amounts required hereunder, then Contractor may retain such Work in progress as needed to cover the unpaid sums.

  

 - 51 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 14 – CORRECTIVE MEASURES IN SATELLITES AND OTHER DELIVERABLE ITEMS 
 If the data available from any satellite manufactured by Contractor (whether in-orbit or on the ground) shows that the performance of such satellite deviates materially
during the life thereof from that specified in the applicable performance specification for such satellite, Contractor shall, (i) provide Purchaser prompt written notice thereof, provided Contractor shall not be required to disclose to
Purchaser information that is confidential to a customer of Contractor other than Purchaser and (ii) at Contractor’s sole cost, take appropriate corrective measures, if any, in the unlaunched Satellite and other Deliverable Items so as to
eliminate therefrom the causes of such material deviation. If required, Contractor shall be entitled to a reasonable extension in the Delivery schedule for the unlaunched Satellite to effect the required corrective measures. 
  

 - 52 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 15 – WARRANTY 
  

	15.1	Terms and Period of Warranty 

  

	 	15.1.1	Satellite. Contractor warrants that the Satellite shall be manufactured and will perform in conformity with Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification (as may be waived
pursuant to Article 9.4). Except as otherwise set forth in the next paragraph of this Article 15.1.1, after completion of the SPSR, Contractor’s only liability under the preceding sentence shall be as and to the extent set forth in Article
9.1.8) hereof. 

 AFTER INTENTIONAL IGNITION OF THE LAUNCH VEHICLE FOR THE SATELLITE, UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT OF A TERMINATED
IGNITION AS PROVIDED IN ARTICLE 12.1, NEITHER CONTRACTOR NOR ITS SUPPLIERS OR AGENTS AT ANY TIER SHALL INCUR ANY LIABILITY WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SATELLITE’S DESIGN, WORKMANSHIP, CONFORMITY TO SPECIFICATION OR IN-ORBIT PERFORMANCE,
INCLUDING ANY ASSISTANCE OR ADVICE (ACTUAL OR ATTEMPTED) PROVIDED OR OMITTED AS CONTEMPLATED BY ARTICLES 15.2 AND 35.2 HEREOF, ARISING FROM ANY CAUSE OR LEGAL THEORY WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OF ANY DEGREE, WHETHER ARISING BEFORE OR AFTER
INTENTIONAL IGNITION, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN ARTICLES 13 AND 19 HEREIN AND EXCEPT TO PROVIDE THE SERVICES SET FORTH IN ARTICLES 15.2 AND 35.2. 
  

	 	15.1.2	Deliverable Items of Hardware Other Than The Satellite 

  

	 	A.	Contractor warrants that each Deliverable Item of hardware other than the Satellite shall be manufactured in conformity with the Performance Specification applicable to such
Deliverable Item (as may be waived pursuant to Article 11.6) and will be free from defects in materials and workmanship during the period commencing on the date of Acceptance of such Deliverable Item pursuant to Article 11 and ending on the first
anniversary thereof. 

  

 - 53 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	B.	During the period specified in Article 15.1.2 (A) for any Deliverable Item of hardware other than the Satellite, any non-conformance or defect discovered in such Deliverable
Item and notified to Contractor shall be remedied by Contractor at Contractor’s expense by repair or replacement of the defective component (at Contractor’s election). For any such Deliverable Item, Contractor shall determine if repair or
replacement is required to be performed at Contractor’s plant. If required, Purchaser shall ship to Contractor’s designated facility any such Deliverable Item. Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of shipment (including
transportation and transit insurance) to such facility in accordance with its standard commercial practice (including any taxes and/or duties) of any such Deliverable Item, and the cost of packing and return shipment (including transportation and
transit insurance) in accordance with its standard commercial practice of any such Deliverable Item once repaired or replaced to Purchaser at the location designated in Article 3.1. Risk of loss for such Deliverable Item shall transfer to Contractor
upon delivery of such Deliverable Item to the shipping carrier by Purchaser, and risk of loss shall transfer to Purchaser for any such Deliverable Item once repaired or replaced pursuant to this Article 15.1.2 (B) upon receipt thereof by
Purchaser at the location designated therefor in Article 3.1. If Contractor fails or is unable to repair or replace such non-conforming or defective component within a reasonable period of time after notification from Purchaser, Purchaser may, by
contract or otherwise, repair or replace such non-conforming or defective component and Contractor shall be liable for the reasonable cost thereof. 

  

	 	15.1.3	 Training and Services. Contractor warrants that the Training and other services it provides to Purchaser pursuant to this Contract will conform to reasonable
industry standards of the commercial aerospace and satellite communications industry practice for work similar in type, scope, and complexity to the Work at the time such Training or other services are provided. In the event Contractor breaches this
warranty, as Purchaser’s sole remedy, Contractor shall apply 

  

 - 54 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
reasonable efforts to correct the deficiencies in the provision of such Training and other services where it is practicable to do so (e.g., cannot correct
deficiencies in or redo Launch Support Services from and after Launch). 

  

	 	15.1.4	Deliverable Data. All Deliverable Data shall conform with the requirements of this Contract. In the event Contractor breaches this warranty, as Purchaser’s sole and
exclusive remedy, Contractor shall promptly correct the deficiencies in the Deliverable Data and re-submit such Deliverable Data to Purchaser. 

  

	 	15.1.5	Disclaimer. EXCEPT AND TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ARTICLES 15.1.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, AND 15.1.4 CONTRACTOR HAS NOT MADE NOR DOES IT HEREBY MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OR
WARRANTY, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF DESIGN, OPERATION, CONDITION, QUALITY, SUITABILITY OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE OR FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER
DEFECTS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE, WITH REGARD TO ANY SATELLITE OR ANY OTHER DELIVERABLE ITEM. CONTRACTOR MAKES NO WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY LAUNCH VEHICLE. 

  

	15.2	Satellite Anomalies 

 Contractor shall investigate
any Satellite Anomaly in the Satellite arising during the in-orbit life of the Satellite and known to it or as notified in writing by Purchaser and shall undertake Satellite Anomaly resolution support services in accordance with Section 2.5.8.1
of Exhibit A, Statement of Work. If for any reason any such Satellite Anomaly cannot be or is not corrected (after reasonable efforts to effect a correction) as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and, as a result thereof, the Satellite
suffers any loss or becomes a Total Loss, Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedies with respect to such loss and any consequences therefrom shall be those set forth in Articles 13 and 35.2.2 as applicable, subject to the conditions and
limitations of such Articles and in all cases subject to the limitation of liability stated in Article 15.1 above and Article 30. In the event that the occurrence of a Satellite Anomaly is due to causes not attributable solely 

  

 - 55 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
or substantially to Contractor (including any of its subcontractors), Purchaser shall pay Contractor the actual costs reasonably incurred for all services
provided by Contractor associated with such Satellite Anomaly services, plus a markup of ten percent (10%) of such costs, which costs and markup shall be invoiced and paid pursuant to the provisions of Article 5. 

 

	15.3	Use Conditions Not Covered by Warranty 

 With
respect to Deliverable Items of hardware other than the Satellite, the warranty under this Article 15 shall not apply if adjustment, repair or parts replacement is required as a result, directly or indirectly, of accident, unusual physical or
electrical stress, negligence, misuse, failure of environmental control prescribed in operations and maintenance manuals, repair or alterations by any party other than Contractor, or by causes other than normal and ordinary use. The warranty
provided pursuant to this Article 15 is conditioned upon Contractor being given access, if required, to Deliverable Items delivered at Purchaser’s facility in order to effect any repair or replacement thereof. If the defect repaired or remedied
by Contractor is not covered by the warranty provided pursuant to this Article 15, Purchaser shall pay Contractor the actual costs reasonably incurred of such repair or replacement plus a markup of ten percent (10%) of such costs, which costs and
markup shall be invoiced and paid pursuant to the provisions of Article 5. 
  

	15.4	Notice 

 Subject to the provisions of Article 18, if
applicable, failure of TerreStar to provide notice of anomalies or other failures, or other data and information regarding the use and performance of Deliverable Items, as required by the Contract, shall not be deemed a breach by TerreStar; however,
TerreStar acknowledges that such failure may limit Contractor’s ability to perform its anomaly resolution activities under the Contract. 
  

 - 56 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 16 – CHANGES 
  

	16.1	Changes Requested by Purchaser 

  

	 	16.1.1	Scope. Purchaser may, in writing, request a change in the Work within the general scope of this Contract to: 

  

	 	A.	Order work in addition to the Work provided for herein; or 

  

	 	B.	Modify the whole or any part of the Work provided for herein; or 

  

	 	C.	Direct stop Work, by one or more orders, up to an aggregate of eighteen (18) months; provided, however, to the extent Purchaser issues a stop Work order on or after Milestone
24 (Complete Thermal Vacuum Testing) of Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amount, directing Contractor to stop Work on the Satellite, such stop Work will not exceed cumulative twelve (12) months (or the balance of 18
months, whichever is less). 

  

	 	16.1.2	 Response to Change Request. Contractor shall respond to any such requested change in writing to Purchaser within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
requested change; provided, however, in the case of a stop Work direction, Contractor shall stop Work immediately to the extent specified by Purchaser. Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to require its subcontractors with Major
Subcontracts to agree to a stop Work provision that minimizes Contractor’s costs and is consistent with the terms of this Article 16.1.2. In the event of a stop Work, Contractor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate costs and
shall cooperate in good faith with Purchaser in connection with actions taken by Contractor with respect to its subcontractors. If such change request causes an increase or decrease in the cost or the time required for completion of the Work to be
provided herein, or otherwise affects any other provision of this Contract, such response shall provide a non-binding preliminary estimate of the impact of the change request on the Firm Fixed Price (including costs associated with processing of the
change request), Delivery schedules and other provisions of this Contract. Any proposed increase to the price or extension of the Delivery schedule shall not exceed the expected actual cost to 

  

 - 57 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
be incurred by Contractor, plus ten percent (10%) and the actual time required by Contractor to implement the change. Any price or Delivery schedule
adjustment shall be reasonable and proposed in good faith. If Purchaser desires to proceed with the change after receipt of Contractor’s preliminary estimate, Purchaser and Contractor shall cooperate and negotiate in good faith and agree in a
timely manner to equitable adjustments in the Firm Fixed Price, Delivery schedules and other affected provisions of this Contract, and this Contract shall be amended in writing accordingly in accordance with Article 37.5. In the event the
Parties fail to agree on an adjustment (upward or downward) to the Firm Fixed Price, Delivery schedule or other affected provisions of this Contract with respect to a requested change, then Purchaser may direct Contractor to proceed with the
requested change, Contractor shall proceed with the directed change, the Parties shall continue to negotiate the adjustments to the Contract, and pending completion of such negotiations and as a condition for Contractor being obligated to proceed
with the directed change, the Parties in good faith shall agree upon and establish a reasonable payment schedule adjustment to compensate Contractor for the Work performed pursuant to the directed change, which payment schedule shall be adjusted as
part of the negotiated settlement for the directed change. 

  

	 	16.1.3	 Tolling of Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Purchaser directs a stop Work, all payments due Contractor (except for payments due and
payable prior to the date of the stop Work order) shall be tolled and shall not accrue for the duration of the stop Work order (up to the cumulative maximum period provided in Article 16.1.1 above), except that Contractor shall be entitled in the
event of a termination under (ii) below to payment of actual direct costs incurred as a result of the stop Work order (e.g., reasonable termination liabilities with subcontractors and suppliers but not overhead or G&A costs). In the
event Purchaser directs a stop Work, within twelve (12) or eighteen (18) months thereafter, as the case may be (or within such portion of the maximum stop Work period remaining as provided in Article 16.1.1), Purchaser shall either:
(i) direct Contractor to resume Work hereunder, and the schedule and affected terms of this Contract shall be equitably adjusted due to such Work stoppage and the price shall be equitably adjusted to compensate Contractor for actual costs

  

 - 58 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
reasonably incurred by Contractor associated with such Work stoppage plus a markup of ten percent (10%), such costs and markup to be invoiced and paid
pursuant to Article 5 or (ii) terminate this Contract for convenience pursuant to Article 21. In addition, if Purchaser issues a stop Work order after thermal vacuum testing for the Satellite and subsequently re-starts the program as provided
herein, Purchaser shall, until Work has resumed, pay Contractor interest on a pro rata share of the Orbital Performance Incentives on a quarterly basis, calculated as follows: 0.67% per month of Work stoppage multiplied by the pro rata Orbital
Performance Incentives calculated as of the date of the stop Work order in accordance with Article 13.4. In the event Purchaser fails to elect either (i) or (ii) above, Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Contract
for convenience under Article 21. For Purposes of Article 21, Purchaser’s termination liability (as may be adjusted pursuant to the foregoing) will be based on the effective date of the stop Work order being deemed the date upon which
Contractor was given written notice of Termination for purposes of Article 21.1.1. 

  

 - 59 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 17 – FORCE MAJEURE 
  

	17.1	Force Majeure Defined 

  

	 	17.1.1	Definition. Contractor shall not be responsible for late Delivery, delay of the final completion date or nonperformance of its contractual obligations due to Force Majeure.
Force Majeure shall be any event beyond the reasonable control of Contractor or its suppliers and subcontractors and shall include, but not be limited to: (1) acts of God; (2) acts of a public enemy; (3) acts of a government in its
sovereign or contractual capacity (including any action or inaction affecting the import or export of items); (4) war and warlike events; (5) catastrophic weather conditions such as hurricanes, tornadoes and typhoons; (6) fire,
earthquakes, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, (7) strikes, lockouts and other industrial disputes (other than at the facilities of Contractor); (8) sabotage, riot and embargoes; (9) reserved; (10) technical problems
generally affecting the commercial telecommunications industry; and (11) other unforeseen and extraordinary events (“Force Majeure”); provided written notice is given to Purchaser, in writing, within ten (10) Business Days after
Contractor’s performance has been impacted by the occurrence of such Force Majeure and further provided such Force Majeure is not caused by the failure of Contractor or its suppliers or subcontractor to perform their obligations under this
Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will financial hardship or insolvency of Contractor or any of its respective affiliates constitute Force Majeure. Such notice to be provided by Contractor, as required by the preceding provisions,
shall include a detailed description of the portion of the Work known to be affected by such delay. In coordination with Purchaser and subject to Purchaser’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) where
reasonably appropriate under the circumstances, Contractor shall use best reasonable efforts to avoid or minimize and/or work around such delay through the implementation of any work-around plans, alternate sources, or other means Contractor may
reasonably utilize to minimize a delay in performance of the Work. Contractor shall also provide Purchaser prompt written notice when the event constituting Force Majeure appears to have ended. 

  

 - 60 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	17.1.2	Force Majeure Dispute. In the event Purchaser disputes any Force Majeure, Purchaser shall inform Contractor in writing within ten (10) Business Days from the date of
receipt of written notice of the event purportedly constituting the Force Majeure and, if the Parties have not resolved the Dispute within ten (10) Business Days of Contractor’s receipt of such written notice from Purchaser, the Dispute
shall be resolved pursuant to Article 25. 

  

	17.2	Equitable Adjustments 

  

	 	17.2.1	Equitable Adjustment. Upon the occurrence of Force Majeure that causes a delay in Contractor’s performance of its obligations hereunder, an equitable adjustment shall be
negotiated in the Delivery schedules and other portions of this Contract affected by Force Majeure; provided, however, Contractor acknowledges and agrees, there shall be no adjustment to the Firm Fixed Price due to Force Majeure.

  

	 	17.2.2	Amendment. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 17.2 shall be formalized by the execution of an amendment to this Contract in accordance with Article 37.5 wherein
such adjustments shall be recorded. 

  

	17.3	Maximum Force Majeure 

 If the total aggregate
amount of Force Majeure for any reason causes a delay in Contractor’s performance of its obligations hereunder that exceeds one year or is reasonably certain to exceed one year or Contractor notifies Purchaser that such total aggregate is
reasonably certain to exceed one year, then the provisions of Article 23.3 shall apply. 
  

 - 61 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 18 – PURCHASER DELAY OF WORK 
 If the performance of all or any part of the Work required of Contractor under this Contract is delayed or interrupted by Purchaser’s failure to perform its
contractual obligations hereunder within the time specified in this Contract or within a reasonable time if no time is specified, or by an act or failure to act of Purchaser that unreasonably interferes with and delays Contractor’s performance
of its obligations under this Contract (“Purchaser Delay”), Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Firm Fixed Price, performance requirements, Delivery schedule, and any other terms of this Contract affected by such
act or failure to act of Purchaser, provided, however, there shall be an adjustment to the Firm Fixed Price only for actual costs reasonably incurred by Contractor as a result of such Purchaser Delay, plus a markup of ten percent (10%) of such
costs, such costs and markup to be invoiced and paid pursuant to the provisions of Article 5. Contractor shall provide Purchaser written notice as soon as reasonably practicable after Contractor’s performance has been impacted by a Purchaser
Delay. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Article 18 shall be formalized by the execution of an amendment to this Contract in accordance with Articles 16 and 37.5 wherein such adjustments shall be recorded. At Purchaser’s written request
pursuant to Article 16, Contractor shall use best reasonable efforts to avoid or minimize and/or work around any delay resulting from such Purchaser Delay through the implementation of any work-around plans, alternate sources, or other means
Contractor may utilize or expect to utilize to minimize a delay in performance of the Work. 
  

 - 62 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 19 – INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY 
  

	19.1	Indemnification 

 Contractor, at its own expense,
hereby agrees to defend or, at Contractor’s sole option, to settle, and to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, shareholders, and agents from and against any claim or
suit based on, arising from, or in connection with any allegation that the manufacture of any Deliverable Item or any part thereof or the normal intended use, lease or sale of any Deliverable Item or any part thereof infringes any third party
Intellectual Property Right (“Intellectual Property Claim”), and shall pay any royalties and other liabilities adjudicated (or provided in settlement of the matter) to be owing to the third party claimant as well as costs and expenses
incurred in defending or settling (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, costs of investigation, expert fees, litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and penalties) such Intellectual Property Claim.
Contractor’s obligations under this Article 19.1 shall be subject to the conditions to indemnification set forth in Article 20.3. 
  

	19.2	Infringing Equipment 

 If the manufacture of any
Deliverable Item or the normal intended use, lease or sale of any Deliverable Item under this Contract is enjoined as a result of an Intellectual Property Claim or is otherwise prohibited, Contractor shall at its option and expense: (i) resolve
the matter so that the injunction or prohibition no longer pertains; (ii) procure for Purchaser the right to use the infringing item; and/or (iii) modify the infringing item so that it becomes non-infringing while remaining in compliance
with the Performance Specification (as may be modified or waived pursuant to Article 9.4). Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with Contractor to mitigate or remove any infringement. If Contractor is unable to accomplish (i), (ii) or
(iii) as stated above, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Contract in whole or in part, with respect to such Deliverable Item (and any other Deliverable Item whose utility has been adversely impacted by Purchaser’s loss of
use of the infringing Deliverable Item), return such Deliverable Item(s) to Contractor (in space, with respect to an in-orbit Satellite), and receive a refund of the price paid for such terminated Deliverable Item(s) less: (a) amounts unpaid
for such item; and (b) a reasonable allowance for use and depreciation. 
  

 - 63 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	19.3	Combinations and Modifications 

 Contractor shall
have no liability under this Article 19 for any Intellectual Property Claim arising solely from: (i) use of any Deliverable Item in combination with other items not provided, recommended, or approved by Contractor or its suppliers or
subcontractors; or (ii) modifications of any Deliverable Item after Delivery by a person or entity other than Contractor (or its suppliers or subcontractors acting through Contractor) unless, (A) in the case of a Deliverable Item other
than the Satellite, such modification was made by such other person or entity due to Contractor’s failure to perform a contractual obligation hereunder (except where Contractor believes such modification would result in an infringement of a
third party’s rights), or (B) is authorized by written directive or instructions furnished by Contractor to Purchaser under this Contract; or (iii) the manufacture, Delivery or use of any Deliverable Item in compliance with the
design, specification or instructions of Purchaser. 
  

	19.4	Sole Remedies 

 The remedies set forth in this
Article 19 are Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedies for or related to any Intellectual Property Claim. 
  

 - 64 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 20 – INDEMNITY FOR PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE 
  

	20.1	Contractor’s Indemnity 

 Contractor, at its own
expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, and agents, from and against any losses, damages, and other liabilities, adjudicated (or provided for
in settlement of the matter) to be owing to the claimant as well as costs and expenses (including court costs, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, costs of investigation, expert fees, litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and
penalties) (collectively, “Losses”) based on, arising from or in connection with any allegations by third parties regarding any of the following: (i) claims for injury to persons or property damage, but only if such Losses were caused
by, or resulted from, a negligent act or omission or willful misconduct of Contractor or its employees or representatives and (ii) Contractor’s breach of its obligations under Article 7. For the avoidance of doubt, Contractor shall have no
indemnity obligations pursuant to this Article 20 for any Losses with respect to the Satellite after Intentional Ignition of the Launch Vehicle for the Satellite, unless and to the extent of a Terminated Ignition as provided in Article 12.1, even if
such Losses are attributable, in whole or in part, to an act or omission of Contractor or its employees, representatives, contractors or subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) prior to Intentional Ignition. 
  

	20.2	Purchaser’s Indemnity 

 Purchaser, at its own
expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Contractor and its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders and agents, from and against any Losses based on, arising from or in connection with any allegations
by third parties regarding any of the following: (i) for claims for injury to persons or property damage, but only if such Losses were caused by, or resulted from, negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Purchaser or its employees
or representatives and (ii) Purchaser’s breach of its obligations under Article 7. 
  

 - 65 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	20.3	Conditions to Indemnification 

 The right to any
indemnity specified in Article 20.1 and Article 20.2 shall be subject to the following conditions: 
  

	 	20.3.1	Notice. The Party seeking indemnification shall promptly advise the other Party in writing of the filing of any suit or of any written or oral claim for which it seeks
indemnification upon receipt thereof and shall provide the other Party, at its written request, with copies of all documentation relevant to such suit or claim. Failure to so notify the indemnifying Party shall not relieve the indemnifying Party of
its obligations under this Contract except to the extent it can demonstrate that it was prejudiced by such failure. Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of written notice from the Party seeking indemnification relating to any claim, but
no later than a reasonable time before the date on which any response to a complaint or summons is due, the indemnifying Party shall notify the Party seeking indemnification in writing if the indemnifying Party elects to assume control of the
defense or settlement of that claim (a “Notice of Election”) when not contrary to the governing rules of procedure. 

  

	 	20.3.2	 Control of Action. If the indemnifying Party delivers a Notice of Election relating to any claim within the required notice period, so long as it is actively
defending such claim, the indemnifying Party shall be entitled to have sole control over the defense and settlement of such claim; provided that (i) the Party seeking indemnification shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim
and to employ counsel (reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying Party) at its own expense to assist in the handling of such claim provided there is no conflict of interest and that such participation would not adversely affect the conduct of the
proceedings; (ii) where the Party seeking indemnification is so represented, the indemnifying Party shall keep counsel of the Party seeking indemnification informed of each step in the handling of any such claim; and (iii) the Party
seeking indemnification shall provide, at the indemnifying Party’s request and expense, such assistance and information as is available to the Party seeking indemnification for the defense and settlement of such claim and (iv) the
indemnifying Party shall notify the Party seeking indemnification before entering 

  

 - 66 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
into any non-monetary settlement of such claim or ceasing to defend against such claim. After the indemnifying Party has delivered a Notice of Election
relating to any claim in accordance with the preceding paragraph, the indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Party seeking indemnification for any legal expenses incurred by the Party seeking indemnification in connection with the defense of
that claim. In addition, the indemnifying Party shall not be required to indemnify the Party seeking indemnification for any amount paid or payable by the Party seeking indemnification in the settlement of any claim for which the indemnifying Party
has delivered a timely Notice of Election if such amount was agreed to without the prior written consent of the indemnifying Party. 

  

	 	20.3.3	Right of Indemnified Party to Defend/Settle. If the indemnifying Party does not deliver a Notice of Election relating to any claim within the required notice period or fails
actively to defend such claim, the Party seeking indemnification shall have the right to defend and/or settle the claim in such manner as it may deem appropriate, at the cost and expense of the indemnifying Party. Provided that the Party seeking
indemnification acts in good faith, it may settle such claim on any terms it considers appropriate under the circumstances without in any way affecting its right to be indemnified hereunder. The indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the Party
seeking indemnification for all such costs and expenses. 

  

	20.4	Waiver of Subrogation 

 Each Party shall use best
reasonable efforts to obtain a waiver of subrogation and release of any right of recovery against the other Party and its Affiliates, contractors and subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) and their respective directors,
officers, employees, shareholders and agents, that are involved in the performance of this Contract from any insurer providing coverage for the risks such Party has agreed to indemnify against under this Article 20. 
  

 - 67 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 21 – TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE 
  

	21.1	Reimbursement of Contractor 

  

	 	21.1.1	Right to Terminate. Purchaser may terminate this Contract without cause, in whole or in part, by giving Contractor written notice thirty (30) days prior to the date of
such termination; provided, however, Purchaser may not terminate this Contract as to the Satellite after Intentional Ignition of the Launch Vehicle for the Satellite. In the event of such termination, Contractor will cease Work as directed in the
termination notice. 

  

	 	21.1.2	Termination Liability 

  

	 	A.	Termination in Whole. If Purchaser terminates this Contract in whole pursuant to this Article 21, Contractor shall be entitled to payment of an amount equal to the
termination liability amount, applicable as of the effective date of termination, as specified in Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amount under the column entitled, “Termination Liability Amount” and in
Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts with respect to the DSS and [***], and interest at the rate specified in Article 5 on any payment not made when required to be made hereunder less all amounts previously paid under
this Contract. 

  

	 	B.	Partial Termination. In the event Purchaser terminates this Contract in part pursuant to this Article 21, Purchaser shall pay to Contractor the sum of (1) through
(5) below less any amounts previously paid with respect to completed and/or terminated Deliverable Items: 

  

	 	1.	The price set forth in Article 4 for Deliverable items completed prior to such termination therefor whether or not Delivery has occurred with respect to such Deliverable Item; and

  

	 	2.	Actual costs incurred by Contractor in performance of Work on Deliverable Items for which this Contract has been terminated pursuant to this Article 21.1.2, that have not been
completed prior to such termination; and 

  

 - 68 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	3.	Actual costs incurred by Contractor in completing the termination process; and 

  

	 	4.	Actual costs incurred by Contractor in settling claims of subcontractors and other suppliers and vendors in connection with such termination; provided that Contractor shall use
reasonable efforts to minimize such costs; and 

  

	 	5.	A fifteen percent (15%) profit on items (1) – (4) above. 

 If the termination by Purchaser is partial and as a result thereof Contractor will incur additional costs for the portion of the Work not terminated, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in
accordance with Article 16.1.2. 
  

	 	C.	Termination Settlement Meeting. In the event of a termination pursuant to this Article 21, a termination settlement meeting shall be held at a mutually agreed time and place
no later than sixty (60) days after submission of a claim by Contractor pursuant to Article 21.1. At or prior to the date of such termination settlement meeting, Contractor shall provide Purchaser with such documentation of the termination
liability amounts permitted above as Purchaser may reasonably request. Upon completion of the termination settlement meeting, Contractor may submit an invoice to Purchaser for payment in accordance with the terms of Article 5.

  

	 	D.	Maximum Liability. In no event shall the amounts payable pursuant to this Article 21.1 exceed the combined termination liability amount applicable on the effective date of
termination as set forth in Exhibit F, TerreStar 1 Payment Plan under the column entitled “Termination Liability Amounts” and Exhibit I, DSS/ [***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts under the column entitled “Termination
Liability Amounts.” 

  

 - 69 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	E.	Limitation on Right to Terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser shall have no right to terminate for convenience as to any Deliverable Item hereunder from and
after such time as such Deliverable Item has been completed and is ready for Delivery. 

  

	21.2	Disposition of Work 

 Upon payment by Purchaser to
Contractor of the termination liability amounts due under Article 21.2, subject to applicable U.S. Government export laws and license conditions, Purchaser may require Contractor to transfer title and risk of loss to Purchaser to any part of the
Deliverable Items terminated (including any associated Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods) and Contractor shall, upon direction of Purchaser, protect and preserve property at Purchaser’s expense in the possession of Contractor or
its subcontractors in which Purchaser has an interest and shall facilitate access to and possession by Purchaser of items comprising all or part of the Work terminated. Alternatively, Purchaser may request Contractor to make a reasonable, good faith
effort to sell such items and to remit any sales proceeds to Purchaser less a deduction for actual costs of disposition reasonably incurred, and any Security Interest or other right or interest that Purchaser has in such items shall be released and
extinguished, and Purchaser shall take all action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such Security Interest. 

 

 - 70 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 22 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR LATE SATELLITE DELIVERY 
  

	22.1	Liquidated Damages 

  

	 	22.1.1	Late Delivery of Satellite. The Parties acknowledge and agree that failure to meet the Satellite Delivery schedule specified therefor in Article 3.1 will cause substantial
financial loss or damage being sustained by Purchaser. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that the following liquidated damages are believed to represent a genuine and reasonable estimate of all losses (including non-productive time and
increased cost of money) that would be suffered by Purchaser by reason of any such delay (which losses would be difficult or impossible to calculate with certainty). 

  

	 	22.1.2	Liquidated Damages. If Delivery of the Satellite does not occur on or before the date specified therefor in Article 3.1 (as such date may be adjusted pursuant to Articles 16,
17 or 18), then Contractor shall pay Purchaser an amount not to exceed [***] U.S. dollars (U.S.$[***]) for the Satellite, as specified below, as liquidated damages and not a penalty for Contractor’s late Delivery: 

  

										
	 Number of Days
	  	Per Day Charge	  	Period Maximum
Liquidated Damages	  	Cumulative
Liquidated
Damages
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]
				
	 [***]
	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]	  	$	[***]

  

	 	22.1.3	Offset. Any amounts due in accordance with this Article 22 shall be, at Purchaser’s election, either (i) credited to Purchaser against any outstanding or future
invoices hereunder or (ii) paid by Contractor to Purchaser within thirty (30) days of issuance of an invoice from Purchaser. 

  

 - 71 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	22.2	Remedy 

 Such damages shall be Purchaser’s sole
remedy and compensation for Contractor delays with respect to late Delivery of the Satellite during the time period set forth above; provided, however, Purchaser retains all rights and remedies under Article 21 regarding termination for convenience
and Article 23.3 regarding termination for excessive force majeure. 
  

 - 72 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 23 – TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT AND EXCESSIVE FORCE MAJEURE 
  

	23.1	Purchaser Right of Termination 

  

	 	23.1.1	Right to Terminate 

  

	 	A.	 Subject to extensions of time due to Article 17 and Article 18 and, in addition, subject to Article 23.1.4 below, Purchaser may terminate this Contract in whole or
in part by written notice to Contractor if (i) Contractor fails to deliver the Satellite within the time specified therefor plus the maximum number of days for liquidated damages specified in Article 22 (or such longer time as may be agreed to
in writing by Purchaser); (ii) Contractor commits a material breach of this Contract (other than failure to meet any scheduled Delivery due hereunder, except as set forth in Article 23.1.1A(i)) and fails, within ninety (90) days (or such
longer period as may be agreed to in writing by Purchaser) after receipt from Purchaser of written notice thereof, to cure such material breach; (iii) it becomes reasonably certain from and after March 1, 2006, that Contractor will fail to
Deliver the Satellite within the time specified therefor plus the maximum number of days for liquidated damages specified in Article 22 (or such longer time as may be agreed to in writing by Purchaser) and, in the case of (ii) or (iii),
Contractor fails, within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by Purchaser) after receipt from Purchaser of written notice thereof, to cure such material breach, (iv) an order is entered rejecting the
Contract in any case or proceeding pursuant to an Insolvency Law (as defined below), or (v) following REDC, Contractor commences a voluntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
adjustment of debt, relief of debtors or similar laws (each an “Insolvency Law”); or an involuntary proceeding against Contractor under an Insolvency Law has been commenced and the petition has not been dismissed within ninety
(90) days after the commencement of the proceeding; or a receiver or custodian is appointed for or takes charge of all or a substantial portion of property of the Contractor and such custodian or receiver has not been 

  

 - 73 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days; or Contractor has taken action toward the winding-up, dissolution or liquidation of the Contractor; or,
other than the Bankruptcy Case, Contractor has been adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or an order for relief or any other order approving a case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law has been entered; or Contractor has made a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors or becomes unable to pay its debts generally as they become due. 

  

	 	23.1.2	Termination Liability. In the event of termination pursuant to this Article 23.1, subject to Article 23.1.3, Purchaser shall be entitled to refund by Contractor of all
payments made by Purchaser for the terminated Work plus interest thereon at the interest rate stipulated in Article 5.3.1 hereof from the date payment was received to the date the refund is received (provided, however, in the case of termination in
part, the Parties shall negotiate an equitable refund amount to be paid by Contractor to Purchaser for the portion of the Work so terminated). In addition, Purchaser shall be entitled to payment of any liquidated damages for delay accrued prior to
the effective date of termination pursuant to Article 22. Contractor shall pay the foregoing amounts no later than thirty (30) days after Contractor’s receipt of Purchaser’s written notice requesting such amounts. Payment of such
amounts shall be Purchaser’s sole remedy in case of a termination pursuant to this Article 23.1. Upon payment in full of all amounts due in accordance with the preceding sentences of this Article 23.1.2, any Security Interest or other right or
interest that Purchaser has in the terminated Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods (except with respect to Deliverable Items retained by Purchaser pursuant to Article 23.1.3) hereunder or otherwise shall be released
and extinguished and Purchaser shall take all action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such Security Interest.

  

	 	23.1.3	 Contractor’s Reimbursement for Terminated Work. In the event of termination pursuant to this Article 23.1, Contractor shall refund all amounts paid by
Purchaser under this Contract, except Contractor shall not be required to refund 

  

 - 74 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
any amounts, and Purchaser shall remain liable for payment of all amounts with respect to Deliverable Items for which Acceptance has occurred pursuant to the
terms of Article 10 or Article 11 (unless the utility to Purchaser of such Deliverable Item has been materially adversely impacted by the terminated Work), or with respect to Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods (including Deliverable
Items for which Acceptance has not occurred) which Purchaser has requested to retain, as follows: (i) at the price set forth in this Contract for such items for which an itemized price is set forth herein and (ii) at the actual cost
incurred by Contractor, plus a markup of ten percent (10%) of such cost, for (a) such items for which no itemized price is set forth herein and (b) partially completed items and Work-in-process. Subject to Purchaser making payment to
Contractor of any unpaid balance of amounts due in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, Contractor shall transfer to Purchaser in the manner and to the extent directed by Purchaser title and risk of loss to such Deliverable Items, Raw
Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods. In addition, in the event that this Contract is terminated pursuant to Article 23.1.1 A(v), and Purchaser elects to retain the Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods as
provided above, in addition to the foregoing, Contractor shall: (i) grant to Purchaser a right and license to Contractor Intellectual Property necessary to have a third party complete the manufacture of any undelivered Deliverable Item; and
(ii) assign to Purchaser rights and obligations in any affected subcontract issued hereunder, subject to any condition on assignment in any such subcontract. In lieu of taking immediate possession of Deliverable Items, Raw Materials,
Work-in-Process and Finished Goods retained by Purchaser as provided above, upon direction of Purchaser, Contractor shall protect and preserve Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods at Purchaser’s expense and shall
facilitate access to and possession by Purchaser to such Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods. 

  

	 	23.1.4	 Special Provision Limiting Purchaser’s Remedies. Purchaser shall have no right to terminate this Contract pursuant to this Article 23.1 above with
respect to the Satellite after successful completion of SPSR of the Satellite. Purchaser’s sole 

  

 - 75 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
remedy with respect to delays in Delivery shall be as specified in Article 22 and this Article 23.1. Purchaser’s sole right to terminate this Contract
for Contractor’s default shall be as specified in this Article 23.1. 

  

	 	23.1.5	Disposition of the Work. Unless and to the extent that Purchaser retains Deliverable Items or portions thereof pursuant to Article 23.1.3 hereof, upon payment in full of all
amounts due in accordance with Article 23.1.2, any Security Interest or other right or interest that Purchaser has in such items (except with respect to Deliverable Items retained by Purchaser pursuant to Article 23.1.3) hereunder or otherwise shall
be released and extinguished and Purchaser shall take all action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such Security
Interest. 

  

	 	23.1.6	Invalid Default Termination. If, after termination pursuant to this Article 23.1, it is finally determined pursuant to Article 25 or written agreement of Purchaser that
Contractor was not in default under Article 23.1.1, or that the default was excusable under Articles 17 or 18, the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be the same as if the termination had occurred under Article 21; except that Contractor
shall also be entitled to recover its additional actual costs reasonably incurred due to such invalid default termination plus a markup of ten percent (10%) of such costs. 

  

	23.2	Contractor Right of Termination 

  

	 	23.2.1	 Right to Terminate. Contractor may terminate this Contract only upon written notice to Purchaser if Purchaser fails to cure any default in the payment of any
amount that has become due and payable hereunder within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice of such default (or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by Contractor), subject to Purchaser’s right to issue a stop Work in
accordance with Section 16.1. Purchaser’s issuance of a stop Work shall have the effect of extending the cure period set forth herein during the term of the Stop Work. Notwithstanding Article 23.2, Purchaser will not be considered in
default with respect to any amount that it is disputing in good faith pursuant to Article 5.6 

  

 - 76 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
(and that has been deposited in an escrow account pursuant to such Article) and will have thirty (30) Business Days after the final resolution (by
agreement or arbitration) of such dispute to satisfy any payment required by such resolution. Contractor may not terminate this Contract under any circumstance, including for Purchaser’s breach of any obligation, except as set forth in this
Article 23.1. 

  

	 	23.2.2	Termination Liability. In the event of termination pursuant to this Article 23.2, Contractor shall be paid as if such termination were for convenience pursuant to Article 21.
Further, if Purchaser’s failure to perform is a failure to pay Contractor invoiced amounts when due, Contractor shall be entitled to late payment interest pursuant to Article 5.3. Payment of any amount by any Financing Entity on behalf of
Purchaser shall relieve Purchaser from its obligation to make such payment in the corresponding amount. Payment of the total amounts (termination for convenience amounts plus interest on outstanding invoices) payable by Purchaser pursuant to this
Article 23.2.2 shall constitute a total discharge of Purchaser’s liabilities to Contractor for termination pursuant to this Article 23.2. 

  

	 	23.2.3	 Disposition of the Work. Contractor may elect immediately upon termination to take over all Deliverable Items and Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished
Goods and use or dispose of the same in any manner Contractor may elect, and any Security Interest or other right or interest that Purchaser has in such items hereunder or otherwise shall be released and extinguished and Purchaser shall take all
action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such Security Interest. In such case, the fair market value of any Deliverable
Items or Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods used or disposed of by Contractor shall be set-off against Purchaser’s termination liability under Article 23.2.2. Upon completion of all payments to Contractor in
accordance with Article 23.2.2, Purchaser may require Contractor to transfer title and risk of loss to Purchaser to such Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods. In lieu of taking immediate possession of Deliverable
Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished 

  

 - 77 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
Goods as provided in the preceding sentence, upon direction of Purchaser, Contractor shall protect and preserve Deliverable Items, Raw Materials,
Work-in-Process and Finished Goods at Purchaser’s expense and shall facilitate access to and possession by Purchaser to such Deliverable Items, Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods. 

 Alternatively, Purchaser may request Contractor to make a reasonable, good faith effort to sell such items and to remit any sales proceeds to Purchaser
less a deduction for actual costs of disposition reasonably incurred by Contractor for such efforts, and, if not previously released and extinguished, any Security Interest or other right or interest that Purchaser has in such items hereunder or
otherwise shall be released and extinguished and Purchaser shall take all action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such
Security Interest. Purchaser shall take all action reasonably requested by Contractor to terminate any document or instrument filed of record (including without limitation UCC financing statements) to perfect any such Security Interest. 

 

	 	23.2.4	Invalid Default Termination. If, after termination pursuant to this Article 23.2, it is finally determined by arbitration pursuant to Article 25 or written
agreement of Contractor that Purchaser was not in default under Article 23.2.1, Contractor shall be liable to Purchaser for direct damages resulting from such termination of this Contract (in no event exceeding amounts payable to Purchaser pursuant
to Article 23.1, and subject to the limitation of liability set forth in Article 30). 

  

	23.3	Excessive Force Majeure 

 Purchaser may, upon
written notice to Contractor, immediately terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when: (i) delay in Contractor’s performance of its obligations hereunder exceeds one year due to Force Majeure events under Article 17.3 or
(ii) it becomes reasonably certain that the aggregate delay due to Force Majeure events under Article 17.3 will exceed one year; or (iii) Contractor notifies Purchaser that it is reasonably certain that delay in Contractor’s
performance of its obligations hereunder 

  

 - 78 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
due to Force Majeure events under Article 17.3 will exceed one year. Upon the occurrence of any of these events, Purchaser will provide Contractor written
notice of its intent to terminate and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be the same as if such termination had occurred under Article 23.1. Within a reasonable period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days after the occurrence of
either (i) or (iii) above, Purchaser will notify Contractor as to its decision to either terminate this Contract or to waive its rights to terminate for such Force Majeure events. Failure to provide such notice in the thirty-day period
specified above shall be deemed to be a waiver of Purchaser’s rights to terminate for such Force Majeure events under this Article 23.3. 

  

	23.4	Limitation on Right to Terminate 

 Except as
specified in this Contract, neither Party shall have any right to terminate or suspend this Contract. 
  

 - 79 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 24 – RESERVED 
  

 - 80 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 25 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION 
 Any dispute, claim, or controversy between the Parties arising out of or relating to this Contract (“Dispute”), including any Dispute with
respect to the interpretation, performance, termination, or breach of this Contract or any provision thereof shall be resolved as provided in this Article 25. 
  

	25.1	Informal Dispute Resolution 

 Prior to the
initiation of formal Dispute resolution procedures, the Parties shall first attempt to resolve their Dispute informally, in a timely and cost-effective manner, as follows: 
  

	 	A.	If, during the course of the Work, a Party believes it has a Dispute with the other Party, the disputing Party shall give written notice thereof, which notice will describe the
Dispute and may recommend corrective action to be taken by the other Party. Contractor Program Manager shall promptly consult with Purchaser Contract Manager in an effort to reach an agreement to resolve the Dispute. 

  

	 	B.	In the event agreement cannot be reached within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice, either Party may request the Dispute be escalated, and the respective positions of
the Parties shall be forwarded to an executive level higher than that under (A) above for resolution of the Dispute. 

  

	 	C.	In the event agreement cannot be reached within twenty (20) days of receipt of written notice, either Party may request the Dispute be escalated, and the respective positions
of the Parties shall be forwarded to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of each Party for resolution of the Dispute. 

  

	 	D.	In the event (i) agreement cannot be reached under paragraphs A – C of this Article 25.1 within a total of thirty (30) days after receipt of the written notice
described in Article 25.1 (A) or (ii) a Party determines in good faith that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the Dispute does not appear likely, either Party may proceed with arbitration in accordance with Article 25.2.

  

 - 81 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	25.2	Arbitration 

  

	 	25.2.1	Arbitration. Subject to Article 25.1 and 25.3, any Dispute arising between the Parties shall be submitted for settlement by arbitration in accordance with the rules of
conciliation and arbitration of the Center for Public Resources, as may be amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein by reference (or if the Center for Public Resources no longer provides rules or services, then the rules of
conciliation and arbitration of the American Arbitration Association). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any provision of this Article 25.2 modifies, adds to, or is inconsistent with any provision of such rules, the provisions of this
Article 25.2 shall control. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in Washington, DC by a panel of three (3) arbitrators who shall be selected within forty-five (45) days of commencement of the arbitration: one selected by each Party and
the third selected by the arbitrators chosen by the Parties. Should no agreement be reached on the third arbitrator within the time specified, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the Center for Public Resources. Each arbitrator appointed by
the Parties shall be knowledgeable and experienced in the aerospace and/or satellite telecommunications industries and shall have senior management and/or legal/judicial experience. 

  

	 	25.2.2	Discovery. Discovery shall be permitted as follows: 

  

	 	A.	The Parties shall be permitted to take discovery, if and as needed, by deposition upon oral examination, requests for production of documents and things, and requests for entry upon
land for inspection and other purposes, as those discovery methods are described and defined in the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure; provided further that the Tribunal shall expand or limit discovery in accordance with paragraph (B) below.

  

	 	B.	 The scope of permissible discovery shall generally be as described in Federal Rules of Civil Procedure Rule 26(b)(1), but the Parties shall use their best
reasonable efforts to focus and limit their discovery in accordance with the nature of the Dispute and the need for expedited resolution. The arbitral tribunal may expand or limit the scope of permissible discovery, establish the time period within
which discovery 

  

 - 82 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
responses must be served, and expand or limit the type and number of discovery methods and requests as it shall determine is appropriate in the
circumstances, taking into account the needs of the Parties and the desirability of making discovery expeditious and cost-effective. The tribunal may issue orders to protect the confidentiality of proprietary information, trade secrets, and other
similar information disclosed in discovery and may order that discovery not be had or that discovery may be had only on specific terms and conditions. 

  

	 	25.2.3	Choice of Laws. In resolving any Dispute, the arbitrators shall apply the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws rules and shall take into
account usages, customs and practices in the performance of contracts for the purchase and sale of commercial communications satellites. 

  

	 	25.2.4	Language. Proceedings and documents provided and generated in connection with any arbitration hereunder shall be in the English language. 

  

	 	25.2.5	Costs and Expenses. Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses (including the costs and expenses of the arbitrator it selected) and one-half of the costs and expenses
of the third arbitrator, unless otherwise determined in the arbitral award. 

  

	 	25.2.6	Offer. At any time more than ten (10) days before the commencement of the arbitral hearing, any Party defending against any claim may serve upon the adverse Party an
offer to allow an award to be entered against the defending Party on any claim for the money or property or to the effect specified in the offer. If within ten (10) days after the service of the offer, the adverse Party serves written notice
that it accepts the offer, either Party may file the offer and acceptance with the tribunal, which will thereupon promptly enter an award on the claim as provided in the offer. An offer not accepted shall be deemed withdrawn and shall not be
admissible into evidence. 

  

	 	25.2.7	 Expedited Arbitration. Time is of the essence in the initiation and completion of the arbitration. The arbitral hearing shall be commenced and conducted
expeditiously. Unless the arbitral tribunal orders otherwise, the Dispute should 

  

 - 83 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
be submitted to the tribunal for decision within six (6) months after the commencement of the arbitration, and the final award shall be rendered within
one (1) month thereafter. The Parties and the tribunal shall use their best reasonable efforts to comply with this schedule, and the tribunal may impose any remedy it deems just for any Party’s effort to unnecessarily delay, complicate, or
hinder the proceedings. 

  

	 	25.2.8	Final and Binding Decision. Any arbitration hereunder shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq. The arbitrators’ decision
shall be final and binding on the Parties and enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. 

  

	 	25.2.9	Arbitration Award. The arbitral tribunal’s award may grant any remedy or relief the tribunal deems within the scope of this Contract, but may not make any award in any
amount or on any theory of liability except as otherwise allowed or provided in this Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tribunal shall have no power or authority to amend or disregard any provision of this Article 25.2 or any other
provision of this Contract; in particular, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the tribunal shall not have the power or authority to exclude the right of a Party to terminate this Contract when a Party would otherwise have such
right. Any monetary award made by the arbitrators shall be subject to the limitation of liability set forth in Article 30. 

  

	25.3	Litigation 

 Notwithstanding the provisions of
Article 25.1 and Article 25.2 above, if a Party makes a good faith determination that (i) a breach by the other Party is such that a temporary restraining order or other preliminary injunctive relief to enforce its rights or the other
Party’s obligations under the provisions of this Contract and which is necessary or (ii) litigation is appropriate to avoid the expiration of an applicable limitations period or to preserve a superior position with respect to creditors,
either Party shall have the right to bring suit at any time, but requests for permanent injunctive relief shall be arbitrated pursuant to Article 25.2. 
  

 - 84 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 Any such suit shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York,
and the Parties hereby waive any objection to that venue and that court’s exercise of personal jurisdiction over the case; provided further that if, for any reason, such court does not have or refuses to exercise subject matter jurisdiction
over the Dispute, then litigation as permitted herein may be brought in the Supreme Court for New York County. The Parties hereby irrevocably consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction by the state and federal courts in the State of New York
concerning any Dispute between the Parties. If, for any reason, neither the state nor federal courts in New York will exercise jurisdiction over the Dispute, then litigation as permitted herein may be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction
in the United States of America. 
 Nothing in this Contract precludes a Party prevailing on any claim, whether in arbitration or litigation,
from initiating litigation in any appropriate forum to enter or enforce a judgment based on the Tribunal’s or court’s award on that claim. 
  

	25.4	Continued Performance 

 Unless the Dispute involves
a termination of the Contract under Articles 21 or 23 hereof: (i) pending final resolution of any Dispute, each Party shall, unless directed otherwise by the other Party in writing, perform all its obligations under this Contract to the extent
undisputed and practical to do so, including the obligation to take all steps necessary during the pendency of the Dispute to ensure the Work will be performed within the time stipulated or within such extended time as may be allowed under this
Contract; and (ii) failure to pay disputed amounts shall not excuse failure to so perform the Work, provided that Purchaser has complied with its obligations set forth in Article 5.6. 
  

 - 85 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 26 – INTER-PARTY WAIVER OF LIABILITY FOR A LAUNCH 
  

	26.1	Launch Services Agreement Inter-Party Waiver of Liability 

  

	 	26.1.1	Inter-Party Waiver. Each Party hereby agrees to be bound by the no-fault, no-subrogation inter-party waiver of liability and related indemnity provisions required by the
Launch Services Agreement with respect to each Launch and to cause their respective contractors and subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) that are involved in the performance of this Contract and any other person having an
interest in the Satellite (including customers of Purchaser) to accede to such waiver and indemnity, which in every case shall include claims against the Launch Agency, either Party and their respective contractors and subcontractors at any tier
(including suppliers of any kind) that are involved in the performance of this Contract. The Parties shall execute and deliver any instrument that may be reasonably required by the Launch Agency to evidence their respective agreements to be bound by
such waivers. 

  

	 	26.1.2	Waiver of Subrogation. The Parties also shall use best reasonable efforts to obtain from their respective insurers, and shall require their respective contractors and
subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) that are involved in the performance of this Contract and any other person having an interest in the Satellite (including non-consumer customers of Purchaser) to use best reasonable
efforts to obtain from their respective insurers, an express waiver of such insurers’ rights of subrogation with respect to any and all claims that have been waived pursuant to this Article 26. 

  

	26.2	Indemnity Related to the Inter-Party Waiver of Liability 

 Each Party shall indemnify against and hold harmless the other Party and its contractors and subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) that are involved in the performance of this Contract, from and against any claim made
by the indemnifying Party or any of its contractors and subcontractors (including suppliers of any kind) that are involved in the performance of the Contract, or by any person having an interest in the Satellite (including non-consumer customers of
Purchaser), or by insurer(s) identified in Article 26.1, resulting from the failure of the indemnifying Party to waive any liability 

  

 - 86 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
against, or to cause any other person the indemnifying Party is obligated to cause to waive any liability against, the Launch Agency, the other Party or
either of their contractors and subcontractors at any tier (including suppliers of any kind) involved in the performance of this Contract. The Parties shall execute and deliver any instrument that may be reasonably required by the Launch Agency to
evidence their respective agreements to be bound by such indemnifications. 
  

	26.3	Survival of Obligations 

 The waiver,
indemnification and hold harmless obligations provided in this Article 26 shall survive and remain in full force and effect, notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Contract. 
  

	26.4	Additional Insured 

 Purchaser shall use reasonable
efforts to cause the Launch Agency to name, as additional insured under any third-party liability insurance procured by the Launch Agency under the Launch Services Agreement for the Launch of the Satellite, Contractor and any other person identified
by Contractor in writing to Purchaser no later than one-hundred eighty (180) days before such Launch. 
  

 - 87 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 27 – MAJOR SUBCONTRACTS 
  

	27.1	Selection of Major Subcontractors 

 Selection of any
Major Subcontractor, whether as an initial selection or as a replacement selection, shall be subject to Purchaser’s prior written approval. Contractor shall provide Purchaser with a copy of the full text of any Major Subcontract (including
technical content but excluding price and payment schedule) promptly upon execution thereof. Purchaser hereby approves the list of Major Subcontractors provided by Contractor to Purchaser by letter dated July 11, 2002. 
 Purchaser’s approval of any Major Subcontractor or subcontractor shall not relieve Contractor from any obligations or responsibilities under this
Contract. 
  

	27.2	Step-In Payment Rights 

 Contractor shall notify
Purchaser within five (5) business days of it becoming aware of the occurrence of an event that with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would give rise to a right of termination or a right to receive damages or a
payment of penalties under any of the Contractor’s Major Subcontracts that Contractor is not then disputing, in good faith, with such subcontractor (a “Default”). Purchaser shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure any
such Default, including by making any payment due thereunder. The Firm Fixed Price shall be reduced by the amount of the cost to cure such Default paid by Purchaser pursuant to the preceding sentence. Such reduction in the Firm Fixed Price shall be
applied against and used to reduce the next payment due to Contractor under the Payment Plan (which shall be adjusted accordingly). No action on the part of Purchaser under this Section shall relieve Contractor from any obligations or
responsibilities under this Contract or the Major Subcontract. 
  

 - 88 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 28 – CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 
  

	28.1	Insurance Requirements  

  

	 	28.1.1	Coverages. Contractor represents that it has procured and will maintain at all times during its performance of this Contract the following insurance coverages:

  

	 	A.	Ground insurance (“Property Insurance”) against all risks and loss or damage to the Deliverable Items, and to any and all component parts thereof and all materials of
whatever nature used or to be used in completing the Work, in an amount not less than the greater of (i) the replacement value of or (ii) the amounts paid by Purchaser with respect to the Deliverable Items and component parts thereof and
all materials of whatever nature used or to be used in completing the Work. Such insurance shall provide (i) coverage for removal of debris, and insuring the structures, machines, equipment, facilities, fixtures, and other properties
constituting part of the Work, (ii) transit coverage, including ocean marine coverage (unless insured by the supplier), (iii) off-site coverage covering any key equipment, and (iv) off-site coverage covering any property or equipment
not stored on the construction site. The deductible for Property Insurance is Two Million Five Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars (U.S.$2,500,000) for finished goods and inventory. For each Deliverable Item, such insurance shall cover the period
beginning at EDC up to the moment risk of loss passes to Purchaser pursuant to Article 12. 

  

	 	B.	Public liability insurance until Launch of the Satellite covering Contractor and all its Subcontractors with respect to their performance under this Contract and their liabilities
to third parties. Such insurance shall be for an amount not less than One Hundred Million U.S. dollars (U.S.$100,000,000) per occurrence and shall contain no deductible in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand U.S. dollars (U.S.$250,000). Such
insurance will be primary insurance with regard to any insurance maintained by Purchaser; Contractor shall maintain such insurance as to the Satellite until Launch of the Satellite. 

  

 - 89 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	C.	Worker’s compensation insurance, including occupational illness or disease coverage, or other similar social insurance in accordance with the laws of any country, state, or
territory exercising jurisdiction over the employee and employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than One Million U.S. dollars (U.S. $1,000,000) per occurrence. Contractor shall maintain such insurance until Acceptance of all Work,
including remedial work, has occurred. 

  

	 	D.	Comprehensive automobile liability insurance against liability claims for personal injury (including bodily injury and death) and property damage covering all owned, leased,
non-owned, and hired vehicles used by Contractor in the performance of the Work. Such insurance shall be for an amount not less than One Million U.S. dollars (U.S.$1,000,000) per occurrence for combined bodily injury and property damage. Contractor
shall maintain such insurance until Acceptance of all Deliverable Items has occurred 

  

	 	E.	Such other insurance in types and amounts as is adequate to cover Contractor’s potential liabilities under this Contract and applicable law. 

  

	 	28.1.2	Additional Insured. Purchaser and each Financing Entity shall be named as an additional insured under Contractor’s third-party liability coverages, provided that, with
respect to each Financing Entity, such Financing Entity has an insurable interest recognized by the applicable insurance underwriters. 

  

	 	28.1.3	Insurers Rating. The insurers selected by Contractor to provide the insurance required by Article 28.1.1A shall have a rating at least as high as those insurers providing
coverage on Contractor’s programs for its major commercial customers. 

  

	 	28.1.4	 Evidence of Insurance. Prior to commencing the Work, and whenever requested by Purchaser, Contractor shall produce evidence that the insurance required by
Article 28.1.1 has been effected and is being maintained. Contractor shall, at the written request of Purchaser, provide Purchaser with a certificate of insurance 

  

 - 90 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
evidencing the procurement of all required insurance policies and thirty (30) days written notice prior to any modification that diminishes the
insurance coverage required hereunder, cancellation, or non-renewal of such policies. If, after being requested in writing by Purchaser to do so, Contractor fails to produce evidence of compliance with Contractor’s insurance obligations within
fourteen (14) days, Purchaser may effect and maintain the insurance and pay the premiums. The amount paid shall be a debt due from Contractor to Purchaser and may be offset against any payments due Contractor by Purchaser. Purchaser may, at
reasonable times upon reasonable notice, inspect any insurance policy required hereunder at Contractor’s offices. 

  

	 	28.1.5	Claims. Contractor shall, as soon as practicable, inform Purchaser in writing of any occurrence with respect to the Work that may give rise to a claim under a policy of
insurance required by Article 28.1.1A above. Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors similarly inform Purchaser of any such occurrences through Contractor. 

  

	 	28.1.6	Waiver of Subrogation. Contractor shall use best reasonable efforts to require its insurers to waive all rights of subrogation against Purchaser and Purchaser’s
Affiliates and their respective associates. 

  

	 	28.1.7	Warranty. Contractor warrants and covenants that the insurance coverages and deductibles to be obtained pursuant to this Article 28 are substantially comparable to those
provided to Contractor’s major commercial customers. 

  

	28.2	Preparation of Claims 

 Each Party shall provide to
the other Party any information that may reasonably be required to prepare, present, and substantiate an insurance claim at the other Party’s written request. 
 Each Party warrants and covenants that it will not intentionally withhold from the other Party any material information it has or will have concerning anomalies, failures, or non-conformances with or deviations from
the requirements of this Contract. 
  

 - 91 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 Upon written request of a Party, subject to Article 7, the other Party will respond or permit the first
Party to respond to any insurers in relation to all specific and reasonable questions relating to design, test, quality control, launch, and orbital information. In addition, in the event of a Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy claim, Contractor
shall provide the support described in Article 35.2. 
  

 - 92 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 29 – PERSONNEL AND KEY PERSONNEL 
  

	29.1	Personnel Qualifications 

 Contractor shall assign
properly qualified and experienced personnel to the program contemplated under this Contract, and Contractor shall use best reasonable efforts to retain such personnel on Purchaser’s program for the duration of such program. 
  

	29.2	Key Personnel Positions  

 Key personnel (“Key
Personnel”) shall be the personnel filling the following or equivalent positions: 
  

	 	29.2.1	Contractor Program Manager; 

  

	 	29.2.2	System Engineering Manager; 

  

	 	29.2.3	Payload Program Manager; 

  

	 	29.2.4	Assembly, Integration and Testing Manager. 

  

	29.3	Assignment of Key Personnel  

 Contractor will
assign individuals from within Contractor’s organization to the Key Personnel positions to carry out the Work. 
 Key Personnel will be
familiar with programs similar to Purchaser’s program. 
 Before assigning an individual to any Key Personnel positions, whether as an
initial assignment or a subsequent assignment, Contractor shall notify Purchaser of the proposed assignment, shall introduce the individual to appropriate Purchaser representatives and, upon request, provide such representatives with the opportunity
to interview the individual and shall provide Purchaser with the individual’s resume. If Purchaser in good faith objects to the qualifications of the proposed individual within fifteen (15) Business Days after being notified thereof, then
Contractor agrees to discuss such objections with Purchaser and attempt to resolve such concerns on a mutually agreeable basis; however, Contractor retains the unilateral right to make all decisions regarding the assignment of Contractor personnel
to the program. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after CDR, any change in the Contractor Program Manager shall be subject to 

  

 - 93 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
Purchaser’s prior written approval. The Key Personnel that have been identified as of the REDC are listed in Attachment B (Key Personnel). Should the
individuals filling the positions of Key Personnel leave such positions for whatever reason, Contractor shall follow the procedures set forth in this Article 29 to select replacement personnel. 
  

 - 94 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 30 – LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 
  

	30.1	Limitation of Liability 

  

	 	30.1.1	No Consequentials. NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THE OTHER, TO THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS AT ANY TIER
(INCLUDING SUPPLIERS OF ANY KIND), AGENTS OR CUSTOMERS, TO ITS PERMITTED ASSIGNEES OR SUCCESSOR OWNERS OF ANY SATELLITE OR OTHER DELIVERABLE ITEM OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON CLAIMING BY OR THROUGH PURCHASER FOR ANY AMOUNTS REPRESENTING LOSS OF PROFITS,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION COSTS OF EFFECTING COVER, LOST PROFITS, LOST REVENUES OR COSTS OF RECOVERING THE SATELLITE, ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO
THE PERFORMANCE OR NONPERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT OR ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS ASSOCIATED THEREWITH OR RELATED TO THE USE OF ANY ITEMS DELIVERED OR SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER, WHETHER THE BASIS OF SUCH LIABILITY IS BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OF ANY TYPE AND STRICT LIABILITY), STATUTE OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY. 

  

	 	30.1.2	Indemnity. PURCHASER SHALL INDEMNIFY CONTRACTOR AND HOLD CONTRACTOR HARMLESS FOR AND AGAINST ANY CLAIM ASSERTED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY AGAINST CONTRACTOR THAT IS WITHIN THE
SCOPE OF THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND DISCLAIMER. 

  

	30.2	Cap on Liability 

 IN NO EVENT SHALL
CONTRACTOR’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CONTRACT EXCEED AMOUNTS PAID TO CONTRACTOR HEREUNDER. IN NO EVENT SHALL PURCHASER’S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CONTRACT EXCEED THE APPLICABLE TERMINATION
AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 21.1.2 PLUS ANY 

  

 - 95 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
ORBITAL PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES THAT WOULD APPLY CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 13.4. THIS ARTICLE 30 SHALL SURVIVE THE EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION OF
THIS CONTRACT FOR WHATEVER CAUSE. 
  

	30.3	Exceptions  

 NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING THE
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THE FOREGOING ARTICLES 30.1 AND 30.2 OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOT APPLY TO (i) CLAIMS SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION UNDER ARTICLE 4.2 (AS TO TAXES AS DEFINED IN ARTICLE 4.2), ARTICLE 19,
ARTICLE 20, OR ARTICLE 26 AND (ii) CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF WILLFUL MISCONDUCT BY SENIOR MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL (VICE PRESIDENT AND ABOVE). 
  

	30.4	Duty to Mitigate 

 Each Party shall have a duty to
mitigate damages for which the other Party is responsible. 
  

 - 96 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 31 – DISCLOSURE AND HANDLING OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION 
  

	31.1	Definition of Proprietary Information 

  

	 	31.1.1	Definition. For the purpose of this Contract, “Proprietary Information” means all confidential and proprietary information (other than the Exhibits and Attachments
to this Contract and Deliverable Data, which are subject to the provisions of Article 32) in whatever form transmitted, that is disclosed or made available directly or indirectly by such Party (hereinafter referred to as the “disclosing
party”) to the other Party hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “receiving party”) and: (i) is identified as proprietary by means of a written legend thereon, or (ii) if disclosed orally, is identified as proprietary at
the time of initial disclosure and then summarized in a written document, with the Proprietary Information specifically identified, that is supplied to the receiving party within ten (10) days of initial disclosure. In the case of Purchaser,
Proprietary Information also shall include, whether or not designated “Proprietary Information,” (i) correspondence under this Contract and (ii)) all information concerning Purchaser (and/or its Affiliates) regarding its operations,
affairs and businesses, its financial affairs, and its relations with its customers, employees and service providers (including business plans, customer lists, customer information, account information and consumer markets).

  

	 	31.1.2	Exceptions. Proprietary Information shall not include any information disclosed by a Party that (i) is already known to the receiving party at the time of its
disclosure, as evidenced by written records of the receiving party, without an obligation of confidentiality at the time of disclosure; (ii) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving party; (iii) is
independently developed by the receiving party as evidenced by written records of the receiving party; or (iv) is rightfully obtained by the receiving party from any third party without restriction and without breach of any confidentiality
obligation by such third party. 

  

 - 97 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	31.2	Terms for Handling and Use of Proprietary Information  

 Subject to Article 31.1.2, for a period of ten (10) years after receipt of any Proprietary Information, the receiving party shall not disclose Proprietary Information that it obtains from the disclosing party to any person or entity
except its employees, Affiliates, attorneys, agents and consultants (all of whom are not direct competitors of the disclosing party) who have a need to know, who have been informed of and have agreed in writing (or, in the case of employees or
attorneys are otherwise subject to confidentiality obligations consistent with the obligations set forth herein) to abide by the receiving party’s obligations under this Article 31, and who are authorized pursuant to applicable U.S. export
control laws and licenses or other approvals to receive such information. The receiving party shall use not less than the same degree of care to avoid disclosure of such Proprietary Information as it uses for its own Proprietary Information of like
importance; but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. Proprietary Information shall be used only for the purpose of performing the obligations under this Contract, or as the disclosing party otherwise authorizes in writing. 

 

	31.3	Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties  

 Contractor makes no representation or warranty regarding the accuracy or completeness of, or absence of defects in, the Proprietary Information disclosed hereunder, or with respect to infringement of any rights, including Intellectual
Property Rights of others, arising from its disclosure of Proprietary Information hereunder. Contractor shall not be liable for damages of whatever kind as a result of Purchaser’s reliance on or use of the Proprietary Information provided under
this Article 31. 
  

	31.4	Legally Required Disclosures 

 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event that the receiving party becomes legally compelled (including disclosures necessary or in good faith determined to be reasonably necessary under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended), to disclose Proprietary Information of the disclosing party, including this Contract or other supporting document(s), the receiving party shall, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, provide the disclosing party with
written notice thereof so that the disclosing party may seek a protective order or other 

  

 - 98 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
appropriate remedy, or to allow the disclosing party to redact such portions of the Proprietary Information as the disclosing party deems appropriate. In any
such event, the receiving party will disclose only such information as is legally required, and will cooperate with the disclosing party (at the disclosing party’s expense) to obtain proprietary treatment for any Proprietary Information being
disclosed. 
  

	31.5	Return of Confidential Information 

 Upon the
request of the Party having proprietary rights to Proprietary Information, the other Party in possession of such Proprietary Information shall promptly return such Proprietary Information (and any copies, extracts, and summaries thereof) to the
requesting Party, or, with the requesting Party’s written consent, shall promptly destroy such materials (and any copies, extracts, and summaries thereof), except for one (1) copy which may be retained for legal archive purposes, and shall
further provide the requesting Party with written confirmation of same; provided, however, where both Parties have proprietary rights in the same Proprietary Information, a Party shall not be required to return such information to the other Party.

  

	31.6	No License 

 Except as expressly provided in this
Contract, nothing in this Contract shall be construed as granting the receiving party whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or any right to use any Proprietary Information received from the disclosing party, or use any patent,
trademark, or copyright now or hereafter owned or controlled by the disclosing party. 
  

 - 99 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 32 – INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 
  

	32.1	Ownership of IP and IP Rights 

  

	 	32.1.1	Purchaser’s Intellectual Property 

  

	 	A.	Subject to the licenses granted in Article 32.2.2, all Background and Foreground Intellectual Property made, developed, or created by Purchaser (or by others, other than Contractor
or any of its subcontractors, acting on behalf of Purchaser), and all Intellectual Property Rights therein, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Purchaser. 

  

	 	B.	Subject to the licenses granted in Article 32.2.2.B, Purchaser shall own all Intellectual Property developed or created by Contractor (or its subcontractors) that is ATC IP, and all
Intellectual Property Rights therein, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Purchaser. Contractor hereby assigns all right, title and interest in and to all such ATC IP and, at Purchaser’s request and expense, Contractor agrees to provide
all reasonable cooperation to help Purchaser perfect those rights, including the filing of patents by Purchaser. 

  

	 	32.1.2	Contractor’s Intellectual Property 

  

	 	A.	Subject to the licenses granted in Article 32.2.1, all Background Intellectual Property, developed or created by Contractor (or its subcontractors), and all Intellectual Property
Rights therein, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Contractor. 

  

	 	B.	Subject to the licenses granted in Article 32.2.1, all Foreground Intellectual Property excluding any ATC IP, developed or created by Contractor (or its subcontractors), and all
Intellectual Property Rights therein, shall be the sole and exclusive property of Contractor. 

  

	 	C.	Contractor agrees that the obligations set forth in Article 31.2, subject to the exceptions set forth in Article 31.1.2, shall apply to Contractor with respect to the handling and
use of Purchaser-specific information contained in any Deliverable Data, Contract Exhibits and Attachments thereto, without regard to the time limitation set forth therein. 

  

 - 100 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	32.2	License Rights 

  

	 	32.2.1	Grant by Contractor 

  

	 	A.	Subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, Contractor grants to Purchaser a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, nonexclusive right and license to use and have
used, reproduce, and modify and sublicense to an Affiliate for the sole and exclusive purpose of testing, operating, and/or maintaining any Deliverable Item (including Deliverable Data), all Contractor Background Intellectual Property and Foreground
Intellectual Property (excluding ATC IP) incorporated into such Deliverable Items (for the purposes of this paragraph A, Deliverable Items includes Contract Exhibits and Attachments thereto), including, to the extent necessary for the limited
purpose of this license, those associated Intellectual Property Rights therein, now or hereafter owned by Contractor (and/or its subcontractors) for which Contractor (and/or its subcontractors) has or may acquire the right to grant such a license.
Purchaser shall have no rights in Deliverable Data other than as expressly stated in this Contract, except that, subject to compliance with the provisions of Article 7 hereof, Purchaser may provide portions of the Deliverable Data related to
operation or performance of the Satellite’s payload as is commercially necessary and reasonable to market and sell the Satellite capacity to Purchaser’s customers and potential customers. Title to Deliverable Data shall not pass to
Purchaser or any other entity pursuant to the terms hereof, except to the extent that such Deliverable Data includes ATC IP. 

  

	 	B.	 Subject to the terms and conditions stated herein and in addition to the rights granted to Purchaser pursuant to Article 32.1.1.B and 32.2.1.A, Contractor grants to
Purchaser a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, nonexclusive right and license to use and have used, reproduce, and modify and sublicense to an Affiliate for the sole and 

  

 - 101 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
exclusive purpose of running its satellite program (including procurement of additional satellites from vendors other than Contractor) Exhibit A, Statement
of Work, and Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specification, including to the extent necessary for the limited purpose of this license, all associated Intellectual Property Rights therein now or hereafter owned by Contractor (and/or its
subcontractors) for which Contractor (and/or its subcontractors) has or may acquire the right to grant such a license. The foregoing license shall be subject to: (i) good faith reasonable redactions in Exhibit A and B to eliminate any unique,
Contractor competition-sensitive information contained therein, such redactions to be agreed upon by the Parties on or prior to Satellite Technical Review 3 and (ii) the elimination of all references to Space Systems/Loral, Inc. in such
documents. The foregoing licenses shall be transferable to the Financing Entities, any successor or permitted assign of Purchaser, and any third party pursuant to Articles 23.1.3 or 38.12 and, subject to Contractor’s prior written approval,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, any other entity. 

  

	 	C.	Right to Sublicense. The rights of Purchaser specified in this Article 32.2.1 to “have used” shall be construed, without limitation, so as to permit sublicensing by
Purchaser to its Affiliates and/or providers of Telemetry, Tracking and Command (“TT&C”) services for the Satellite (and such service providers’ subcontractors), subject in all cases to all of the provisions of Article 32.2.1 and
Article 7. 

  

	 	32.2.2	Grant by Purchaser 

  

	 	A.	 Subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, Purchaser grants to Contractor a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive right and
license to use and have used for the sole and exclusive purpose of performing under this Contract, all Purchaser Background Intellectual Property, and Foreground Intellectual Property (other than ATC IP which is subject to Article 32.2.2.B),
including, to the extent necessary for the limited purpose of this license, those associated 

  

 - 102 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
Intellectual Property Rights therein, owned by Purchaser (or others acting on behalf of Purchaser) for which Purchaser has or may acquire the right to grant
such a license. 

  

	 	B.	Purchaser grants to Contractor a fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive right and license to use and have used all rights relating to the ATC IP developed
or created by Contractor (or its subcontractors). 

  

	 	32.2.3	Subcontracts. Contractor shall, unless otherwise authorized or directed in writing by Purchaser, to the extent necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Article 32.2
hereof, use reasonable efforts as practical to include in each subcontract issued hereunder a license rights clause pursuant to which each such subcontractor will grant to Purchaser (through Contractor) license rights in Intellectual Property
incorporated in Deliverable Items hereunder and which Intellectual Property is developed by such subcontractor, and all associated Intellectual Property Rights therein, to the same extent as the license rights granted by Contractor in this Article
32.2. Contractor’s failure to include such provision in any subcontract shall not limit Contractor’s obligation to provide Purchaser with the license rights granted in this Article 32 

  

	32.3	No Limitation on Deliverable Items 

 This Article 32
shall not be construed as limiting any right of Purchaser otherwise contained herein or at law (or any obligation of Contractor to grant Purchaser the right) with no payment of additional compensation to use, have used, deliver, lease, sell, or
otherwise dispose of the Satellite or other Deliverable Item of hardware or any part thereof. 
  

	32.4	No Additional Deliverable Data Obligation 

 Nothing
contained in this Article shall require Contractor to provide any data other than as set forth in Exhibit A, Statement of Work. 
  

 - 103 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 33 – PUBLIC RELEASE OF INFORMATION 
  

	33.1	Generally 

 Either Party intending to disclose
publicly, whether through the issuance of news releases, articles, brochures, advertisements, prepared speeches or other information releases, information concerning the financial details of this Contract or Proprietary Information of the other
Party regarding the Work shall obtain the prior written approval of the other Party with respect to the content and timing of such issuance. 
  

	33.2	Exceptions 

 The obligations set forth in Article
33.1 shall not apply to the following: 
  

	 	A.	information that is publicly available from any governmental agency or that is or otherwise becomes publicly available without breach of this Contract; and 

 

	 	B.	internal publications or releases which are clearly marked as not intended for the public at large. 

  

 - 104 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 34 – NOTICES 
  

	34.1	Written Notification 

 Each notice or
correspondence required or permitted to be given or made hereunder shall be in writing (except where oral notice is specifically authorized) to the respective addresses, facsimile and telephone numbers and to the attention of the individuals set
forth below, and any such notice or correspondence shall be deemed given on the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt, irrespective of whether sent by post, facsimile transmission (followed by mailing of the original copy), overnight courier
or other method, and (ii) seven (7) days after mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. 
  

			
	In the case of Purchaser:
	 TerreStar Networks Inc.

	 12010 Sunset Hills Road Suite 900
 Reston, VA 20190

	
	Attn: [***]
	Facsimile No.:	 	703-483-7978
	
	With a separately delivered copy to:
	 TerreStar Networks Inc.

	 12010 Sunset Hills Road Suite 900
 Reston, VA 20190

	
	Attn: [***]
	Telephone No.:	 	[***]
	Facsimile No.:	 	703-483-7978

  

 - 105 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

			
	In the case of Contractor:
	
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.
	3825 Fabian Way
	Palo Alto, CA 94303-4697
	Attn.: [***]
	Telephone No.:	 	[***]
	Facsimile No.:	 	650-852-9864
	
	With a separately delivered copy to:
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.
	3825 Fabian Way
	Palo Alto, CA 94303-4697
	[***]
	Telephone No.:	 	[***]
	Facsimile No.:	 	650-852-9864

  

	34.2	Change of Address 

 Either Party may from time to
time change its notice address or the persons to be notified by giving the other Party written notice (as provided above) of such new information and the date upon which such change shall become effective. 
  

 - 106 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 35 – RISK MANAGEMENT SERVICES 
  

	35.1	Purchaser Responsibility 

 Purchaser shall be
responsible for procuring any Launch and in-orbit insurance policy covering the risks of Launch and in-orbit failures with respect to Partial Loss and Total Loss of the Satellite (“Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy”) occurring from and
after Intentional Ignition. 
 IN NO EVENT SHALL PURCHASER DISCLOSE OR TRANSFER CONTRACTOR- PROVIDED TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR PROVIDE
TECHNICAL/DEFENSE SERVICES BASED ON CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED TECHNICAL INFORMATION TO NON-U.S. PERSONS INCLUDING INSURANCE BROKERS OR UNDERWRITERS OR OTHER NON-U.S. PERSONS OR ENTITIES (AS DEFINED IN 22 C.F.R. SECTION 120.15 AND SECTION 120.16) WITHOUT
CONTRACTOR’S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL AND, WHERE REQUIRED, PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. 
  

	35.2	Contractor Support 

  

	 	35.2.1	Insurance Procurement. Contractor shall provide customary and normal support to assist Purchaser in obtaining a Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy) consisting of
(i) providing a comprehensive presentation package on the Satellite, suitable for presentation to the space insurance brokers and underwriters, (ii) supporting Purchaser with all necessary presentations (oral, written or otherwise),
including attendance and participation in such presentations where requested by Purchaser, (iii) providing on a timely basis all reasonable and appropriate technical information, data and documentation, and (iv) providing documentation and
answers to insurer and underwriter inquiries. 

  

	 	35.2.2	 Claims Support. Contractor shall cooperate with and provide reasonable support to Purchaser making and perfecting claims for insurance recovery and as to any
legal proceeding as may be brought by Purchaser associated with any claim for insurance recovery. Such support shall consist of (i) the support described in Article 35.2.1, (ii) providing on-site inspections as required by Purchaser’s
insurers and underwriters, (iii) participating in review sessions with a competent 

  

 - 107 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
representative selected by the insurers and underwriters to discuss any continuing issue relating to such occurrence, including information conveyed to
either Party, (iv) using its best efforts to secure access for the insurers and underwriters to all information used in or resulting from any investigation or review of the cause or effects of such occurrence, (v) making available for
inspection and copying all information (such copying subject to obtaining any necessary copyright permissions) necessary to establish the basis of a claim, and (vi) supporting Purchaser in establishing the basis of a total loss, constructive
total loss and partial loss as those terms are defined in the Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy and provided Purchaser furnishes Contractor with the definitions of such terms. Notwithstanding Contractor’s specifying such basis, Purchaser
shall make the final determination of whether a partial loss, constructive total loss or total loss under Launch and In-Orbit Insurance Policy has occurred. For all claims that may arise on or before Acceptance of the Satellite as provided in
Article 10 hereof, such Contractor support as described above shall be provided within the overall price of this Contract; thereafter, Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of actual costs reasonably incurred in connection with the provision
of such support plus a mark-up of ten percent (10%), with such costs and markup to be invoiced and paid in accordance with Article 5. 

  

 - 108 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 36 – ORDER OF PRECEDENCE 
 In the event of conflict among the terms of the Terms and Conditions (Preamble, Recitals, and Articles 1 to 39) of this Contract and the Exhibits, the
following order of decreasing precedence shall apply: 
  

			
	o Terms and Conditions	  	(Preamble and Articles 1 through 39)
		
	o Exhibit F	  	TerreStar 1 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts
		
	o Exhibit H	  	TerreStar Satellite Orbital Performance Incentive Payment Plan
		
	o Exhibit A	  	Statement of Work
		
	o Exhibit B	  	Satellite Performance Specification
		
	o Exhibit C	  	Product Assurance Program Plan
		
	o Exhibit D	  	Satellite Program Test Plan
		
	o Exhibit E	  	Dynamic Spacecraft Simulator Specification
		
	o Exhibit I	  	DSS/[***] Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts
		
	o Attachment A	  	Form of Invoice (including Annex 1 and Schedule 1 to Annex 1)
		
	o Attachment B	  	Key Personnel

  

 - 109 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 37 – GENERAL 
  

	37.1	Assignment  

  

	 	37.1.1	General. This Contract may not be assigned, either in whole or in part, by either Party without the express written approval of the other Party. The non-assigning Party shall
provide its approval if in its reasonable judgment its rights under this Contract are not and would not be adversely affected thereby. 

  

	 	37.1.2	By Purchaser. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser may assign or transfer this Contract or all its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder to (i) any Affiliate of
Purchaser provided that in the case of a transfer to an Affiliate, the Affiliate has sufficient financial resources to fulfill its obligations under this Contract, and the net worth of such Affiliate is not less than the net worth of Purchaser
immediately prior to such transfer, (ii) any or all Financing Entities in connection with obtaining financing for the payment of Contractor’s invoices and any and all other fees, charges or expenses payable under this Contract under any
Financing Agreement; and (iii) as part of any collateral pool in favor of other senior lenders providing financing to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in connection with completion of Purchaser’s Satellite system, provided in any case
the assignee, transferee, or successor to Purchaser has expressly assumed all the obligations of Purchaser and all terms and conditions applicable to Purchaser under this Contract in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Contractor.

  

	 	37.1.3	 By Contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor may assign or transfer this Contract or all of its rights, duties, or obligations hereunder to:
(i) any Affiliate of Contractor, or (ii) any corporation in connection with the sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all of Contractor’s assets or capital stock, whether by way of merger, consolidation, or otherwise,
subject to the following conditions: (A) in the case of a transfer to an Affiliate, the net worth of such Affiliate is not less than the net worth of Contractor immediately prior to such transfer and, in the reasonable discretion of Purchaser
such Affiliate has the experience, resources, and personnel required to perform the Work in accordance with this Contract; (B) in the case of a transfer or assignment contemplated in clause (ii), immediately after giving effect to such
transaction or 

  

 - 110 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	 
series of related transactions, the net worth of Contractor (or in the event Contractor is not the continuing person, the net worth of the person or entity
formed by such consolidation or into which Contractor is merged or to which its properties are transferred substantially as an entirety) shall be no less than the net worth of Contractor immediately before such transaction or series of related
transactions, and in the case of the sale of all or substantially all the assets of Contractor, the assignee or transferee, in the reasonable discretion of Purchaser, has the experience, resources and personnel required to perform the Work in
accordance with this Contract; and (C) the assignee, transferee, or successor to Contractor has expressly assumed all the obligations of Contractor and all terms and conditions applicable to Contractor under this Contract in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser. 

  

	 	37.1.4	Security Interests. Either Party, upon prior written notice to the other Party, may grant security interests in its rights hereunder to lenders that provide financing for the
performance by such Party of its obligations under this Contract or for the subject matter hereof. In the event that either Party is sold to or merged into another entity, its responsibilities under this Contract shall not be altered and the
successor organization shall be liable for performance of such Party’s obligations under this Contract. 

  

	37.2	Binding Effect 

 This Contract shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Assignment of this Contract shall not relieve the assigning Party of any of its obligations nor confer upon the assigning Party any rights except as
provided in this Contract. 
  

	37.3	Severability 

 If any provision of this Contract is
declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable or void, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to agree upon a substitute provision that is legal and enforceable and is as nearly as possible consistent with the intentions underlying the original
provision. If the remainder of this Contract is not materially affected by such declaration or finding and is capable of substantial performance, then the remainder shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. 
  

 - 111 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	37.4	Waiver of Breach of Contract 

 A waiver of any
provision or any breach of a provision of this Contract shall not be binding upon either Party unless the waiver is in writing, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Party to be bound, as applicable, and such waiver shall not affect the
rights of the Party not in breach with respect to any other or future breach. No course of conduct by a Party shall constitute a waiver of any provision or any breach of a provision of this Contract unless a written waiver is executed in accordance
with the provisions of this Article 37.4. 
  

	37.5	Amendments 

 This Contract, including any and all
its Attachments and Exhibits and Appendices, may not be modified except by written instrument of subsequent date signed by an officer of Contractor, or another person designated in writing by any such officer to sign such an instrument and a senior
vice president of Purchaser, or another person designated in writing by any such Purchaser senior vice president to sign such an instrument. 
  

	37.6	Captions 

 The captions contained herein are for
purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Contract. 
  

	37.7	Relationships of the Parties 

 It is expressly
understood that Contractor and Purchaser intend by this Contract to establish the relationship of independent contractors only, and do not intend to undertake the relationship of principal and agent or to create a joint venture or partnership or any
other relationship, other than that of independent contractors, between them or their respective successors in interests. Neither Contractor nor Purchaser shall have any authority to create or assume, in the name or on behalf of the other Party, any
obligation, expressed or implied, or to act or purport to act as the agent or the legally empowered representative of the other Party, for any purpose whatsoever. 
  

 - 112 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	37.8	Entire Agreement 

 This Amended and Restated
Contract, including all its Attachments and Exhibits, represents the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, incorporates (to the extent still in effect) the Original Contract as to
all rights and obligations of whatever nature related to the Deliverable Items and subject matter hereof (and as to such Deliverable Items and subject matter hereof, any actions taken under the Original Contract and any rights and/or liabilities
accruing thereunder shall be deemed to be actions taken and rights and/or liabilities accrued hereunder) and supersedes all other prior agreements and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. 
  

	37.9	Standard of Conduct 

 Both Parties agree that all
their actions in carrying out the provisions of this Contract shall be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and neither Party will pay or accept bribes, kickbacks or other illegal payments, or engage in unlawful conduct. 
  

	37.10	Construction 

 This Contract, including all its
Schedules, Attachments, Annexes, Exhibits and the Appendices have been drafted jointly by the Parties and in the event of any ambiguities in the language hereof, there shall be no inference drawn in favor of or against either Party. 
  

	37.11	Counterparts 

 This Contract may be signed in any
number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signature(s) on each counterpart were upon the same instrument. 
  

	37.12	Applicable Law 

 This Contract shall be interpreted,
construed and governed, and the rights of the Parties shall be determined, in all respects, according to the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflicts of laws rules. 
  

 - 113 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	37.13	Survival 

 Termination or expiration of this
Contract for any reason shall not release either Party from any liabilities or obligations set forth in this Contract that (i) the Parties have expressly agreed shall survive any such termination or expiration or (ii) remain to be
performed or by their nature would be intended to be applicable following any such termination or expiration. 
  

	37.14	U.N. Convention on the International Sales of Goods 

 The U.N. Convention on the International Sales of Goods shall not apply or otherwise have any legal effect with respect to this Contract. 
  

	37.15	No Third-Party Beneficiaries 

 This Contract is
entered into solely between, and may be enforced only by, Purchaser and Contractor and their permitted assigns, and this Contract shall not be deemed to create any rights in third parties, including suppliers, customers and owners of a Party, or to
create any obligations of a Party to any such third parties. 
  

	37.16	Consents and Approvals 

 Except where expressly
provided as being in the sole discretion of a Party, where agreement, approval, acceptance, consent, or similar action by either Party is required under this Contract, such action shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. An approval or consent
given by a Party under this Contract shall not relieve the other Party from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this Contract, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of any rights under this Contract, except as and to the extent
otherwise expressly provided in such approval or consent. 
  

	37.17	Lender Requirements 

  

	 	37.17.1	External Financing. The Parties recognize this Contract may be financed through external sources. Contractor shall provide to any Financing Entity any program information
that such Financing Entity reasonably requires (subject to confidentiality agreements governing such program information). 

  

 - 114 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	 	37.17.2	Cooperation. Contractor agrees to work cooperatively to negotiate and execute such documents as may be reasonably required to implement such financing to the extent such
financing or document does not impose any material obligations not otherwise undertaken hereunder, require Contractor or its Affiliates to violate any contractual obligations or covenants it may have with third parties or adversely affect in any
material respect Contractor’s interests under this Contract. 

  

	37.18	Alignment of Interests  

 Contractor agrees to take
no materially adverse position (in trade associations, regulatory bodies, the press, or otherwise) with respect to Purchaser’s FCC licenses or applications therefor associated with the Satellite or TerreStar 2. 
  

	37.19	Authorizations 

 Each Party represents and warrants
(subject to Article 37.22 in the case of Contractor) that: 
  

	 	A.	it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Contract and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Contract; 

  

	 	B.	the execution, delivery, and performance of this Contract and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Contract have been duly authorized by the requisite corporate
action and do not conflict with any other agreement or obligation to which it is a party or which binds its assets; and 

  

	 	C.	this Contract is a valid and binding obligation of the Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except each Party makes no representation or warranty as to the
enforceability of remedies due to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights or by reason of general principles of equity.

  

 - 115 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	37.20	Covenant of Good Faith  

 Each Party agrees that, in
respect to dealings with the other Party under or in connection with this Contract, it shall act in good faith. 
  

 - 116 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 38 – SECURITY INTEREST 
  

	38.1	Grant of Security Interest 

 As security for the
performance by Contractor of the Secured Obligations the Contractor hereby grants to Purchaser, and pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, Purchaser shall have, a valid, binding, enforceable and perfected first priority lien on and
security interest in (collectively, the “Security Interest”) all of Contractor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Contractor and whether now existing or
hereafter coming into existence (collectively, the “Collateral”): 
  

	 	A.	all Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods; and 

  

	 	B.	all proceeds (as defined in the UCC) of any of the foregoing. 

 Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Security Interest shall not be subordinate or pari passu with any other lien or security interest or right of setoff or recoupment, and no lien or security interest or right of setoff or
recoupment shall be permitted which shall be senior to or pari passu with the Security Interest. The grant of the Security Interest pursuant to this Article 38.1 is not in derogation of Purchaser’s rights as owner of any Raw Materials,
Work-in-Process and Finished Goods as to which title has passed to Purchaser, and remains in Purchaser, as provided in this Contract. This Security Interest shall automatically terminate upon Intentional Ignition or shall be released and
extinguished pursuant to Article 21.2, 23.1.2, 23.1.5 and 23.2.3. 
  

	38.2	Right to Make Filings 

 Should Purchaser, in its
sole discretion (but not as a requirement hereunder), from time to time choose to file financing statements or other notices, instruments, agreement and documents or take other action to validate or perfect the Security Interest and in furtherance
of the grant of the Security Interest pursuant to Article 38.1, Contractor shall, and does hereby irrevocably authorize on behalf of Contractor and as Contractor’s attorney-in-fact to give, execute, deliver, file, record, obtain, and authorize
all financing statements and any other notices, instruments, agreements and documents, and take such other action as reasonably requested by Purchaser, to (i) create, perfect, validate and preserve such Security Interest and the priority
thereof and 

  

 - 117 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 
(ii) enable Purchaser to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such Security Interest (and all such documents and instruments shall be
deemed to have been filed or recorded at the time and on the date of the entry of the Bankruptcy Order). 
  

	38.3	Corporate Records 

 In furtherance of the grant of
the Security Interest pursuant to Article 38.1, Contractor shall indicate in Contractor’s corporate records the Security Interest that Purchaser has in the Collateral to the extent provided in this Article 38. 
  

	38.4	Perfected Security Interest 

 Contractor represents
and warrants that the Security Interest granted to Purchaser constitutes a legal, valid and enforceable first priority security interest therein and upon the filing of UCC-1 financing statements in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware
will be a perfected security interest in those items that can be perfected by filing under the UCC subject to no other liens or security interests other than after-acquired Junior Liens (as defined below). Contractor acknowledges that
Purchaser’s execution and delivery of this Contract provides value to Contractor. 
  

	38.5	Junior Liens 

 Contractor shall not lend, rent,
lease, transfer, pledge, grant a security interest in, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any portion of the Collateral or any right, title or interest therein except to Purchaser pursuant to this Contract and Contractor shall keep the Collateral
free from any security interest, lien, encumbrance or claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall be permitted to grant “silent” junior liens (“Junior Liens”) on the Collateral to secure indebtedness of Contractor and
its Affiliates from time to time, including without limitation reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit (collectively, “Permitted Debt”), provided that the terms of such Junior Liens shall be reasonably acceptable to
Purchaser. Prior to granting any Junior Lien on the Collateral, Contractor shall provide written notice to Purchaser describing the circumstances of such Junior Lien (including without limitation the identity of the proposed holder of such Junior
Lien and the nature of the Permitted Debt). Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice, Purchaser shall provide the terms for such Junior Lien that would be reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. Contractor agrees 

  

 118 

 
and acknowledges that such reasonable terms may prohibit the holder of such Junior Lien from seizing, foreclosing on, selling or otherwise disposing of the
Collateral or exercising other rights as a secured party, and may include requirements that the holder of the Junior Lien hold in trust for Purchaser any amounts received in respect of the Collateral, so long as the Security Interest in favor of
Purchaser remains in effect. 
  

	38.6	Periodic Inventory 

 Upon the reasonable request of
Purchaser, Contractor shall provide Purchaser a written inventory describing the Raw Materials, Work-in-Process and Finished Goods as of the time of such request. 
  

	38.7	Remedies 

 Purchaser shall have and be entitled to
exercise all the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC is in effect in the jurisdiction where Purchaser asserts the rights and remedies), such additional rights and remedies as
provided in this Contract, and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws in effect in any jurisdiction where Purchaser may assert its rights and remedies. Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to
Article 23.1, or upon a termination by Contractor under Article 23.2.4 that is determined to have been wrongful, Purchaser shall have the right, subject to applicable export control restrictions and security regulations, to take possession of the
Collateral or any part thereof upon ten (10) days notice to Contractor for the purpose of effecting a sale or other disposition of the Collateral. Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, Purchaser shall not be permitted
to exercise any remedy as a secured party in respect of the Security Interest granted hereunder unless (i) Purchaser has terminated this Contract in whole pursuant to, and within the time limits provided in, Article 23.1 or (ii) Contractor
has wrongfully terminated this Contract under Article 23.5, and in either case, Purchaser retains a Security Interest as provided in this Article 38 and Contractor has failed to perform its obligations in such circumstances pursuant to Article 23
within thirty (30) days after required to do so (with respect to Contractor, a “Termination Default”). 
  

 - 119 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	38.8	Deficiencies 

 If the proceeds of sale, collection
or other realization of or upon the Collateral pursuant to Article 38.7 or otherwise are insufficient to cover the amounts due in clauses (i) and (ii) of the first sentence of Article 38.9, Contractor shall remain liable for any
deficiency. Purchaser shall not incur any liability as a result of the sale of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale pursuant to Article 38.7 conducted in a commercially reasonable manner and otherwise in compliance with the
UCC and applicable export control restrictions. Contractor hereby waives any claims against Purchaser arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might
have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations, even if Purchaser accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Collateral to more than one offeree, so long as the sale was conducted in
a commercially reasonable manner. 
  

	38.9	Application of Proceeds 

 The Proceeds of any
collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to Article 38.7 shall be applied in the following order: (i) first, to the payment of the reasonable costs and expenses of such collection, sale or other
realization; (ii) second, to the payment in full of the Secured Obligations, and (iii) third, to the payment to the Contractor, or its respective successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus
then remaining. 
  

	38.10	Limited Power of Attorney 

 Without limiting any
rights or powers granted by this Article 38 to Purchaser while no Termination Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Default, Purchaser is hereby appointed the attorney-in-fact of
Contractor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Security Interest and taking any action and executing any instruments that Purchaser may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as
attorney-in-fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. 
  

 - 120 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

	38.11	Contractor Cooperation 

 Contractor agrees that,
from time to time upon the written request of the Purchaser, Contractor will execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Purchaser may reasonably request in order fully to effect the purposes of this
Article 38. 
  

	38.12	Intellectual Property Rights 

 In connection with
the exercise by Purchaser of its rights as a secured party hereunder, Contractor hereby grants to Purchaser, to any person acquiring rights in the Collateral as the result of the sale, collection or other realization of or upon the Collateral, and
to any successor owner of the Collateral, the Intellectual Property rights and rights in data specified in Article 36, which rights shall survive any termination of this Contract. 
  

	38.13	Allowed Administrative Expenses 

 The Secured
Obligations of Contractor and the rights, claims and priorities of Purchaser granted herein shall continue beyond and remain unimpaired and unaffected by any termination of this Contract. 
  

 - 121 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ARTICLE 39 – STORAGE 
 Set forth below are options under which Purchaser may elect to store the Satellite for up to eighteen (18) months and the associated storage and retest costs. Details regarding the required retesting after
various storage periods are set forth in Exhibit D, Test Plan. 
  

																
	 	  	<1 month	 	 	1-3 months	 	 	4-12 months	 	 	13-18 months	 
	 Storage cost/month
	  	[	***]	 	$	[	***]	 	$	[	***]	 	$	[	***]
					
	 Retest cost
	  	[	***]	 	$	[	***]	 	$	[	***]	 	$	[	***]

  

 - 122 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amended and Restated Contract by their duly
authorized officers as of the date set forth in the Preamble. 
  

									
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.	 		 	TerreStar Networks Inc.
					
	By:	 	 /s/ R. A. Haley
	 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Neil Hazard

	Name:	 	R. A. Haley	 		 	Name:	 	Neil Hazard
	Title:	 	Sr. V. P. and CFO	 		 	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

 - 123 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ATTACHMENT A 
 FORM OF INVOICE 
 [Date] 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 12010 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 900 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attention:
                     
  

	 	RE:	Terms and Conditions of the Satellite Purchase, dated as of
                     (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “TerreStar Satellite Purchase Contract”), between
TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC, (“PURCHASER” OR “TERRESTAR”) and SPACE
SYSTEMS/LORAL, INC. (“CONTRACTOR”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This Invoice is delivered to TerreStar pursuant to Article 5 of the TerreStar Satellite Purchase Contract and constitutes Contractor’s request for payment in
the amount of $             for Milestone Payment No.              / Time Payment No.
            . 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	SPACE SYSTEMS/LORAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  

 - 124 - 
 [Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Contract.] 

 ANNEX I TO ATTACHMENT A 
 FORM OF CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE 
 Reference: Milestone Payment No.
            /Time Payment No.              
 [Date] 
 TerreStar Networks Inc. 
 12010 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 900 
 Reston, VA 20190 
 Attention: Treasurer 
  

	 	RE:	Terms and Conditions of the Satellite Purchase Contract, dated as of
                     between TERRESTAR NETWORKS INC.
(“PURCHASER” OR “TERRESTAR”) and SPACE SYSTEMS/LORAL, INC. (“CONTRACTOR”) (as
amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “TerreStar Satellite Contract”) 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Article 5 of the Terms and Conditions of the TerreStar Satellite Contract. Each capitalized term used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Terms and Conditions of the TerreStar Satellite Contract. 
 We hereby certify, after due
inquiry, that, as of the date hereof: 
  

					
	1.        	  	The TerreStar Satellite Purchase Contract is in full force and effect and except as set forth in Schedule I hereto.
		
	2.	  	Except as set forth in Schedule I hereto, we are not aware of any event that has occurred or failed to occur which occurrence or non-occurrence, as the case may be, could reasonably
be expected to cause the date of Delivery of any Deliverable Item under the TerreStar Satellite Contract to occur later than the Delivery date therefor.
		
	3.	  	Except as set forth in Schedule I hereto, no event or condition is known to exist that permits or requires us to cancel, suspend, or terminate our performance under the
TerreStar Satellite Contract or that could excuse us from liability for non-performance thereunder.
		
	4.	  	Except with respect to amounts that are the subject of a Dispute or are overdue (such overdue amounts and such disputed amounts being described in reasonable detail in
Schedule II hereto), all amounts due and owing to us have been paid in full through the date of the immediately preceding Contractor Certificate and are not overdue.

  

 A-I-125 

							
	5.        	  	a.	  	 The amount contained in the Invoice delivered to you concurrently herewith in accordance with the terms of Article 5 of the Terms and Conditions of the TerreStar
Satellite Contract represents monies owed to us in respect of Milestone Payment No.             /Time Payment No.
            .

			
		  	b.	  	 The amount referred to in paragraph (a) above was computed in accordance with the terms of the TerreStar Satellite Purchase Contract.

			
		  	c.	  	 The Milestone to which Milestone Payment No.              relates has been completed in
accordance with the TerreStar Satellite Contract (this only applies to invoices for Milestone payments).

  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	SPACE SYSTEMS/LORAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  

 A-I-126 

 SCHEDULE I TO 
 ANNEX I TO ATTACHMENT A 
 List of Exceptions: 
 Amendments to TerreStar Satellite Purchase Contract: 
 Exceptions
Affecting Final Acceptance Date: 
 Exceptions Affecting Contractor’s Performance: 
  

 A-I-127 

 ATTACHMENT B 
 KEY PERSONNEL 
  

			
	 Key Personnel Position
	  	 Individual

		
	 [***]
	  	[***]
		
	 [***]
	  	[***]
		
	 [***]
	  	[***]
		
	 [***]
	  	[***]
		
	 [***]
	  	[***]

  

 B-I-128 

 Exhibit A 
 TerreStar 
 Satellite Statement of Work 
  

			
	Revision 2	  	August 20, 2007

  

					
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.	 		  	
	3825 Fabian Way	 		  	
	Palo Alto, California 94303-4201	 	  
	  	
			
	TerreStar Networks Inc.	 		  	
	One Discovery Square	 		  	
	9th Floor	 		  	
	12010 Sunset Hills Road	 		  	
	Reston, Virginia 20190	 	  
	  	

  

			
		  	Revision 2
		  	8/20/07
	 Exhibit A
	  	
		  	1/48

	
	This document contains data and information proprietary to Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. This data is being furnished pursuant to the provisions of the Contract
between TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. for the TerreStar Satellite Program. Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. shall have the right to duplicate, use or disclose the data and information to the extent
specified in the Purchase Contract.
	
	The data/information contained herein has been reviewed and approved for release by Space Systems/Loral Export Administration on the basis that this document contains no export-controlled
information.

  

			
		  	Revision 2
		  	8/20/07
	 Exhibit A
	  	
		  	2/48

 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 
 Definitions: Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit A (Satellite Statement of Work) shall have the meaning ascribed to them as they appear herein or as defined in
the Contract. 
 Abbreviations and Acronyms: 
  

			
	AIT	  	Assembly, Integration and Test
	ALC	  	Automatic Level Control
	BOL	  	Beginning of Life
	C/I	  	Carrier to Interference ratio
	CDR	  	Critical Design Review
	CDRL	  	Contract Data Requirements List
	CIL	  	Configuration Identification List
	CLA	  	Coupled Loads Analysis
	CONUS	  	Continental United States
	COP	  	Contingency Operations Procedure
	DSS	  	Dynamic Satellite Simulator
	EDC	  	Effective Date of Contract
	EIDP	  	End Item Data Package
	EIRP	  	Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power
	EMI/EMC	  	Electromagnetic Interference/Electromagnetic Compatibility
	EOL	  	End of Life
	EPS	  	Electrical Power Subsystem
	ESD	  	Electrostatic Discharge
	EST	  	Emergency Support Team
	FAX	  	Facsimile
	FCC	  	Federal Communications Commission
	FGM	  	Fixed Gain Mode
	FMECA	  	Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis
	G/T	  	Gain to Noise Temperature ratio (Figure of merit)
	GSE	  	Ground Support Equipment
	HOP	  	Health Operations Procedure
	IAW	  	In Accordance With
	ICD	  	Interface Control Document or Drawing
	IFRB	  	International Frequency Registration Board
	IOT	  	In-Orbit Test
	IOTE	  	In-Orbit Test Equipment

  

 Exhibit A 
 1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

			
	IOTR	  	In-Orbit Test Review
	ITU	  	International Telecommunications Union
	LEOP	  	Launch and Early Orbit Phase
	LV	  	Launch Vehicle
	MCC	  	Mission Control Center (at SS/L in Palo Alto, CA)
	MOP	  	Mission Operations Plan
	NCR	  	Non-Conformance Report
	OML	  	Orbit Maneuver Life
	PA	  	Product Assurance
	PAPP	  	Product Assurance Program Plan
	PDR	  	Program Development Review
	PIM	  	Passive Intermodulation
	PMO	  	Program Management Office
	PMP	  	Program Management Plan
	POC	  	Point of Contact
	PRR	  	Program Readiness Review
	PTP	  	Program Test Plan
	RF	  	Radio Frequency
	RFP	  	Request for Proposal
	SAR	  	Satellite Acceptance Review
	S/C	  	Spacecraft
	SFD	  	Saturated Flux Density
	SLRR	  	Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review
	SOC	  	Satellite Operations Center
	SOE	  	Sequence of Events
	SOOH	  	Satellite Orbital Operations Handbook
	SOP	  	Standard Operations Procedures
	SOW	  	Statement of Work
	SPSR	  	Spacecraft Pre-shipment Review
	SPTP	  	Satellite Program Test Plan
	SRR	  	System Requirements Review
	T&C	  	Telemetry and Command
	TAA	  	Technical Assistance Agreement
	TBD	  	To Be Determined
	TBR	  	To Be Revised/Reviewed
	TC&R	  	Telemetry, Command & Ranging
	TIM	  	Technical Interchange Meeting
	TRR	  	Test Readiness Review

  

 Exhibit A 
 2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

			
	TT&C	  	Telemetry, Tracking, & Command
	TTCP	  	Technology Transfer Control Plan
	TWT	  	Traveling Wave Tube
	TWTA	  	Traveling Wave Tube Amplifier
	WCA	  	Worst Case Analysis

  

 Exhibit A 
 3 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 1 — SCOPE 
 This Statement of Work (SOW) defines the goods, hardware, equipment, services, data and documentation to be provided by Space Systems/Loral, Inc. (hereinafter “Contractor”) to TerreStar Networks Inc.,
(hereinafter “Purchaser”) for the TERRESTAR Satellite Program (hereinafter “Program”). 
 Contractor shall design, develop, manufacture,
test, and transport the Satellite to the Launch Site, prepare the Satellite for Launch, ensure Launch Vehicle-spacecraft interface compatibility, provide Launch Services (provided Purchaser exercises its Option for Launch Services in accordance with
the Contract) and Launch Support Services, Mission Operations Services, In-Orbit Testing and associated spacecraft subsystems and Satellite operations training. Contractor shall complete the Work in accordance with the Contract and the requirements
specified herein. 
  

	1.1	SUMMARY STATEMENT OF WORK 

  

	 	a.	Contractor shall conduct the Program as follows. 

  

	 	•	 	 Pre-Critical Design Review (“Pre-CDR “): Contractor shall perform the tasks of Pre-CDR as specified in Paragraph 1.3.1, and conclude with a
Critical Design Review (CDR). 

  

	 	•	 	 Post-Critical Design Review (“Post-CDR “): Contractor shall perform the tasks of Post-CDR specified in Paragraph 1.3.2, upon completion and
acceptance of the Critical Design Review, and conclude with an In-Orbit Test Review (IOTR) and Satellite Acceptance. 

  

	 	b.	Contractor shall provide two (2) Satellites meeting the Satellite Performance Specifications, Exhibit B of the Contract, and tested in accordance with (IAW) the Satellite
Program Test Plan (SPTP), Exhibit D. 

  

	 	c.	Contractor shall deliver the Satellite to a Purchaser-designated Launch Site. Contractor shall be responsible for packaging, crating, and shipping the Satellite to the Launch Site.

  

	 	d.	Contractor shall provide necessary Ground Support Equipment (GSE) to permit full checkout and test of the Satellite during acceptance testing and pre-launch operations, as required.

  

	 	e.	Contractor shall provide necessary Telemetry, Tracking, and Command (TT&C) ground station capability to ensure proper functioning of the Satellite during transfer orbit.

  

 Exhibit A 
 4 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	f.	Purchaser shall provide ground facilities, equipment, and personnel to support Contractor in conducting In-Orbit Testing (IOT). 

  

	 	g.	Contractor shall provide training to familiarize Purchaser’s experienced operations personnel with the systems and subsystems, and operation of the Satellite.

  

	 	h.	Contractor shall provide launch support services and the personnel, data and documentation to support pre-launch activities and launch support services. 

  

	 	i.	Contractor shall provide Launch and Early Orbit Operations support (except as set forth in Paragraph 2.6 of this SOW) from spacecraft-Launch Vehicle separation through to completion
of IOT, and post-IOT On-Orbit Operations Support. Mission Operations during this period shall be performed and controlled from Contractor’s Mission Control Center (MCC). 

  

	 	j.	Contractor shall provide data items as specified in the Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL), Annex 1 of this SOW. 

  

	 	k.	Contractor shall conduct a product assurance program in accordance with (IAW) the Commercial Programs Product Assurance Program Plan (PAPP), Exhibit C. 

  

	 	l.	Contractor shall provide Telemetry and Command Databases for the Satellite. 

  

	 	m.	Contract shall provide [***] per the Contract. 

  

	 	n.	Contractor shall design, manufacture, test and provide a Dynamic Satellite Simulator (DSS) for the Satellite per the Contract. Contractor shall also provide training to Purchaser
and its consultants on the DSS. Delivery of the DSS shall be to a mutually agreed upon schedule between the Contractor and Purchaser. 

  

	1.2	PROGRAM OPTIONS 

 Program options are per the
Contract. 
  

	1.3	PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

 The Program shall be conducted as described
herein. 
  

	1.3.1	Pre-CDR: System Engineering, Design and Development 

 Contractor
shall commence Pre-CDR at Effective Date of Contract (EDC) and conclude with a Critical Design Review (CDR). The Pre-CDR technical reviews shall be as identified in Paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7, and specified in Paragraph 2.4. The Pre-CDR objective is
to develop a mission-effective technical solution to the system requirements. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 5 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Contractor shall perform the following tasks during Pre-CDR: 
 Program Planning 
  

	1.	Develop a Program Master Schedule for design, development, production and deployment of the Satellite 

  

	2.	Draft an initial Program Management Plan 

  

	3.	Draft a preliminary Spacecraft Launch Base Authorizing Document 

  

	4.	Draft a preliminary Mission Profile Description 

 Space Segment Design,
Development and Verification 
  

	 	1.	Perform Space Segment system engineering and requirements analysis 

  

	 	2.	Conduct key design trades to define a payload subsystem that satisfies mission requirements 

  

	 	3.	Develop a viable, integrated system performance baseline design (bus and payload) 

  

	 	4.	Update and verify the Satellite Performance Specifications (Exhibit B) 

  

	 	5.	Confirm the Commercial Programs Product Assurance Program Plan (PAPP, Exhibit C) 

  

	 	6.	Confirm the Satellite Program Test Plan (SPTP, Exhibit D) 

  

	 	7.	Identify and draft development plans for critical, non-heritage component designs 

  

	1.3.2	Post-CDR: Spacecraft Production and Deployment 

 Contractor shall
commence Post-CDR upon completion and acceptance of the Critical Design Review and conclude with an In-Orbit Test Review (IOTR). Contractor shall perform the tasks associated with the detailed design, manufacture, assembly, integration and test of
the Satellite. After successful IOTR, Contractor shall hand over the Satellite on station in the orbital location as specified in the Exhibit B, Satellite Performance Specifications, ready for service. 
 Contractor shall perform the following tasks during Post-CDR: 
  

	 	1.	 Produce detailed governing specifications (spacecraft bus and payload), plans, and interface documents to control the final design and verify/validate manufacturing
and testing, which includes having Contractor’s personnel (including any subcontractors) performing Work 

  

 Exhibit A 
 6 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	 
under this SOW assist Contractor’s personnel performing Work under the SBN/SBAS Contract in the development of an interface control document to ensure
the compatibility of the spacecraft with the beamformer. 

  

	 	2.	Provide, as required, data on the Satellite design to the Purchaser to ensure overall system compatibility with the ground based beamformer. 

  

	 	3.	Initiate and complete spacecraft assembly, integration and qualification testing 

  

	 	4.	Deliver the Satellite to the Launch Site 

  

	 	5.	Provide Launch Support Services, including spacecraft preparation and test at the Launch Site, coordination with the Launch Vehicle supplier, spacecraft-Launch Vehicle interface and
mate, and launch support 

  

	 	6.	Provide Mission Operations Support Services from spacecraft-Launch Vehicle separation through transfer orbit, to In-Orbit Testing (IOT) 

  

	 	7.	Conduct technical reviews as set forth in Paragraphs 2.4.4 through 2.4.11 of this SOW 

  

	 	8.	Evaluate impact of final determination of orbital location (at 111.0 degrees West) on the antenna performance for the Hawaii and Puerto Rico beams and reposition if required or
beneficial. 

  

	 	9.	Update antenna performance analysis (e.g., Gain, Xpol, pattern plots, sidelobes at radio astronomy sites) to reflect the final determination of orbital location at 111.0 degrees
West. The update is to be incorporated in the release following REDC. 

  

	 	10.	Update SOOH Vol I to incorporate changes in final orbital and gateway locations as set forth in Exhibit B (Specifications). The update is to be incorporated in the release following
REDC.  

 2 — PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 
 The requirements for the goods, hardware, equipment, services, data, and documentation to be provided by Contractor are set forth herein. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 7 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Applicable Program Documents 
 The following Contract exhibits, listed in order of precedence, apply to the Program. The Terms and Conditions lists the applicable version and/or issue date of these exhibits: 
 Exhibit A — Satellite Statement of Work (this document) 
 Exhibit B — Satellite Performance Specifications 
 Exhibit C — Commercial Programs Product
Assurance Program Plan 
 Exhibit D — Satellite Program Test Plan 
 Exhibit E — Dynamic Satellite Simulator Specification 
  

	2.1	PROGRAM MANAGEMENT 

 Contractor shall provide management throughout
the Program, and progress reporting as specified herein. 
  

	2.1.1	Program Management Office 

 Contractor shall establish a Program
Management Office (PMO) led by an assigned Program Manager who shall be responsible for managing all matters related to the performance of the Contract, encompassing both Pre-CDR and Post-CDR. The Program Manager shall ensure that personnel,
facilities and other resources necessary for executing Contract provisions are acquired, assigned and made available at the times and places needed to meet the Contract delivery schedule. Contractor shall assign experienced technical and managerial
personnel to the PMO. 
  

	2.1.2	Progress Reporting and Meetings 

 Contractor shall hold weekly
status teleconferences and formal, scheduled, progress review meetings throughout the duration of the Program. Purchaser personnel (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) shall be entitled to attend the meetings and reviews
(including meetings and reviews held by electronic means) of Contractor and of Contractor with any subcontractor(s) hereunder where such meetings and reviews (or portions of such meetings and reviews) are related to Purchaser’s project
schedule, management, engineering, design, manufacturing, integration, testing, or Launch. Contractor shall plan (including provision to Purchaser of an agenda within a reasonable period in advance of the meeting or review), organize (including
arranging access for Purchaser and its duly appointed consultants and agents), conduct (including the taking of minutes and action 

  

 Exhibit A 
 8 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 
items) and close the meetings (including circulation of the minutes and action items within a reasonable period following the meeting), and, unless mutually
agreed to the contrary, all meetings shall be held at Contractor’s facilities. The purpose of these meetings is to provide Purchaser with pertinent Program implementation and execution data for review, and to mutually agree upon appropriate
courses of action to be taken on identified action items. The following meetings shall be held during Pre-CDR and/or Post-CDR, as indicated, and as specified in Paragraph 2.4 of this SOW: 
  

	 	•	 	 Quarterly Program Status Meetings (Pre-CDR and Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Program Readiness Review (PRR, Inaugural Meeting, Pre-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Program Development Review (PDR, Pre-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Critical Design Review (CDR, Pre-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Satellite Technical Reviews (STRs, Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Test Readiness Review (TRR, Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Spacecraft Pre-Shipment Review (SPSR, Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Spacecraft Post Shipment Inspection (Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review (SLRR, Post-CDR) 

  

	 	•	 	 In-Orbit Test (IOT) Review (IOTR), and Handover Post-CDR) 

 Other meetings, e.g., Technical Interchange Meeting (TIM), as may be requested by Purchaser, including their location, date/time, purposes and content, shall be established by mutual agreement. In addition, Contractor shall support periodic
Integrated System Architectural Reviews as detailed in Section 2.4.6. 
  

	2.2	DELIVERABLE DATA ITEMS 

 Contractor shall provide the data items
listed in Annex 1, Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL), of this SOW. The location for delivery of data items shall be as specified in the Contract or as otherwise mutually agreed. All deliverable data items shall comply with standard commercial
practice. Contractor shall submit changes to delivered data items (at Contractor’s option) either as a complete revised edition of the delivered item, or as change insertion sheets with a matrix indicating the latest revision status of each
page of the document. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 9 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Contractor shall submit CDRL data items for Purchaser approval/acceptance or information as specified in Annex 1.
“Approval” document delivery shall be as specified in the Contract. Purchaser shall notify Contractor in writing that any such Deliverable Data requiring Purchaser approval has been accepted/approved (“Acceptance” with respect to
each such item of Deliverable Data), or that such Deliverable Data does not comply with the applicable requirements, identifying each such non-conformance (with reference to the applicable requirement of the Statement of Work deemed not met).
Contractor shall promptly correct any non-compliant aspect of such Deliverable Data identified in such notice from Purchaser, and re-submit it to Purchaser for a second acceptance inspection. The provisions of this paragraph shall thereafter apply
to the corrected Deliverable Data. If Purchaser fails to provide notice within the time specified, Acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to such Deliverable Data. 
 “Information” documents shall be delivered to Purchaser Resident Representative if assigned, or forwarded directly to Purchaser. 
 Purchaser access to other Program-related data under this Contract shall be provided IAW Contractor’s and its subcontractor’s normal and customary proprietary and security policies and regulations. Purchaser
personnel (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) shall have reasonable access at the facilities of Contractor and its subcontractors to (and copies when reasonably requested by Purchaser of) all data and documentation relevant
to the Work or Work-in-progress, including but not necessarily limited to Unit Design Review Packages, Subsystem and Unit Specifications, System, Subsystem and Unit Test Plans, test and qualification data and test reports, parts screening and
workmanship standards, subsystem and unit EIDPs. In addition, Purchaser (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) shall be able to attend all the Major Subcontractor’s meetings and design reviews. 
 Any data or documentation provided hereunder shall be in the English language and, if in electronic form, shall be embodied in, or in a form compatible with,
commercially available software. 
 Electronic Access. 
 With respect to electronically generated information, Contractor will provide Purchaser and Purchaser’s consultants, agents and sub-contractors with a copy of and/or electronic access (via the Internet, Contractor e-mail, proprietary
or otherwise, or as agreed upon) to such information as is necessary to keep Purchaser advised, on a current basis, of Program issues, decisions, and problems. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 10 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Contractor shall provide Purchaser personnel (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) access to
Contractor’s electronic mail systems through the Internet. If requested in writing by Purchaser, Contractor shall establish secure data links between its and Purchaser’s facilities such that Purchaser has remote electronic access to all
documentation generated in performance of the Work and entered into Contractor’s documentation and data management system; provided, however, Contractor shall be required to provide such links for a high-data transfer rate (such as for
Satellite telemetry) only on an as needed basis, with each Party bearing the costs of establishing the link at its end. 
 Contractor will also provide
Purchaser personnel (and Purchaser’s duly appointed consultants and agents) at no cost with “real time” access to all measured data for the Work taken at the facilities of Contractor and/or its subcontractors hereunder. 
  

	2.2.1	Program Management Plan (CDRL 01) 

 Contractor shall submit a
Program Management Plan (PMP) IAW CDRL 01 that describes Contractor’s Program organization, general management, and technical baseline management. The major topics of the PMP shall be as a minimum: 
  

	 	a.	SS/L TERRESTAR Program Management Office 

  

	1)	Program Management Office (PMO) Organization Chart 

  

	2)	Key PMO personnel roles and responsibilities 

  

	3)	Major Subcontractor(s) 

  

	 	b.	Program Management 

  

	 	1.	Contract Monitoring and Control 

  

	 	2.	Schedule Status and Control 

  

	 	3.	Configuration and Data Management 

  

	 	4.	Action Item Control 

  

	 	5.	Meeting Coordination 

  

	 	6.	Progress Reporting 

  

	 	c.	Technical Management 

  

	 	1.	System Engineering 

  

	 	2.	Product Assurance Plan 

  

	 	3.	Reliability Program 

  

	 	4.	Satellite Program Test Plan 

  

	 	5.	Technical Reviews (Design, Readiness) 

  

 Exhibit A 
 11 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	6.	Subcontract Management 

  

	 	7.	Contract Work Breakdown Structure 

  

	 	8.	Contract Data Requirements List 

  

	 	9.	Shipping, Transportation and Storage 

  

	 	10.	Purchaser’s Resident Field Office 

  

	 	d.	Spacecraft Development 

  

	 	1.	Subsystem/Unit Model Philosophy and Development Plan 

  

	 	(a)	Subsystem/Unit Make/Buy Plan with Heritage 

  

	 	(b)	Subsystem/Unit Qualification Status 

  

	 	(c)	Heritage List 

  

	 	(d)	Spares Provision 

 Technical Parameter Control

  

	 	(a)	Mass Properties 

  

	 	(b)	Power Budget 

  

	 	(c)	Antenna Pointing Error Budget 

  

	 	(d)	Propellant Budget 

  

	 	(e)	Payload Link Budgets 

  

	 	(f)	Telemetry, Command and Ranging (TC&R) Link Budgets 

  

	 	e.	Dynamic Satellite Simulator Development 

  

	2.2.2	Program Master Schedule (CDRL 02) 

 Contractor shall provide a
Program Master Schedule, CDRL 02, that establishes and maintains the Contract delivery schedule (“Baseline Schedule”). The Master Schedule shall be updated monthly and shall accurately track progress of Program events or milestones against
the Baseline Schedule: 
  

	 	a.	Hardware and software deliveries 

  

	 	b.	Subcontractor events and deliveries 

  

	 	c.	Major program reviews 

  

	 	d.	Subsystem and unit level acceptance and qualification tests 

  

	 	e.	System level verification tests 

  

	 	f.	Pre-launch, launch and post-launch activities up to and including in-orbit test and post-eclipse test report 

  

 Exhibit A 
 12 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	g.	Identification of critical paths 

 Status reports of progress against the
Baseline Schedule shall be prepared and furnished as part of the Monthly Progress Report. 
  

	2.2.3	Monthly Progress Report (CDRL 13) 

 Contractor shall provide monthly
Progress Reports, CDRL 13. The Monthly Reports shall show program and technical accomplishments, highlighting significant events and problems in design, deviations and/or non-conformances, schedule, subcontracts, production, integration and test,
mission operations, and product assurance. The report shall include a section on the status of Launch Vehicle interfaces, reliability, payload subsystem, propellant, thermal, weight, and power budgets and contract documentation status, and will
highlight any problems which impact these activities. 
 Although included in the Monthly Report, the Contractor shall notify the Customer of all major
nonconformances of flight standard hardware IAW Exhibit C, Commercial Programs Product Assurance Program Plan. 
  

	2.2.4	Spacecraft Configuration Data (CDRLs 22 and 03) 

 Contractor shall
submit the following data for information: 
  

	 	a.	Spacecraft Preliminary Configuration Identification List (CIL), CDRL 03a. The Preliminary CIL shall be delivered as mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor.

  

	 	b.	Spacecraft as-built CIL, CDRL 03b. The As-built CIL shall be delivered as part of the Spacecraft End Item Data Package (CDRL 20). 

  

	 	c.	Spacecraft-to-Launch Vehicle Interface Control Drawing (ICD), CDRL 22. The initial Spacecraft-to-Launch Vehicle ICD shall be delivered as mutually agreed between Purchaser and
Contractor. 

  

	2.2.5	Program Readiness Review Data (CDRL 05) 

 Contractor shall furnish
agenda, invitation, data package, presentation material, minutes, and closeout report for the Program Readiness Review (PRR) of Pre-CDR as described in Paragraph 2.4.2, and deliver PRR data IAW CDRL 05. The PRR data shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Program organization and management description 

  

	 	b.	Preliminary Program plan and master schedule 

  

 Exhibit A 
 13 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	c.	Mission and system requirements and specifications 

  

	 	d.	Preliminary spacecraft and subsystems description 

  

	 	e.	Summary of deviations from heritage hardware 

  

	 	f.	Summary of preliminary budgets and margins 

  

	 	g.	Description of technical baseline configuration management 

  

	 	h.	Ground command and control subsystems description 

  

	2.2.6	Program Development Review Data (CDRL 06) 

 Contractor shall furnish
agenda, invitation, data package, presentation material, minutes, and closeout report for the Program Development Review (PDR) IAW CDRL 06. The PDR meeting is specified in Paragraph 2.4.3. The PDR data shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Summary description of spacecraft and subsystem designs 

  

	 	b.	System requirements and specifications, including interfaces 

  

	 	c.	Summary of deviations from heritage hardware 

  

	 	d.	Spacecraft product structure 

  

	 	e.	Program master schedule 

  

	 	f.	Technical description of spacecraft payload and subsystems 

  

	 	1.	Results and summary description of payload and subsystems design analyses 

  

	 	2.	Subsystem, component design summaries 

  

	 	3.	Mass, power, pointing, propellant, and TC&R link budgets, and stationkeeping tolerances 

  

	 	g.	Launch vehicle interface requirements 

  

	 	h.	Performance compliance matrix (design verification matrix) 

  

	 	i.	Preliminary spacecraft test approach (test plan implementation) 

  

	2.2.7	Critical Design Review Data (CDRL 07) 

 Contractor shall provide
agenda, invitation, data package, presentation material, minutes, and closeout report for the Critical Design Review (CDR) IAW CDRL 07. The CDR meeting concludes Pre-CDR and is specified in Paragraph 2.4.4. The CDR data shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Technical description of Satellite systems and subsystems 

  

 Exhibit A 
 14 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	1.	Results and summary description of spacecraft payload and subsystems design analyses 

  

	 	2.	Subsystem, component design summaries 

  

	 	3.	Mass, power, pointing, fuel, TC&R link budgets, and stationkeeping tolerances 

  

	 	4.	Results of Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA), where available 

  

	 	b.	Program master schedule 

  

	 	c.	Launch vehicle interface requirements and compatibility analysis 

  

	 	d.	Preliminary Mission Profile Description 

  

	 	e.	Preliminary Mission Operations Plan (through IOT) 

  

	 	f.	Performance compliance matrix (design verification matrix) 

  

	 	g.	Design Analysis Reports (as available) 

  

	 	h.	Qualification status list 

  

	 	i.	Critical Items List 

 Updates shall be provided as
required. 
  

	2.2.8	Satellite Technical Review Data (CDRLs 26, 27 & 28) 

 Contract shall have three Satellite Technical Reviews (STR) in the post-CDR phase of the Program. Each STR shall have it own separate CDRL requirement. For each STR the Contractor shall furnish agenda, invitation, data package, presentation
material, minutes and a close out report. Each STR shall provide an update on all the technical and programmatic aspects of the Satellite Program. The data for each STR shall include status and updates on all items listed in Paragraphs 2.2.5 (STR
1), Paragraphs 2.2.6 (STR-2) and Paragraphs 2.2.7 (STR-3). 
  

	2.2.9	Analysis Reports 

 Contractor shall perform the analyses and trades
specified in Annex 1, Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL), to support the viability of the spacecraft design and its conformance to the Satellite Performance Specifications, Exhibit B. Contractor shall document the results of these analyses IAW
CDRL 23, Design Analysis Reports. Analyses and studies may be provided that cover equipment and subsystems developed and qualified in previous programs. The Design Analysis Reports shall contain a summary description and results of these analyses
and shall be provided in the CDR Data Package, CDRL 07, if available at CDR, or when such data becomes available. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 15 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Contractor shall perform mission analyses to evaluate the candidate launch vehicles, and demonstrate the capability of
the selected Launch Vehicle(s) to place the Satellite in its final mission on-orbit position. The analyses shall show there is sufficient propellant to perform all stationkeeping and repositioning maneuvers for the required Orbit Maneuver Life
(OML). The analyses shall include Launch Vehicle dispersions, transfer orbit maneuver optimization, OML maximization, stationkeeping, TC&R coverage, Sun angle/eclipse conditions and launch windows. Other studies shall be performed that
Contractor deems necessary to construct an orbit-raising Sequence of Events (SOE). These mission analyses shall be documented in the Mission Profile Description, CDRL 11, and Mission Operations Plan, CDRL 15. 
  

	2.2.10	Program Test Plans and Procedures 

  

	2.2.10.1	Spacecraft Test Procedures (CDRL 08) 

 Contractor shall provide
spacecraft hardware test procedures, CDRL 08, in conformance with the Satellite Program Test Plan, Exhibit D. Purchaser access to observe system-level tests shall be subject to Contractor’s normal and customary proprietary, security and safety
policies and procedures. 
  

	2.2.10.2	Spacecraft Launch Base Authorizing Document (CDRL 10) 

 Contractor
shall prepare a Spacecraft Launch Base Authorizing Document that conforms to the Satellite Program Test Plan and deliver IAW CDRL 10. This document shall delineate: 
  

	 	a.	All launch base testing and pre-launch checkouts to be performed on the Satellite to ensure flight worthiness, 

  

	 	b.	Support for integrating the Satellite with the Launch Vehicle, 

  

	 	c.	On-pad launch operations, and 

  

	 	d.	Coordination with the Launch Vehicle Supplier for Launching the Satellite. 

  

	2.2.10.3	In-Orbit Tests 

 Contractor shall provide an In-Orbit Test
Description and In-Orbit Test Procedures as prescribed in the following document item descriptions. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 16 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 In-Orbit Test Description (CDRL 12a) 
 Contractor shall prepare and submit an In-Orbit Test (IOT) Description document, CDRL 12a. This document, an expansion of the IOT Plan in the Satellite Program Test Plan, Exhibit D, shall provide details of IOT that
will be performed before Satellite command authority is transferred to Purchaser. The IOT Description document shall be the basis for preparing IOT Procedures and shall contain: 
  

	 	a.	Test Resources — Test resources such as facilities, equipment, and personnel necessary to complete in-orbit testing shall be identified, including both Contractor- and
Purchaser-provided resources, and, pursuant to the SBN/SBAS Contract, Contractor-provided resources shall include the ground based beamformer for IOT to validate the overall system performance. 

  

	 	b.	Baseline IOT Schedule — A baseline IOT schedule shall be developed and referenced to days after Launch (e.g., L+5 days). This schedule shall identify IOT events after
Launch up to and including handover of Satellite command authority to Purchaser. The schedule shall be updated thirty (30) days before Launch and during IOT on an as-required basis. 

  

	 	c.	Detailed Test Matrices — Comprehensive test matrices shall be developed and associated test methods described in conformance with the Satellite Program Test Plan.

  

	 	1.	Bus Test Matrix 

  

	 	2.	TT&C Test Matrix 

  

	 	3.	Payload Test Matrix 

  

	 	d.	Antenna Pattern Measurement Method — Measurements shall be used to assess antenna pattern pointing, beam shape and performance by comparison with ground test data.

 IOT Procedures (CDRL 12b) 
 Contractor
shall prepare IOT Procedures and deliver IAW CDRL 12b. The procedures shall be developed in conformance with the IOT Plan of the Satellite Program Test Plan and prescribe acceptance criteria for verifying Satellite operation during early orbit
operations after successful injection into mission orbit. 
 The IOT Procedures document shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Detailed test matrix 

  

	 	b.	Detailed test methods 

  

	 	c.	Detailed test procedures 

  

 Exhibit A 
 17 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	d.	Test conditions 

  

	 	e.	Method and procedure on how to establish Satellite test configuration 

  

	 	f.	Measurement equipment list 

  

	 	g.	Test data sheets 

  

	2.2.11	Satellite Coordination Data (CDRL 04) 

 Contractor shall provide
Satellite Coordination Data, CDRL 04, that are required to comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and International Telecommunications Union (ITU) rules, regulations and procedures. Contractor shall further assist Purchaser, as
requested, in preparing documents required by other third parties, such as International Frequency Registration Board (IFRB), insurance agencies and other governmental or world regulatory bodies for implementation of this Program. 
 Purchaser shall be responsible for preparing, coordinating, and filing all applications, registrations, and reports. Contractor shall provide technical support and
coordination for such filings at Purchaser’s request on a time and materials basis, as specified in the Contract. 
  

	2.2.12	Mission Profile Description (CDRL 11) 

 Contractor shall provide a
Mission Profile Description, CDRL 11, that summarizes all mission events covering the period from Launch through orbit raising, up to and including on-station operations. The document shall provide an overview of the entire profile from a mission
analysis viewpoint, excluding procedures for operating the Satellite, and shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Launch window 

  

	 	b.	Launch vehicle trajectory 

  

	 	c.	Orbit-raising maneuver plan 

  

	 	d.	TT&C coverage 

  

	 	e.	Sequence of major events 

  

	 	f.	Sun angles and eclipses 

  

	 	g.	Forces and torques analysis 

  

	 	h.	Stationkeeping maneuver strategy 

  

 Exhibit A 
 18 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.2.13	Data Available On-Site 

 Contractor shall make available at its
facilities the following Program-related data for Purchaser review: 
  

	 	a.	Subsystem and unit-level specifications and interface control drawings (ICDs) 

  

	 	b.	All past and present unit qualification documents 

  

	 	c.	System and unit-level test data 

  

	 	d.	Major Non-conformance Report (NCR), CDRL 18 

  

	 	e.	Class 1 Waiver/Deviation Requests and Engineering Change Proposals, CDRL 19 

  

	2.2.14	Spacecraft End Item Data Package (CDRL 20) 

 Contractor shall
deliver an End Item Data Package (EIDP), CDRL 20, following completion of Spacecraft Pre-Shipment Review (SPSR). The EIDP shall contain: 
  

	 	a.	Spacecraft identification 

  

	 	b.	Configuration summary 

  

	 	c.	Test discrepancy logs 

  

	 	d.	Test verification matrix 

  

	 	e.	Certificate of Conformance 

  

	 	f.	Mass Control Log 

  

	 	g.	Log of Waivers/deviations and equipment rework 

  

	 	h.	List of Life-Limited Items 

  

	 	i.	Open Items Log. 

  

	2.2.15	Product Assurance Data (CDRLs 18 and 19) 

 Contractor shall submit a
Major Nonconformance Report (NCR), CDRL 18, and Class 1 Waiver/ Deviation Requests and Engineering Change Proposals document, CDRL 19. Product assurance requirements and definitions shall be as set forth in the Commercial Programs Product Assurance
Plan, Exhibit C. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 19 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.2.16	Telemetry and Command Database (CDRL 14) 

 Contractor shall build
and manage an electronic Telemetry & Command (T&C) Database beginning with the spacecraft development phase and extending through the spacecraft ground test cycle. T&C Database, CDRL 14, shall be made available electronically to
Purchaser subject to Contractor’s normal and customary security rules and restrictions regarding such access. Contractor shall document and control changes to the T&C Database; changes shall be allowed up to thirty (30) days before
Launch, at which time they shall be frozen. In the event Purchaser procures its Ground Control Command Equipment/System from a supplier other than Contractor, Contractor shall, at no additional cost, provide such support and assistance to such
supplier that is reasonably required to ensure the T&C Database is properly integrated with such Equipment/System. The initial T&C Database shall be delivered as mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. 
  

	2.2.17	Mission Operations Plan (CDRL 15) 

 Contractor shall develop and
publish a Mission Operations Plan (MOP), CDRL 15, covering all activities and events planned to occur during the period from pre-Launch rehearsals through to completion of IOT. The MOP shall contain the information and data needed to guide
activities of mission operations personnel during this period. The plan shall include: 
  

	 	a.	Operations staff organization, functions and responsibilities 

  

	 	b.	Schedules and functions to be staffed for each operation 

  

	 	c.	Summary plans, including contingencies for anticipated anomalous behavior of ground equipment, the communications network and the Satellite 

  

	 	d.	A summary of flight events from Launch to arrival on station in mission orbit 

  

	 	f.	Description of the Contractor’s Mission Control Complex, communication links, and orbit-raising TT&C stations 

  

	 	g.	a description of the mission software to be used during the mission, including orbit and attitude determination, maneuver planning and any other required functions

  

	 	h.	a description of the planned transfer of control from the Mission Control Center (MCC) 

  

	 	i.	a plan to avoiding RF interference with other operating satellites and how this will be coordinated with other satellite agencies. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 20 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 The preliminary MOP shall be delivered as mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. Contractor shall update the
MOP and all mission planning for the final orbital location of 111.0 degrees West. 
  

	2.2.18	Satellite Orbital Operations Handbook (CDRL 16) 

 Contractor shall
develop and publish a Satellite Orbital Operations Handbook (SOOH) as delineated in CDRL 16. The SOOH shall contain the information and data needed to guide personnel responsible for operating the Satellite. The SOOH information shall be the basis
for commanding, controlling and maintaining the Satellite in normal and contingency operational modes. The SOOH shall consist of four (4) volumes in MS Word or PDF format: 
  

	 	a.	Volume I, Satellite Systems Summary — An overview of the Satellite and its mission, including high level technical descriptions from a systems perspective. Volume I
shall be delivered as mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. 

  

	 	b.	Volume II, Satellite Technical and Operations Description — A technical, detailed engineering level description of the satellite subsystems and associated operational
functions to be used as a basis for operating the Satellite on orbit 

  

	 	c.	Volume III, Operations Procedures — Standard, Contingency and Health Operations Procedures (SOP, COP and HOP, respectively), to be used as a basis for operating the
Satellite on orbit 

  

	 	d.	Volume IV, Satellite Parameters Handbook — Specific ground-collected measurement and test data applicable to the satellite and used for reference during the
satellite’s service life 

  

	2.3	PURCHASER’S REPRESENTATIVES 

 Contractor shall allow
Purchaser’s representatives, consultants, and agents unescorted access to all phases of Program work being performed at Contractor’s facility for the Satellite and other deliverable data items to monitor progress of such work. Access by
Purchaser’s representatives to Program-related data, personnel, work in progress and facilities shall be provided IAW Contractor’s normal and customary proprietary, security and safety policies and regulations and the Terms and Conditions
of the Contract. 
 Contractor shall provide accommodations at its facilities for five (5) Purchaser representatives. The accommodations shall be as set
forth in Article 8 of the Terms and Conditions. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 21 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 During normal working hours for the Program and other hours agreed to by Contractor, Purchaser’s representatives may
request access to Program work in process, including Contractor’s Major Subcontractor activities. Upon such requests and subject to the preconditions cited in this paragraph or as may be proscribed in the Contract, Contractor shall arrange and
schedule access of designated Purchaser representatives to Contractor or Major Subcontractor facilities wherein Contract work is being performed. 
 Contractor reserves the right to accompany Purchaser representatives on any visit to subcontractor facilities. In no event shall activities of Purchaser’s representatives relieve Contractor of any responsibility in performing the
Contract or interfere with any work in progress. 
  

	2.4	PROGRAM AND TECHNICAL REVIEWS 

 Contractor shall plan, organize,
administer, conduct and close the reviews listed herein. The objective of these reviews is to evaluate critical programmatic and technical parameters and processes, and related documentation to obtain information for deciding to proceed to the next
Program phase. 
  

	2.4.1	Quarterly Program Status Meetings 

 A Quarterly Program Status
Meeting shall be held on three (3) month intervals, alternating between Contractor’s and Purchaser’s facility. The Meeting shall be scheduled on a mutually agreed upon date and time. Content of the review shall include all technical,
programmatic, quality, and contractual accomplishments and issues over the past three (3) months or since the last Quarterly Management Review for both the spacecraft and Launch Vehicle. Updated status of Launch Vehicle interfaces, reliability,
payload subsystem, propellant, thermal, weight, and power budgets shall be presented. This shall include fuel budget updates. A report of previous and current on-orbit anomaly experiences on other spacecraft that are applicable to TERRESTAR shall
also be provided. Any issues that impact spacecraft delivery or compliance to the contractual requirements shall be highlighted. Significant risks to the Program shall also be presented with actions identified for risk management. As received,
action items from the Meeting shall be tracked and submitted to Purchaser for approval. The first Meeting shall be held as mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. 
  

	2.4.2	Program Readiness Review 

 Contractor shall conduct a Program
Readiness Review (PRR; Pre-CDR Inaugural Meeting) at its facility within one (1) month after EDC. The purpose of the PRR is to review the planning, preparation and readiness for initiating Program activities and executing the Contract. The PRR
shall be considered closed upon sign off of the minutes and action item list with closure dates established. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 22 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 All data items listed in Paragraph 2.2.5 shall be addressed via the following agenda topics: 
  

	 	a.	Program overview and management 

  

	 	b.	Program plan and master schedule 

  

	 	c.	Configuration and data management plan 

  

	 	d.	Product assurance plan 

  

	 	e.	Test plan 

  

	 	f.	Description of space and ground segments 

  

	 	g.	Performance requirements and technical specifications 

  

	 	h.	Budgets and margins 

  

	 	i.	Design and trades and analyses 

  

	2.4.3	Program Development Review (Pre-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct a
Program Development Review (PDR) at its facility within six (6) months after EDC. The purpose of the PDR is to review the development and design feasibility of spacecraft subsystems and payload, and ground subsystems hardware and software.
Risks shall be evaluated on a technical, schedule and cost basis. All items listed in Paragraph 2.2.6 of this SOW, as appropriate, shall be addressed. The PDR shall be considered closed with sign off of the minutes and action item list with closure
dates established. 
  

	2.4.4	Critical Design Review (Pre-CDR ) 

 Contractor shall conduct a
Critical Design Review (CDR) at its facility on a date to be mutually agreed between Purchaser and Contractor. The purpose of the CDR is to ensure that the design meets the requirements of the Satellite Performance Specifications, Exhibit B. All
items listed in Paragraph 2.2.7 of this SOW, as appropriate, shall be addressed. The outcomes of the CDR shall be a determination that the detailed designs and their development satisfy the functional and performance requirements and verification
that all system and subsystem interfaces are compatible. The CDR shall be considered closed with sign off of the minutes and action item list with closure dates established; this also signifies the close of Pre-CDR. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 23 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.4.5	Satellite Technical Reviews (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct a
minimum of three Satellite Technical Reviews (STR) in the post CDR phase of the Program. Unlike TIMs the STRs shall be considered formal technical reviews in which the Contractor provides a detailed technical and programmatic overview of the
Satellite Program. The first STR-1 shall be held on or before two (2) months after Amendment Execution Date (AED) and will provide updates on the planning and preparation being implemented for the successful completion of the Contract. STR-1
will provide the delta updates on all the data items listed in Paragraph 2.2.5 which include the following agenda topics: 
  

	 	a.	Program overview, management plan and schedule 

  

	 	b.	Product assurance plan and Test plan 

  

	 	c.	Performance requirements and technical specifications 

  

	 	d.	System budgets and margins 

  

	 	e.	Description of space and ground segments 

  

	 	f.	Design and trades and analyses 

  

	 	g.	Configuration and data management plan 

 STR-1 shall also include a
Qualification Status Review to provide the status on all spacecraft units. 
 The second STR-2 shall be held at the Contractor’s facility on or before
eight (8) months after AED. STR-2 will provide an update on the development and design credibility of the spacecraft subsystems and the hardware and software related to the ground subsystem. The technical, schedule and cost risks shall be
addressed. STR-2 will provide a delta update on all the items listed in Paragraph 2.2.6 of the SOW. 
 STR-3 shall be held at the Contractor’s facility
on or before fourteen (14) months after the AED. The purpose of the third STR will be to review the final design of the spacecraft and to ensure that all requirements of the Satellite Performance Specifications will be met. This will be the
final major review that will ensure that the detail designs and their development will satisfy the functional and performance retirements and will verify that all of the systems interfaces are compatible. 
 All STRs shall be considered closed upon sign off by the Purchaser of the minutes and action item list with closure dates established. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 24 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.4.6	Integrated System Architectural Reviews (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor
shall support periodic Integrated System Architectural Reviews to ensure compatibility of the spacecraft design with ongoing parallel program in ground based beamforming (GBBF) development. These meetings, to be held at mutually agreed upon
locations, shall include representatives of the Contractor, Purchaser and GBBF subcontractor and will focus on developing the necessary interface controls to ensure the compatibility of the spacecraft with the GBBF for on-ground and in-orbit testing
and for final on-orbit operations. 
  

	2.4.7	Test Readiness Review (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct a Test
Readiness Review (TRR) during Post-CDR to confirm readiness to conduct spacecraft test activities in conformance with the Satellite Program Test Plan, Exhibit D. The purpose of the TRR is to ensure that the system or subsystem, and the performing
organizations are ready to begin formal testing. Contractor’s system engineering shall verify that planned and authorized tests will yield the data needed to prove performance requirements have been satisfied. The completed TRR shall confirm
the completeness of test procedures by a thorough review of: 
  

	 	a.	Personnel and facility readiness 

  

	 	b.	Test plan, procedures, cases and limits 

  

	 	c.	New or modified test support equipment, facilities and procedure manuals 

  

	 	d.	Bus and payload test predicts. 

  

	2.4.8	Mission Design Review (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct a
Mission Design Review (MDR) to address all aspects of the satellite Mission Operations Support Services, including an overview of the mission plan. The Contractor shall prepare and deliver a Mission Design Review Data Package in accordance with CDRL
34. The MDR may be held as part of STR-3. 
  

	2.4.9	Spacecraft Pre-shipment Review (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct
a Spacecraft Pre-Shipment Review (SPSR) at its facilities before the Satellite is shipped to the Launch Site IAW with this Section 2.4.9 and Article 9 of the Terms and Conditions. The purpose of the SPSR is to (i) review test data and
analyses for the subject Satellite, (ii) demonstrate all testing has been completed IAW Exhibit D Satellite Program Test Plan, and (iii)

  

 Exhibit A 
 25 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 
determine whether such Satellite meets applicable Satellite Performance Specifications requirements (except those that have been waived pursuant to Article 9
of the Terms and Conditions) and is ready for shipment to the Launch Site. The SPSR shall address spacecraft test results, configuration of the spacecraft, nonconformance documentation, and relevant failure data. 
 Contractor shall submit the System Test Report, CDRL 09, before the SPSR that shall contain relevant test data and information. Any existing waivers shall be submitted
before SPSR and resolved before the Satellite is shipped. Purchaser shall provide written authorization for Contractor to ship the Satellite to the Launch Site within seventy-two (72) hours of completion of the SPSR. Such authorization shall
constitute acknowledgment by Purchaser that the Satellite conforms to the Satellite Performance Specifications, as of SPSR, for the purpose of obtaining Purchaser’s authorization to ship. Purchaser disapproval, if any, shall provide specific
details of contractual non-compliance IAW Article 9 of the Terms and Conditions. 
  

	2.4.10	Spacecraft Post Shipment Inspection (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall
conduct a post-shipment inspection of the Satellite after it has been delivered to the Launch Site. Visual inspections and verification tests shall be performed to demonstrate the Satellite has not been degraded by transportation from
Contractor’s facility. The inspection and verification shall be described in and performed according to the Satellite Program Test Plan. 
  

	2.4.11	Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall
conduct a Spacecraft Launch Readiness Review (SLRR) at the Launch Site facility approximately two (2) weeks before the Satellite Launch date with Purchaser representatives in attendance. The purpose of the SLRR is to verify (i) all testing
has been completed IAW Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan, (ii) the Satellite meets all parameters required to be tested under Exhibit D, Satellite Program Test Plan and (iii) readiness of the Satellite for Launch and of the ground
network to support the mission. The SLRR shall cover the status of all spacecraft subsystems and ground facilities used to support Launch and flight operations up to station acquisition. The agreement between Contractor and Launch Vehicle Supplier
regarding Go/No-Go criteria shall be finalized at the SLRR. The SLRR shall be in two parts: the first, covering electrical tests, before moving the Satellite to the hazardous operation facility, and the second, after fuel loading and final
close-out, before final spacecraft integration with the Launch Vehicle. The SLRR shall conclude upon the Parties agreement that the purpose of the SLRR has been met and the Satellite is ready to be integrated with the Launch Vehicle. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 26 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.4.12	Mission Readiness Review (Post-CDR) 

 Contractor shall conduct a
Mission Readiness Review approximately two (2) weeks prior to Launch to ensure that all the elements required to conduct the mission are in place. 
  

	2.4.13	In-Orbit Test Review and Handover (Post-CDR ) 

 Contractor shall
provide the Summary IOT Report (CDRL 12(c)) to Purchaser at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the In-Orbit Test Review (IOTR). Contractor shall conduct an In-Orbit Test Review (IOTR) within three (3) days after completing IOT and shall
be held either at Purchaser’s Satellite Control Facility or Contractor’s facility, by mutual agreement. The purpose of the IOTR is to evaluate Satellite data obtained during the period from Launch through completion of IOT to confirm the
Satellite satisfies the acceptance criteria defined in the IOT Procedures, CDRL 12b. The IOTR material shall be the IOT Summary Report, CDRL 12c and Satellite Acceptance Certificate (CDRL 24). At the conclusion of the IOTR, minutes shall be prepared
and agreed to, which shall be considered closed with sign off of the minutes and resolution of any open items. 
 Contractor shall provide the Satellite
Acceptance Certificate, CDRL 24, at the IOTR. The Satellite Acceptance Review (SAR) shall be held one (1) day after completion of the IOTR where Purchaser shall provide its acceptance or rejection of such Satellite IAW Article 10 of the Terms
and Conditions. 
 After IOTR and before handover to Purchaser, Contractor shall provide updates, as needed, of Satellite operational configuration data,
telemetry limit files and final changes to the T&C Database. Purchaser shall verify all data received and readiness of its personnel and ground control facilities, whereupon Contractor shall transfer Satellite command authority to
Purchaser’s mission operations team. 
  

	2.5	DELIVERABLE HARDWARE, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES 

  

	2.5.1	Satellite 

 Contractor shall provide two (2) Satellites
meeting the requirements of the Satellite Performance Specifications, Exhibit B, tested IAW the Satellite Program Test Plan (STP), Exhibit D, and delivered to the Launch Site for Acceptance on orbit as specified in the Contract. 
  

	2.5.2	Ground Support and Mission Operations Support Equipment and Service 

 Except for Purchaser-furnished facilities, equipment, and personnel for IOT as specified in Paragraph 2.6 of this SOW, Contractor shall make available all necessary ground and mission operations support equipment, software and personnel to
conduct checkout and test of the Satellite during acceptance testing, pre-Launch, Launch, and IOT phases. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 27 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.5.3	Dynamic Satellite Simulator (CDRL 25) 

 Contractor shall provide a
Dynamic Satellite Simulator (DSS) per the quantity specified in the Contract and that shall be documented IAW CDRL 25. The simulator shall contain hardware and software components integrated so as to simulate the Satellite adequately for checkout of
the ground control subsystems and for flight operations training. 
  

	2.5.4	Training of Purchaser Personnel (CDRLs 21a and 21b) 

 Contractor
shall develop, produce and conduct a Training Program for Purchaser’s personnel experienced in Satellite operations. The objective of the training is to develop in Purchaser’s mission operations personnel the ability to confidently command
and control the TERRESTAR Satellite in its mission orbit. The purpose is to provide the essential knowledge and skills experienced personnel need to safely and reliably execute on-orbit operations of the Satellite. 
 The Training Plan shall be provided in CDRL 21a and contain descriptions of the curriculum, learning objectives, topics and instructional methods. The Training Program
shall consist of four (4) total weeks of classroom sessions and accommodate up to ten (10) trainees as listed in Table 2-1. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 28 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Table 2-1. Classroom Training Courses 
  

							
	 Classroom Course
	  	Duration	  	 Location
	  	No. Trainees
	 Satellite Description Course
	  	2 weeks	  	Purchaser’s Prime Control Facility	  	10
	 Satellite Operations Course
	  	2 weeks	  	Purchaser’s Prime Control Facility	  	10

 All class lecture notes and supporting materials shall be provided according to CDRL 21b and shall be documented
and presented in English. All training shall conclude two (2) months before the scheduled Launch date. The Training Program shall consist of three (3) basic courses: 
  

	 	a.	Satellite Description— This one- (2) week course shall present a technical overview and description of each bus subsystem and payload, and shall be conducted at
Contractor’s facility. 

  

	 	b.	Satellite Operations— This two- (2) week course shall be conducted at a Purchaser-provided facility, concluding approximately three (3) months before Launch.
This training shall focus on operational aspects of the Satellite and subsystems for operational modes under normal and contingency conditions. It shall cover TC&R operations and attitude/orbit maneuver planning and analysis. The course topics
shall include: 

  

	 	1.	System and Spacecraft Subsystems Overview 

  

	 	2.	Mission Operations 

  

	4)	Stationkeeping Operations 

  

	5)	Attitude Control 

  

	 	a.)	Attitude control subsystem functions and modes, and key hardware characteristics 

  

	 	b.)	Telemetry and command interfaces, redundancy and recommended routine analysis of attitude control parameters 

  

	 	c.)	Operational characteristics, state of health monitoring, and performance and trend analysis functions related to the attitude control subsystem 

  

	6)	Eclipse Management 

  

	7)	Contingency Operations 

  

 Exhibit A 
 29 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.5.5	Launch Operations Planning 

  

	2.5.5.1	Launch Planning and Integration 

 Contractor shall conduct launch
phase planning, spacecraft integration and organizational coordination meetings with the Launch Agency and others supporting launch operations planning. Purchaser representatives shall be invited to attend. 
  

	2.5.5.2	Interface Coordination 

 Contractor shall coordinate all
spacecraft-related interfaces with the Launch Agency and others to support Launch of the Satellite and its transfer on station in mission orbit. Contractor shall identify and compile the required data and information of CDRL 17, and deliver it to
the Launch Agency. 
  

	2.5.5.3	Rehearsals 

 Contractor shall conduct rehearsals of mission
operations personnel starting approximately three (3) months before Launch. Rehearsals shall be conducted for each mission phase at Contractor’s facility, placing particular emphasis on the early orbit operations phase. Alternate operating
modes of the ground command and control complex shall be exercised and include selected Satellite and ground system anomalies. 
  

	2.5.6	Launch and Early Orbit Operations 

  

	2.5.6.1	Launch Support Services 

 Contractor shall render launch support
services to the Launch Agency. 
  

	2.5.6.2	Launch Support Services 

 Contractor shall perform the following
spacecraft-related tasks: 
  

	 	a.	Conduct inspection and performance tests of the Satellite at the Launch Site 

  

	 	b.	Conduct any necessary assembly and checkout, including propulsion subsystem propellant loading and pressurization 

  

	 	c.	Support spacecraft-Launch Vehicle integration according to a schedule coordinated with the Launch Vehicle Supplier 

  

	 	d.	Support spacecraft-Launch Vehicle integrated system tests 

  

	 	e.	Conduct flight readiness performance tests of the Satellite 

  

	 	f.	Conduct pre-Launch activities 

  

 Exhibit A 
 30 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	g.	Support Launch Services during the period from Launch through spacecraft-Launch Vehicle separation 

  

	 	h.	Update all launch documentation to show orbital location of 111.0 degrees West. 

  

	2.5.6.3	Transfer Orbit Operations 

 Contractor shall provide equipment,
personnel and services needed to: (a) acquire Satellite telemetry and orbit data; (b) perform necessary calculations and analysis; and (c) execute commands required to maneuver the Satellite through transfer orbit to its specified
mission orbit location. 
  

	2.5.6.4	Initial Satellite Operations 

 Contractor shall perform initial
Satellite operations, including IOT, after the Satellite is placed in its mission orbit. Contractor shall provide an IOT Summary Report, CDRL 12c, containing an analysis confirming the Satellite satisfies the acceptance criteria defined in the IOT
Procedures (CDRL 12b), and a Detailed IOT Report, CDRL 12d. 
 Contractor shall provide the following personnel to support IOT: 
  

	 	a.	IOT Director — One (1) IOT Director shall be stationed at Contractor’s Mission Control Center (MCC) during orbit raising, and shall relocate to the IOT
Coordination Center before start of payload testing. Throughout the IOT period, the IOT Director shall be Contractor’s single point of contact for matters related to Satellite testing. 

  

	 	b.	Payload IOT Coordinators — Two (2) Payload IOT Coordinators shall be stationed at the IOT Coordination Center during payload tests. One (1) coordinator shall
lead real-time payload tests on one (1) of two (2) work shifts. Both shall be system engineers experienced in evaluating payload test data, and shall review such data with Purchaser’s designated representatives.

  

	 	c.	Bus IOT Coordinator — One (1) Bus IOT Coordinator shall be stationed at Contractor’s MCC during IOT. This coordinator shall be a system engineer familiar with
evaluating bus test data, and shall review such data with Purchaser’s designated representatives. 

  

	 	d.	Other Bus IOT Personnel — Other engineering personnel shall conduct bus IOT and evaluate test data. These personnel shall be stationed at Contractor’s MCC.

  

	 	e.	Other Payload IOT Personnel — Other engineering personnel and technicians shall be stationed at the IOT Coordination Center, and shall conduct payload IOT in two
(2) shifts per day, calibrate and maintain Contractor’s In-orbit Test Equipment (IOTE), and evaluate test data. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 31 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.5.6.5	Communications and Data Lines 

 Contractor shall provide the
required communications and data lines to perform the services specified in Paragraphs 2.5.6.3 and 2.5.6.4. Contractor shall provide and maintain a list of telephone, fax and e-mail contacts for each subsystem to be used by Purchaser personnel in a
Satellite emergency. 
  

	2.5.7	Transfer Orbit TT&C Stations 

 Contractor shall make available
the required transfer orbit TT&C sites and shall provide its MCC as the control center for orbit raising and IOT. Contractor shall verify compatibility of the interface between TT&C stations and the Satellite before Launch. Purchaser shall
provide TT&C station support for IOT operations as prescribed in Paragraph 2.6. 
  

	2.5.8	Long-Term Support 

 Following completion of In-Orbit Testing (IOT),
Contractor shall provide Satellite emergency operations and anomaly resolution support services throughout the Satellite Mission Life. Contractor shall issue and submit to Purchaser preliminary in-orbit anomaly reports and final in-orbit anomaly
investigation reports”. 
  

	2.5.8.1	Satellite Emergency Operations and Anomaly Resolution Support Services 

 Contractor shall maintain the following throughout the Satellite Mission Life: 
  

	 	a.	Contractor shall provide a contact point that the Purchaser/operator can reach twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, for purposes of requesting
Satellite emergency operations and anomaly resolution support services. The point of contact shall be in the form of a live person using English as the primary language, who can be reached via telephone, email and FAX. The Contractor point of
contact shall have the capability to initiate the assembly of a Contractor Emergency Support Team (EST) to perform the Satellite emergency operations and anomaly resolution support services described below, but shall not otherwise have any authority
to speak on behalf of Contractor, nor perform diagnostics, nor provide any type of corrective actions. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 32 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	b.	Upon Purchaser/operator’s request for emergency operations and anomaly resolution support services, Contractor shall promptly establish an Emergency Support Team (EST) at
Contractor’s facilities. The EST shall have the authority to perform diagnostics and give recommendations for corrective actions. The EST shall have the capability to communicate, using English as the primary language, via telephone and FAX.
The Purchaser/operator shall be responsible for promptly providing the EST with the necessary and appropriate Satellite command and telemetry data, as the EST support may by affected/limited by lack of real-time telemetry. If it is later determined
that the EST support was required as a result of Purchaser/operator error, including lack of properly trained (by Contractor) Purchaser/operator personnel, or due to negligence on the part of Purchaser/operator, Purchaser shall reimburse Contractor
for such EST support on a time and materials basis. 

  

	 	c.	Contractor shall maintain equipment that is required at Contractor’s facilities for Satellite emergency operations and anomaly resolution support. Contractor shall maintain the
capability of processing Satellite telemetry during its mission lifetime, but said processing may not be in real-time. 

  

	 	d.	Contractor shall maintain a library of data and documents generated during the Satellite build at the Contractor’s facilities. Contractor shall also maintain a library of the
latest released SOOH, schematics and TT&C databases at Contractor’s facilities. Contractor shall correct, at Contractor’s expense, any errors found in such documentation that is determined by Contractor to be a risk to Satellite
operations. 

  

	 	e.	Purchaser/operator shall be entitled to request Satellite emergency operations support services when the Purchaser/operator cannot maintain the Satellite in its required orbit and
attitude or the Satellite is experiencing a Satellite anomaly, as defined in f) below, which has resulted in or is likely to result in the immediate loss of the Satellite. In this event, the EST will promptly take reasonable actions
consistent with accepted industry practices to advise the operator in attempting to return the Satellite to an operational condition. Such Satellite emergency operations support services shall cease when the EST determines either that the Satellite
can be returned to an operational condition and maintained in its required orbit and attitude, or that the Satellite cannot reasonably be returned to a full or partial operational condition. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 33 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	f.	Upon Purchaser/operator’s request, Contractor shall provide an analysis of all Satellite Anomalies occurring during the Satellite Mission Life. A Satellite Anomaly includes:
(i) any malfunction on-orbit in a hardware unit that reduces the component redundancy; (ii) any malfunction on-orbit that reduces the expected Satellite Mission Life; (iii) any malfunction on-orbit that reduces the available power;
(iv) any malfunction on-orbit that produces a measurable reduction in EIRP or G/T; (v) any malfunction on-orbit that causes a loss of Earth pointing; or (vi) any improper functioning of software, due to viruses, inappropriate
disabling code, devices that bypass Purchaser’s security measures, and improper processing of date specific fields. 

 Upon notification by Purchaser/operator of such a Satellite Anomaly, Contractor shall promptly advise the purchaser/operator of reasonable actions consistent with accepted industry practices to analyze the Anomaly and where possible suggest
and take corrective action that will minimize any operational impacts arising from any such Satellite Anomaly. Purchaser/operator shall notify Contractor of all Satellite Anomalies, as part of Purchaser’s monthly report to
Contractor, within thirty (30) days after the anomaly is first observed. In addition, Purchaser shall provide an operational history of the Satellite and appropriate Satellite command and telemetry data to allow Contractor to analyze the
Anomaly. Contractor shall provide a final written anomaly report, including a description of the Anomaly, the cause of the Anomaly, when such cause can be determined using reasonable efforts consistent with standard industry practices, and any
corrective action taken or recommended. 
  

	2.5.9	Insurance Support 

 Contractor shall support Purchaser in matters
relating to spacecraft insurance in Purchaser’s dealings with the insurance company(ies) as specified in the Terms and Conditions. In addition, Contractor shall make necessary arrangements for up to two (2) surveys related to insurance
procurement to be conducted by insurance company representatives at Contractor’s premises during performance of the Contract. Contractor shall use its best efforts to obtain permission for similar surveys on the premises of its Major
Subcontractors, if required. 
  

	2.5.10	Spacecraft Storage (Option) 

 Should Purchaser direct ground storage
of a Satellite IAW the Contract, Contractor shall arrange to store the Satellite per the Contract. Purchaser shall notify Contractor of the planned storage at least four (4) months before the originally planned delivery date. Purchaser’s
obligations in support of this option shall be as specified in the Terms and Conditions. Upon recall from storage, Contractor shall conduct visual inspections and verification tests to confirm the Satellite has not degraded during the storage period
as required by the Storage Plan. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 34 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.6	PURCHASER FURNISHED ITEMS 

  

	2.6.1	Equipment, Facilities and Services 

 Purchaser and Contractor shall
participate in a Technical Interchange Meeting (TIM) at a mutually agreed to date during Post-CDR to review and agree upon the availability and adequacy of equipment, facilities and services listed below. 
  

	 	a.	Contractor shall be allowed access to Purchaser-owned Earth station sites or facilities that are within the proper look angle of the Satellite at its on-station orbital location.
Such access shall include RF communications equipment, TT&C facilities and equipment, standard communications test equipment and support services and shall be limited to those items already in place, functioning and available at Purchaser’s
facilities. Contractor shall be responsible for any additional required items to support Launch, IOT, and/or on-orbit operation of the Satellite. 

  

	 	b.	Purchaser shall provide, operate, and maintain all payload-test Earth stations required for IOT. These Earth stations shall be capable of performing IOT and shall consist of
antennas and RF equipment, high power amplifiers, low noise amplifiers, etc., with interfaces to Contractor-provided In-Orbit Test Equipment (IOTE). At each Earth station, Purchaser shall provide space and interface support for temporary
installation of Contractor-provided IOTE. One Earth station shall be designated as the IOT Coordination Center. 

  

	 	c.	Contractor shall be allowed access to and use of Purchaser’s test and support technicians during on-site installation, integration and test activities.

  

	 	d.	At or in close proximity to the Earth stations or facilities, Purchaser shall provide space and interface support. Purchaser shall provide reasonable office space, conference room,
and administrative areas for Contractor personnel during temporary installation of Contractor-provided IOTE and during orbit raising and IOT. These locations shall be equipped with telephones, fax, and copier. 

  

	 	e.	Purchaser shall provide appropriate personnel to participate in two (2) technical reviews at Contractor’s facility, before Launch, for compatibility testing and for one
(1) mission rehearsal. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 35 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	 	f.	Purchaser shall provide remote ranging site, including antenna, RF, and frequency translation equipment to support turn-around ranging. 

  

	 	g.	Purchaser shall provide the following personnel to support IOT: 

  

	 	1.	IOT Director — An IOT Director who shall be stationed at the IOT Coordination Center and work with Contractor’s IOT Director to support day-to-day IOT operations

  

	 	2.	Earth Station Coordinators — An Earth Station Coordinator who shall be stationed at the IOT Coordination Center, work with Contractor’s Payload IOT Coordinators and
operate Purchaser-provided antennas and RF equipment. 

  

	 	3.	Bus Technical Representative — A Bus Technical Representative who shall be stationed at Contractor’s MCC and review and approve Bus IOT data with Contractor’s
Bus IOT Coordinator. 

  

	 	4.	Payload Technical Representatives —Payload Technical Representatives who shall be stationed at the IOT Coordination Center, and review and approve payload IOT data with
Contractor’s Payload IOT Coordinator. The representatives shall be responsible for approving transponder test data and antenna pattern data. 

  

	 	h.	Purchaser shall provide an interim orbital location for IOT, if different from the final mission orbit location, within twelve (12) months following the start of Post-CDR.
Purchaser shall be responsible for obtaining permission to use this interim location for IOT. 

  

	 	i.	Purchaser shall provide documentation that supports calibration of Purchaser-furnished items. Certification of calibration satisfactory to Contractor shall be provided.

  

	 	j.	If Purchaser desires Contractor to provide post-IOT long-term support to on-orbit operations, in excess of that described in Section 2.5.8 (Long Term Support) above, this SOW
and the Contract shall be amended, or a separate contract and SOW executed for such additional services. 

  

	2.6.2	Data 

 Purchaser shall provide: 
  

	 	a.	Telemetry and command RF frequencies at three (3) months after AED 

  

	 	b.	Periodic reports of Satellite in-orbit status 

  

	 	c.	Documentation to support calibration of Purchaser-provided equipment for IOT listed in Paragraph 2.6.1. 

  

 Exhibit A 
 36 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

	2.7	SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 

 Contractor shall treat all assigned command
RF and command address codes as Purchaser Proprietary Information and shall not publicize these except as approved in writing by Purchaser prior to any disclosure. 
 3. PRODUCT ASSURANCE SERVICES 
 The Contractor shall establish and manage a Product Assurance (PA) Program as defined
in Exhibit C—Commercial Programs Product Assurance Program Plan. 
  

	3.1	PRODUCT ASSURANCE AUDITS 

 Purchaser and their consultants shall be
invited to participate in audits of Major Subcontractors. When there are subcontractor changes that affect a critical deliverable item, Purchaser and their consultants shall be informed and shall have the right to participate in the supplier
qualification process. Purchaser and their consultants shall have the right to participate in the selection of any supplier of critical items with unproven qualification status. 
 Purchaser and their consultants shall have the right to perform independent audits of the implementation and effectiveness of the Contractor’s Product Assurance Program. Specific ESD audits will be performed by
Purchaser and their consultants at various stages of the Program. Purchaser will notify and coordinate all formal Program audits with the Contractor’s Program Management Office. The results of Purchaser audits will be documented and transmitted
to the Contractor’s management for corrective action. Purchaser and their consultants shall be notified of the corrective actions taken. Audits at Subcontractor’s facilities will be coordinated with Contractor PA. Follow up reviews if
required, will be coordinated to ensure that adequate and continual corrective actions have been implemented. 
  

	3.2	NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTING 

 The Contractor will notify the Purchaser
and their consultants of major non-conformances in accordance with CDRL item 18. 
 If a unit or subsystem develops two (2) identical failures or three
(3) different types of failures during testing, the Contractor shall halt testing and convene a Failure Review Board, with participation by Purchaser and/or their consultants, before any further action is undertaken. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 37 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 The Contractor shall conduct a re-test, in accordance with Spacecraft Performance Verification Requirements, for any test
failure at unit or higher level during acceptance, protoflight or qualification testing. The Contractor shall conduct a system-level re-test for any return of the spacecraft from the Launch Site for any reason. The scope of any re-test shall be
mutually agreed between Purchaser and the Contractor. 
  

	3.3	PURCHASER RIGHT OF ACCESS 

 Purchaser representatives, including
their consultants, shall be notified and have the right to participate in all technical reviews, manufacturing reviews, test, test readiness, and review board meetings relevant to the quality and performance of flight hardware and software provided
under this Contract. This includes participation in formal reviews of all failures and non-conformance dispositions. 
 Purchaser and their consultants shall
have the right to monitor Engineering and Breadboard model testing performed under the Contract, witness all qualification, protoflight and acceptance tests, at both the Contractor and Subcontractor’s facilities, and shall be given adequate
notification in advance of the commencement of such tests. 
 In the event that unit and system test data on parallel spacecraft programs are directly
related to the validation of this Contract, Purchaser and their consultants shall have the right to witness such tests and review the pertinent data. 
 All
surveillance activities conducted by Purchaser or their consultants shall not in any way replace the Contractor’s inspections, or relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for ensuring the quality of the Deliverable Items. 
 Purchaser and their consultants shall be given access to all test data, and shall be provided with copies of the test data, when requested. Purchaser and their
consultants shall also be given access to all instrument calibration data. 
 The Contractor shall provide Purchaser and their consultants with adequate
workspace at any unit, subsystem or system test location to allow real time on-site test monitoring and data review. At system level testing, a terminal shall be made available to Purchaser and their consultants in the test area to review real-time
and archived test data. 
  

 Exhibit A 
 38 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 Annex 1 — Contract Data Requirements List 
  

											
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	SOW Paragraph
	 01
	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.1
	 02
	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.2
	 03
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	2.2.4
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
	 04
	  	[***]	  	A	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.2.11
	 05
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
		  	[***]	  	A	  	4	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.5
	 06
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
		  	[***]	  	A	  	4	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.6
	 07
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.7
	 08
	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.10.1
	 09
	  	[***]	  	I	  	2	  	[***]	  	2.4.9
	 10
	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.10.2
	 11
	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.12,2.2.8.13

  

 A1-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

			
	Class Code	 	A = For Approval by Purchaser
		 	  I = For Information

 The Parties will review the Class Codes and revise as appropriate upon mutual agreement. 
 Notes:(1)EDC =
Effective Date of Contract 
  

											
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	SOW Paragraph
	12	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.10.3
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.10.3
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.4.13
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.5.6.4
	13	  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.3
	14	  	[***]	  	I	  	Available in agreed upon elec-tronic format	  	[***]	  	2.2.16
	15	  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.2.17
	16	  	[***]	  	A	  	Also pro-vided in electronic media; in MS Word format	  		  	2.2.18
		  	[***]	  		  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.18 (a)
		  	[***]	  		  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.18 (b)
		  	[***]	  		  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.18 (c)

  

 A1-2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
		  	[***]	  		  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.18 (d)
	 17
	  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.5.5.2
	 18
	  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.2.15
	 19
	  	[***]	  	A	  	3	  	As required	  	2.2.15

  

 A1-3 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	 SOW Paragraph

	 20
	  	[***]	  	I	  	2	  	[***]	  	2.2.14
	 21
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.5.4
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.5.4
	 22
	  	[***]	  	A	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.2.4
						
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	 SOW Paragraph

	 23
	  	[***]	  	I	  	*	  	[***]	  	2.2.9
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
	 24
	  	[***]	  	A	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.4.8

  

 A1-4 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
	 ‘No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	 SOW Paragraph

	 25
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	2.5.3
		  	[***]	  	I	  	X	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	X	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
	 26
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	A	  	4	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
	 27
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	A	  	4	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
	 28
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	I	  	As req’d	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		  	[***]	  	A	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.2.8

  

 A1-5 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
		 	 [***]
	  	A	  	4	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		 	 [***]
	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.2.8
		 	 [***]
	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	

  

 A1-6 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	 SOW Paragraph

	 29
	  	[***]	  	I	  		  	[***]	  	
	 30
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	X	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	A	  	3	  	[***]	  	
	 31
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	1	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	A	  	1	  	[***]	  	2.4.11
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	2.4.13
	 32
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	

  

 A1-7 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

											
	 No.
	  	 Title
	  	 Class
	  	 Quantity
	  	 Due Date(1)
	  	 SOW Paragraph

		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
		  	[***]	  	A	  	3	  	[***]	  	
	 33
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	3
		  	[***]	  	I	  	3	  	[***]	  	
	 34
	  	[***]	  		  		  		  	
		  	[***]	  	I	  	5	  	[***]	  	2.4.8

  

 A1-8 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Exhibit B 
 TerreStar 
 Satellite Performance 
 Specifications 
  

			
	Revision 6	  	October 18, 2007

  

			
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.	  	
	3825 Fabian Way	  	
	Palo Alto, California 94303-4201	  	  

		
	TerreStar Networks Inc.	  	
	One Discovery Square	  	
	9th Floor	  	
	12010 Sunset Hills Road	  	
	Reston, Virginia 20190	  	  

  

	
	This document contains data and information proprietary to Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. This data is being furnished pursuant to the provisions of the Contract
between TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. for the TerreStar Satellite Program. Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. shall have the right to duplicate, use or disclose the data and information to the extent
specified in the Purchase Contract.
	
	Information included in Figures 2a, 2b, 2c and 6 of this document is controlled under the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”) by the U.S. Department of State. Export
or transfer of the information contained in these Figures to a Foreign Person or foreign entity requires an export license issued by the U.S. Department of State or an ITAR exemption prior to the export or transfer.

  

			
		  	Revision 6
		  	10/18/07
	 Exhibit B
	  	
		  	1/24

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 CONTENTS 
  

											
	 Section
	  	Page
	 CONTENTS
	  	II
	 1 — SCOPE
	  	1
	 2 — SATELLITE SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
	  	1
		 	 2.1
	 	 LAUNCH REQUIREMENTS
	  	1
		 	 2.2
	 	 ORBIT AND POSITION
	  	1
		 	 2.3
	 	 ENVIRONMENT
	  	1
		 	 2.4
	 	 SATELLITE SAFETY
	  	1
		 	 2.5
	 	 SATELLITE RELIABILITY
	  	2
		 		 	 2.5.1
	 	 Pre-Synchronous Orbit Requirements
	  	2
		 		 	 2.5.2
	 	 Synchronous Orbit Requirements
	  	2
		 		 		 	 2.5.2.1
	  	 Bus
	  	2
		 		 		 	 2.5.2.2
	  	 Payload
	  	2
		 		 		 	 2.5.2.3
	  	 Reliability
	  	3
		 		 	 2.5.3
	 	 General Conditions
	  	3
		 	 2.6
	 	 ON-GROUND STORAGE
	  	4
		 	 2.7
	 	 LIFETIME
	  	4
		 	 2.8
	 	 ORBITAL DEBRIS MITIGATION
	  	4
		 	 2.9
	 	 DEFINITION OF COORDINATE AXES AND ATTITUDE ANGLES
	  	5
		 	 2.10
	 	 ANTENNA BEAM POINTING ACCURACY
	  	5
		 		 	 2.10.1
	 	 Ku-band Gateway Beams
	  	5
		 		 	 2.10.2
	 	 S-band User Beams
	  	6
		 	 2.11
	 	 IN-ORBIT TESTING
	  	6
		 	 2.12
	 	 FCC and ITU Requirements
	  	6
	 3 — COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 3.1
	 	 DESCRIPTION
	  	1
		 	 3.2
	 	 GENERAL CONDITIONS
	  	1
		 	 3.3
	 	 DEFINITIONS
	  	2
		 	 3.4
	 	 COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS
	  	6
		 		 	 3.4.1
	 	 Gateway Beam
	  	6
		 		 	 3.4.3
	 	 User Spot Beams
	  	11
		 		 	 3.4.4
	 	 POLARIZATION AND POLARIZATION ISOLATION
	  	12
		 		 	 3.4.4.1
	 	 KU-BAND TRANSMIT AN RECEIVE ISOLATION
	  	13
		 	 3.5
	 	 FREQUENCY PLAN
	  	13

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 ii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  

											
		 		 	 3.5.1
	 	 Forward Link
	  	13
		 		 	 3.5.2
	 	 Return Link
	  	15
		 		 	 3.5.3
	 	 GBBF Doppler Compensation
	  	15
		 		 		 	 3.5.3.1
	  	 Forward Doppler Compensation
	  	15
		 		 		 	 3.5.3.2
	  	 Forward Reference Pilot
	  	15
		 		 		 	 3.5.3.3
	  	 Return Beacon
	  	16
		 		 		 	 3.5.3.4
	  	 Return Beacon Signal
	  	16
		 		 	 3.5.4
	 	 Return Frequency Translation Stability
	  	17
		 	 3.6
	 	 EQUIVALENT ISOTROPIC RADIATED POWER (EIRP)
	  	18
		 		 	 3.6.1
	 	 Forward Link Aggregate EIRP(AEIRP)
	  	18
		 		 	 3.6.2
	 	 Return Link
	  	19
		 		 	 3.6.3
	 	 Ku-band Return EIRP Degradation over Redundant Paths
	  	19
		 		 	 3.6.4
	 	 Ku-band Return EIRP Stability
	  	19
		 	 3.7
	 	 RECEIVE GAIN/NOISE TEMPERATURE (G/T)
	  	19
		 		 	 3.7.1
	 	 Forward Link G/T
	  	19
		 		 		 	 3.7.1.1
	  	 G/T Stability
	  	19
		 		 	 3.7.2
	 	 Return Link G/T for Full Band Operation
	  	19
		 	 3.8
	 	 FLUX DENSITY (FD)
	  	20
		 		 	 3.8.1
	 	 Forward Link Flux Density
	  	20
		 		 	 3.8.2
	 	 Return Link Flux Density
	  	20
		 		 	 3.8.3
	 	 Transmission Path Gain Matching
	  	21
		 	 3.9
	 	 IN-BAND FREQUENCY RESPONSE
	  	21
		 		 	 3.9.1
	 	 Forward Gain Flatness
	  	21
		 		 	 3.9.2
	 	 Return Gain Flatness
	  	21
		 		 	 3.9.3
	 	 Forward and Return Phase Frequency Response
	  	21
		 	 3.10
	 	 AMPLITUDE LINEARITY
	  	21
		 		 	 3.10.1
	 	 Input Section
	  	21
		 		 	 3.10.2
	 	 Overall
	  	22
		 	 3.11
	 	 AMPLITUDE AND PHASE VARIATION
	  	22
		 		 	 3.11.1
	 	 Amplitude Stability
	  	22
		 		 	 3.11.2
	 	 Transmission Path-to-Path Amplitude Variation
	  	23
		 		 	 3.11.3
	 	 Phase Stability
	  	23
		 		 	 3.11.4
	 	 Transmission Path-to-Path Time Delay Variation
	  	23
		 	 3.12
	 	 OUT-OF-BAND REQUIREMENTS
	  	24
		 		 	 3.12.1
	 	 Forward Receive Out-of-Band Rejection
	  	24
		 		 	 3.12.2
	 	 Forward Transmit Out-of-Band Response for Transmission Paths
	  	24
		 		 	 3.12.3
	 	 Forward Transmit Out-of-Band Response
	  	24

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 iii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  

											
		 		 	 3.12.4
	 	 Return Receive Out-of-Band Response for Transmission Paths
	  	24
		 		 	 3.12.5
	 	 Return Receive Out-of-Band Response
	  	25
		 		 	 3.12.6
	 	 Return Transmit Out-of-Band Response
	  	25
		 	 3.13
	 	 SPURIOUS OUTPUTS
	  	25
		 		 	 3.13.1
	 	 In-Band Outputs
	  	25
		 		 	 3.13.2
	 	 Out-of-Band Outputs
	  	26
		 		 	 3.13.3
	 	 Phase Noise
	  	26
		 		 	 3.13.4
	 	 Spurious Modulation
	  	26
		 	 3.14
	 	 MULTIPACTION AND PASSIVE INTERMODULATION (PIM)
	  	28
		 	 3.15
	 	 OVERDRIVE
	  	29
		 	 3.16
	 	 PAYLOAD TELEMETRY
	  	29
		 	 3.17
	 	 PAYLOAD COMMANDS
	  	30
	 4 — ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 4.1
	 	 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
	  	1
		 	 4.2
	 	 ATTITUDE DETERMINATION
	  	1
		 	 4.3
	 	 ATTITUDE CONTROL
	  	1
		 		 	 4.3.1
	 	 Reacquisition
	  	1
		 		 	 4.3.2
	 	 Operational Attitude Control and Antenna Pointing
	  	2
		 		 	 4.3.3
	 	 Control Bias Capability
	  	2
		 		 	 4.3.4
	 	 In-Orbit Antenna Pattern Measurement Capability
	  	2
		 		 	 4.3.5
	 	 Sun/Moon Interference
	  	2
		 		 	 4.3.6
	 	 Safe Modes
	  	3
		 		 	 4.3.7
	 	 Shadow Mode
	  	3
		 	 4.4
	 	 ACS REDUNDANCY
	  	3
		 	 4.5
	 	 TELEMETRY AND COMMAND REQUIREMENTS
	  	3
	 5 — TRACKING, TELEMETRY, AND COMMAND
	  	1
		 	 5.1
	 	 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
	  	1
		 		 	 5.1.1
	 	 Command
	  	1
		 		 	 5.1.2
	 	 Telemetry
	  	2
		 		 	 5.1.3
	 	 Ranging
	  	2
		 		 	 5.1.4
	 	 TT &CICommunications Compatibility
	  	5
		 		 	 5.1.5
	 	 Command Security
	  	5
		 	 5.2
	 	 TELEMETRY PERFORMANCE
	  	6
		 		 	 5.2.1
	 	 Dwell telemetry
	  	7
		 		 	 5.2.2
	 	 Telemetry Transmitter
	  	7
		 	 5.3
	 	 COMMAND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE
	  	8
		 	 5.4
	 	 TT &C ANTENNA
	  	9

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 iv 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  

											
		 	 5.5
	 	 TELEMETRY REQUIREMENTS
	  	10
	 6 — ELECTRICAL POWER SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 6.1
	 	 SOLAR ARRAY
	  	1
		 	 6.2
	 	 BATTERY
	  	1
		 	 6.3
	 	 POWER CONDITIONING AND CONTROL
	  	2
		 	 6.4
	 	 TELEMETRY REQUIREMENTS
	  	4
	 7 — THERMAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 7.1
	 	 SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION
	  	1
		 	 7.2
	 	 TELEMETRY REQUIREMENTS
	  	2
	 8 — PROPULSION SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 8.1
	 	 PROPELLANT LOAD
	  	2
		 	 8.2
	 	 TELEMETRY REQUIREMENTS
	  	3
	 9 — STRUCTURE SUBSYSTEM
	  	1
		 	 9.1
	 	 SAFETY MARGINS
	  	1
		 	 9.2
	 	 ACCESSIBILITY
	  	2
	 10 — MECHANISMS AND ACTUATORS
	  	1
		 	 10. 1
	 	 ROTATING DEVICES
	  	1
		 	 10.2
	 	 DEPLOYMENT MECHANISMS
	  	1
		 	 10.3
	 	 MECHANISM REDUNDANCY
	  	1
		 	 10.4
	 	 TELEMETRY REQUIREMENTS
	  	2
	 11 — PYROTECHNIC DEVICES
	  	1
		
	 ANNEX A — RADIATION, METEOROID, AND CHARGING ENVIRONMENT
	  	1
		 	 1
	 	 INTRODUCTION
	  	1
		 	 2
	 	 RADIATION ENVIRONMENT
	  	1
		 	 3
	 	 METEOROID ENVIRONMENT
	  	1
		 	 4
	 	 CHARGING ENVIRONMENT
	  	9
		 		 	 4.1
	 	 Surface Charging
	  	9
		 		 	 4.2
	 	 Internal/deep Charging
	  	9
		
	 ANNEX B — LAUNCH VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS
	  	1
		 	 1
	 	 INTRODUCTION
	  	1
		 	 2
	 	 LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACE
	  	1
		 		 	 2.1
	 	 General Interface Requirements
	  	1
		 		 	 2.2
	 	 Electrical Interfaces
	  	1
		 		 	 2.3
	 	 Mechanical Interfaces
	  	2
		 		 	 2.4
	 	 RF Interfaces
	  	2

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 v 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  

											
		 	 2
	 	 LAUNCH VEHICLE INDUCED ENVIRONMENT
	  	2
		 		 	 3.1
	 	 Mechanical
	  	2
		 		 	 3.2
	 	 Thermal
	  	2
		 	 4
	 	 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
	  	2
		 		 	 4.1
	 	 Design
	  	2
		 	 5
	 	 CONTAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
	  	3
		 	 6
	 	 LAUNCH SITE OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS
	  	3
		 	 7
	 	 LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACE DELIVERABLE DATA REQUIREMENTS
	  	3
		 		 	 7.1
	 	 Spacecraft-to-Launch-Vehicle Interface Control Document
	  	3
		 		 	 7.2
	 	 Launch Site Operations Plan
	  	4
		 		 	 7.3
	 	 Launch Site Safety Submissions
	  	4
		 		 	 7.4
	 	 Coupled Loads Model
	  	5
		 		 	 7.5
	 	 Coupled Thermal Model
	  	5
		 		 	 7.6
	 	 Satellite Environmental Test Plan
	  	6
		 		 	 7.7
	 	 Fit Check and Separation Shock Test
	  	6
		 		 	 7.8
	 	 Mission Analyses Inputs
	  	6
		 		 	 7.9
	 	 Launch Site Facilities Requirements Document
	  	6
		 		 	 7.10
	 	 Launch Site Operations Procedures
	  	7
		 		 	 7.11
	 	 Launch Vehicle Mission Design Review Packages
	  	7
		 		 	 7.12
	 	 launch Vehicle Launch Readiness Review Package
	  	7
		 		 	 7.13
	 	 Launch Vehicle Flight Readiness Review Package
	  	8
		 		 	 7.14
	 	 Launch Vehicle Pre-Shipment Review Package
	  	8
		 		 	 7.15
	 	 Launch Vehicle Post Flight Report
	  	8
		 		 	 7.16
	 	 Launch Processing Photographs and Video
	  	9
		 		 	 7.17
	 	 Contractor-Provided Launch Documentation
	  	9

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 vi 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 ILLUSTRATIONS 
  

					
	 Figure
	  	 	  	Page
	 Figure 1.
	  	Receive Polarization Isolation	  	4
	 Figure 2a:
	  	Forward Ku to IF Block diagram (For Reference only)	  	7
	 Figure 2b:
	  	Forward IF to S Block Diagram (For Reference Only)	  	8
	 Figure 2c:
	  	Return Functional Block Diagram (For Reference Only)	  	9
	 Figure 3.
	  	Spot Beam Coverage Area, Satellite at 111.10 West	  	11
	 Figure 4.
	  	Reference Beam Plan for 7- fold Frequency Reuse	  	12
	 Figure 5.
	  	TerreStar On-Station Frequency Plan	  	15
	 Figure 6.
	  	TT&C Subsystem Block Diagram (For Illustration Only)	  	4

 TABLES 
  

					
	 Table
	  	 	  	Page
	 Table 1.
	  	Not used	  	
	 Table 2.
	  	Forward AEIRP	  	18
	 Table 3.
	  	Return G/T	  	19
	 Table 4.
	  	Timer Value Options	  	5
	 Table 5.
	  	Telemetry Baseband Performance Summary	  	6
	 Table 6.
	  	Telemetry RF Performance	  	8
	 Table 7.
	  	Command RF Performance Summary	  	9
	 Table A-I.
	  	Electron Fluence (160W)	  	1
	 Table A-2.
	  	Proton Fluence (Including Solar Flares) and Alpha Particle	  	3
	 Table A-3.
	  	Cosmic Ray Spectrum	  	4
	 Table A-4.
	  	Meteroroid Flux Model by MASS	  	5
	 Table A-5.
	  	Meteoroid Velocity Distribution per NASA SP 8013 dated March, 1969	  	5
	 Table A-6.
	  	Meteoroid Penetration Thickness and Crater Diameter	  	6
	 Table A-7.
	  	Ultraviolet Radiation	  	6
	 Table A-8.
	  	Integral LET Spectra for Geostationary Orbit, M=3 for Single Event Effects	  	8

  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 vii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 1 — SCOPE 
 This document specifies the performance characteristics of the TerreStar 2-GHz GEO Satellite designed to relay digital voice and data traffic in the 2 GHz band
frequencies. The satellite shall be compatible with the launch constraints, restrictions, environments, and limitations of the launch vehicles and shall be capable of being placed in a geostationary orbit at the geostationary position of 111.1°
W longitude. 
 The TerreStar 2-GHz GEO Satellite Space Segment consist of a spacecraft, ground-based beam forming (GBBF) subsystem, and tracking, telemetry
and command subsystems. Within this segment, two links are provided for communicating between gateways and users. 
  

	 	1.	A forward link with Ku-band uplinks and 2-GHz band downlinks 

  

	 	2.	A return link with 2-GHz band uplinks and Ku-band downlinks 

 The 2-GHz
band coverage is accomplished by employing spot beams, using the Satellite and the Ground Based Beamforming (GBBF) subsystem. The Satellite shall include a multi-element feed array and reflector antenna for the 2-GHz band coverage. The GBBF
processes the signals to and from the spacecraft S-band feed array elements. 
 The TerreStar communications payload provides two distinct links between the
gateways and the users. These links are accomplished with a large number of spot beams providing coverage to the continental United States, Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands. [***]. 
 [***]. 
 [***]. 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 1-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 2 — SATELLITE SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS 
 [***] [The remaining 6 pages (pages 2-1 through 2-6) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 2-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 3 — COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 29 pages (pages 3-1 through 3-29) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 3-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 4 — ATTITUDE CONTROL SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 4 pages (pages 4-1 through 4-4) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 4-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 5 — TRACKING, TELEMETRY, AND COMMAND 
 [***] [The remaining 10 pages (pages 5-1 through 5-10) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 5-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 6 — ELECTRICAL POWER SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 4 pages (pages 6-1 through 6-4) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 6-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 7 — THERMAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 2 pages (pages 7-1 through 7-2) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 7-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 8 — PROPULSION SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 3 pages (pages 8-1 through 8-3) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 8-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 9 — STRUCTURE SUBSYSTEM 
 [***] [The remaining 2 pages (pages 9-1 through 9-2) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 9-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 10 — MECHANISMS AND ACTUATORS 
 [***] [The remaining 2 pages (pages 10-1 through 10-2) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 10-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 11 — PYROTECHNIC DEVICES 
 [***] [The remaining page (page 11-1) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 11-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 ANNEX A 
 TO 
 EXHIBIT B 
 RADIATION, METEOROID AND CHARGING ENVIRONMENT 
  

 Revision 6 
 Exhibit B 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 ANNEX A — RADIATION, METEOROID, AND CHARGING ENVIRONMENT

 [***] [The remaining 8 pages (pages A-1 through A-8) of this Annex have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Exhibit B — Performance Spec 
 A-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the
restriction on the title page. 

 ANNEX B 
 TO 
 EXHIBIT B 
 LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS 
  

 Revision 4.1 
 Exhibit B 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 TerreStar Satellite Program – Technical Specifications 
  
 ANNEX B — LAUNCH VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS 
 LIST OF ACRONYMS 
  

			
	 Acronyms
	 	 Definition

	 EMC
	 	Electromagnetic Compatibility
	 EMI
	 	Electromagnetic Interference
	 RF
	 	Radio Frequency

  

	1	INTRODUCTION 

 This Appendix B, Launch Vehicle Interface
Requirements, outlines the requirements for the interfacing the spacecraft with the launch vehicle. Deliverable documentation as part of this contract is specified in Exhibit A, Satellite Statement of Work. 
  

	2	LAUNCH VEHICLE INTERFACE 

 [***] [The remaining 9 pages (pages B-1
through B-9) of this Annex have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 Exhibit B — Performance Spec 
 B-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the
restriction on the title page. 

 ANNEX C 
 TO 
 EXHIBIT B 
 COVERAGE AREA POLYGON DEFINITION 
  

 Exhibit B 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 [***] [The remaining 45 pages (pages C-1 through C-45) of this Annex have been omitted and filed separately with the
Commission.] 
  

 Exhibit B 
 C-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page.

 EXHIBIT C 
 COMMERCIAL PROGRAMS 
 PRODUCT ASSURANCE PLAN 
 [***] [Pages 1-220 of this Exhibit C have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 

 Revision 3 
  
 EXHIBIT D 
 TERRESTAR 

SATELLITE TEST PLAN 
 Revision 3

 October 30, 2007 
  

			
	Prepared for:	  	
	TerreStar Networks Inc.	  	
	12010 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 900	  	  

	Reston, Virginia 20190	  	TerreStar Networks Inc. Approval Signature

  

			
	Prepared by:	  	
	Space Systems/Loral, Inc.	  	
	3825 Fabian Way	  	  

	Palo Alto, California 94303-4201	  	Space Systems/Loral, Inc. Approval Signature

  

	
	This document contains data and information proprietary to Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. This data is being furnished pursuant to the provisions of the Contract
between TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. for the TerreStar Satellite Program. TerreStar Networks Inc. shall have the right to duplicate, use or disclose the data to the extent specified in the Purchase
Contract.

  

 i 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 This page intentionally left blank. 
  

 ii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 CONTENTS 
  

													
	 Section
	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	Page
	1 — INTRODUCTION	  	1
		 	1.1	 	SCOPE	  	1
		 	1.2	 	TEST PLAN OBJECTIVES AND PHILOSOPHY	  	1
		 		 	1.2.1	  	Objectives	  	1
		 		 	1.2.2	  	Test Philosophy	  	1
		
	2 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS	  	1
		 	2.1	 	TYPES OF TESTS	  	1
		 		 	2.1.1	  	Development Tests	  	1
		 		 	2.1.2	  	Qualification Tests	  	1
		 		 	2.1.3	  	Delta-Qualification (Protoflight) Tests	  	1
		 		 	2.1.4	  	Acceptance Tests	  	1
		 		 	2.1.5	  	Life Tests	  	2
		 	2.2	 	TYPES OF UNITS	  	5
		 		 	2.2.1	  	Flight Model	  	5
		 		 	2.2.2	  	Protoflight Model	  	5
		 		 	2.2.3	  	Qualification Model	  	5
		 		 	2.2.4	  	Engineering Qualification Model	  	6
		 		 	2.2.5	  	Engineering Model	  	7
		 		 	2.2.6	  	Engineering Development Models	  	7
		 	2.3	 	EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES	  	7
		 	2.4	 	CATEGORY QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS	  	8
		 	2.5	 	DOCUMENTATION	  	9
		 		 	2.5.1	  	Test Procedures	  	9
		 		 	2.5.2	  	Nonconformance Requirements	  	9
		 		 	2.5.3	  	Log Book	  	10
		 	2.6	 	TEST DATA	  	11
		 	2.7	 	PROTECTING THE FLIGHT ARTICLE	  	11
		
	3 — TEST CONDITIONS	  	1
		 	3.1	 	GENERAL TEST CONDITIONS	  	1
		 		 	3.1.1	  	Ambient Environment	  	1
		 		 	3.1.2	  	Zero Gravity	  	1
		 		 	3.1.3	  	Test Equipment Accuracy	  	1
		 		 	3.1.4	  	Test Equipment Calibration	  	1
		 		 	3.1.5	  	Test Software	  	1
		 		 	3.1.6	  	Responsible Personnel	  	2

  

 iii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

													
		 		 	3.1.7	  	Pass/Fail Criteria	  	2
		 	3.2	 	ENVIRONMENTAL TEST LEVELS AND DURATIONS	  	2
		 		 	3.2.1	  	Basic Requirement	  	2
		 		 	3.2.2	  	Static Loads	  	2
		 		 	3.2.3	  	Vibration	  	3
		 		 		  	3.2.3.1	  	Random Vibration	  	3
		 		 		  	3.2.3.2	  	Sine Vibration	  	3
		 		 		  	3.2.3.3	  	Acoustic	  	4
		 		 	3.2.4	  	Deployment Tests	  	4
		 		 	3.2.5	  	Thermal/Thermal Vacuum	  	4
		 		 	3.2.6	  	Electromagnetic Interference/Electromagnetic Compatibility/Electrostatic Discharge	  	4
		 		 		  	3.2.6.1	  	Unit-Level ESD Tests	  	4
		 		 		  	 3.2.6.2
	  	Unit-Level EMI/EMC Tests	  	4
		 		 		  	 3.2.6.3
	  	System-Level EMC Tests	  	5
		 		 	3.2.7	  	Special RF Tests	  	5
		 		 	3.2.8	  	Unit Operating Time	  	5
		
	4 — UNIT TEST PLAN	  	1
		 	4.1	 	UNIT TESTING	  	1
		 		 	4.1.1	  	Typical Unit Test Program	  	1
		 		 	4.1.2	  	Unit Functional and Operating Tests	  	1
		 		 	4.1.3	  	Unit Test Summary Tables	  	2
		 	4.2	 	UNIT DEVELOPMENT AND QUALIFICATION PHILOSOPHY	  	2
		 		 	4.2.1	  	Qualification Process	  	3
		 		 	4.2.2	  	Qualification Status List	  	4
		 	4.3	 	COMPONENT DETAIL	  	4
		 		 	4.3.1	  	One-shot Components	  	4
		 		 		  	4.3.1.1	  	Dual Rod Cutter	  	4
		 		 		  	4.3.1.2	  	Pyrotechnic Initiator	  	4
		 		 		  	4.3.1.3	  	Split Spool Device	  	5
		 		 	4.3.2	  	Traveling Wave Tube Amplifier	  	5
		 		 	4.3.3	  	S-Band Antenna	  	5
		 		 	4.3.4	  	Ku-Band Antenna	  	6
		
	 5 — SUBSYSTEM AND SYSTEM TEST
	  	1
		 	 5.1
	 	SUBSYSTEM TEST	  	1
		 		 	5.1.1	  	Overview	  	1
		 		 	5.1.2	  	Structure Subsystem	  	1
		 		 	5.1.3	  	Repeater Subsystem	  	2

  

 iv 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

													
		 		 	5.1.4	  	Antenna Subsystem Tests	  	3
		 		 		  	5.1.4.1	  	S-Band Unfurlable Antenna	  	3
		 		 		  	5.1.4.2	  	General Guidelines – RF Range Testing	  	6
		 		 		  	5.1.4.3	  	Ku-Band Integrated Antenna Test	  	6
		 		 	5.1.5	  	Propulsion	  	7
		 		 	5.1.6	  	Attitude Control and Data Handling	  	7
		 		 	5.1.7	  	Solar Array	  	8
		 		 	5.1.8	  	Battery Assembly	  	8
		 		 	5.1.9	  	Thermal Control Subsystem	  	9
		 	5.2	 	SYSTEM TEST	  	10
		 		 	5.2.1	  	Overview	  	10
		 		 	5.2.2	  	Objectives	  	15
		 	5.3	 	TEST READINESS REVIEWS	  	15
		 	5.4	 	DATA REVIEW	  	15
		 	5.5	 	TREND ANALYSIS	  	16
		 	5.6	 	SYSTEM TEST SEQUENCE	  	16
		 		 	5.6.1	  	Initial Reference Performance Phase	  	16
		 		 		  	5.6.1.1	  	Propulsion/Bus Subsystem	  	16
		 		 		  	5.6.1.2	  	Communication Panel Level	  	16
		 		 		  	5.6.1.3	  	Spacecraft Alignment	  	17
		 		 		  	5.6.1.4	  	Initial Spacecraft Level Test	  	17
		 		 	5.6.2	  	Thermal Vacuum Phase	  	18
		 		 		  	5.6.2.1	  	Overview	  	18
		 		 		  	5.6.2.2	  	Pre-Thermal Vacuum Validation	  	19
		 		 		  	5.6.2.3	  	Thermal Vacuum Profile and Objectives	  	19
		 		 		  	5.6.2.4	  	Test Phases	  	20
		 		 		  	5.6.2.5	  	Performance Test in Thermal Vacuum	  	21
		 		 		  	5.6.2.6	  	Post-Thermal Vacuum and Pre-Dynamics Checks	  	21
		 		 	5.6.3	  	Dynamics Phase	  	22
		 		 		  	5.6.3.1	  	Overview	  	22
		 		 		  	5.6.3.2	  	Dynamics Build	  	22
		 		 		  	5.6.3.3	  	Dynamics Testing	  	22
		 		 		  	5.6.3.4	  	Pyro/SSD shock and Deployment Testing	  	25
		 		 		  	5.6.3.5	  	Launch Vehicle Adapter Fitcheck/Separation	  	26
		 		 		  	5.6.3.6	  	Alignment Verification	  	26
		 		 	5.6.4	  	Final Performance Phase	  	26
		 		 		  	5.6.4.1	  	RF Test Range	  	26
		 		 		  	5.6.4.2	  	Satellite-Level ESD Tests	  	27
		 		 		  	5.6.4.3	  	Bus Testing	  	28

  

 v 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

													
		 		 		  	5.6.4.4	  	Ground Station Compatibility	  	28
		 		 		  	5.6.4.5	  	Mission Control Center (MCC) Compatibility	  	28
		 		 		  	5.6.4.6	  	Electromagnetic Compatibility Test	  	28
		 		 		  		  	5.6.4.6.1	  	Radiated Emissions	  	28
		 		 		  		  	5.6.4.6.2	  	Spacecraft Self Compatibility	  	29
		 		 		  		  	5.6.4.6.3	  	Radiated Susceptibility	  	29
		 		 		  	5.6.4.7	  	Intermodulation Tests	  	29
		 		 		  	5.6.4.8	  	Compatibility Test with GBBF Test Set	  	30
		 		 	5.6.5	  	Final Operations Phase	  	30
		 		 		  	5.6.5.1	  	Overview	  	30
		 		 		  	5.6.5.2	  	Mass Properties	  	30
		 		 		  	5.6.5.3	  	Mechanical Operations	  	31
		 		 	5.6.6	  	Ship	  	32
		
	6 — LAUNCH BASE OPERATIONS	  	1
		 	6.1	 	LAUNCH BASE PREPAREDNESS, TESTING, AND OPERATIONS	  	1
		 	6.2	 	PRE-SHIPMENT READINESS	  	1
		 	6.3	 	LAUNCH BASE ACTIVITIES	  	1
		 	6.4	 	PHASE I	  	2
		 	6.5	 	PHASE II	  	2
		 	6.6	 	PHASE III	  	4
		 	6.7	 	PHASE IV — ON-PAD OPERATIONS	  	4
		
	7 — IN-ORBIT TEST	  	1
		 	7.1	 	PURPOSE OF TESTS	  	1
		 	7.2	 	MAJOR ASSUMPTIONS	  	1
		 	7.3	 	IN-ORBIT TEST PLAN AND PROCEDURES	  	3
		 	7.4	 	ORGANIZATION	  	3
		 		 	7.4.1	  	Ground Stations	  	3
		 		 	7.4.2	  	Personnel	  	3
		 		 	7.4.3	  	Work Shifts	  	4
		 		 	7.4.4	  	Coordination and Communication	  	5
		 	7.5	 	IOT CAMPAIGN SCHEDULE	  	5
		 		 	7.5.1	  	Schedule Guidelines	  	5
		 		 	7.5.2	  	Baseline IOT Campaign Schedule	  	6
		 		 	7.5.3	  	Detailed IOT Campaign Schedules	  	7
		 	7.6	 	BUS TESTING	  	7
		 		 	7.6.1	  	Bus Test Rationale	  	7
		 		 	7.6.2	  	Bus Test Sequence	  	8
		 		 	7.6.3	  	Bus Test Matrix	  	9

  

 vi 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

													
		 		 	7.6.4	  	Bus IOT Procedures	  	11
		 	7.7	 	PAYLOAD TESTING	  	11
		 		 	7.7.1	  	Payload Test Sequence	  	11
		 		 	7.7.2	  	TT&C Test Matrix	  	12
		 		 	7.7.3	  	Turn-On and Quick-Look Tests	  	12
		 		 	7.7.4	  	Antenna Pattern Measurements	  	13
		 		 	7.7.5	  	Transmission Pathway Testing	  	14
		 		 		  	7.7.5.1	  	Transmission Pathway Testing Rationale	  	14
		 		 		  	7.7.5.2	  	Transmission Pathway Testing Sequence	  	15
		 		 		  	7.7.5.3	  	Transmission Pathway Testing Matrix	  	15
		 		 	7.7.6	  	Payload IOT Procedures	  	15
		 		 	7.7.7	  	IOT Data Review and Acceptance Process	  	15
		 		 	7.7.8	  	IOT Data Acceptance Criteria	  	16
		 	7.8	 	IN-ORBIT COMPATIBILITY TEST WITH GROUND BASED BEAMFORMER (GBBF)	  	17
			
	1.	 	GENERAL	  	1
		 	1.1	 	PRESHIPMENT STORAGE	  	1
		 	1.2	 	LAUNCH BASE STORAGE	  	2
			
	2.	 	GROUND STORAGE	  	2
		 	2.1	 	ACCESS CONTROL	  	3
		 	2.2	 	MONITORING	  	3
		 	2.3	 	FACILITIES	  	3
		 	2.4	 	SATELLITE PREPARATION FOR LONG-TERM STORAGE	  	5
		 	2.5	 	SOLAR ARRAY STORAGE	  	6
			
	3.	 	LIMITED SHELF LIFE MATERIALS	  	6
			
	4.	 	ACTIVATION AND POST-STORAGE TESTING REQUIREMENTS	  	6
		 	4.1	 	ZERO TO ONE MONTH CONSIDERATIONS	  	9
		 	4.2	 	ONE TO THREE & THREE TO TWELVE CONSIDERATIONS	  	9
		 	4.3	 	GREATER THAN TWELVE MONTH CONSIDERATIONS	  	10
		 	4.4	 	STORAGE OF A FUELED SPACECRAFT	  	10
			
	1.	 	GENERAL	  	2
		
	APPENDIX A — STORAGE PLAN	  	A-1
		
	APPENDIX B — UNIT TEST TABLES	  	B-1

  

 vii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 This page intentionally left blank. 
  

 viii 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 ILLUSTRATIONS 
  

					
	 Figure
	  	 	  	Page
	3-1	  	Typical Unit Thermal, Thermal Vacuum Temperature Profile	  	3-6
	5-1	  	Unfurlable Reflector Test Flow	  	5-5
	5-2	  	Solar Array Qualification Test Flow	  	5-11
	5-3	  	Solar Array Subsystem Acceptance Testing	  	5-12
	5-4	  	Test Flow	  	5-14
	5-5	  	Thermal Vacuum Profile	  	5-20
	6-1	  	Launch Base Operations Sequence	  	6-3

  

					
	TABLES
			
	 Table
	  	 	  	Page
	Table 2-1.	  	Unit Life Test/Orbital Life Comparison	  	3
	Table 3-1.	  	Vibration and Acoustic Test Criteria	  	3
	Table 4-1.	  	Antenna Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	7
	Table 4-2a.	  	Ku-Band Repeater Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	9
	Table 4-2b.	  	S-Band Repeater Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	10
	Table 4-3.	  	TC&R (RF) Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	12
	Table 4-4.	  	Attitude Control Subsystem Summary Test Matrix	  	12
	Table 4-4.	  	Attitude Control Subsystem Summary Test Matrix	  	13
	Table 4-5.	  	Bipropellant Propulsion Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	14
	Table 4-6.	  	Solar Array Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	16
	Table 4-7.	  	Electrical Power Unit and Subsystem Summary Test Matrix	  	18
	Table 4-8.	  	Data Handling Subsystem - Unit and Subsystem Summary Test Matrix	  	19
	Table 4-9.	  	Thermal Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	20
	Table 4-10.	  	Structure Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	22
	Table 4-11.	  	Mechanisms Unit Summary Test Matrix	  	23
	Table 5-1.	  	Satellite Test Matrix	  	33
	Table 5-1.	  	Satellite Test Matrix (Continued)	  	41
	Table 5-1.	  	Satellite Test Matrix (Continued)	  	44
	Table 7-1.	  	Contractor’s Typical IOT Campaign Milestones	  	6
	Table 7-2.	  	Contractor’s Set of Bus Subsystem and Function Tests	  	9
	Table 7-3.	  	Contractor’s Set of TT&C Tests	  	13
	Table 7-4.	  	Contractor’s Set of Payload Tests	  	18
	Table 2.3-1.	  	Storage Facilities	  	4

  

 ix 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

					
	Table B-1.	  	Traveling Wave Tube	  	3
	Table B-2.	  	Traveling Wave Tube Amplifier	  	3
	Table B-2.	  	Traveling Wave Tube Amplifier	  	4
	Table B-3.	  	Channel Amplifier	  	6
	Table B-4.	  	Frequency Converter and Low Noise Amplifier	  	6
	Table B-4.	  	Frequency Converter and Low Noise Amplifier	  	7
	Table B-5.	  	Filter	  	7
	Table B-5.	  	Filter	  	8
	Table B-6.	  	Switch	  	9

  

 x 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 This page intentionally left blank. 
  

 xi 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 1 — INTRODUCTION 
  

	1.1	SCOPE 

 This Spacecraft Test Plan (STP) defines the development,
qualification, protoflight, and acceptance tests that are performed as a standard on all Space Systems/Loral (SS/L) spacecraft during factory testing, at the launch base, and for in-orbit verification. Testing is performed at unit, subsystem, and
satellite levels. The ground test program is designed to demonstrate the performance of flight units in environments more stressful than those expected during the mission life. The purpose of this testing to show compliance with the Terrestar
Satellite Performance Specification as defined in Exhibit B of the Contract. 
 This plan is SS/L’s proven baseline. Testing details can be modified by
mutual agreement between Purchaser and SS/L. 
  

	1.2	TEST PLAN OBJECTIVES AND PHILOSOPHY 

  

	1.2.1	Objectives 

 The objective of the STP is to ensure that the
satellite will satisfy and fulfill its mission requirements over its lifetime. The STP is designed to prove that the spacecraft is capable of meeting its required performance specifications over the range of environments it shall encounter during
its operational lifetime, including ground, launch base, and launch phases. All acceptance, protoflight, qualification, and development tests conducted on spacecraft equipment shall follow the requirements of this test plan. 
  

	1.2.2	Test Philosophy 

 [***] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 1-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 2 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 
 [***] [The remaining 11
pages (pages 2-1 through 2-11) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 2-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 3 — TEST CONDITIONS 
 [***] [The remaining 6 pages
(pages 3-1 through 3-6) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 3-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 4 — UNIT TEST PLAN 
 [***] [The remaining 23 pages
(pages 4-1 through 4-23) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 4-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 5 — SUBSYSTEM AND SYSTEM TEST 
 [***] [The
remaining 55 pages (pages 5-1 through 5-55) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 5-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 6 — LAUNCH BASE OPERATIONS 
 [***] [The remaining
5 pages (pages 6-1 through 6-5) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 6-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 7 — IN-ORBIT TEST 
 [***] [The remaining 19 pages
(pages 7-1 through 7-19) of this section have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 7-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 Appendix A 
 SATELLITE STORAGE PLAN

  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to
the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 This page intentionally left blank. 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to
the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  

	1.	GENERAL 

 The Contractor shall provide the capability to store the
Spacecraft beyond the contracted shipment or launch date, should it be necessary. Spacecraft storage shall be consistent with this Agreement. Systems Engineering will generate a System Technical Information Request/Statement (STIRS) that will detail
the any spacecraft specific storage and testing requirements following storage. 
 The Contractor shall have provisions to store the Spacecraft if required,
under environmentally controlled conditions to be mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and Customer. The Contractor shall provide the operators of the storage facility with a procedure, detailing the frequency of inspection of the Spacecraft, and
recording of environmental data. 
 The storage of the satellite and its associated flight units will be accomplished during the storage period using
facilities, equipment, and procedures that meet the requirements of this Storage Plan. 
 Terms and conditions for storage of the spacecraft shall be
detailed in the Contractual option directing the spacecraft storage. 
 1.1 PRESHIPMENT STORAGE 
 [***] [The remaining 11 pages (pages A-1 through A-11) of this Annex have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 A-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 Appendix B 
 UNIT TEST TABLES 

  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 B-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 Revision 3 
  
 [***] [The remaining 9 pages (pages B-2 through B-10) of this Annex have been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.] 
  

 SS/L-TP20421 Exhibit D 
 Volume 2, Part B — Attachment 2 
 B-2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 PRELIMINARY 
 EXHIBIT E 
 TERRESTAR 
 Dynamic Satellite Simulator Specification 
  

			
	Version 0	  	July 23, 2004

  

					
	Space Systems/Loral	 		  	
	3825 Fabian Way	 		  	
	Palo Alto, California 94303-4201	 	  
	  	
			
	TerreStar Networks, Inc.	 		  	
	One Discovery Square	 		  	
	9th Floor	 		  	
	12010 Sunset Hills Road	 		  	
	Reston, Virginia 20190	 	  
	  	

  

	
	This document contains data and information proprietary to Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. This data is being furnished pursuant to the provisions of the Contract
between TerreStar Networks Inc. and Space Systems/Loral, Inc. for the TerreStar Satellite Program. Space Systems/Loral, Inc. and TerreStar Networks Inc. shall have the right to duplicate, use or disclose the data and information to the extent
specified in the Purchase Contract
	
	The data/information contained herein has been reviewed and approved for release by Space Systems/Loral Export Administration on the basis that this document contains no export-controlled
information.

  

			
		  	Version 0
		  	7/23/04
	 Exhibit E
	  	
		  	1/20

 1 — TERRESTAR DYNAMIC SATELLITE SIMULATOR 
 Space Systems/Loral (SS/L) will develop and deliver one complete Dynamic Satellite Simulator (DSS) for the Terrestar spacecraft to the Terrestar Satellite Control
Center. SS/L will also deliver an interim version of the Terrestar DSS. The DSS is a real-time interactive software simulation of the spacecraft operating in transfer, drift, and geosynchronous orbits. The simulator can simulate all attitude and
orbit control functions of a real spacecraft in all phases of the spacecraft life including various attitude control system failures. 
 The DSS is suitable
for: 
  

	 	1.	Validating flight control procedures 

  

	 	2.	Ground station operator training for both normal and contingency operations 

  

	 	3.	Validating the ground station software 

  

	 	4.	Validating spacecraft command sequences 

  

	 	5.	Anomaly investigations 

 The simulator is easily configurable to different
spacecraft orbit, attitude, and subsystem initial conditions for specific operator training scenarios. 
 The DSS consists of the following elements:

  

	 	1.	A real-time simulation computer and peripherals 

  

	 	2.	Ground station interface 

  

	 	3.	Simulation software 

  

	 	4.	Documentation 

 Each of these items is described the following sections.

  

	1.1	SIMULATOR GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

 The design of the DSS provides the
following basic elements: 
  

	 	1.	Simulation start up, initialization, and control via a Graphical User Interface (GUI) 

  

	 	2.	Attitude dynamics simulation with all important internal and external disturbance torques 

  

	 	3.	Spacecraft subsystem modeling including 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-1 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	a.	High-fidelity Attitude Determination and Control Subsystem (ADCS) modeling 

  

	 	b.	High-fidelity sensor and actuator modeling 

  

	 	c.	Propulsion subsystem modeling 

  

	 	d.	Dynamic power model with nonlinear elements for solar array and batteries 

  

	 	e.	Dynamic thermal models (bulk model and battery model) 

  

	 	f.	Communications payload modeling 

  

	 	g.	Mechanisms modeling, including deployments 

  

	 	h.	Normal and dwell telemetry generation 

  

	 	i.	Telemetry and Command (T&C) link modeling 

  

	 	4.	Anomaly and failure modeling and injections 

  

	 	5.	Orbits simulation including eclipse modeling 

  

	 	6.	Command and telemetry processing 

  

	 	7.	Real-time operator display strip-charts 

  

	 	8.	Post-simulation plotting 

 Additional features and functions of the DSS
include the following: 
  

	 	1.	All elements of the flight firmware will be implemented, and all of the interfaces between the on-board processors and other spacecraft equipment will be modeled accurately

  

	 	2.	The DSS will model a redundant system. Specifically, the DSS will model both copies of the spacecraft processors (Attitude Control Electronics [ACE] and Data Handling Electronics
[DHE]). In addition, the sensors and actuators will be modeled fully redundant 

  

	 	3.	The DSS will have an accelerated simulation capability, allowing it to run a simulation at least 10 times faster than real-time 

  

	 	4.	The DSS will be able to be operated in a stand-alone manner 

  

	 	5.	The DSS, once started, can run autonomously without any additional operator intervention 

  

	 	6.	The DSS will be able to run continuously. It is recommended that local data storage be limited or disabled for very long (> 10 days) continuous runs. 

  

	 	7.	In general, the simulator design will place as many simulation parameters as possible in the simulator databases to permit the user to easily modify them without the need to
recompile. This will also permit the user to modify most of the parameters “on the-fly” (during the simulation) 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-2 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	1.2	REAL-TIME SIMULATION COMPUTER AND PERIPHERALS 

 The DSS is a
real-time interactive system consisting of a single PC-type computer with dual Pentium IV processors running at least 3.0 GHz with 1 GBytes of memory and two hard-drives with a minimum of 36 GB of storage each. The operating system will be Windows
2000. The DSS computer can be delivered as a rack mount unit or as a standard office type tower depending on customer preference. 
 The real-time simulation
computer provides sufficient processing power to support all of the models, processor emulations and the user interface at real-time and faster rates. The real-time simulation computer will have the following peripheral devices: 
  

	 	1.	20-inch high-resolution color monitor (resolution of 1600x1200) 

  

	 	2.	Two 36-GB internal hard drive 

  

	 	3.	CD-ROM reader/writer 

  

	 	4.	3.5” floppy disk drive 

  

	 	5.	Standard keyboard and mouse 

  

	 	6.	Network cabling as needed 

  

	1.3	GROUND STATION INTERFACE 

 The real-time simulation computer is
configured to provide telemetry, command, ranging, and [***] interfaces to the ground station’s real-time system via a Local Area Network (LAN). The simulator functionally models the necessary subset of the ground system IN-SNEC Cortex NT
interface specification needed to implement these functions. The simulator can receive spacecraft commands, send telemetry, receive ranging requests and send ranging information, via an Ethernet interface with the TCP/IP protocol. Either a 10base-T
or a 100base-T connection is available. 
  

 Exhibit E 
 1-3 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	1.4	SIMULATOR MODELING 

 The DSS modeling includes the following
elements: 
  

	 	1.	Spacecraft processor emulation 

  

	 	2.	Attitude dynamics modeling 

  

	 	3.	Propulsion subsystem 

  

	 	4.	Telemetry, Tracking, and Command (TT&C) subsystem (including ranging) 

  

	 	5.	Orbit dynamics 

  

	 	6.	Power subsystem 

  

	 	7.	Thermal subsystem 

  

	 	8.	Communications payload 

  

	 	9.	Mechanisms 

  

	 	10.	Failure models 

  

	1.4.1	Spacecraft Processor Emulations 

 The real-time simulation computer
will run a high fidelity emulation of the spacecraft flight processors and software. This includes the firmware elements related to the ADCS, orbits, the propulsion subsystem, the T&C subsystem and the power. The SCE processor emulations
communicate with the dynamic spacecraft models via an emulation of the spacecraft 1553b data bus to the DCU’s. The 1750 emulation uses an SS/L developed technology called the Dynamic Binary Translator (DBT) which allows the DSS to use the
actual flight software load module directly. This provides for the highest fidelity possible in an all software simulator. In addition, this technology allows flight software patches to be commanded and enabled just as they are on the actual
spacecraft. 
 In addition, the redundant SCE and processor will be modeled. Also included will be software models of the various interprocessor links that
exist on the actual spacecraft. These links will model the actual spacecraft data traffic this will permit realistic processor fail-over scenarios to be simulated. Also modeled will be the CCL tray interfaces to provide redundancy simulation.

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-4 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	1.4.2	Attitude Dynamics Modeling 

 The real-time simulation computer
includes high-fidelity software models of the following spacecraft attitude control elements: 
  

	 	1.	Spacecraft dynamics and disturbances, including 

  

	 	a.	Full rigid body dynamics (quaternion based) 

  

	 	b.	Flexible mode of the solar arrays and reflectors as needed 

  

	 	c.	Solar pressure torques 

  

	 	d.	Thruster impingement torques 

  

	 	e.	Magnetic residual torques 

  

	 	f.	Solar array stepping torques 

  

	 	g.	RF radiation torques (as needed) 

  

	 	h.	Reflector stepping torques (as appropriate) 

  

	 	i.	Fuel slosh (lower fidelity) 

  

	 	j.	Appendage deployments (lower fidelity) 

  

	 	k.	Center of mass motion (lower fidelity) 

  

	 	2.	High-fidelity detailed models of spacecraft attitude sensors with major interactions modeled (e.g., the interaction between the Earth sensor and the momentum wheels)

  

	 	3.	High-fidelity detailed models of the spacecraft actuators 

  

	1.4.3	Propulsion Model 

 The bipropellant model includes the twelve 22-N
attitude control thrusters, the Main Satellite Thruster (MST), and the Stationary Plasma Thrusters (SPTs) if provided on the spacecraft. This model: 
  

	 	1.	Calculates the forces and torques on the spacecraft created by the thruster firings 

  

	 	 2.
	 Models the pressures in both propellant tanks and the helium tank, and modifies the Specific Impulse (Isp) accordingly 

  

	 	3.	Maintains the status of the propulsion system valves and their effect on the propulsion system 

  

	 	4.	Models the thruster plume impingement forces and adjusts them as the solar array rotates 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-5 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	5.	Updates the force/torque table as a function of thruster position and alignment and as the center of mass and solar array position changes 

  

	 	6.	Changes the spacecraft mass properties as the propellant is consumed 

  

	 	7.	Models behavior of the SPT gimbals and changing thrust vectors 

  

	 	8.	Models leaky/blocked thrusters with a user-selected leak rate and blocked percentage 

  

	1.4.4	T&C Subsystem Model 

 This model includes applicable T&C
hardware and provides functional and anomaly behavior of the T&C subsystem. The modeled behaviors include: 
  

	 	1.	Output of formatted telemetry, as formatted by the flight software, and provided to the ground control system and the operator display 

  

	 	2.	Unique telemetry IDs in the spacecraft telemetry to make it distinguishable from telemetry from other sources 

  

	 	3.	Discrete telemetry responses to commands for the subsystems that are not dynamically modeled. These can also be changed manually during a run 

  

	 	4.	A link model that includes the T&C antenna patterns 

  

	 	5.	Static analog telemetry values in other non-dynamic subsystems that are initialized to desired values at the simulation start via a user-specified database 

 

	 	6.	Static analog telemetry values that can be changed manually by the user during a run 

  

	 	7.	Auto switchover to omni telemetry antenna(s) during a loss-of-lock 

  

	 	8.	Ranging models based on the current range from the orbit and ephemeris model 

  

	 	9.	Ranging that requires the appropriate on-board configuration 

  

	1.4.5	Orbit and Ephemeris Model 

 The orbit and ephemeris model is a
dynamic model of the spacecraft orbit of sufficient fidelity to support the simulator functional requirements. It supports the following functions: 
  

	 	1.	Dynamic modeling of the spacecraft orbit integrated in real time 

  

	 	2.	Orbital velocity changes due to thruster firings of the attitude thrusters and main thruster 

  

	 	3.	Accelerations due to the Sun, Moon, and nonspherical geopotential up to 4th order 

  

	 	4.	Arbitrary epoch and orbit initial conditions 

  

	 	5.	Sun and Moon ephemeris modeling positions with respect to the spacecraft and in accordance with the commanded start-up and epoch times 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-6 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	6.	Eclipses of the Sun by either Earth or the Moon 

  

	 	7.	Orbital event detection such as apogee, perigee, and nodal crossings 

  

	 	8.	Simulations started from any orbit position and the associated time, which may be different from the epoch defined for initial orbital elements 

  

	1.4.6	Dynamic Power Model 

 The dynamic power model is a source-and-sink
model of the power subsystem down to the box level with redundancies. It includes nonlinear models of the solar arrays and batteries, and spacecraft-power generation, storage, and distribution. It provides detailed dynamic power system telemetry
during all phases of the mission including shunt currents as a function of: 
  

	 	1.	The seasonal variations of solar power 

  

	 	2.	The on/off conditions of the various spacecraft boxes that consume power 

  

	 	3.	The power subsystem configuration 

  

	 	4.	Power subsystem commands 

  

	 	5.	The position of the Sun relative to the solar array 

  

	 	6.	The condition of the battery 

  

	 	7.	Eclipses of the Sun and Moon 

  

	 	8.	Important power subsystem failures 

  

	 	9.	The load of each spacecraft box, which is user settable via the DSS database 

  

	 	10.	A user-settable I-V curve (less important for a voltage regulated bus) 

 The power model will support all components of the charging system. These include modeling of charge/discharge converters and the Automated Battery Management (ABM). Failures of these components, except for the ABM, are accepted from the
user interface. 
  

	1.4.7	Dynamic Thermal Model 

 The dynamic model of the spacecraft thermal
behavior is described by approximately 500 thermal nodes connected to other nodes by conduction and radiation, and is integrated in real-time. The modeled temperatures include the effects of thrusters, the on/off status on electronic boxes, and Sun
thermal loading and deep-space cooling. The output of this model is mapped to the thermal telemetry data and is updated at a rate equal to the thermal telemetry multiplexed rate. This model will be tuned to provide thermal telemetry responses within
5 °C. 
  

 Exhibit E 
 1-7 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 In addition, there is a separate dynamic battery thermal model containing approximately 200 nodes. This model will
provide battery temperature variations due to charging and discharging during eclipse operations. Thermal telemetry values can also be set as constants via the DSS console time tagged commands. 
  

	1.4.8	Communications Payload Model 

 The communications payload model is
designed to accept spacecraft commands for the communications payload and accurately reflect all payload telemetry, including on/off status, switch positions, and gains. In addition, the payload model can simulate the effect of switching the
transponder from the active mode to the standby mode. This effect is implemented using a combination of user-settable values for the input power to the channel amplifier and spacecraft commands to the payload. The effect of the switching and gain
states are reflected as the appropriate responses in telemetry for the payload and power subsystem. In addition, the power consumption and the thermal dissipation of the communications subsystems units are modeled in the power subsystem model and
the thermal model, respectively, based on communication subsystems unit on/off status and the user-settable uplink RF power. 
  

	1.4.9	Mechanisms 

 The DSS approximately simulates the attitude dynamic
motions due to the deployment mechanisms of the solar arrays and antenna reflectors. This model outputs the deployment status to the spacecraft dynamics model for spacecraft attitude calculation and to the T&C subsystem for telemetry generation.
The models output the deployment status to the power subsystem model for power generation calculations. Deployment of each mechanism will be initiated by the associated deployment commands. 
  

	1.4.10	Failure Models 

 Table 3-1 provides a minimum set of failure models
that will be supported by the Terrestar DSS. The complete list would be a topic of the DSS Design Review (D-DR). It is SS/L’s intent to include as many spacecraft failures as possible that can be reasonably justified and modeled. 
  

 Exhibit E 
 1-8 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 Table 1-1. Failure and Anomaly Models 
  

			
	T&C subsystem	  	 - Command loss
 - Partial or full telemetry failure

		
	Earth sensor	  	 - Frozen data
 - High noise
 - Unexpected north scan inhibit
 - Unexpected south scan inhibit
 - Failed unit (won’t power on)
 - Sun/Moon intrusions
 - Misalignments
 - Anomalous glitches

		
	Coarse analog sun sensor	  	 - Fixed output specified
 - Sun presence fixed on/off

 - Failed unit (won’t power on)
 -
Misalignments

		
	Digital sun sensor	  	 - Fixed output specified
 - Failed bit
on/off
 - Sun presence fixed on/off
 - Failed unit (won’t
power on)
 - Misalignments

		
	Ring laser gyro	  	 - Frozen data
 - High random noise
 - High drift bias
 - Failed unit (won’t power on)
 - Misalignments

		
	Valve coil drivers	  	 - High-side driver failed on/off
 - Isolation failed
open/closed

		
	Thrusters (for each thruster)	  	 - Leaky
 - Blocked
 - Stuck on
 - Failed off
 - Isp change
 - Thrust change
 - Plume force and torques
 - Misalignments

		
	Momentum and reaction wheels	  	 - Uncontrolled spin down
 - High drag
 - Misalignments

		
	Solar array drive	  	 - Failed off
 - Missed steps

		
	Dynamics	  	 - Change in center of mass
 - Magnetic
storms
 - High spacecraft magnetic moment

		
	Battery cell	  	- Failed

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-9 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 Table 1-1. Failure and Anomaly Models (Continued) 
  

			
	T&C subsystem	  	 - Bit detector fail
 - Command decoder fail

- Command receiver fail
 - Telemetry transmitter fail

		
	Power subsystem	  	 - Converter fail, discharger
 - Converter fail, low
voltage
 - Converter fail, charger
 - Solar array multiple string
failure
 - Current monitor failure
 - Battery cell
fail

		
	Thermal subsystem	  	 - Heater relay failures
 - Thermistor
failures
 - Heater element failures

		
	Payload	  	 - TWTA spurious shut-off
 - TWTA
failure

		
	DHE and ACE	  	- Failed unit

  

	1.5	FAST MODE SIMULATION 

 Fast mode simulation is the same as the
real-time simulator but runs at least 5 times faster than real-time. The user may specify the rate up to the maximum rate permitted. Fast mode simulation is very useful for spacecraft analysis and parametric studies. In addition, the execution can
be varied between fast mode and real-time as the simulation is running. Real-time operator interaction is not reliable due to the difficulty of human reaction to faster than real-time events, but time-tagged commands can be executed, and data will
be generated for later plotting. 
  

	1.6	SIMULATOR USER INTERFACE 

 The simulator user interface is
implemented on the real-time simulation computer and presents the simulator operator with an easy-to-use menu and icon-based graphical user interface. All of the simulator functionality and controls are accessible through the menus. In addition,
some commonly used functions are available on a button bar. This interface allows the operator to configure, monitor, and control the DSS and initiate various simulator failures. The basic features and capabilities of the user interface includes but
is not limited to: 
  

	 	1.	Management, setup, editing and saving of multiple database sets 

  

	 	2.	Display of spacecraft commands and telemetry 

  

	 	3.	Commanding via single commands, time-tag commands, or commands files 

  

	 	4.	Initiation of spacecraft anomalies and failures from a pick list 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-10 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	5.	A variety of display pages, including: 

  

	 	a.	Raw and some formatted telemetry as engineering units 

  

	 	b.	Non-telemetered simulation variables (such as “true” yaw) 

  

	 	c.	Orbit state information 

  

	 	d.	Event log display 

  

	 	e.	A three-dimensional graphical display showing the relative angles of the spacecraft, the Sun, the Moon, and Earth 

  

	 	6.	Definition of new spacecraft data display screens 

  

	 	7.	Selection and display of a set of global variables in real time 

  

	 	8.	Display of spacecraft telemetry data and other selected non-telemetry data in real time (while the simulation is running) in a strip-chart form 

  

	 	9.	Capability to “fast forward” the orbit to a user-specified time or until the first occurrence that a specified Parameter Identification (PID) is equal to a user specified
hex value. The “fast forward” only maintains the attitude state, it is not propagated 

  

	 	10.	Display of more than one page at a time 

  

	 	11.	Displays that can be printed to a network (or local) printer 

 Figure 1-1
shows some of the core user interface functionality. In the upper left corner is the simulator main menu from which the user will control the simulation. Also shown are the commanding window (upper right) for spacecraft commands from the user
interface, the telemetry PID display (lower right), which displays detailed information of any PID, a simplistic three-dimensional display (middle left), the status/event logger (lower left), and a user-definable display with internal variables and
telemetry PIDs (lower middle). 
  

 Exhibit E 
 1-11 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

 

 
 Figure 1-1. DSS User Interface 
  

	1.6.1	Satellite Body and Orbit Display 

 A three-dimensional dynamic
display of the Terrestar satellite is incorporated into the DSS user interface. This display provides an interactive three-dimensional modeled environment that includes showing the Terrestar satellite in its orbit over Earth. Orbit attitude and
other outputs from the DSS are used to drive the three-dimensional display window. Multiple viewing options, including antenna coverages and sensor parameters, are provided, as well as spacecraft mechanism deployments. The three-dimensional dynamic
display system depicts three-axis attitude motions of the spacecraft, showing its orientation and orbital position with respect to Earth, the Sun, and the Moon. Functions performed by the system include: 
  

	 	1.	Correct lighting angles, solar array angles, and eclipse conditions 

  

	 	2.	Earth globe, with the Sun and the Moon, and vectors pointing to each shown in correct position 

  

	 	3.	Orbit, along with spacecraft position relative to stationkeeping location 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-12 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	4.	Thruster firings, spacecraft body angular momentum vector, wheel momentum vectors, and attitude error 

  

	 	5.	Earth and Sun sensor field of view projections from the spacecraft, and views showing current sensor fields of view and data 

  

	 	6.	Approximate antenna coverage projections from spacecraft onto the Earth’s surface and from ground stations onto the spacecraft 

 Figure 1-2 shows a simplified three-dimensional display of the orbit, spacecraft attitude vectors, and Sun, Moon and Earth vectors. 
 

 
 Figure 1-2. A Three-Dimensional Display by the DSS 
  

 Exhibit E 
 1-13 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	1.7	Real-time and Post-Processing Plotting 

 The DSS can real-time plot
both telemetry and non-telemetered data via an integrated strip-chart function. The strip chart is configurable throughout the duration of a simulation. 
 Offline plotting software is non-real-time software that runs on the real-time simulation computer and enables screen and laser printer plotting of pre-specified simulation non-telemetry variables and all telemetry after a simulation run is
completed. The plot data is obtained from disk files created by a data storage task during simulation execution. The simulation operator can select which variables to store from a large list and at which rate to store the selected variables from one
of four rates: 16 Hz, 4 Hz, 1 Hz, and 0.25 Hz. The data storage task can store at least five days worth of the entire spacecraft telemetry data and selected non-telemetered variable (such as true yaw). The user can select which variables will be
stored for each simulation from a preset list via the user interface. The plotting interface will be an easy to use graphical user interface similar to the simulator user interface. 
  

	1.8	SIMULATOR LIMITATIONS 

 The DSS has the following limitations:

  

	 	1.	Source code and the ability to build the DSS cannot be delivered 

  

	 	2.	Simultaneous DSS simulations cannot be run on one workstation 

  

	 	3.	Breakpoints (checkpoints) are not available 

  

	 	4.	The orbit epoch cannot be arbitrarily changed once a simulation has started. However, the simulation can be paused and the orbit fast forwarded to a later time, up to several days

  

	 	5.	The thermal model coefficients are not “tunable” by the user. However, heat dissipations of the various on-board boxes can be changed by the user. Additionally, there is a
means to override the dynamically modeled thermal telemetry value with a user-input value 

  

	 	6.	Replacement or modification (other than parameter changes) of individual subsystem models in the DSS is not possible 

  

	 	7.	The DSS operator display designs are not the same as the satellite ground control system displays. This is typically not a limitation, since satellite operator training typically
occurs in the actual ground station workstation, as driven by data from the DSS 

  

 Exhibit E 
 1-14 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title
page. 

	 	8.	The DSS provides its inputs and outputs only as Cortex formatted TCP/IP packets. Operation of the DSS is only from the DSS monitor and keyboard. There are third party products that
would provide the ability to run the DSS from a remote PC, but the performance may be unsatisfactory depending on many factors 

  

	1.9	REVIEWS 

 There will be one formal design review of the dynamic
simulator held at SS/L. A DSS Design Review (DR) will be held during the design and development phases. The DR will be held at EDC+12 months. The DR will cover the Spacecraft Simulator Requirements Specification, progress to date, the software and
hardware architecture of the simulator (including input/output descriptions), the simulator modeling addressing the level of fidelity, the DSS development schedule, the preliminary ICD and the test plan. 
  

	1.10	DOCUMENTATION 

 There are several deliverable documents associated
with, and needed for, the development, implementation, delivery, and use of the simulator. These documents are described in the following list. Other documents such as review minutes and other reports that will be delivered are described in the DSS
Statement of Work (SOW). 
  

	 	1.	Simulator System Requirements Document. This document defines the simulator functional, performance, and interface requirements. A draft of this document will be provided at
the Effective Date of Contract (EDC) plus 4 months. The final version will be provided at D-DR 

  

	 	2.	Simulator/Ground Control System Interface Control Document (ICD). A draft will be provided at DR and a final 2 months prior to FAT 

  

	 	3.	DR Data Package. This will be provided at DR minus 1 week. 

  

	 	4.	Simulator Test Plan. This is tied to the requirements document. The test plan will be available at DR 

  

	 	5.	Simulator Test Procedures. This is traceable to the requirements document. The draft of this document will be available at DR and final two weeks before FAT. Note that the
test procedures may be export restricted 

  

	 	6.	Simulator VDD. This will be provided with each simulator delivery 

  

	 	7.	User Guide and Maintenance Manual. This includes descriptions of the simulator screens and controls. The draft will be provided with each simulator delivery

  

 SS/L-TPxxxxx 
 Volume xx — DSS 
 1-15 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

	 	8.	Simulator Training Materials. This is principally a slide package. Much of the training is hands-on and is supplemented with other existing spacecraft documentation, with
delivery. These will be delivered 10 days before training. 

  

	 	9.	Installation Plan. This document covers the details necessary for a successful installation and integration of the DSS into the existing Terrestar control facilities

  

	 	10.	Listings of the delivered databases 

  

	 	11.	Vendor documents of any off-the-shelf hardware and software incorporated into the simulator 

  

	1.11	DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION 

 SS/L will deliver and install an interim
version of the Terrestar DSS at launch minus 9 months. This will contain the most recent T&C database consistent with the most recent flight software that is incorporated into the DSS. Preliminary versions of all modeling features with the
exception of the bulk thermal model and the communications payload models will be included. An abbreviated informal site test of one-day duration will be provided and an informal hands-on two-day training course will be provided. 
 By launch minus 14 weeks, SS/L will have completed the delivery process of the final version of the Terrestar DSS at the Terrestar control center. This includes the
updating of the interim DSS to the final version of the DSS, the SAT, and training. The SAT will be performed immediately after the installation of the final version DSS. Satisfactory completion of the SAT and acceptance of the test results
constitutes delivery and acceptance of the Terrestar DSS. 
  

	1.12	SIMULATOR TEST AND VALIDATION 

 There will be an abbreviated version
of the SAT based on a draft version of the SAT procedures for the interim delivery at launch minus 9 months. These tests will be denoted in the draft Acceptance Test Plan document as a subset of the full test plan. 
 A Customer-witnessed FAT will be conducted at SS/L prior to the updating of the interim DSS to the final version DSS. These tests are defined in the DSS Factory
Acceptance Test Plan and Factory Acceptance Test Procedures documents as derived from the DSS Requirements Document. The FAT will demonstrate that the DSS meets all of its functional requirements as described in the DSS Requirements Document as
derived from the contract DSS SOW and contract DSS technical specifications. 
 A Customer-witnessed SAT will be completed at the Terrestar control center
before launch minus 14 weeks. These tests are defined in the DSS Site Acceptance Test Plan and Site Acceptance Test Procedures documents. It is expected that the SAT will mostly be a subset of the FAT but that there will be a few additional tests in
the FAT due to differences in the test environments. 
  

 SS/L-TPxxxxx 
 Volume xx — DSS 
 1-16 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

	1.13	TRAINING 

 Two days of informal training will be conducted with the
interim simulator delivery. This course will be mostly hands-on training and will be sufficient to allow the Terrestar DSS operators to perform all nominal DSS functions. Draft versions of the training slides and the Users Manual will be used as
part of this informal training. 
 One three day formal training course in the operation and maintenance of the simulator would be provided at the Terrestar
control center. This training course will be provided after the abbreviated SAT for the final version simulator delivery. This formal training course will be a three-day day course that consists of classroom and simulator hands-on instruction. The
classroom instruction will use the following material: 
  

	 	1.	Course specific handouts 

  

	 	2.	The simulator user manual 

  

	 	3.	The spacecraft T&C list as available 

  

	 	4.	Examples from the satellite Standard Orbital Operations Handbook (SOOH) as available 

  

 SS/L-TPxxxxx 
 Volume xx — DSS 
 1-17 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 The simulator hands-on instruction is intended to provide simulator operators with training on the basics of running the
simulator at the simulator control console as well as running of a set of representative simulator scenarios. It is assumed that the operators to be trained on the simulator will already be familiar with spacecraft operations and the spacecraft
T&C list. In addition, this course will include DSS maintenance and administration and other advanced aspects such as DSS set-up and real-time scenario creation and editing, and DSS architecture and analytical models. This course should be
limited to a maximum of about six students because of the hands-on nature of the training. This course will not provide instruction on the operation of the spacecraft itself. 
  

	1.14	WARRANTY 

 SS/L provides a one-year warranty for the dynamic
simulator, except for the commercially purchased software whose warranty will be limited to the applicable supplier-furnished warranty, if any. This warranty will start upon acceptance of the DSS. During the warranty period, the customer will
provide SS/L with any simulator anomaly reports for analysis. Based on these analyses, SS/L will correct, at its cost, any discovered deficiencies of required performance. The method of repairs of the DSS during this warranty period will be at
SS/L’s sole discretion and may include: 
  

	 	1.	Software corrections, including modifications and validations 

  

	 	2.	Updates of documentation and configuration item data list 

  

	 	3.	Generation and delivery of new software releases 

  

	 	4.	Change of the flight code in the DSS to reflect patches uploaded 

  

	 	5.	Changes of the DSS modeling to reflect significant changes on the Terrestar satellite after launch 

 Any warranty related issues or problems must be demonstrated on the SS/L installed version of the DSS. 
 Beyond the one-year
warranty, SS/L will maintain the ability to provide simulator maintenance for the duration of the spacecraft life. This maintenance would be provided on a time and material basis. However, the DSS will be updated appropriately for any patch uploaded
to the satellite during its lifetime. 
  

 SS/L-TPxxxxx 
 Volume xx — DSS 
 1-18 
 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this sheet is subject to the restriction on the title page. 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY TERRESTAR CORPORATION 
 EXHIBIT F - TerreStar Satellite Program - TerreStar 1 
 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts 
 (not including Orbital Performance Incentive
Payments) 
 October 12, 2007 (US$) 
 [***]  
  

													
	 Payment
 Number
	 	 EDC +
 Month
	 	 Invoice Date Time
Payments/
 Expected
 Milestone
Completion Date
-
Milestone
 Payments
	 	 Pre-CDR
 Payment
	 	 Post-CDR
 Ship to Launch
 Site
	 	 Cumulative
Payment
 Amount &
Termination
Liability
 Amount*
	 	 Time Payments /Program Milestones

	 1
	 	—  	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	1	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	2	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 2
	 	3	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	4	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	5	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 3
	 	6	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	7	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	8	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 4
	 	9	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	10	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 4a
	 	11	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 4b
	 	24	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 5
	 	30	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 6
	 	31	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 7
	 	32	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 8
	 	33	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 9
	 	34	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 10
	 	35	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 11
	 	36	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 13
	 	37	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 14
	 	38	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 15
	 	39	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	40	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 16
	 	41	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	42	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 17
	 	43	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 17a
	 	44	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 18
	 	45	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	46	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 19
	 	47	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	48	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 19a
	 	49	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 20
	 	50	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 21
	 	51	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 21a
	 	52	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 22
	 	53	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	54	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	55	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 23
	 	56	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	57	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	58	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 24
	 	59	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
		 	60	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 25
	 	61	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 26
	 	62	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 26a
	 	62	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 27
	 	63	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 27a
	 	63	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]
	 28
	 	64	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	[***]	 	Launch Satellite
		 	66	 	January-08	 		 		 		 	Complete IOT *

  

	*	Orbital Performance Incentive amounts shall be paid in accordance with Article 13. 

 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth on the first page of this Agreement. 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY TERRESTAR CORPORATION 
 Exhibit H - Payment Plan for TerreStar Satellite Orbital Performance Incentives 
 20-Aug-07 
 Payment Plan for TerreStar 1 Scheduled Orbital Performance
Incentives 
 (in U.S. $s) 
  

							
	 Months
 after
 Launch*
	  	Scheduled
Orbital
Performance
Payments	 	 	Cumulative
Scheduled
Orbital
Performance
Payments	 
	 0
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 1
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 2
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 3
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 4
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 5
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 6
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 7
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 8
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 9
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 10
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 11
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 12
	  	[	***]	 	[	***]
	 TOTAL
	  	[	***]	 		

  

	*	Subject to Articles 13.2.2 and 13.2.5 (B) of the Contract. 

 Use or
disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth on the first page of this Agreement. 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY TERRESTAR CORPORATION 
 Exhibit H - Payment Plan for TerreStar Satellite Orbital Performance Incentives 
 20-Aug-07 
 Payment Plan for TerreStar 1 Quarterly Orbital Performance
Incentives 
 (in U.S. $s) 
 (based on Contractor earning 100% of the Quarterly Orbital Performance Incentives over the entire 15 years after Acceptance) 
  

									
	 Quarter
 No.
	  	Months
after
Acceptance*	  	Quarterly
Incentive
Payments	  	Quarterly
Interest
Charge**	  	Total
Quarterly
Incentive &
Interest
Payments
	 1
	  	3	  	316,667	  	6,152	  	322,818
	 2
	  	6	  	316,667	  	12,423	  	329,090
	 3
	  	9	  	316,667	  	18,816	  	335,483
	 4
	  	12	  	316,667	  	25,333	  	342,000
	 5
	  	15	  	316,667	  	31,977	  	348,644
	 6
	  	18	  	316,667	  	38,750	  	355,417
	 7
	  	21	  	316,667	  	45,655	  	362,321
	 8
	  	24	  	316,667	  	52,693	  	369,360
	 9
	  	27	  	316,667	  	59,869	  	376,535
	 10
	  	30	  	316,667	  	67,184	  	383,850
	 11
	  	33	  	316,667	  	74,640	  	391,307
	 12
	  	36	  	316,667	  	82,242	  	398,909
	 13
	  	39	  	316,667	  	89,992	  	406,658
	 14
	  	42	  	316,667	  	97,892	  	414,558
	 15
	  	45	  	316,667	  	105,945	  	422,612
	 16
	  	48	  	316,667	  	114,155	  	430,822
	 17
	  	51	  	316,667	  	122,524	  	439,191
	 18
	  	54	  	316,667	  	131,056	  	447,723
	 19
	  	57	  	316,667	  	139,754	  	456,421
	 20
	  	60	  	316,667	  	148,621	  	465,287
	 21
	  	63	  	316,667	  	157,659	  	474,326
	 22
	  	66	  	316,667	  	166,874	  	483,541
	 23
	  	69	  	316,667	  	176,268	  	492,934
	 24
	  	72	  	316,667	  	185,844	  	502,510
	 25
	  	75	  	316,667	  	195,606	  	512,272
	 26
	  	78	  	316,667	  	205,557	  	522,224
	 27
	  	81	  	316,667	  	215,702	  	532,369
	 28
	  	84	  	316,667	  	226,044	  	542,711
	 29
	  	87	  	316,667	  	236,587	  	553,254
	 30
	  	90	  	316,667	  	247,335	  	564,002
	 31
	  	93	  	316,667	  	258,292	  	574,958
	 32
	  	96	  	316,667	  	269,461	  	586,128
	 33
	  	99	  	316,667	  	280,848	  	597,514
	 34
	  	102	  	316,667	  	292,455	  	609,122
	 35
	  	105	  	316,667	  	304,288	  	620,955
	 36
	  	108	  	316,667	  	316,351	  	633,018
	 37
	  	111	  	316,667	  	328,649	  	645,315
	 38
	  	114	  	316,667	  	341,185	  	657,852
	 39
	  	117	  	316,667	  	353,965	  	670,632
	 40
	  	120	  	316,667	  	366,993	  	683,660
	 41
	  	123	  	316,667	  	380,274	  	696,941
	 42
	  	126	  	316,667	  	393,813	  	710,480
	 43
	  	129	  	316,667	  	407,615	  	724,282
	 44
	  	132	  	316,667	  	421,686	  	738,352
	 45
	  	135	  	316,667	  	436,029	  	752,696
	 46
	  	138	  	316,667	  	450,652	  	767,318
	 47
	  	141	  	316,667	  	465,558	  	782,225
	 48
	  	144	  	316,667	  	480,754	  	797,421
	 49
	  	147	  	316,667	  	496,245	  	812,912
	 50
	  	150	  	316,667	  	512,037	  	828,704
	 51
	  	153	  	316,667	  	528,136	  	844,803
	 52
	  	156	  	316,667	  	544,548	  	861,214
	 53
	  	159	  	316,667	  	561,278	  	877,945
	 54
	  	162	  	316,667	  	578,333	  	895,000
	 55
	  	165	  	316,667	  	595,720	  	912,387
	 56
	  	168	  	316,667	  	613,445	  	930,111
	 57
	  	171	  	316,667	  	631,513	  	948,180
	 58
	  	174	  	316,667	  	649,933	  	966,600
	 59
	  	177	  	316,667	  	668,711	  	985,378
	 60
	  	180	  	316,667	  	687,854	  	1,004,520
		  	TOTAL	  	19,000,000	  	17,095,770	  	36,095,770

  

	*	- Subject to Articles 13.2.1 and 13.2.5 (B) of the Contract. 

	**	- Calculated at Annual Interest Rate of 8.0% Compounded Annually 

 Use or
disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth on the first page of this Agreement. 

 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY TERRESTAR CORPORATION 
 EXHIBIT I - TerreStar Satellite Program - TerreStar 1 
 Payment Plan and Termination Liability Amounts 
 April 1,
2005                (US$) 
 [***] 

  

																				
	 TerreStar 1
 Payment
 Number
	  	EDC +
Month	  	Invoice
Date	 	 	[***]	 	 	Cumulative
Payment
Amount
&
Termination
Liability
Amount	 	 	[***]	 	 	Cumulative
Payment
Amount &
Termination
Liability Amount
	 	 	Upon Option Exercise Amounts will be
added into TerreStar 1 Payment Milestones
	 1
	  	—  	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	1	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	2	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 2
	  	3	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	4	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	5	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 3
	  	6	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	7	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	8	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 4
	  	9	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	10	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 4a
	  	11	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 4b
	  	24	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 5
	  	30	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 6
	  	31	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 7
	  	32	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 8
	  	33	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 9
	  	34	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 10
	  	35	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 11
	  	36	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 13
	  	37	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 14
	  	38	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 15
	  	39	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	40	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 16
	  	41	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	42	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 17
	  	43	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	44	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 18
	  	45	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	46	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 19
	  	47	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	48	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	49	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 20
	  	50	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 21
	  	51	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	52	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 22
	  	53	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	54	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	55	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 23
	  	56	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	57	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	58	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 24
	  	59	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	60	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 25
	  	61	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 26
	  	62	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 27
	  	63	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
	 28
	  	64	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	
		  	66	  	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	[	***]	 	

 Use or disclosure of the data contained on this page is subject to the restrictions set forth on the first page of
this Agreement.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00139-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00139-of-00352.parquet"}]]